JP2019122873A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

To provide a game machine that has a feature in a performance movable body.SOLUTION: A Pachinko machine 100 includes: a sub-liquid crystal unit 1032 capable of executing a movable operation for performing a game; and a movable body 1008 provided with a transmission part 1008a and a transmission part 1008b. The sub-liquid crystal unit 1032 can execute an operation of vertical movement and a turning operation. The sub-liquid crystal unit 1032 may execute the operations behind the movable body 1008.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 1

Description

  The present invention relates to a game machine represented by a ball and ball game machine (pachinko machine), a rotating body game machine (slot machine), or an enclosed game machine.

  Conventionally, a game console provided with image display means is known.

JP 2008-200302 A

  However, in the conventional game console, there is room for improvement in the image display means.

  An object of the present invention is to provide a game console characterized by image display means.

The above purpose is
A first image display means,
Second image display means,
A game console equipped with
The second image display means is an image display means capable of executing a first movement,
The first movement is movement of a predetermined distance in a first direction on the second display means,
After the first movement of the second image display means is started, a first display or a second display may be performed.
The image of the first pattern moved in the second direction opposite to the first direction during execution of the first movement is displayed to the player so that the pattern does not move in the first direction. It is possible to show
The first display is a display in which a first image is contained in a display area of the second image display means as an image of the first pattern,
The second display is a display in which a second image is contained in a display area of the second image display means as an image of the first pattern,
The first image and the second image are different images,
During execution of the symbol variation display, the jackpot symbol aspect is more likely to be finalized and displayed after the symbol variation display when the second display is performed than when the first display is performed,
It is achieved by the game stand characterized by.

  According to the present invention, it is possible to realize a game console characterized by image display means.

It is the appearance perspective view which looked at the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st embodiment of the present invention from the front side (player side). It is the external view which looked at the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention from the back side. FIG. 1 is a schematic front view of a game board 200 of a pachinko machine 100 according to a first embodiment of the present invention as viewed from the front. It is a circuit block diagram of a control part of pachinko machine 100 by a 1st embodiment of the present invention. It is an example of the display symbol in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st embodiment of the present invention, and (a) shows an example of the stop display symbol of the special figure 1, (b) shows the stop display symbol of the special figure 2 An example is shown, (c) shows an example of a decorative symbol, (d) is a figure which shows an example of the stop display symbol of a common figure. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the main-control part main process of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the main-control part timer interruption process of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. (A) is a flowchart which shows an example of the flow of the special figure pre-reading process in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. (B)-(e) is a figure which shows an example of the prefetch result storage part for the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 with which the main control part 300 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention was equipped is there. It is a figure which shows the table for the pass / fail determination for common drawing in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention, and an example of symbol distribution and hit operation. It is a figure which shows the example of the table for pass / fail determination for special figures in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the example of the symbol distribution table for special figures 1 in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention, and a big hit time operation | movement. It is a figure which shows the example of the symbol allocation table for special figures 2 in the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention, and a big hit time operation | movement. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a process in the 1st sub control part 400 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention, (a) shows the flow of a 1st sub control part main process, (b) Shows the flow of the first secondary control unit command reception interrupt process, (c) shows the flow of the first secondary control unit timer interrupt process, and (d) shows the flow of the image control process. It is a figure explaining the electric Chuo Long opening presentation performed by the presentation control processing of the main processing in the 1st sub control part 400 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention. (A) shows the flow of the electric Chu-long opening effect, (b) shows an example of the electric Chu-long opening effect in the decorative symbol display device 208. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of a process in the 2nd sub control part 500 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 1st Embodiment of this invention, (a) shows the flow of a 2nd sub control part main process, (b) Shows the flow of the second secondary control unit command reception interrupt process, and (c) shows the flow of the second secondary control unit timer interrupt process. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 1 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 1 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 2 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 3 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 4 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 5 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 5 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 6 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 7 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 8 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 9 of the 1st Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure which shows the example of the lottery table of the prefetch notice used by the pachinko machine 100 by the 2nd Embodiment of this invention, and the lottery table of a notice of the time of variation disclosure (after a big hit judgment). It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 1 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 2 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 3 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 4 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 5 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 6 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 7 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 8 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 9 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 10 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 11 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 12 of the 2nd Embodiment of this invention. It is the schematic front view which looked at the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 3rd Embodiment of this invention from the front. It is a figure explaining the movable body 1002 of the pachinko machine 100 by the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure (the 1) explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 1 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure (the 2) explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 1 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 2 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 3 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 4 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 5 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 6 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 7 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the connection unit of the pachinko machine 100 by Example 8 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the connection unit of the pachinko machine 100 by Example 9 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 10 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 10 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 11 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 11 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 12 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 13 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 14 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 15 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 16 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 17 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 18 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 19 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 20 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 21 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 22 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 23 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. It is a figure explaining the game performance in the pachinko machine 100 by Example 24 of the 3rd Embodiment of this invention. FIG. 31 is a schematic front view of a slot machine 2000 as a game console according to a modification of the present invention, as viewed from the front. FIG. 17 shows a game console according to a modification of the present invention, wherein (a) shows a casino machine 3000 and (b) shows a portable telephone 4000 having a storage unit for storing electronic data for realizing the present invention, (C) shows a portable game machine 5000 comprising a storage unit for storing electronic data for realizing the present invention, and (d) shows a home television comprising a storage unit for storing electronic data for realizing the present invention A game machine 6000 is shown, and (e) shows a data server 7000 storing electronic data for realizing the present invention.

First Embodiment
Hereinafter, with reference to the drawings, a game console (for example, a ball game machine such as a pachinko machine or a rotating game machine such as a slot machine) according to a first embodiment of the present invention will be described. First, an entire configuration of a pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described using FIG. 1. In addition, the figure is an external appearance perspective view which looked at the pachinko machine 100 from the front side (player side). The pachinko machine 100 is provided with an outer frame 102, a main body 104, a front frame door 106, a launch device 110, and a game board 200 on its front surface as an external structure.

  The outer frame 102 is a wooden frame member having a vertical rectangular shape for fixing to an installation place (such as an island facility) provided in a game machine installation sales shop. The main body 104 is a member called an inner frame, provided inside the outer frame 102, and is a member serving as a vertical rectangular gaming machine base shaft rotatably mounted on the outer frame 102 through the hinge portion 112. Further, the main body 104 is formed in a frame shape, and has a space portion 114 inside. Moreover, when the main body 104 is open | released, the inner frame open sensor not shown which detects opening of the main body 104 is provided.

  The front frame door 106 is attached to the front surface of the main body 104 on the front side of the pachinko machine 100 via the hinge portion 112 so as to be openable and closable with a lock function, and configured in a frame shape by being configured in a frame shape Is a door member having an opening 116. In the front frame door 106, a transparent plate member 118 made of glass or resin is provided in the opening 116, and a speaker 120 and a frame lamp 122 are attached on the front side. The game area 124 is defined by the rear face of the front frame door 106 and the front face of the game board 200. Moreover, when the front frame door 106 is open | released, the front frame door open sensor (not shown) which detects opening of the front frame door 106 is provided.

  In addition, the front frame door 106 is a passage which can store a plurality of gaming balls (hereinafter, may be simply referred to as a “ball”) in a portion below the opening 116 and guides the gaming balls to the launch device 110 The upper plate 126 provided with the lower plate 128, the lower plate 128 storing game balls that can not be stored in the upper plate 126, and the game balls stored in the upper plate 126 by the operation of the player are discharged to the lower plate 128 A ball extraction button 130, a ball discharge lever 132 for discharging the gaming balls stored in the lower plate 128 by the operation of the player to the gaming ball collecting container (commonly called a dollar box), and the firing device 110 by the operation of the player Ball launch handle 134 for launching the guided game ball into the game area 124 of the game board 200, and a chance to change the effect mode of the various effect devices 206 (not shown in FIG. 1) by the operation of the player For the setting unit 137 which can make various settings etc. by the operation of the setter (for example, a player or a game shop clerk), the card unit (CR unit), and the chance button lamp 138 for emitting the chance button 136 and the button 136. A ball rental operation button 140 for instructing a ball rental, a return operation button 142 for instructing a card unit to return the player's balance, a ball rental display unit for displaying the player's balance and the status of the card unit Not shown). Further, the lower tray 128 is provided with a lower tray full sensor (not shown) for detecting that the lower tray 128 is full.

  The launcher 110 is mounted below the main body 104 and is pivoted by the player operating the ball launch handle 134, and the launch stick 148 which strikes the gaming ball at the tip of the launch stick 146. And.

The setting operation unit 137 is a push button type switch that can be pressed by the setter, and the confirmation (OK) button, the upper button located above the confirmation button, the lower button located below the confirmation button, and the confirmation It has a right button located to the right of the button, a left button located to the left of the confirm button, and a cancel (C) button located to the right of the right button. The setting operation unit 137 also includes an operation unit sensor that detects pressing of each button. The setting operation unit 137 of this example has a unit structure in which each button and an operation unit sensor are integrated. At least one of the buttons of the setting operation unit 137 functions as a chance button for changing the effect mode of the various effect devices 206 (see FIG. 3) by the operation of the player when the predetermined condition is satisfied. It may be

  The game board 200 has a game area 124 on the front, and is detachably mounted on the main body 104 using a predetermined fixing member so as to face the space portion 114 of the main body 104. The game area 124 can be observed from the opening 116 after the game board 200 is attached to the main body 104.

  FIG. 2 is an external view of the pachinko machine 100 of FIG. 1 viewed from the back side. A ball tank 150 for temporarily storing gaming balls is provided at the top of the back of the pachinko machine 100, and is located below the ball tank 150 and formed at the bottom of the ball tank 150. A tank rail 154 is disposed for guiding the ball falling through the communication hole to the dispensing device 152 located on the back right side.

  The dispensing device 152 is formed of a tubular member, and includes a dispensing motor, a sprocket, and a dispensing sensor (not shown) therein. The sprocket is configured to be rotatable by the payout motor, and temporarily holds the gaming ball that has flowed into the payout device 152 after passing through the tank rail 154, and drives the payout motor to rotate by a predetermined angle. Thus, the game balls temporarily accumulated are configured to be sent one by one below the payout device 152.

  The payout sensor is a sensor for detecting the passage of the game ball sent out by the sprocket, and when the game ball is passing, either the high or low signal is not passed, and the game ball is not passing. The other signal of high or low is output to the payout control unit 600 (see FIG. 4). The gaming ball having passed through the payout sensor is configured to pass through a ball rail (not shown) and reach the upper plate 126 disposed on the front side of the pachinko machine 100, and the pachinko machine 100 has this configuration. The player pays out the ball to the player.

  On the left side of the payout device 152 in the figure, a main board case 158 for storing a main board 156 that constitutes a main control unit 300 that performs control processing of the entire game, and effects related to processing based on processing information generated by the main control unit 300 A first sub-board housing a first sub-board 160 that comprises a first sub-control unit 400 that performs control processing and a rotary-type volume adjustment switch 161 that adjusts the volume output from the pachinko machine 100 by the operation of a game clerk A second sub-board case 166 for housing a second sub-board 164 constituting a second sub-control part 500 that performs control processing relating to effects based on processing information generated by the first sub-control part 400 and a substrate case 162; An error release switch that constitutes a payout control unit 600 that performs control processing relating to the payout of gaming balls and that releases an error by an operation of a game clerk 68. A payout substrate case 172 housing the payout substrate 170, a launch substrate case 176 housing the launch substrate 174 constituting the launch control unit 630 for performing control processing on launch of the game ball, and various electric gaming machines And a RWM clear switch 180 for outputting an RWM clear signal to the main control unit 300 by being operated when the power is turned on. A power supply board case 184 accommodating the power supply board 182, a CR interface section 186 for transmitting and receiving signals between the payout control section 600 and the card unit, and a main board for outputting information of the pachinko machine 100 to an external hall computer or the like. 156 and the first sub substrate 160 etc. and the hall computer etc. It is provided with a relay substrate 188, the to relay.

The main board 156, the first sub board 160, the second sub board 164, etc., are provided on the back of the game board 200 because they need to be changed for each model, and the payout board 170, the firing board 174, the power board 182, etc. It is provided in the outer frame 102 because it is commonly used by a plurality of models.

  FIG. 3 is a schematic front view of the game board 200 as viewed from the front. An outer rail 202 and an inner rail 204 are disposed on the game board 200, and a game area 124 in which game balls can roll is defined. At approximately the center of the game area 124, a rendering device 206 is disposed. In the rendering device 206, a decorative symbol display device 208 is disposed substantially at the center. The rendering device 206 operates the rendering movable body 224 to perform rendering, and the details will be described later.

  The game board 200 of this example is a so-called game board for a right-handed machine. In the right-handed machine, the falling path of the gaming ball is divided into the right path on the right side of the rendering device 206 and the left path on the left side of the rendering device 206 by changing the launch strength of the gaming ball by operating the ball emission handle 134 be able to. In this example, to the normal symbol starting opening 228, the normal symbol starting opening 229, the first special symbol starting opening 230, the second special symbol starting opening 232 (opened state), the variable winning opening 234, 235 (opened state) etc. The ease of entering the ball is different between the game ball falling on the right path and the game ball falling on the left path.

  For each of the normal symbol starting opening 229, the second special symbol starting opening 232 and the variable winning opening 235, the normal symbol starting opening 229, the second special symbol starting opening 232 and the variable winning opening 235 are arranged on the right path Therefore, it is relatively easy to enter the game ball falling on the right path, and it is relatively difficult or impossible to enter the game ball falling on the left path. On the other hand, with respect to each of the normal symbol starting opening 228, the first special symbol starting opening 230 and the variable winning opening 234, the game of falling on the left path by the influence of the arrangement pattern of the game nail 238 and the warp device 242 etc. Entry of balls is relatively easy, and entry of gaming balls falling on the right path is relatively difficult. Although the right-handed machine is described as an example in the present embodiment, it may be other than the right-handed machine.

  The decorative symbol display device 208 is a display device for displaying a decorative symbol and various images (moving images or still images) used for effects. In the present embodiment, the decorative symbol display device 208 is configured by a liquid crystal display (Liquid Crystal Display). The decorative symbol display device 208 is divided into four display areas of a left symbol display area 208a, a middle symbol display area 208b, a right symbol display area 208c and an effect display area 208d, and the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b and The right symbol display area 208c displays different decorative symbols, and the effect display area 208d displays an image used for effect. Furthermore, the positions and sizes of the display areas 208a, 208b, 208c and 208d can be freely changed within the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. Although a liquid crystal display device is adopted as the decorative symbol display device 208, it may be configured to be able to display various effects and various game information without being a liquid crystal display device, for example, a dot matrix display device Other display devices including a 7-segment display device, an organic EL (ElectroLuminescence) display device, a reel (drum) display device, a leaf type display device, a plasma display, and a projector may be adopted.

  In the lower part of the game area 124, a first special symbol display device 212, a second special symbol display device 214, an ordinary symbol display device 210, a first special symbol holding lamp 218, and a second special symbol holding lamp 220 The normal symbol hold lamp 216 and the high-probability middle lamp 222 are disposed. In addition, an ordinary symbol may be hereinafter referred to as a "common figure", a special symbol as "special symbol", a first special symbol as "special symbol 1", and a second special symbol as "special symbol 2".

The common drawing display device 210 is a display device for displaying a common drawing, and in the present embodiment, is configured by a 7-segment LED. Special figure 1 display 212 and special figure 2 display 214
Is a display device for displaying a special view, and is constituted by a 7-segment LED in the present embodiment.

  The common drawing holding lamp 216 is a lamp for indicating the number of common drawing fluctuation games (details will be described later) pending, and in the present embodiment, the predetermined number (for example, four) of common drawing fluctuation games are displayed. It is possible to put on hold. The special figure 1 reserve lamp 218 and the special figure 2 reserve lamp 220 are lamps for indicating the number of reserved special figure variation games (details will be described later), and in the present embodiment, the special figure variation game is specified. It is possible to hold up to a number (for example, four). The high probability middle lamp 222 is a lamp for indicating that the gaming state is a high probability state in which a big hit is likely to occur, or a high probability state, and the gaming state is high from a low probability state in which a big hit hardly occurs. It lights up when it is in the probability state and it is off when it is in the low probability state from the high probability state.

  In addition, around the rendering device 206, predetermined ball entrances, for example, a general winning opening 226, a common drawing starting opening 228, 229, a special drawing 1 starting opening 230, a special drawing 2 starting opening 232, and variable The winning openings 234 and 235 are provided.

  In the present embodiment, a plurality of general winning openings 226 are arranged on the game board 200, and when a predetermined ball detection sensor (not shown) detects entry of balls into the general winning openings 226 (general winning openings 226). In the case of winning), the payout device 152 is driven to discharge a predetermined number (for example, 10) of balls to the upper tray 126 as a winning ball. The balls discharged to the upper tray 126 can be freely taken out by the player, and these configurations make it possible to pay out the winning balls to the player based on the winning. The ball entering the general winning opening 226 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the gaming island side. In the present embodiment, the game balls are referred to as balls to be paid out to the player as compensation for winning (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "winning balls") and balls to be lent to the player (hereinafter referred to as "rented balls" There are cases) and.

  The general drawing start port 228 and the general drawing start port 229 are devices, which are called gates and through chuckers, for determining whether or not the ball has passed a predetermined area of the game area 124, and the present embodiment In the embodiment, one common drawing start port 228 is disposed on the left side path of the game board 200, and one common drawing start port 229 is disposed on the right side path. Unlike the ball having entered the general winning opening 226, the ball that has passed through the general drawing start port 228 or the general drawing start port 229 is not discharged to the gaming island side. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects that the ball has passed through the drawing start port 228 or the drawing start port 229, the pachinko machine 100 starts the common drawing fluctuation game by the common drawing display device 210.

  In the present embodiment, only one special opening 1 start port 230 is disposed at the center of the game board 200. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects entry into the special opening 1 start opening 230, the payout device 152 is driven to discharge a predetermined number (for example, three) of balls as an award ball to the upper tray 126. The special view variation game by the special view 1 display device 212 (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "the special view 1 variation game") is started. The ball entering the special figure 1 start opening 230 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the gaming island side.

  The special figure 2 starting opening 232 is called an electric tulip (electric chew), and in the present embodiment, only one is disposed on the right path. The special figure 2 start opening 232 has a pair of wing members 232a which can be opened and closed from side to side, and while the wing members 232a are closed, it is impossible to enter a ball, and win a common drawing fluctuation game, and a common drawing display device When the symbol 210 is stopped and displayed, the blade member 232a opens and closes at a predetermined time interval and a predetermined number of times. When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects entry of the ball into the special opening 2 start opening 232, the payout device 152 is driven to discharge a predetermined number (for example, four) of balls as a winning ball to the upper tray 126. The special view variation game by the special view 2 display device 214 (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as "the special view 2 variation game") is started. In addition, the ball entering the special view 2 start opening 232 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the gaming island side.

  The variable winning openings 234 and 235 are called a special winning opening or an attacker, and in the present embodiment, only one variable winning opening 234 is disposed below the central portion of the game board 200, and the variable winning opening 235 is on the right route. There is only one in the house. The variable winning openings 234 and 235 respectively include openable and closable door members, and it is impossible to enter a ball while the door members are closed. For example, when the special figure display device wins the special figure variation game and the special figure display device stops and displays the symbol, one of the door members of the variable winning openings 234 and 235 has a predetermined time interval (for example, opening time 29 seconds, closing) Open and close a predetermined number of times (for example, 15 times) for 1.5 seconds). When a predetermined ball detection sensor detects entry into the variable winning opening 234, 235, the payout device 152 is driven, and a predetermined number (for example, 15) of balls are discharged to the upper tray 126 as prize balls. The ball entering the variable winning openings 234 and 235 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the gaming island side.

  Further, in the vicinity of the winning opening and the starting opening, a plurality of disc-shaped hitting direction changing members 236 called a windmill and game nails 238 are disposed, and at the lowermost part of the inner rail 204, After guiding the ball which did not win in any winning opening or starting opening to the back side of the pachinko machine 100, an out opening 240 for discharging the ball to the gaming island side is provided.

  The pachinko machine 100 supplies the ball stored in the upper plate 126 by the player to the launch position of the launch rail, drives the launch motor with an intensity corresponding to the amount of operation of the ball launch handle 134 of the player, The outer rail 202 and the inner rail 204 are passed by the 146 and the firing rod 148 and hit into the game area 124. Then, the ball reaching the upper part of the game area 124 falls downward while changing the traveling direction by the hitting direction conversion member 236, the game nail 238, etc., and the winning opening (general winning opening 226, variable winning opening 234, 235) Won the start opening (special figure 1 start opening 230, special figure 2 start opening 232) or without winning any winning opening or start opening, or just out of passing the common drawing start opening 228, 229 The mouth 240 is reached.

  Next, the rendering device 206 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. Warp devices 242 (242a and 242b) and a front stage 244 are disposed in the rollable area of the game ball on the front side of the effect device 206, and the effect movable body 224 is arranged in the non-rollable area of the game ball. It is arranged. In addition, a fourth symbol display device 248 for displaying a fourth symbol is disposed on the upper right side of the effect movable body 224. The fourth symbol display 248 is provided with two square lamps. The two lamps are arranged in tandem. For example, LEDs are used as light sources of the two lamps. The upper lamp corresponds to Special Figure 1 and the lower lamp corresponds to Special Figure 2. Note that the fourth symbol display device 248 may have only one common lamp corresponding to both the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. Further, the fourth pattern may be displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, as in this example, the fourth symbol display device may be provided in the rendering device 206 (center product). Further, on the back side of the rendering device 206, a decorative symbol display device 208 and a shielding device 246 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as a door or a shutter) are disposed. That is, in the rendering device 206, the decorative symbol display device 208 and the shielding device 246 are positioned behind the warp device 242, the front stage 244, and the rendering movable body 224. The warp device 242 discharges the gaming ball, which has entered the warp inlet 242a provided on the upper left of the rendering device 206, from the warp outlet 242b to the front stage 244 below the front surface of the rendering device 206. The front stage 244 is capable of rolling balls etc. that are run over by the balls discharged from the warp outlet 242 b and the nails of the game board 200 etc. In the central part of the front stage 244, the passed balls are special opening 1 start opening There is a special route 244a that makes it easy to enter 230.

The effect movable body 224 in this example includes a horizontally long flat panel on which the model name and the like of the pachinko machine 100 are displayed. The effect movable body 224 is vertically movable in a plane substantially parallel to the display screen in front of the decorative symbol display device 208 by being driven by a stepping motor (not shown).

  The shielding device 246 includes a grid-like left door 246 a and a right door 246 b, and is disposed between the decorative symbol display device 208 and the front stage 244. A belt wound around two pulleys (not shown) is fixed to upper portions of the left door 246a and the right door 246b, respectively. That is, the left door 246a and the right door 246b move to the left and right with the operation of a belt driven by a motor via a pulley. In the state where the left door 246a and the right door 246b are closed, the shielding device 246 has its inner end portions overlapped, and shields the decorative symbol display device 208 so that the player can not visually recognize it. In the state where the left door 246a and the right door 246b are opened, the inner end of each slightly overlaps with the outer end of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, but the player can view all of the display of the decorative symbol display device 208 It is. In addition, the left door 246a and the right door 246b can be stopped at any positions, for example, only a part of the decorative symbol to the extent that the player can identify which decorative symbol the displayed decorative symbol is. It is possible to shield the The left door 246a and the right door 246b may allow a portion of the decorative symbol display device 208 in the rear to be visible from the hole of the grid, or the shoji portion of the hole of the grid may be closed with a translucent lens body. The display by the decorative symbol display device 208 may be vaguely viewed by the player, or the shoji portion of the hole of the lattice is completely blocked (blocked), and the rear decorative symbol display device 208 is not visible at all. It is also good. The shielding device 246 of this example is configured to expose the lower end portion of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 even when the left door 246a and the right door 246b are closed.

  Next, the circuit configuration of the control unit of the pachinko machine 100 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. In addition, the same figure shows the circuit block diagram of a control part. The control unit of the pachinko machine 100 can be roughly divided into a main control unit 300 for controlling the central part of the game and a command signal (hereinafter simply referred to as a "command") transmitted by the main control unit 300. The first sub-control unit 400 that performs control, the second sub-control unit 500 that controls various devices based on the command sent from the first sub-control unit 400, and the main according to the command that the main control unit 300 sends. And a power control unit 660 for controlling the power supplied to the pachinko machine 100. .

  First, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The main control unit 300 includes a basic circuit 302 that controls the entire main control unit 300. The basic circuit 302 includes a CPU 304, a ROM 306 for storing control programs and various data, a RAM 308 for temporarily storing data, an I / O 310 for controlling input / output of various devices, and time. A counter timer 312 for measuring the number of times and the like, and a WDT 314 for monitoring an abnormality in program processing are mounted. Note that another storage device may be used for the ROM 306 and the RAM 308, and the same applies to a first sub control unit 400 and a second sub control unit 500, which will be described later. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined cycle output from the crystal oscillator 316 b as a system clock.

In addition, the basic circuit 302 uses a random number value generation circuit (counter circuit) 318 (counter circuit) which is used as a hardware random number counter that changes the numerical value in the range of 0 to 65535 each time the clock signal output from the crystal oscillator 316a is received. This circuit has two built-in counters), a predetermined ball detection sensor such as a sensor for detecting game balls passing through each start opening, winning opening, variable winning opening, and front frame door opening A sensor circuit for receiving signals output from the various sensors 320 including a sensor, an inner frame opening sensor, and a bottom flat sensor, and outputting the comparison result with the amplification result and the reference voltage to the random value generation circuit 318 and the basic circuit 302 322, a drive circuit 324 for performing display control of a predetermined symbol display device, for example, the special view 1 display device 212 or the special view 2 display device 214, and a predetermined view A display device, for example, a drive circuit 326 for performing display control of the common view display device 210, and various status display units 328 (for example, the common view hold lamp 216, special view 1 hold lamp 218, special view 2 hold lamp 220, high Drive circuit 330 for performing display control of the lamp 222 and the like, and various movable members for opening and closing predetermined movable members, for example, the blade members 232a of the special figure 2 start opening 232 and the door members of the variable winning openings 234 and 235, etc. And a drive circuit 334 for controlling the solenoid 332. Although the crystal oscillator 316 a and the random value generation circuit 318 are separately provided in this example, the crystal oscillator 316 a may be included in the random value generation circuit 318.

  When the ball detection sensor 320 detects that the ball has won in the special figure 1 start opening 230, the sensor circuit 322 outputs a signal indicating that the ball has been detected to the random value generation circuit 318. The random value generation circuit 318 which has received this signal latches the value at the timing of the counter corresponding to the special view 1 start port 230, and stores the latched value in the built-in counter value storage corresponding to the special view 1 start port 230. Store in the register for Also, when receiving a signal indicating that the ball has won in the special figure 2 start opening 232, the random value generation circuit 318 similarly latches the value at the timing of the counter corresponding to the special figure 2 start opening 232. The latched value is stored in a built-in counter value storage register corresponding to the special view 2 start port 232.

  Further, an information output circuit 336 is connected to the basic circuit 302, and the main control unit 300 pachinko to an information input circuit 350 provided in an external hall computer (not shown) or the like via the information output circuit 336. The game information (for example, the game state) of the machine 100 is output.

  Further, the main control unit 300 is provided with a voltage monitoring circuit 338 that monitors the voltage value of the power supply supplied from the power supply control unit 660 to the main control unit 300. This voltage monitoring circuit 338 Is lower than a predetermined value (9 V in this example), a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has dropped is output to the basic circuit 302.

  Further, the main control unit 300 is provided with a start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 which outputs a start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. When an activation signal is input, game control is started (main control main processing described later is started).

  The main control unit 300 also has an output interface for transmitting a command to the first sub-control unit 400 and an output interface for transmitting a command to the payout control unit 600. Communication with the sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 is enabled. The information communication between the main control unit 300 and the first sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 is one-way communication, and the main control unit 300 instructs the first sub-control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 The configuration is such that signals can be transmitted, but the first sub control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 can not transmit signals such as commands to the main control unit 300. However, information communication between the main control unit 300 and the first sub control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 may be performed by two-way communication.

  Next, the first auxiliary control unit 400 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The first sub control unit 400 mainly includes a basic circuit 402 that controls the entire first sub control unit 400 based on a command or the like transmitted by the main control unit 300. The basic circuit 402 includes a CPU 404, a RAM 408 for temporarily storing data, an I / O 410 for controlling input / output of various devices, and a counter timer 412 for measuring time, number of times, and the like. It is mounted. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined cycle output from the crystal oscillator 414 as a system clock. Further, the basic circuit 402 is provided with a ROM 406 for storing a control program and various effect data. The ROM 406 may store the control program and the various effect data in separate ROMs.

  In addition, in the basic circuit 402, a sound source IC (S-ROM) 416 for controlling the speaker 120 (and the amplifier) and a drive circuit 420 for controlling various lamps 418 (for example, the chance button lamp 138). A driver circuit 432 for controlling the driving of the shielding device 246, a shielding device sensor 430 for detecting the current position of the shielding device 246, a chance button sensor 426 for detecting depression of the chance button 136, and output from the speaker 120 The volume adjustment switch 161 (not shown in FIG. 4) for adjusting the volume to be set, the operation unit sensor (not shown) for detecting pressing of each button of the setting operation unit 137, and detection signals from these sensors A sensor circuit 428 outputting to the basic circuit 402 and an image stored in the ROM 406 based on a signal from the CPU 404 Are connected to the VDP (Video Display Processor) 434 which generates display image using a work area of VRAM436 reads over data or the like to display an image on the decorative pattern display unit 208, a.

  Next, the second auxiliary control unit 500 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The second sub control unit 500 receives the control command transmitted by the first sub control unit 400 via the input interface, and includes a basic circuit 502 that controls the entire second sub control unit 500 based on the control command. ing. The basic circuit 502 includes a CPU 504, a RAM 508 for temporarily storing data, an I / O 510 for controlling input / output of various devices, and a counter timer 512 for measuring time, number of times, etc. doing. The CPU 504 of the basic circuit 502 operates by inputting a clock signal of a predetermined cycle output from the crystal oscillator 514 as a system clock. Further, the basic circuit 502 is provided with a ROM 506 in which a control program and data for controlling the entire second sub control unit 500, data for image display, etc. are stored.

  Further, in the basic circuit 502, a drive circuit 516 for performing drive control of the effect movable body 224, an effect movable body sensor 424 for detecting the current position of the effect movable body 224, and detection signals from the effect movable body sensor 424. Sensor circuit 518 for outputting the basic circuit 502, a game board lamp drive circuit 530 for controlling the game board lamp 532 and a game board lamp drive for controlling the game board lamp 542 A circuit 540 and a serial communication control circuit 520 for performing lighting control by serial communication are connected between the game board lamp drive circuit 530 and the game stand frame lamp drive circuit 540.

  Next, the payout control unit 600, the emission control unit 630, and the power supply control unit 660 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The payout control unit 600 mainly controls the payout motor 602 of the payout device 152 based on a signal such as a command transmitted by the main control unit 300, and a winning ball or a rental ball based on a control signal output by the payout sensor 604. It is detected whether or not the payout of. Further, the payout control unit 600 communicates with a card unit 608 provided separately from the pachinko machine 100 via the interface unit 606.

  The launch control unit 630 outputs a control signal instructing discharge permission or stop output from the payout control unit 600, and an operation of the ball launch handle 134 by the player output from the launch intensity output circuit provided in the ball launch handle 134. Control of the firing motor 632 for driving the firing rod 146 and the firing rod 148, and control of the ball feeding device 634 for feeding the ball from the upper tray 126 to the launching apparatus 110 based on the control signal indicating the firing intensity according to the quantity. I do.

The power supply control unit 660 converts AC power supplied to the pachinko machine 100 from the outside into a direct current, converts it into a predetermined voltage, and controls each control unit such as the main control unit 300 and the first sub control unit 400 and the payout device 152 Supply to each device. Furthermore, power supply control unit 660 is a storage circuit (eg, for example, 10 days) for supplying power to a predetermined component (eg, RAM 308 of main control unit 300) for a predetermined period (eg, 10 days) even after external power is turned off. , Capacitor). In the present embodiment, a predetermined voltage is supplied from power supply control unit 660 to payout control unit 600 and second sub-control unit 500, and main control unit 300, second sub-control unit 500, and firing control from payout control unit 600. Although the predetermined voltage is supplied to the unit 630, the predetermined voltage may be supplied to each control unit or each device through another power supply path.

  Next, the special view 1 display 212, the special view 2 display 214, the decorative symbol display 208, and the common view display 210 of the pachinko machine 100 are stopped and displayed using FIGS. 5 (a) to 5 (d). The types of figures and figures will be described. Fig.5 (a) shows an example of the stop symbol aspect of the special figure 1, FIG.5 (b) shows an example of the stop symbol aspect of the special figure 2. As shown in FIG. Special figure 1 fluctuation game is started on condition that the 1st starting opening sensor detects that the ball has entered the special figure 1 starting opening 230, the fact that the ball has entered the special figure 2 starting opening 232 (2) Special figure 2 fluctuation game is started on condition that the starting opening sensor detects. When the special figure 1 change game is started, the special figure 1 display device 212 performs “full change display of the special figure 1” which repeats lighting of all the seven segments and lighting of one central segment. In addition, when the special figure 2 fluctuation game is started, the special figure 2 display 214 does “the fluctuation indication of the special figure 2” which repeats lighting of all the segments of 7 segments and lighting of one center segment . These "variation display of the special figure 1" and "variation display of the special figure 2" correspond to an example of the variation display of the symbol said in this embodiment. Then, when the fluctuation time determined before the start of fluctuation of the special figure 1 elapses, the special figure 1 display device 212 stops and displays the stop symbol aspect of the special figure 1, and the fluctuation time determined before the start of fluctuation of the special figure 2 When it passes, the special figure 2 display 214 stops and displays the stop symbol aspect of the special figure 2. Therefore, from the start of "variation display of special figure 1" to the stop display of the stop symbol aspect of special drawing 1 or the start of "variation display of special figure 2", the stop symbol aspect of special drawing 2 The process until the stop display corresponds to an example of the symbol change stop display according to the present embodiment, and the stop symbol form of the special view 1 or 2 is displayed after the start of the “variable view of the special view 1 or 2”. A series of display until it is done is called symbol fluctuation stop display. The symbol fluctuation stop display may be continuously performed a plurality of times.

  In FIG. 5 (a), seven types of special drawings of "special drawing A" to "special drawing G" are shown as stop symbol modes in the symbol fluctuation stop display of the special drawing 1. In FIG. 5A, the white portions in the figure indicate the locations of the segments to be turned off, and the black portions indicate the locations of the segments to be lit. "Special figure A" is a 15 round (15R) special jackpot symbol, "special figure B" is a 7R special jackpot symbol, and "special figure C" is a 7R jackpot symbol. In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, the determination of whether or not a big hit in the special figure variation game is performed by drawing a hardware random number, and the determination of whether or not a special big hit and the number of rounds are performed by drawing a software random number. The difference between a big hit and a special big hit is a difference in whether the probability of winning a big hit is high (special big hit) or low (big hit) in the special figure fluctuation game after the end of the big hit game. Hereinafter, the state in which the probability of winning in the big hit is high is referred to as a special figure high probability state (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "special figure definite change" or simply "positive change"), and the state in which the probability is low is special figure It is called a low probability state. In addition, after the end of the 15R special big hit game, after the end of the 7R special big hit game and after the end of the 7R big hit game, all transition to the time saving state (power support state). The time saving state will be described in detail later, but the time saving state is referred to as a map view high probability state (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "flat map probability variation"), and the state not a time saving state is referred to as a map view low probability state. 15R special big hit symbol "Special figure A" and 7R special big hit symbol "Special figure B" is a symbol which becomes special figure high probability popular figure high probability state after the end of the big hit game and is 7R big hit symbol "Special figure C" is a symbol which becomes a special figure low probability common figure high probability state after the end of a big hit game. These "special drawing A", "special drawing B", and "special drawing C" are symbols whose advantage relative to the player is relatively large.

  "Special figure D" is a 2R big hit symbol called sudden change, and it is a symbol which becomes special figure high probability popular figure high probability state after the end of the big hit game. That is, "special figure D" differs in 2R compared with "special figure A" which is 15R, and "special figure B" which is 7R.

"Special figure E" is a 2R big hit design called latent probability variation or hidden probability variation. As will be described later, when "special view E" is stopped and displayed in the special view low probability regular view low probability state, the special view high probability regular view low probability state (so-called so-called high probability game after the open time 100 ms × 2 R) Transition to the latent probability change state, and when “Special figure E” is stopped and displayed in a state other than the special figure low probability regularity figure low probability state, the special figure high probability regularity popularity after the big hit game (opening time 29000ms × 2R) ends The state is shifted to the drawing high probability state (see FIGS. 11A and 11B). That is, the "special figure E" is an operation during the big hit game and the gaming state which is shifted thereafter by the gaming state when the stop display is displayed (in this example, whether it is the special figure low probability general drawing low probability state or not). It is a different pattern.

  "Special figure F" is a small hit design, and is a special figure low probability spread figure low probability state. In addition, “special figure G” is a removal symbol, and is a symbol that the degree of advantage to the player becomes relatively small.

  In FIG.5 (b), four types of special drawings of "special drawing a"-"special drawing d" are shown as a stop symbol aspect in the symbol fluctuation stop display of special drawing 2. As shown in FIG. "Special figure a" is a 15R special jackpot symbol, "special figure b" is a 7R special jackpot symbol, "special figure c" is a 7R jackpot symbol, and "special figure d" is a detached symbol. In the present embodiment, as the stop symbol form of the special figure 1, while seven special figures (of which five are the big hit) of "special figure A" to "special figure G" are used, As the stop symbol form of the four special figures of “special figure a” to “special figure d” (of which three kinds are big hit) are used. By configuring in this way, it may be possible to make a difference in the degree of advantage of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 without changing the probability of becoming a big hit and the probability of becoming a definite change in the big hit. In this example, the jackpot of Toku-zu 1 contains a sudden definite change or latent definite change which can hardly be obtained, while the jackpot of Toku-zu 2 does not contain a definite change or latent definite change. The advantage of the special figure 2 is higher than the advantage of the special figure 1.

  FIG.5 (c) shows an example of a decorative symbol. There are ten types of "decoration 1" to "decoration 10" in the decorative design of the present embodiment. “Decoration 1” to “decoration 9” and “decoration 10” represent the numbers “1” to “9” and “0”, respectively. The fact that the ball has won the special figure 1 start port 230 or special figure 2 start port 232, that is, the first start port sensor has detected that the ball has entered the special figure 1 start port 230, or special figure 2 Each of the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 is detected on condition that the second start aperture sensor detects that the ball has entered the start aperture 232. In the pattern display area, “decoration” is switched in the order of “decoration 1” “decoration 2” “decoration 3” →... → “decoration 9” → “decoration 10” → “decoration 1” →. Perform “variable display of symbols”.

  And 15R special jackpot of "special figure A", 7R special jackpot of "special figure B", 7R jackpot of "special figure C", 15R special jackpot of "special figure a", 7R special jackpot of "special figure b" When notifying the 7R big hit of "special figure c", the symbol combination in which three same decorative symbols are arranged in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c (for example, "decorative 1-decorative 1-decorative 1" or "decor 2-" Stop display of decoration 2-decoration 2 etc.). When explicitly notifying 15R special big hit of "Special figure A" or 15R special big hit of "Special figure a", the symbol combination (for example, "decor 3-decor 3- Stop display of decoration 3 "and" decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7 "and the like.

  In addition, when notifying a 2R big hit called "Tokuku E" (hidden probability change) or a small hit of "Toku F", "Decoration 1-Decoration 2-Decoration 3" is stopped and displayed. Do. In the case of notifying 2R big hit called sudden definite variation of “special figure D”, “decoration 1 – decoration 3 – decoration 5” is stopped and displayed. On the other hand, when notifying the release of "special figure G" and "special figure d", symbol display areas other than the symbol combination shown in FIG. 5C are stopped and displayed in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c.

FIG.5 (d) shows an example of the stop display symbol of a common figure. There are three types of stop display modes of the common drawing of the present embodiment, "common drawing A" and "general drawing B" which are hit symbols, and "common drawing C" which is a detached pattern. Based on the fact that the gate sensor described above detects that the ball has passed through the drawing start port 228 and the drawing start port 229, the drawing display device 210 displays all the seven segments and the central one. Repeat the lighting of the segment of the "general display of the fluctuation display". And, when notifying that the popular game variation game is won, the "general diagram A" or the "special figure B" is stopped and displayed, and when the notification of the spread diagram fluctuating game is notified, the "general diagram C" is stopped Do. Also in FIG. 5D, the white portions in the figure indicate the locations of the segments to be turned off, and the black portions indicate the locations of the segments to be lit.

  Next, main control unit main processing executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described using FIG. In addition, the same figure is a flowchart which shows the flow of main-control part main processing. As described above, the main control unit 300 is provided with a start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 that outputs a start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 that has received the start signal resets and starts due to a reset interrupt, and executes main control main processing in accordance with a control program stored in advance in the ROM 306.

  First, in step S101, initial setting 1 is performed. In initial setting 1, setting (temporary setting) of the stack initial value to the stack pointer (SP) of the CPU 304, setting of the interrupt mask, initial setting of the I / O 310, initial setting of various variables stored in the RAM 308, WDT 314 Perform operation permission and set the initial value. In the present embodiment, a value corresponding to 32.8 ms is set in WDT 314 as an initial value.

  In step S103 following step S101, the value of the counter of WDT 314 is cleared, and time measurement by WDT 314 is restarted. In step S105 following step S103, it is determined whether the low voltage signal is on, that is, the voltage value of the power supplied from the power control unit 660 to the main control unit 300 is a predetermined value. If it is less than (in this example, 9 V), it is monitored whether a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has dropped is output. When the low voltage signal is on (when the CPU 304 detects that the power is shut off), the process returns to step S103, and when the low voltage signal is off (when the CPU 304 does not detect the shut off of the power), the step is performed. It progresses to S107. Even if the predetermined value (9 V) is not reached immediately after the power is turned on, the process returns to step S103, and step S105 is repeatedly executed until the supply voltage becomes equal to or higher than the predetermined value.

  In step S107, initialization 2 is performed. In initialization 2, a process of setting a value for determining a cycle for periodically executing a main control unit timer interrupt process to be described later in the counter timer 312, a predetermined port of the I / O 310 (for example, a test output port, 1) A process of outputting a clear signal from the output port to the sub control unit 400, setting for permitting writing to the RAM 308, and the like are performed.

In step S109 following step S107, a determination is made as to whether or not to restore the state before power interruption (before power interruption), and if the state before power interruption is not restored (the basic circuit 302 In the case of the initial state), the process proceeds to the initialization process (step S113). Specifically, first, the RAM clear signal transmitted when the store clerk or the like of the game store operates the RWM clear switch 180 provided on the power supply substrate 182 is ON (indicating that there is an operation). That is, it is determined whether or not RAM clear is necessary, and if the RAM clear signal is on (if RAM clear is necessary), the process proceeds to step S113 to initialize the basic circuit 302. On the other hand, when the RAM clear signal is off (when the RAM clear is not necessary), the information of the power supply status stored in the power supply status storage area provided in the RAM 308 is read, and the information of the power supply status is information indicating suspension. It is determined whether or not. If the power supply status information is not information indicating suspension, the process proceeds to step S113 in order to initialize the basic circuit 302. If the power supply status information is information indicating suspension, all 1 byte data stored in a predetermined area (for example, all areas) of the RAM 308 is added to the 1-byte register whose initial value is 0. Thus, the checksum is calculated, and it is determined whether the result of the calculated checksum is a specific value (for example, 0) (whether the result of the checksum is normal). Then, if the result of the checksum is a specific value (for example, 0) (if the result of the checksum is normal), the process proceeds to step S111 to return to the state before the power failure, and the result of the checksum is specific. If it is other than the value (for example, 0) (if the result of the checksum is abnormal), the process proceeds to step S113 in order to initialize the pachinko machine 100.

  In step S111, a power recovery process is performed. In this power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer stored in the stack pointer save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power interruption is read out and reset (set) to the stack pointer. Further, the value of each register stored in the register save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power interruption is read out, and after resetting in each register, the interrupt permission is set. Thereafter, as a result of the CPU 304 executing the control program based on the reset stack pointer and register, the pachinko machine 100 returns to the state at the time of power-off. That is, the process is resumed from the instruction following the instruction (predetermined in step S115) immediately before branching to the timer interrupt process (described later) immediately before the power interruption. In the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, a transmission information storage area is provided. In step S111, a power recovery command is set in the transmission information storage area. The power recovery command is a command representing that the power has been restored, and is described later. In the command setting transmission process (step S233) in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300, the first sub-control unit 400 Sent to.

  In step S113, initialization processing is performed. In this initialization processing, setting of interrupt prohibition, setting of the stack initial value to the stack pointer (main setting), initialization of all storage areas of the RAM 308, and the like are performed. Further, at this point, a normal return command is set in the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. The normal recovery command is a command that indicates that the initialization process (step S113) of the main control unit 300 has been performed, and, like the power recovery command, the command setting transmission process (in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300) In step S233), it is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400.

  In step S115 following step S113, after setting of interrupt prohibition is performed, basic random number initial value update processing is performed. In this basic random number initial value updating process, initial values of four random number counters for generating a common drawing win random value, a common drawing random value, a special drawing 1 random value, and a special drawing 2 random value are generated. The four initial value generation random number counters and the two random number counters for generating the random number value for determining the common drawing fluctuation time and the random value for determining the special drawing fluctuation time are updated. For example, assuming that the numerical value range that can be taken as a random value for determining a common drawing fluctuation time is 0 to 100, the value is acquired from the random number counter storage area for generating the random value for common drawing fluctuation time determination provided in the RAM 308 1 is added to the above value and stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the obtained value is 101, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. The other initial value generation random number counters and the random number counters are similarly updated. The initial value generation random number counter is also updated by a basic random number initial value update process (step S207) described later. The main control unit 300 repeatedly executes the process of step S115 except while performing the timer interrupt process which starts every predetermined cycle.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 7, a main control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described. In addition, the same figure is a flowchart which shows the flow of main-control part timer interruption processing. The main control unit 300 includes a counter timer 312 which generates a timer interrupt signal at a predetermined cycle (once in about 2 ms in this example), and the main control unit timer interrupt process is triggered by this timer interrupt signal. Start at a predetermined cycle.

  First, in step S201, a timer interrupt start process is performed. In this timer interrupt start process, a process of temporarily saving the value of each register of the CPU 304 in the stack area is performed. In step S203 following step S201, the WDT is periodically set so that the WDT interrupt does not occur (the process abnormality is not detected) because the count value of the WDT 314 exceeds the initial set value (32.8 ms in this example). In this case (in this example, restart is performed once in about 2 ms which is a cycle of the main control unit timer interrupt).

  In step S205 following step S203, an input port state update process is performed. In this input port state update processing, detection signals of various sensors 320 including the above-mentioned front frame door open sensor, inner frame open sensor, lower bowl full tank sensor, various ball detection sensors, and the like via the input port of I / O 310 It is input to monitor the presence or absence of the detection signal, and is stored in the signal state storage area provided in the RAM 308 for each of the various sensors 320. Taking the detection signal of the ball detection sensor as an example, the information on the presence or absence of the detection signal of each ball detection detected in the timer interrupt process (about 4 ms before) is performed in the RAM 308 for each ball detection sensor. This information is read out from the previous detection signal storage area provided separately and stored in RAM 308 for the previous second detection signal storage area provided separately for each ball detection sensor, and the previous timer interrupt process (about 2 ms ago Information of the detection signal of each ball detection sensor detected in the above is read out from the current detection signal storage area provided in the RAM 308 by dividing each ball detection sensor, and this information is stored in the previous detection signal storage area Remember to In addition, the detection signal of each ball detection sensor detected this time is stored in the above-mentioned current detection signal storage area.

  In step S205, the information on the presence / absence of detection signals of each ball detection sensor stored in each storage area of the previous-preceding detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area is compared. It is determined whether the information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times in the ball detection sensor of the above-described item matches the winning determination pattern information. The main control unit timer interrupt process is activated several times while the activation is repeated at a very short interval of about 2 ms while one game ball passes through one ball detection sensor. Therefore, every time the main control unit timer interrupt processing is activated, in step S205, a detection signal indicating that the same gaming ball has passed through the same ball detection sensor is confirmed. As a result, detection signals indicating that the same gaming ball has passed through the same ball detection sensor are stored in each of the previous-previous detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area. That is, when the gaming ball starts to pass through the ball detection sensor, there is no detection signal, the previous detection signal, and the current detection signal. In the present embodiment, it is determined that there is a winning if the detection signal is continuously stored twice twice after the absence of the detection signal, in consideration of false detection and noise of the ball detection sensor.

  The ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 stores winning determination pattern information (in the present embodiment, information indicating that there is no detection signal last time, the previous detection signal, and the current detection signal). In step S205, information on the presence / absence of detection signals for the past three times in each ball detection sensor is predetermined winning determination pattern information (in the present embodiment, no detection signal before last, detection signal from last time, presence of current detection signal) Information to indicate that the general prize opening 226, the variable winning opening 234, 235, the special view 1 start opening 230, and the special view 2 start opening 232, or the common view start opening 228 , 229 is determined to have been passed. That is, it is determined that there is a winning on these winning openings 226, 234, and 235 and the starting openings 230, 232, 228, and 229. For example, when information on the presence / absence of detection signals for the past three times in the general winning opening sensor for detecting entry into the general winning opening 226 matches the above-mentioned winning determination pattern information, the general winning opening 226 has a prize. Is determined, and processing is performed in connection with the subsequent winning in the general winning opening 226, but if the information on the presence or absence of detection signals for the past three times does not match the above-mentioned winning determination pattern information, the subsequent general winning Processing is branched to the subsequent processing without performing processing associated with the winning of the mouth 226.

  Further, the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 stores winning determination clear pattern information (in the present embodiment, information indicating that there is a detection signal immediately before the previous time, no previous detection signal, and no current detection signal). Once it has been determined that a prize has been made once, it is not determined that there has been a prize until the information on the presence / absence of detection signals for the past three times in each ball detection sensor matches the prize determination clear pattern information. If it matches with the pattern information, it will be determined from the next whether or not it matches with the above-mentioned winning determination pattern information.

  In step S207 following step S205, basic random number initial value updating processing is performed, and in the next step S209, basic random number updating processing is performed. In the basic random number initial value updating process and the basic random number updating process, the random number counter for initial value generation performed in step S115 is updated, and then the common control winning random value and the general drawing are used in the main control unit 300. The four random number counters for generating the random number value, the special figure 1 random value value, and the special figure 2 random value value are updated. For example, assuming that the numerical value range which can be taken as a common drawing win random number value is 0 to 100, a value is acquired from the random number counter storage area for generating the common drawing win random number provided in the RAM 308, and 1 is added to the acquired value. Then, it is stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the obtained value is 101, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. Also, as a result of adding 1 to the acquired value, when it is determined that the random number counter has made a round, the value of the initial value generation random number counter corresponding to each random number counter is acquired, and the storage area of the random number counter Set to

  For example, a value is acquired from a random number counter for generating a common drawing win random number value which fluctuates in a numerical range of 0 to 100, and 1 is added to the acquired value and the result is stored in a predetermined initial value storage area provided in RAM 308 If the value is equal to the previously set initial value (for example, 7), a value is obtained as an initial value from the initial value generation random number counter corresponding to the random number counter for the common drawing win random number value generation. The initial value set this time is stored in the above-mentioned initial value storage area in order to determine that the random number counter for generating the common random number for making a round is next next while setting it in the random number counter for generating the random number for winning. Keep it. Also, apart from the above-mentioned initial value storage area for determining that the random number counter for generating the common drawing win random number value next makes one round, the random number counter for generating the common drawing random value, Special figure 1 random number value generation The RAM 308 is provided with an initial value storage area for determining that each of the random number counter for and the random number counter for generating a special number 2 random number value has made one rotation. In the present embodiment, the counter for acquiring the special figure 1 random number value and the counter for acquiring the special figure 2 random number value are separately provided, but the same counter may be used.

  In step S211 following step S209, effect random number update processing is performed. In this effect random number updating process, the random number counter for generating the effect random number used by the main control unit 300 is updated.

  In step S213 following step S211, a timer update process is performed. In this timer update process, a common drawing display symbol update timer for measuring the time to display the fluctuation / stop display of the design on the common drawing display device 210, and the time to display the fluctuation / stop display of the symbol on the special drawing 1 display device 212 Special figure 1 display symbol update timer for special, 2 special figure 2 display symbol update timer for clocking time to display the fluctuation / stop display on special figure 2 display device 214, predetermined winning effect time, predetermined opening time, predetermined The various timers are updated, including timers for clocking the closing time, predetermined ending effect period, and the like.

In step S215 following step S213, a winning opening counter update process is performed. In this winning opening counter update process, when winning openings 226, 234, 235 and starting openings 230, 232, 228, 229 are awarded, the winning balls provided in RAM 308 for each winning opening or each starting opening are provided. The value of the number storage area is read out, 1 is added, and the value is set in the original winning sphere number storage area.

  In step S217 following step S215, a winning reception process is performed. In this winning reception process, it is determined whether or not special drawing 1 start opening 230, special drawing 2 start opening 232, common drawing start openings 228 and 229, and variable winning openings 234 and 235 have been won. Here, the determination is made using the determination result as to whether or not it matches the winning determination pattern information in step S205.

  When there is a prize in the special figure 1 start opening 230 and the corresponding special figure 1 holding number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is not full, the special figure 1 start opening 230 of the random number generation circuit (hard random number circuit) 318 The special figure 1 winning random number value generated by applying predetermined processing to the value stored in the corresponding built-in counter value storage register is acquired, and the special figure 1 from the special figure 1 random number value generating random number counter provided in the RAM 308 (1) Obtain a random number value and store it in the special order 1 random number value storage area in order of acquisition. A set of the special figure 1 winning random number value and the special figure 1 random number value in the special figure 1 random number value storage area is stored by the same number as the special figure 1 holding number stored in the special figure 1 holding number storage area. In the special figure 1 random number value storage area, each time the number of special figure 1 holdings decreases, the data of the special figure 1 winning random number value and the special figure 1 random number value pair of the holding order is the highest (first) is deleted. And the holding order of the data of the remaining special figure 1 winning random number value and special figure 1 random value value set is processed to be advanced by one each. In addition, every time the number of special figure 1 reservations increases, the special order 1 is new to the next pending order of the data of the special figure 1 winning random number value and the special figure 1 random number value pair in the lowest order (last). Data of a combination of the winning random number value and the special figure 1 random number value is written.

  When there is a prize in special drawing 2 starting opening 232 and the corresponding special drawing 2 reservation number storage area provided in RAM 308 is not full, a built-in counter corresponding to special drawing 2 starting opening 232 of random number generation circuit 318 The special figure 2 winning random number value generated by applying predetermined processing to the value stored in the value storage register is acquired, and the special figure 2 random number value is acquired from the special figure 2 random number value generating random number counter provided in the RAM 308 Then, it is stored in the acquisition order in the special figure 2 random value storage area. A set of the special figure 2 winning random number value and the special figure 2 random number value in the special figure 2 random number value storage area is stored in the same number as the special figure 2 holding number stored in the special figure 2 holding number storage area. In the special figure 2 random number value storage area, the special order 2 winning random number value and the special figure 2 random number value pair data are deleted each time the number of special figure 2 holding numbers decreases by one, and the remaining data It is processed such that the holding order of the data of the special figure 2 winning random number value and the special figure 2 random number value set is advanced by one each. In addition, every time the number of special figure 2 reservations increases, the special figure 2 winning random number value is new to the next pending order of the data of the combination of the special figure 2 winning random number value and the special figure 2 random number value with the lowest pending order. And, the data of the special figure 2 random number value set is written.

  In addition, special figure 1 start information (set of special figure 1 winning random number and special figure 1 random number value) or special figure 2 start information (set of special figure 2 winning random number and special figure 2 random value) was newly acquired. In the case, the special drawing prefetch process is executed using the start information. Details of the special view prefetching process will be described later.

If the common drawing start port 228 or the common drawing start port 229 has a prize, and the corresponding common drawing reserve number storage area provided in the RAM 308 is not full, the common drawing selection random number value generating random number counter The random number value is acquired as a winning random number value, and the common-mode random number value is acquired from the random number counter for general-purpose random number value generation provided in the RAM 308, and stored in the general-purpose random number storage area in the order of acquisition. A set of the common drawing win random number value and the common drawing random number value in the common drawing random number storage area is stored by the same number as the common drawing reservation number stored in the common drawing reservation number storage area. In the common drawing random number storage area, every time the common drawing reservation number decreases by one, the data of the combination of the common drawing random number and the common drawing random value of the highest rank (first) is erased and It is processed such that the holding order of the data of the common drawing win random number value and the common drawing random value set is incremented by one. In addition, whenever the number of popular drawing reservations increases by one, a new common drawing winning random value and the next pending order of the data of the combination of the lowest drawing (last) common drawing winning random value and the common drawing random value Data of a set of common-mode random number values is written. When there is a prize in the variable prize opening 234, information indicating that the ball has entered the variable prize opening 234 is stored in the prize storage area for the variable prize opening 234. When there is a prize in the variable prize opening 235, information indicating that the ball has entered the variable prize opening 235 is stored in the prize storage area for the variable prize opening 235.

  In step S219 following step S217, a payout request number transmission process is performed. The output schedule information and the payout request information to be output to the payout control unit 600 are, for example, 1 byte, and bit 7 is strobe information (in the case of ON, it indicates that data is set), bit 6 Power-on information (in the case of ON, it indicates that it is the first command transmission after power-on), bits 4 to 5 this processing type for encryption (0 to 3), and bits 0 to 3 The number of withdrawal requests after chemical processing is indicated.

  In step S221 following step S219, a common drawing state update process is performed. The common drawing state update process performs one of a plurality of processes corresponding to the common drawing state. For example, in the common drawing state update process in the middle of the common drawing fluctuation display (the value of the common drawing display symbol update timer described above is 1 or more), the 7 segment LED constituting the common drawing display device 210 is repeatedly turned on and off Turn off drive control. By performing this control, the common drawing display device 210 performs variable display of common drawing (common drawing fluctuation game).

  In addition, in the common drawing state update process at the timing when the common drawing fluctuation display time has elapsed (the timing when the value of the common drawing display symbol update timer changes from 1 to 0), if the common drawing hit flag is on, the hit symbol The 7 segment LED constituting the common view display device 210 is turned on / off to control the common view display mode, and when the common view hit flag is off, the common view display so as to become the display mode of the out-of-round symbol The on / off driving control of the 7-segment LED constituting the device 210 is performed. Further, in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300, setting areas for preparing various settings in various processes, not limited to the general drawing state update process, are prepared. Here, while performing the said lighting * extinguishing drive control, the setting which shows that common view stop display is performed to the setting area is performed. By performing this control, the common-diagram display device 210 is any one of a hit symbol (a common-diagram A or a common-diagram B shown in FIG. 5 (d)) and a dislocated symbol (a common-diagram C shown in FIG. Make a final display of the symbol of. After that, information indicating a stop period is set in a storage area of a common drawing stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308 for maintaining a predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 ms). By this setting, the symbol which has been fixedly displayed is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the player is notified of the result of the common drawing fluctuation game.

  Also, if the result of the common drawing change game is a hit, the common drawing hit flag is turned on. When the flag for the drawing is on, the common state update processing at the time when the predetermined stop display period ends (when the value of the timer for managing the drawing stop time changes from 1 to 0) In the setting area, while the general drawing operation is being set, the predetermined opening period (for example, 2 seconds), the opening and closing solenoids (parts of various solenoids 332) of the blade member 232a of the special view 2 start port 232 A signal for holding 232 a in an open state is output, and information indicating an open period is set in a storage area of a blade open time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

  Further, in the general drawing state update process starting at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (the timing when the value of the blade opening time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined closing period (for example, 500 ms) A signal for holding the blade member in the closed state is output to the opening / closing driving solenoid 332, and information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area of the blade closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

Also, in the general drawing state update processing that starts at the timing when the predetermined closing period ends (the timing when the value of the blade closing time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the setting area of the general drawing is set in the setting area of the RAM 308 Do. Furthermore, if the result of the common drawing fluctuation game is lost, the common drawing hit flag is turned off. When the flag for the drawing is off, the drawing state updating process is also performed at the timing when the predetermined stop display period described above ends (when the value of the timer for managing the drawing stop time changes from 1 to 0), In the setting area of the RAM 308, the non-operational view is set. In the common drawing state update processing in the case where the common drawing is not in operation, the process proceeds to the next step S223 without doing anything.

  In step S223, a common drawing related lottery process is performed. In this common drawing related lottery process, the common drawing fluctuation game and the special drawing 2 start / stop control of the starting port 232 are not performed (the state of the common drawing is not in operation), and the number of common drawing fluctuation games held. It is executed using the combination of the first common drawing win random value and the common drawing random value in the common drawing random number storage area as a start condition that is 1 or more.

  The main control unit 300 acquires common drawing start information (a pair of common drawing win random value and common drawing random value) from the earliest (most stored) reservation position in the common drawing random value storage area, A table for deciding on a pass / fail judgment stored in the ROM 306 based on the common drawing win random number value in the common drawing start information acquired and the value of the common drawing probability fluctuation flag in the RAM 308 (FIGS. 9A and 9B described later) Use the reference) to decide whether to win or lose. Next, based on the common drawing random number value in the common drawing start information thus acquired, the determined success or failure determination result, etc., the main control unit 300 determines the common drawing determination table (FIG. 9C) stored in the ROM 306. Use the hour movement table (see table) to determine the symbol (stop symbol) to be stopped after the variable display of the common drawing. Next, the main control unit 300 uses, for example, various tables (for example, timer number selection not shown) stored in the ROM 306 based on, for example, the determined success / failure determination result, the stop symbol, and the acquired random number value for common drawing fluctuation time determination. The variable display time (timer number) of the common drawing is determined using the table), and the variable display time is stored in the common drawing fluctuation time storage area provided in the RAM 308 as the common drawing fluctuation display time.

  After the main control unit 300 extracts the first drawing-up start information from the drawing random number storage area, the main control unit 300 erases the first drawing-general drawing start information from the drawing random number storage area and stores the common drawing reserve number. Subtract 1 from the number of general drawing reservations for the area. At this time, the general drawing start information extracted from the general drawing random number storage area is stored in a temporary area provided in the RAM 308, and the above-described determination is performed based on the general drawing start information stored in the temporary area. It is also good.

  The main control unit 300 sets a common drawing per shot flag provided in the RAM 308 to ON if the result of judgment is hit (winning), and sets a common drawing per shot flag to off when the result of judgment is non-winning.

  Next, special figure status update processing is performed for each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, but first, the special figure status update process (special figure 2 status update process) for the special figure 2 is performed (step S225). In this special view 2 state update process, one process out of the next plurality of processes is performed according to the state of the special view 2.

  For example, in the special figure 2 status update process in the middle of the special figure 2 fluctuation display (the value of the special figure 2 display symbol update timer is 1 or more), the 7 segment LED constituting the special view 2 display device 214 is turned on and off Repeat the on / off drive control. By performing this control, the special view 2 display device 214 performs the variable display of the special view 2 (special view 2 variation game). Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the rotation start setting transmission process is to be executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-described transmission information storage area, and then the process is ended.

Further, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with flags such as 15R big hit flag, 7R big hit flag, 2R big hit flag, small hit flag, out flag, special figure probability change flag, and common drawing probability change flag. . These flags are set to on or off based on the determined stop symbol in the special figure 2 related lottery process described later. In the special figure 2 status update process that starts at the timing when the special figure 2 fluctuation display time has elapsed (the timing when the special figure 2 display symbol update timer value changes from 1 to 0), for example, when the 15R big hit flag is on 5B is shown when the special figure a or 7R big hit flag is on, and the special figure probability change flag is on, the special figure b or 7R big hit flag is on, the special figure probability change flag is off If the special figure c, the off flag is on, the 7 segment LED constituting the special figure 2 display device 214 is turned on / off drive control so as to become the respective special figure d modes, Fig. 2 Make settings to indicate that stop display is in progress. By performing this control, the special view 2 display device 214 performs finalized display of any one of the special view a to special view d.

  Thereafter, in order to maintain the display of the predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 ms), information indicating the stop period is set in the storage area of the special view 2 stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308. As a result of this setting, the special view 2 that has been fixedly displayed is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the result of the special view 2 fluctuation game is notified to the player. Also, if the time saving number stored in the time saving number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is 1 or more, 1 is subtracted from the time saving number, and if the subtraction result changes from 1 to 0, the special figure probability is fluctuating If not, the short time flag is turned off. Furthermore, also during the big hit game (during special game state), the time saving flag is turned off. Further, if the number of probability variations stored in the probability variation number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is 1 or more, 1 is subtracted from the number of probability variations, and if the subtraction result changes from 1 to 0, the special figure probability fluctuation flag Turn off.

  Moreover, while additionally storing predetermined transmission information indicating that the rotation stop setting transmission process is to be executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) in the above transmission information storage area, the symbol for stopping the fluctuation display is the special view 2 The processing is ended after the special view 2 identification information indicating that there is a special information is additionally stored in the RAM 308 as information to be included in command data described later.

  In addition, if the result of special figure 2 fluctuation game is big hit, big hit flag is turned on. When the big hit flag is on, in the special figure 2 status update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period is over (the timing when the value of the stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the setting of the RAM 308 In order to set a special figure 2 in action in the area and to wait for a predetermined winning effect period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, a period displaying an image notifying the player that the decorative symbol display device 208 starts a big hit In the storage area of the special view 2 waiting time management timer provided in the RAM 308, information indicating a winning presentation effect period is set. Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the winning a prize setting transmission process is to be executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-described transmission information storage area.

  Also, in the special figure 2 status update process starting at the timing when the predetermined winning effect period ends (the timing when the value of the timer for the standby time management changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined opening period (for example, 29 seconds) Or Solenoid (part of various solenoids 332) for opening / closing driving of the door member of the variable winning opening 234, 235 (until the game ball of predetermined number of balls (for example 10 balls) is detected in the variable winning opening 234, 235) A signal for holding the door member in the open state is output, and information indicating the open period is set in the storage area of the door open time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the special winning opening opening setting transmission process is to be executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-described transmission information storage area.

  Also, in the special view 2 status update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (when the value of the door opening time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined closing period (for example, 1.5 seconds) A signal for holding the door member in a closed state is output to the solenoids (parts of various solenoids 332) for opening and closing driving of the door member of the variable winning opening 234, 235, and a timer for door closing time management provided in the RAM 308 Information indicating a closed period is set in the storage area. Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the special winning opening closing setting transmission process is to be executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-described transmission information storage area.

  In addition, the door member opening and closing control is repeated a predetermined number of times (15 rounds or 7 rounds in the case of Special Figure 2 in this embodiment, 15 rounds or 7 rounds or 2 rounds in the case of Special Figure 1). In the special figure 2 state update process which starts at the timing, it waits for the period which is displaying the image which notifies the player that the big hit by the decoration symbol display device 208 is finished In the storage area of the effect waiting time management timer provided in the RAM 308, information indicating an effect waiting period is set. In addition, if the common drawing probability fluctuation flag is set to ON, simultaneously with the end of the big hit game, the time saving number (for example, 100 times) is set in the time saving number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 and provided in the RAM 308 Turn on the short time flag. If the common drawing probability fluctuation flag is set to OFF, the time saving number is not set in the time saving number storage unit, and the time saving flag is not set on.

  The term "time saving" as used herein means that the pachinko machine is in an advantageous state for the player in order to shorten the time from the end of the big hit game to the start of the next big hit game. When the time saving flag is set to ON, it is a common drawing high probability state (common drawing definite change). The probability of becoming a hit in the common drawing fluctuation game is higher in the common drawing high probability state than in the common drawing low probability state. In addition, the variation time of the general drawing fluctuation game is shorter in the general drawing high probability state than in the general drawing low probability state (general drawing change short). Furthermore, in the general drawing high probability state, compared with the general drawing low probability state, the opening time in one opening of the pair of blade members 232a of the special drawing 2 start port 232 tends to be long (electric Chu open and spread). In addition, in the general drawing high probability state, the pair of blade members 232a is more likely to open compared to the general drawing low probability state. The state in which any of these common drawing positive change, common drawing change short, and electric Chu diversion is set is called electric support (starting hole winning support by electric tulip).

  Further, as described above, the time saving flag is set to off during the big hit game (during the special game state). Therefore, during the big hit game, the general drawing low probability state is maintained. This is a large hit state during the big hit game, a predetermined number in the variable winning opening 234, 235 during the big hit game, a lot of special figure 2 start hole 232 until the game ball enters the ball There is a problem that the number of game balls that can be obtained during a big hit as game balls enter and there is a large number of game balls and the euphorism is increased, and this is to solve this.

  In addition, if the special figure probability fluctuation flag is set to on, simultaneously with the end of the big hit game, the number of probability variations (for example, 10000) is set in the probability variation number storage unit provided in the RAM 308.

  Furthermore, predetermined transmission information indicating that the end effect setting transmission process is to be executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-described transmission information storage area.

  Also, in the special figure 2 status update process starting at the timing when the predetermined end effect period ends (the timing when the value of the production waiting time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the special figure 2 non-operational setting area Set to medium.

  Furthermore, if the result of the special figure 2 fluctuation game is off, the off flag is turned on. When the out flag is on, even in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the above-mentioned predetermined stop display period ends (the special value 2 stop time management timer value changes from 1 to 0), In the setting area of the RAM 308, the special figure 2 non-operation is set. In the special figure 2 state update process in the case where the special figure 2 is not in operation, the process proceeds to the next step S227 without doing anything.

Subsequently, special figure status update processing (special figure 1 status update processing) for the special view 1 is performed (step S227). In the special view 1 state update process, each process described in the special view 2 state update process described above is performed according to the state of the special view 1. Each process performed in this special view 1 state update process is the same as the process in which “special figure 2” of the content described in the special figure 2 state update process is replaced with “special figure 1”, so I omit it. However, in this example, since the stop symbol form of the special figure 1 is different from the stop symbol form of the special figure 2, the timing when the special figure 1 fluctuation display time has elapsed (the value of the special figure display symbol update timer becomes 1 to 0) The special figure 1 state update process starting at the timing shown is different from the special figure 2 state update process. In the special figure 1 state update process started at the above timing, for example, when the 15R big hit flag is on and the special figure probability fluctuation flag is on, the special figure A, 7R big hit flag shown in FIG. If the figure probability fluctuation flag is on, the special figure B, 7R big hit flag is on, if the special figure probability change flag is off, the special figure C, 2R big hit flag is on, the special figure probability variation flag is on, When the chart probability change flag is on, the special view D, 2R big hit flag is on, the special view probability change flag is on, the common view probability change flag is off, the special view E, the small hit flag is on In the special figure F, when the off flag is on, the 7 segment LED which configures the special figure 1 display device 212 is controlled to turn on / off the control so that it becomes each aspect of the special figure G, the setting area of the RAM 308 Special chart 1 stop chart To set indicating that it is in. By performing this control in the special view 1 state update process started at the above timing, the special view 1 display device 212 performs final display of any one of the special view A to special view G symbols. The order of the special figure 2 state update process and the special figure 1 state update process may be reversed.

  When the special figure state update processing in step S225 and step S227 is finished, special figure related lottery processing for special figure 1 and special figure 2 is performed this time. Here too, the special figure related lottery process (special figure 2 related lottery process) for the special figure 2 is performed (step S229), and thereafter, the special figure related lottery process for the special figure 1 (special figure 1 related lottery process) ) (Step S231). The special figure 2 related lottery process does not perform the variable game of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, and the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are both in a non-operation state, and the special figure 2 is pending. It is executed using the first special figure 2 winning random number value and the special figure 2 random value in the special figure 2 random number value storage area, with the number of the variable game being one or more as a start condition. The special figure 1 related lottery process does not perform the floating game of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, and the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are both in a non-operation state, and the special figure 1 is suspended. It is executed using the first special figure 1 winning random number value and the special figure 1 random value in the special figure 1 random number value storage area, with the number of the variable game being one or more as a start condition.

  With regard to these special drawing related lottery processing, the main control unit 300 performs the special drawing 2 related drawing processing prior to the special drawing 1 related drawing processing, so that the start condition of the special drawing 2 fluctuation game and the special drawing 1 fluctuation Even when the game start condition is established at the same time, the special figure 2 fluctuation game is moving first, so the special figure 1 fluctuation game does not start fluctuation. In addition, when the number of reservations of the special figure 2 fluctuation game is 1 or more, the lottery process and the fluctuation game regarding the suspension of the special figure 1 fluctuation game are not performed. In addition, the notification of the result of the success or failure judgment of the special figure fluctuation game by the decorative symbol display device 208 is done by the first sub control unit 400, the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the special figure 2 start opening 232 is The priority is given to the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning to the special figure 1 start port 230. In the present embodiment, the special figure fluctuation game (special figure 2 fluctuation game in this example) with high degree of advantage is performed prior to the special figure fluctuation game (special figure 1 fluctuation game in this example) with low degree of advantage. . For this reason, it may be easy to give a difference to the degree of advantage of the gaming state.

In the case of the special figure 2 related lottery process of step S229, the main control unit 300 starts the special figure 2 start information from the earliest (most stored) reserved position in the special figure 2 random number value storage area. Figure 2 winning random number value and special figure 2 (random number value pair) is acquired, ROM 306 based on the special figure 2 winning random number value in the special figure 2 start information and the value of the special figure probability fluctuation flag in RAM 308 etc Or a small hit (in the present example, a small hit can be selected only in the special figure 1) using the hit / fail determination table (see FIGS. 10 (a) to 10 (d) described later) stored in Make a decision (whether or not to accept or reject). Next, the main control unit 300 uses the special view 2 random number value in the special view 2 start information acquired and the special view determination table stored in the ROM 306 (FIG. 11A, The symbol (stop symbol) to be stopped and displayed after the variation display of the special figure 2 is determined using the symbol distribution table shown in FIG. 12 (a)). Next, the main control unit 300 is stored in the ROM 306 based on, for example, the determined success / failure determination result, the stop symbol, the number of special figures 2 reserved at the time of the success / failure determination, the acquired random number value for special drawing fluctuation time determination, etc. The variable display time (timer number) of the special figure 2 is determined using various tables (for example, a timer number selection table not shown).

  After the main control unit 300 extracts the first special figure 2 start information from the special figure 2 random number value storage area, it deletes the first special figure 2 start information from the special figure 2 random number value storage area and Fig. 2 Special number of reserved numbers storage area 2 The number of reserved numbers in the storage area is decremented by 1. At this time, the special figure 2 start information extracted from the special figure 2 random number value storage area is stored in a temporary area provided in the RAM 308, and the above determination is performed based on the special figure 2 start information stored in this temporary area. You may do so.

  After the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) as described above, the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231) is performed in the same manner.

  In the above description, the special figure 2 variation game with a high degree of advantage is started prior to the special figure 1 variation game with a low degree of advantage, and the reserve of the special figure 2 is digested prior to the reserve of the special figure 1 Although the special figure 2 priority change was mentioned as an example, the special figure 1 change game with a low degree of advantage is started prior to the special figure 2 change game with a high degree of priority, and the suspension of the special figure 1 is special figure 2 It may be a special figure 1 preferential variation that is digested prior to holding. In addition, without prioritizing any of Special figure 2 fluctuation game and Special figure 1 fluctuation game, starting mouth winning a prize which starts special figure fluctuation game which depends on the special figure 1 and special figure 2 each reservation in starting point the winning opening It may be forward variation. In the start-up opening winning order variation, the upper limit number of reservations is 8 regardless of Special figure 1 and Special figure 2 and therefore, it is compared with the priority variation in which the upper limit number of reservations is 4 in each of Special figure 1 and Special figure 2 And you may be able to raise the practical upper limit of the number of reservations.

  In the above description, although it is assumed that the lottery process and the fluctuation game for holding the other special drawing are not performed according to the state of one special drawing, it is not limited to this, and the above-mentioned special drawing state update The processing and the special drawing related lottery processing may be performed independently in each of the special drawing 1 and the special drawing 2, so that a plurality of special drawings may be simultaneously changed. In addition, when changing a plurality of special figures at this time, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a plurality of areas for displaying the lottery results of the respective special figures, or the lottery results of the respective special figures are displayed. A plurality of decorative symbol display devices may be provided to display each lottery result separately, or may be configured to display a plurality of special drawing lottery results in one area. Moreover, when the change regarding several special figures is performed simultaneously, you may influence the lottery result of the special figure which stops a fluctuation | variation by the lottery result of the special drawing which stopped the fluctuation | variation previously.

  In step S233 following step S231, command setting transmission processing is performed. In the command setting transmission process, various commands are transmitted to the first sub control unit 400. The output schedule information to be transmitted to the first sub control unit 400 is, for example, 16 bits, bit 15 is strobe information (in the case of ON, it indicates that data is set), bits 11 to 14 are Command type (in the present embodiment, basic command, symbol variation start command, symbol variation stop command, prize effect start command, end effect start command, jackpot round number designation command, power recovery command, RAM clear command, prefetch result information command Etc. and bits 0 to 10 are composed of command data (predetermined information corresponding to the command type). Further, in the present embodiment, as a command type, a symbol fluctuation start command and a symbol fluctuation stop command concerning a common drawing are also included.

  Specifically, the strobe information is turned on or off in the above-described command transmission process. Also, if the command type is a special figure start symbol variation start (rotation start) command, the command data includes various big hit flags, small hit flags, outlying flags, values such as special figure probability change flags, special drawing related lottery processing In the case of the symbol fluctuation stop (rotation stop) command, it contains information indicating the timer number etc. selected in and includes various jackpot flags, small hit flags, outliers flags, special drawing probability fluctuation flag values, etc. In the case of the start command and end effect start command, information including the value of the special figure probability variation flag etc., and in the case of the big hit round number designation command, the value indicating the value of the special figure probability variation flag, the number of big hit rounds, etc. I have included it. If the command type indicates a basic command, the device information in the command data, presence or absence of winning to special figure 1 starting opening 230, presence or absence of winning to special figure 2 starting opening 232, winning of variable winning openings 234, 235 It includes information indicating presence or absence. In the case of the pre-reading result information command, command data indicating the types of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, the pre-reading number stored in the pre-reading number storage area described later, the stop symbol etc stored in the pre-reading result storage unit Included in

  If the command type is a symbol drawing start (rotation start) command of a common drawing, the command data is a per common drawing flag, a common drawing departure flag, a common drawing probability fluctuation flag, etc., and a common drawing related lottery process. Information including the information on the determined stop symbol and fluctuation time, and in the case of the symbol fluctuation stop (rotation stop) command of the common drawing, information indicating the value of the common drawing per-flag, the common drawing deviation flag, the common drawing probability fluctuation flag, etc. To be included.

  Further, in the above-mentioned rotation start setting transmission process, various big hit flags, small hit flags, lost flags, values of special figure probability fluctuation flags, etc. stored in the RAM 308 as command data, special figure 1 related lottery process and special value 2 setting information indicating the timer number selected in the related lottery process, the number of the special figure 1 fluctuation game or the special figure 2 fluctuation game etc which are held. In the above-described rotation stop setting transmission process, information indicating various jackpot flags, small hit flags, lost flags, special drawing probability fluctuation flag values, and the like stored in the RAM 308 is set in command data.

  In the above-described winning effect setting transmission process, command data is stored in the RAM 308 of effect control information to be output to the decorative symbol display device 208, various lamps 418, and the speaker 120 during the winning effect period, and special figure probability fluctuation flag The information indicating the value, the number of the special figure 1 fluctuation game or the special figure 2 fluctuation game etc which are reserved is set. In the above-described end effect setting transmission process, command data is stored in the command data in the effect control information stored in the RAM 308 during the effect standby period, the decorative symbol display device 208, various lamps 418, and the speaker 120, and the special view probability fluctuation flag. The information indicating the value, the number of the special figure 1 fluctuation game or the special figure 2 fluctuation game etc which are reserved is set. In the above-mentioned special winning opening open setting transmission process, the number of big hit rounds stored in the RAM 308, the value of the special figure probability fluctuation flag, the number of the special figure 1 fluctuation game or the special figure 2 fluctuation game held in the command data Set the information to indicate etc. In the above-mentioned special winning opening closing setting transmission process, the number of big hit rounds stored in the RAM 308, the value of the special figure probability fluctuation flag, the number of the special figure 1 fluctuation game or the special figure 2 fluctuation game held in the command data Set the information to indicate etc.

  Further, in step S233, general command special view hold increase processing is also performed. In this general command special view reserve increase processing, special view identification information (information indicating special view 1 or special view 2) stored in command data in the transmission information storage area of the RAM 308, notice information (previous notice information, false) Set prior advance notice information or any prior notice nothing information).

  In the first sub-control unit 400, according to the command type included in the received output schedule information, determination of effect control according to a change in game control in the main control unit 300 becomes possible, and is included in the output schedule information The effect control content can be determined based on the information of the command data.

  In step S235 following step S233, an external output signal setting process is performed. In this external output signal setting process, the game information stored in the RAM 308 is output to the information input circuit 350 separate from the pachinko machine 100 via the information output circuit 336.

  In step S237 following step S235, device monitoring processing is performed. In this device monitoring process, the signal states of various sensors stored in the signal state storage area in step S205 are read out to monitor the presence or absence of a predetermined error, such as the presence or absence of a front frame door opening error or a bottom plate full error. . When the front frame door opening error or the bottom plate full error is detected, the transmission information to be sent to the first sub control unit 400 includes device information indicating the presence or absence of the front frame door opening error or the bottom plate full error. Set In addition, various solenoids 332 are driven to control the opening and closing of the special figure 2 start opening 232 and the variable winning openings 234 and 235, and the common view display device 210 and special figure 1 display through the drive circuits 324, 326 and 330. Display data to be output to the device 212, the special view 2 display device 214, the various status display unit 328, etc. is set in the output port of the I / O 310. The output schedule information set in the payout request number transmission process (step S 219) is output to the payout control unit 600 via the output port of the I / O 310.

  In step S239 following step S237, it is monitored whether the low voltage signal is on. Then, when the low voltage signal is on (when the power is shut off is detected), the process proceeds to step S243, and when the low voltage signal is off (when the power is not shut off), the process proceeds to step S241. In step S241, a timer interrupt end process is performed. In this timer interrupt end process, the values of the registers temporarily saved in step S201 are set in the original registers, and the interrupt permission is set, and then the main control unit main process shown in FIG. 6 is performed. Return to On the other hand, in step S243, the power saving process such as initialization of the input / output port is performed by saving a specific variable or stack pointer for returning to the state upon power failure at power recovery as recovery data. Then, the process returns to the main control unit main process shown in FIG.

  FIG. 8A is a flow chart showing an example of the flow of the special view prefetching process executed in the winning a prize accepting process (step S217). In the special view pre-reading process, the main control unit 300 pre-reads the start information (newly acquired start information) increased in each of the special view 1 and the special view 2, and pre-stops the stop symbol prior to the success or failure determination process. The determination is made, and the preliminary determination result (the special-figure look-ahead result) is stored in the look-ahead result storage unit (see (b) to (e) in FIG. 8) in the RAM 308.

  Here, in the RAM 308, the special view 1 pre-read result storage unit for storing the pre-read result of the special view 1 and the number of the special view 1 pre-read result stored in the special view 1 pre-read result storage unit A special figure 1 pre-reading number storage area to be stored as 1 pre-reading number is provided. In the present embodiment, up to four prefetch results can be stored. In the special view 1 pre-read result storage unit, the special order 1 pre-read result data of the highest rank (first) is deleted every time the number of special view 1 pre-read decreases, and the remaining special view 1 pre-read result It is processed so that the order of the data of is advanced one by one. Also, every time the number of special views 1 prefetching increases, data of new special views 1 prefetch results are written in the next order of the data of special view 1 prefetch results with the lowest rank (last).

  Also, in the RAM 308, the special view 2 pre-read result storage unit for storing the pre-read result of the special view 2 and the number of special view 2 pre-read results stored in the special view 2 pre-read result storage unit A special figure 2 look-ahead number storage area to be stored as a number is provided. In the present embodiment, up to four prefetch results can be stored. In the special view 2 pre-read result storage unit, the special order 2 pre-read result data of the highest rank is erased every time the number of special view 2 pre-read decreases, and the remaining special figure 2 pre-read result data ranking Are processed one by one. Further, every time the number of special views 2 prefetching increases, data of new special views 2 prefetch results are written in the next order of the data of the special views 2 prefetch results of the lowest rank.

  In the special view prefetching process, the main control unit 300 first determines whether the start information of the special view 2 has increased (step S301). The determination as to whether or not the start information of the special view 2 has increased is, for example, the special view 2 pending number stored in the special view 2 pending count storage area and the special view 2 reserved count count storage area. Figure 2 compare with the number of pre-reads. The main control unit 300 determines that the start information of the special view 2 has increased when the special view 2 hold count is larger than the special view 2 look-ahead count, and the special view 2 hold count is equal to the special view 2 look-ahead count It is determined that the start information of Special Figure 2 has not increased. If it is determined that the start information of the special view 2 has increased, the process proceeds to step S303, and if it is determined that the start information of the special view 2 has not increased, the process proceeds to step S307.

  In step S303, the special figure 2 start information (special figure 2 winning random number value and special figure 2 random number value pair) that has been increased is compared with the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) before the success / failure determination process. Fig. 2 Read ahead from the random value storage area. Then, using the prefetched special view 2 start information, and the success / failure determination table and the special view determination table used at the time of pass / fail determination, for example, the stop symbol of the special view 2 variation game according to the start information It is determined in advance prior to the success / failure determination process in the process (step S229). Note that this prior determination process may be performed using a special table for the prior determination instead of the table used at the time of determination of success or failure.

  In step S305 following step S303, the stop symbol information as the special view 2 prefetch result obtained by the prior determination is stored in the first vacant area of the special view 2 prefetch result storage unit in the RAM 308. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S307.

  In step S307, the main control unit 300 determines whether the start information of the special view 1 has increased. The determination as to whether the start information of the special view 1 has increased is, as in the case of the special view 2, for example, the special view 1 reserve count stored in the special view 1 reserve count storage area and the special view 1 prefetch count count storage area This is done by comparing with the special view 1 pre-reading number stored in. If it is determined that the start information of the special view 1 has increased, the process proceeds to step S309, and if it is determined that the start information of the special view 1 has not increased, the special view prefetching process is ended and the main control unit timer division is completed. The processing returns to the winning reception process (step S217) of the loading process.

  In step S309, it is determined based on various flags in the RAM 308 whether or not non-power support is in progress. If it is determined that it is not in the non-power support state, the process proceeds to step S311, and if it is determined that it is not in the non-power support state (it is in the power support), the process proceeds to step S315. Although it is determined in the present example whether or not non-power-supply is in progress, it may be determined in step S309 whether the execution condition of the special view 1 advance warning notification is satisfied. For example, the execution conditions of the special view 1 advance notice and notification include conditions such as not being in a big hit game other than being in non-power support.

  In step S311, the special figure 1 start information (the special figure 1 winning random number value and the special figure 1 random number value pair) that has been increased is compared with the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231) prior to the acceptance determination process. Fig. 1 Read ahead from the random value storage area. Then, using the pre-read special figure 1 start information, and the success / failure determination table and the special figure determination table used at the time of pass / fail judgment, for example, the stop symbol of the special figure 1 fluctuation game according to the start information It is previously determined prior to the success or failure determination process in the process (step S231). Note that this prior determination process may be performed using a special table for the prior determination instead of the table used at the time of determination of success or failure.

  In step S313 following step S311, the stop symbol information as the special view 1 look-ahead result obtained in advance determination is stored in the first vacant area of the special view 1 look-ahead result storage unit in the RAM 308. Thereafter, the special drawing prefetching process is ended, and the processing returns to the winning reception process (step S217) of the main control unit timer interruption process.

  In step S315, without pre-reading the special figure 1 start information which has been increased, "not determined" information indicating that the start information is not pre-read, instead of the stop symbol information, special figure 1 read-ahead result storage in RAM 308 Store in the first vacant area of the department. Thereafter, the special drawing prefetching process is ended, and the processing returns to the winning reception process (step S217) of the main control unit timer interruption process.

  In the present embodiment, only the increased start information is pre-read and determined in advance, but all the start information may be pre-read and determined in advance. In addition, in the above-described command setting transmission process (step S233), only the pre-read result of the start information for the increase may be transmitted to the first sub control unit 400, or the special-purpose 1 and special-purpose 2 pre-read result storage. All the pre-read results in the unit may be sent to the first sub control unit 400.

  Further, in the present embodiment, prefetching is always performed on the increased startup information of Toku-zu 2, and pre-reading is always performed on the increased startup information of Toku-zu 1 except during power supply. It may be determined by lottery whether or not to look forward to the start information of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 that have been increased. Alternatively, in the first sub-control unit 400 that has received the pre-reading result from the main control unit 300, for example, whether or not to execute pre-reading notification every holding may be determined by drawing. In addition, regardless of the gaming state (for example, whether or not it is in non-power support) etc., when start information is increased, pre-reading is always executed and pre-reading results are stored in the pre-reading result storage unit, and the pre-reading The result may be transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400, and the first sub-control unit 400 may determine whether to execute the lottery and the effect using the pre-read result.

  FIGS. 8B to 8E illustrate a state in which the prefetch result information and the like are stored in the prefetch result storage unit in the RAM 308. FIG. 8B illustrates an example of a state in which the special view 1 pre-reading result information is stored in the special view 1 pre-reading result storage unit. As shown in FIG. 8B, the special view 1 pre-fetching result storage unit has, for example, the same number (four in the present embodiment) of storage areas as the number of reserveable numbers of the special view 1 fluctuation game . Each storage area is associated with the hold order (pending 1 to 4) of the special figure 1 random value storage area. In each of the storage areas, stop symbol information of the special figure 1 is stored. In the example shown in FIG. 8 (b), "special figure G" (displacement) is stored as stop symbol information in the storage area "pending 1", and "special figure G" as the stopping symbol information in the storage area "pending 2". Is stored, and "special figure F" (small hit) is stored as stop symbol information in storage area "hold 3", and "special figure A" as stop symbol information in storage area "hold 4". (15R special jackpot) is stored.

  FIG. 8C shows an example of a state in which the special view 2 prefetch result information is stored in the special view 2 prefetch result storage unit. As shown in FIG. 8C, the special view 2 look-ahead result storage unit has, for example, the same number (four in the present embodiment) of storage areas as the number of reserveable numbers of special view 2 fluctuation games . Each storage area is associated with the holding order (pending 1 to 4) of the special figure 2 random number storage area. The stop symbol information of the special view 2 is stored in each of the storage areas. In the example shown in FIG. 8 (c), "special figure d" (displacement) is stored as stop symbol information in the storage area "hold 1", and stop symbols in the storage areas "hold 2" to "hold 4". Information is not stored. In addition, in FIG.8 (c), the state in which stop symbol information is not memorize | stored in the storage area is described as "none".

  FIG. 8D shows an example of a special-purpose look-ahead result storage unit for special view 1 during power support. As shown in FIG. 8D, in the storage area "pending 1", "not determined" information is stored instead of the stop symbol information. In the storage areas "pending 2" to "pending 4", neither stop symbol information nor "not determined" information is stored.

  As shown in FIG. 8E, in each storage area of the special view 1 pre-reading result storage unit, the “timer number” indicating the fluctuation time of the special view 1 change game is not the stop symbol information but the pre-reading result It may be stored as In the example shown in FIG. 8E, "timer 3" is stored as timer number information in the storage area "pending 1", and "timer 5" is stored as timer number information in the storage area "pending 2". The timer number information is not stored in the storage areas "pending 3" and "pending 4". In FIG. 8 (e), the state in which the timer number information is not stored is described as "none". When timer number information is stored in each storage area of the special view 1 pre-fetch result storage unit, the timer number may be set to correspond to the pass / fail result.

  In the above description, the stop symbol and the timer number are determined in advance, and the stop symbol information and the timer number information are stored in the prefetch result storage unit. However, the pass / fail determination result is determined in advance and the information is prefetched It may be stored in the result storage unit and may be transmitted to the first sub control unit 400 as pre-reading result information.

  Next, various tables used by the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described. The various tables illustrated in FIGS. 9 to 12 are stored in, for example, the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300.

  FIGS. 9A and 9B show an example of a success / failure determination table used when performing a success / failure determination in the common drawing related lottery process (step S223). The success or failure determination table shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B is configured by the items of “general drawing probability”, “random number range”, and “success or failure result”. The item “common drawing probability” indicates a common drawing probability (common drawing low probability or common drawing high probability) at the time of determination of success or failure. The item "random number range" indicates a numerical range to be compared with the acquired common drawing winning random value. Here, the possible range of the common drawing winning random value of this example is 0 to 99 (the range of the numerical range is 100).

  The success or failure determination table shown in FIG. 9A is a success or failure determination table for common use, which is used when the common drawing probability at the time of the success or failure determination is a low probability. As shown in FIG. 9A, in the case where this success / failure determination table is used, the probability of hitting is 1/100 (that is, 1%), and the probability of losing is 99/100.

  The success / failure determination table shown in FIG. 9B is a success / failure determination table for general drawing, which is used when the drawing probability at the time of the success / failure determination is a high probability. As shown in FIG. 9 (b), when this success / failure determination table is used, the probability of hitting is about 100/100 (that is, 100%), and the probability of losing is 0%. When this success / failure determination table is compared with the success / failure determination table shown in FIG. 9A, the hit probability is 100 times. As described above, it may be designed such that only the hit is selected in the general drawing high probability state (during time reduction operation). Further, the probability of deviation may be higher than 0% in the short-time operation, but in the short-time operation, the probability that the hit is selected is higher than that in the short-time non-operation state (generally low probability state).

  FIG.9 (c) has shown the table of the symbol distribution and hit time operation for common figures. The numerical value in the "sorting" column in the table is compared with the common drawing random number value when determining the stop symbol in the common drawing related lottery process (step S223), the distribution ratio of random number range for each design (ie Shows the selection probability). As shown in FIG. 9C, the distribution rate of each symbol in the case where the success or failure judgment result of the common drawing fluctuation game is a hit is 50% for the common drawing A and 50% for the common drawing B. The common drawings A and B are symbols for which the electric thu open operation is executed after the common drawing fluctuation game. In addition, since the disappointing symbol selected when the success or failure judgment result is disassembly is only one of the map C, the map C is selected with a probability of 100% in the case of the disassembly. When the drawing C is selected, the electric chow opening operation is not executed after the drawing fluctuation game.

  As shown in FIG. 9C, the opening operation of the special view 2 start port (electric chow) 232 is executed after the normal view A is stopped and displayed. When the gaming state at the stop display of the drawing A is not active, the wing member 232a of the electric chew 232 is first opened for 100 ms, then closed for 5000 to 10000 ms, and then opened for 5400 ms. Do. When the gaming state at the stop display of the drawing A is a short-time operation, the blade member 232a of the electric chew 232 is first opened for only 1800 ms, then closed for about 2000 ms, then opened again for only 1800 ms, and then It closes only for about 2000 ms and opens again for about 1800 ms.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 9C, the opening operation of the special figure 2 start port (electric chew) 232 is executed after the ordinary figure B is stopped and displayed. When the gaming state at the time of the stop display in the general view B is not short, the blade member 232a of the electric chew 232 is opened only for 100 ms only once. When the gaming state at the stop display of the common figure B is short time operation, the blade member 232a of the electric chew 232 is first opened for only 2400 ms, then closed for about 2000 ms, and then opened for only 1450 ms, again It closes only for about 2000 ms and opens again for about 1450 ms.

  10 (a) to 10 (d) show an example of a table for determining whether or not the special determination is performed in the special drawing 2 related lottery process (step S229) or the special drawing 1 related lottery process (step S231). There is. The success or failure determination table shown in FIGS. 10 (a) to 10 (d) is configured by items of “special drawing probability”, “random number range”, and “success or failure determination result”. The item “special figure probability” indicates the special figure probability (special figure low probability or special figure high probability) at the time of the success or failure determination. The item “random number range” indicates a numerical range to be compared with the acquired special figure 2 winning random number value or the special figure 1 winning random value. Here, the possible ranges of the special figure 2 winning random number value and the special figure 1 winning random number value of this example are 0 to 65535 (the range of the numerical value range is 65,536).

  The success or failure determination table shown in FIG. 10A is a success or failure determination table for special view 1 used when the special view probability at the time of the success or failure determination is a low probability. As shown in FIG. 10 (a), when this qualification table is used, the probability of big hit is about 1/299 (= 219/65536) and the probability of small hit is about 1/399 (= 165 /). 65536).

  The success or failure determination table shown in FIG. 10B is a success or failure determination table for special view 1 used when the special view probability at the time of the success or failure determination is a high probability. As shown in FIG. 10 (b), when this qualification table is used, the probability of big hit is about 1/30 (= 2185/65536) and the probability of small hit is about 1/399. When this success / failure determination table is compared with the success / failure determination table shown in FIG. 10A, the probability of big hit is about 10 times, and the probability of small hit is the same.

  The success or failure determination table shown in FIG. 10C is a success or failure determination table for special view 2 used when the special view probability at the time of the success or failure determination is a low probability. As shown in FIG. 10 (c), when this success or failure determination table is used, the probability of a big hit is about 1/299, and the probability of a small hit is zero.

  The success or failure determination table shown in FIG. 10D is a success or failure determination table for special view 2 used when the special view probability at the time of the success or failure determination is high. As shown in FIG. 10 (d), when this success / failure determination table is used, the probability of big hit is about 1/30, and the probability of small hit is zero. When this success / failure determination table is compared with the success / failure determination table shown in FIG. 10C, the probability of a big hit is about 10 times.

FIG. 11A shows a symbol sorting table for the special view 1. The numerical values in the "sorting" column in the table are compared with the special figure 1 random number value when determining the stop symbol in the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231), the distribution ratio of random number range for each pattern (ie each Shows the selection probability of the symbol). As shown in FIG. 11 (a), the distribution ratio of each big hit symbol in the case where the success or failure judgment result of the special figure 1 variation game is a big hit, the special figure A (15R special big hit) is 30%, and the special figure B 25% for (7R special big hit), 25% for special figure C (7R big hit), 10% for special figure D (sudden probability variation big hit), 10% for special figure E (latency probability variation big hit) is there. Special views A, B, D, E excluding special view C are symbols for which positive change is activated after the end of the big hit game. The ratio of the probability variation big hits (special figures A, B, D, E) in the big hit of the special figure 1 fluctuation game, that is, the probability of probability variation is 75%.

  The special figures A, B and D indicate the gaming state (special figure high probability, special figure low probability, spread figure high probability (during time reduction operation), spread figure low probability (due time not working) at the time of success / failure determination (when symbol stop display) Regardless of time)), it is a symbol that the time saving (no time saving setting) is activated after the end of the big hit game. The special view C is a symbol in which time saving (100 times saving time) is activated after the end of the big hit game regardless of the gaming state at the time of the success or failure determination. The special view E is a symbol in which time saving is activated after the end of the big hit game only when the gaming state at the time of success or failure determination is the special figure high probability state or the general drawing high probability state. That is, when the special view E is stopped and displayed in the special view low probability general view low probability state, time saving does not operate after the end of the big hit game. For example, when the special figure E is displayed several times in succession as a big hit symbol from the special figure low probability common figure low probability state, time saving does not operate after the first stop display (special figure high probability common figure) However, after the second and subsequent stop display, the time saving function is activated (it is a special drawing high probability general drawing high probability state). The probability that time saving is given in the big hit of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is 90% in the special figure low probability spread figure low probability state, 100% in the other game state.

  In this example, the small hit symbol and the detached symbol in the special figure 1 fluctuation game are only one type each. Therefore, when the success or failure judgment result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is a small hit, the special figure F is selected with a probability of 100% regardless of the special figure 1 random number value, and the success judgment result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is In the case of outliers, the special figure G is selected with a probability of 100% regardless of the special figure 1 random number value. However, a small hit symbol or an off symbol may be provided in a plurality of types similarly to the large hit symbol, and may be determined by lottery using a special figure 1 random value.

  FIG.11 (b) has shown the example of the big hit time operation | movement in each symbol of the special figure 1. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 11 (b), in the big hit game after the special view A is stopped and displayed, the attacker opens 15R with 29000 ms per 1R. Similarly, in the big hit game after special image B or special image C is stopped and displayed, 7R is performed with 29000 ms per 1R, and in big hit game after special image D is displayed and stopped, the open of attacker Is performed 2R at 29000 ms per 1R.

  As for the special figure E, the operation of the big hit game differs depending on the gaming state at the time of symbol stop display. In the big hit game after the special view E is stopped and displayed in the special view low probability general view low probability state, the attacker is opened for 2Rs in 100 ms per 1R. In this big hit game, it is difficult to enter the game ball because the opening time is short. On the other hand, in the big hit game after the special view E is stopped and displayed in the gaming state other than the special view low probability general view low probability state, 2R is performed at 29000 ms per 1R. In this big hit game, since the opening time is relatively long, it is easy to enter the game ball.

  In the small hit game after the special view F is stopped and displayed, 100 ms of attacker opening is performed twice in one opening opportunity. That is, in the big hit game after the special view E is stopped and displayed in the special view low probability general view low probability state and the small hit game after the special view F is stopped and displayed, the attacker operates in the same manner.

FIG. 12A shows a symbol sorting table for the special view 2. The numerical value in the "sorting" column in the table is the sorting percentage of the random number range for each symbol (ie, each is compared with the special figure 2 random number value when determining the stop symbol in the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) Shows the selection probability of the symbol). As shown in FIG. 12 (a), the distribution ratio of each big hit symbol in the case where the success or failure judgment result of the special figure 2 variation game is a big hit, the special figure a (15R special big hit) is 70%, and the special figure b. (7R special jackpot) is 5%, and special figure c (7R jackpot) is 25%. Special figures a and b are symbols for which positive change is activated after the big hit game is over. The ratio of the probability change big hit (Toku figure a, b) in the big hit of the special figure 2 fluctuation game, that is, the probability change probability is the same 75% as the probability change probability of the special figure 1 fluctuation game.

  The special figures a and b show the gaming state (special figure high probability, special figure low probability, spread figure high probability (time reduction operation time), spread figure low probability (time reduction time not active) at the time of success / failure determination (when symbol stop display) Regardless of), it is a symbol that the time saving (no time saving setting) is activated after the end of the big hit game. The special view c is a symbol in which time saving (100 times saving time) is activated after the end of the big hit game regardless of the gaming state at the time of the success or failure determination. The probability that time saving is given in the big hit of the special figure 2 fluctuation game is 100% regardless of the game state.

  In this example, there is only one type of out pattern in the special figure 2 fluctuation game. Therefore, when the success or failure determination result of the special figure 2 variation game is a loss, the special figure d is selected with a probability of 100% regardless of the special figure 2 random number value. However, a plurality of types of off symbols may be provided similarly to the big hit symbols, and may be determined by lottery using a special figure 2 random number value.

  FIG.12 (b) has shown the example of the big hit time operation | movement in each symbol of the special figure 2. In FIG. As shown in FIG. 12 (b), in the big hit game after the special view a is stopped and displayed, the attacker opens 15R for 29000 ms per 1R, and after the special view b or special view c is stopped and displayed. In the big hit game, 7Rs are performed with 29000 ms per 1R to open the attacker.

  As shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12, Special Figure 2 has a high probability of giving time reduction compared to Special Figure 1 and the release time of the attacker is long (or the number of R is large). Therefore, it can be considered that Special Figure 2 has a higher degree of advantage than Special Figure 1.

  Next, processing of the first secondary control unit 400 will be described using FIGS. 13 and 14. FIG. 13A is a flowchart showing a flow of main processing executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400. First, in step S401 in FIG. 13A, various initial settings are performed. When power is turned on, first, in step S401, initialization processing is performed. In this initialization processing, initialization of input / output ports, initialization processing of storage areas in the RAM 408, and the like are performed.

  In step S403 following step S401, it is determined whether or not the timer variable is 10 or more, this process is repeated until the timer variable is 10, and when the timer variable is 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S405. . In step S405, 0 is substituted for the timer variable.

  In step S407 following step S405, command processing is performed. The CPU 404 of the first secondary control unit 400 determines whether a command has been received from the main control unit 300.

  In step S409 following step S407, effect control processing is performed. For example, if there is a new command in step S407, processing such as reading out effect data corresponding to this command from the ROM 406 is performed, and if it is necessary to update the effect data, processing for updating the effect data is performed. Among the various processes executed in the effect control process, the electric tune long open effect will be described later with reference to FIG.

  In step S411 following step S409, chance button control processing is performed. In the chance button control process, when pressing of the chance button 136 has been detected, processing is performed to change the effect data updated in step S409 into effect data corresponding to pressing of the chance button 136.

  In step S413 following step S411, image control processing is performed. In the image control process, when there is an instruction to the VDP 434 among the effect data read out in the step S409, this instruction is output to the VDP 434 (details will be described later).

  In step S415 following step S413, sound control processing is performed. In the sound control process, when there is an instruction to the sound source IC 416 in the effect data read out in step S409, this instruction is output to the sound source IC 416.

  In step S417 following step S415, lamp control processing is performed. In the lamp control process, when there is an instruction to various lamps 418 in the effect data read out in step S409, this instruction is output to the drive circuit 420.

  In step S419 following step S417, shutter control processing is performed. In the shutter control process, when there is a command to the shielding device 246 in the effect data read out in step S409, this command is output to the drive circuit 432.

  In step S421 following step S419, information transmission processing is performed. In the information transmission process, when there is a control command to be transmitted to the second sub control unit 500 in the effect data read out in step S409, the control command is set to be output. Thereafter, the process returns to step S403.

  FIG. 13B is a flowchart showing the flow of a first secondary control unit command reception interrupt process (strobe interrupt process) executed by the CPU 404 of the first secondary control unit 400. The command reception interrupt process is a process performed when the first secondary control unit 400 detects a strobe signal from the main control unit 300. In step S501 of the command reception interrupt process, the command received from the main control unit 300 is stored as an unprocessed command in a command storage area provided in the RAM 408.

  FIG. 13C is a flowchart showing the flow of a first secondary control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 404 of the first secondary control unit 400. The first sub control unit 400 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (once in 2 ms in this example), and the timer interrupt process is triggered by the timer interrupt process. Execute in a cycle. In step S601 of the first secondary control unit timer interrupt process, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM 408 described in step S403 of the first secondary control unit main process, and the original timer variable storage area is stored. Do. Therefore, in step S403, it is every 20 ms (2 ms × 10) that the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more.

  In step S603 following step S601, transmission of a control command to the second sub-control unit 500 set in the information transmission process of the first sub-control unit main process (step S421), and other processing for updating random numbers for effect Etc.

FIG. 13D is a flowchart showing the flow of the image control process (step S413) of the first sub control unit main process. In step S701, an instruction to transfer image data is issued. Here, the CPU 404 first swaps designation of the display area A of the VRAM 436 and the drawing area of the display area B. Thus, 1 stored in the display area not designated as the drawing area
The image of the frame is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208. Next, the CPU 404 sets ROM coordinates (transfer source address of the ROM 406), VRAM coordinates (transfer destination address of the VRAM 436), etc. in the attribute register of the VDP 434 based on the position information table, etc. Set an instruction to start data transfer. The VDP 434 transfers image data from the ROM 406 to the VRAM 436 based on an instruction set in the attribute register. Thereafter, the VDP 434 outputs a transfer end interrupt signal to the CPU 404.

  In step S703 following step S701, it is determined whether a transfer end interrupt signal from VDP 434 has been input or not. If a transfer end interrupt signal is input, the process proceeds to step S705, otherwise transfer end ratio Wait for incoming signal to be input.

  In step S705, parameter setting is performed based on the rendering scenario configuration table and the attribute data. Here, in order to form a display image in the display area A or B of the VRAM 436 based on the image data transferred to the VRAM 436 in step S 701, the CPU 404 information of image data constituting the display image (coordinate axis of VRAM 436, image size , VRAM coordinates (arrangement coordinates), etc.) to the VDP 434. The VDP 434 performs parameter setting in accordance with the attribute based on the instruction stored in the attribute register.

  In step S 707 following step S 705, a drawing instruction is issued. In this drawing instruction, the CPU 404 instructs the VDP 434 to start drawing an image. The VDP 434 starts image drawing in the frame buffer according to the instruction of the CPU 404.

  In step S709 following step S707, it is determined whether or not the generation end interrupt signal from VDP 434 is input based on the end of image drawing, and if the generation end interrupt signal is input, the process proceeds to step S711, otherwise Waits for a generation end interrupt signal to be input.

  In step S711, a scene display counter, which is set in a predetermined area of the RAM 408 and counts the number of images of a scene, is incremented (+1), and the process is ended.

  FIG. 14A shows the flow of the electric-cho-long open effect process that is executed in the effect control process of the main process in the first auxiliary control unit 400. FIG. 14 (b) shows an example of the electric tuong open effect in the decorative symbol display device 208. The electric Chu Long opening effect is an effect that can be executed during the common drawing fluctuation game, and the special drawing 2 starting opening (electric Chu) 232 is opened for a long time and / or multiple times for a common drawing fluctuation game and won , It may be referred to as long open)) It is an effect to ask whether or not to. It should be noted that, even after the regular drawing fluctuation stop, the electric tune long opening effect (for example, a notification effect such as "during the electric cheer opening!") May be continued based on the regular drawing stop symbol.

  The electric power long open effect processing shown in FIG. 14 (a) is the start of symbol fluctuation from the main control unit 300 in the command processing (step S407) of the main processing of the first sub control unit 400 in FIG. 13 (a). (Start of rotation) It is executed when a command is received.

The first sub-control unit 400 first determines whether the power-on long open effect execution regulation flag that restricts the execution of the power-on long open effect is off (step S801). The first sub-control unit 400 refers to the value of the power-long open effect execution regulation flag stored in a predetermined area in the RAM 408, and determines whether the execution of the power-long open effect is restricted.
For example, during the dark display where the entire image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 is completely black, the player can not visually recognize the effect even if the effect of the effect of the effect of the effect of the effect of electric power Tyuulong is not obtained . Therefore, in such a case, the electric power long open effect execution restriction flag is turned on based on the effect based on the determination result of the special figure fluctuation game during display dark rotation. In addition, if the entire image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 is not darkened, and the fluctuation time of the common drawing fluctuation game is long enough to execute the electric Chu-long opening effect, the game It is possible to carry out an electric Chu-long opening effect that can entertain people. Therefore, in such a case, the electric power long long open effect execution regulation flag is turned off based on the effect based on the success or failure determination result of the special figure change game and the demonstration effect.

  In step S801, when the electric Chu-long opening effect execution restriction flag is on, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the execution of the electric Chu-long opening effect is restricted, and for the restriction of the electric Chu-long opening effect. Other control processing is executed to end the present processing, and the process returns to the effect control processing (step S409) of the main processing.

  In step S801, if the power-on long open effect execution restriction flag is off, the first sub-control unit 400 determines that the power-on long open effect can be performed, and proceeds to step S803 to start symbol variation (start of rotation) It is determined from the command data of the command whether or not the success / failure determination result of the general drawing fluctuation game is hit, by referring to the information regarding the common drawing per game flag and the general drawing deviation flag from the command data of the command.

  If the first sub-control unit 400 determines in step S803 that the success / failure determination result of the common drawing change game is a hit, the process proceeds to step S805, and the common drawing is generated from the command data of the symbol change start (rotation start) command. With reference to the information on the stop symbol, it is determined whether or not the stop symbol of the common drawing change game is the common drawing A.

  If the first sub control unit 400 determines in step S805 that the stop symbol of the common drawing fluctuating game is the common drawing A, the process proceeds to step S807, the effect type selects the effect of "success pattern", and the power is open Set as an effect. Next, the first sub-control unit 400 proceeds to step S 809 to execute other control processing for the electric tune long opening effect based on the “success pattern”, and ends this processing to effect control of the main process. It returns to a process (step S409).

  If the first sub control unit 400 determines that the stop symbol of the common drawing fluctuating game is not the common drawing A in step S805, the processing proceeds to step S811, and the effect type selects the effect of "failure pattern A" Set as an effect. Next, the first sub-control unit 400 proceeds to step S 809, executes other control processing for the electric tune long opening effect based on the “failure pattern A”, terminates the present processing, and performs the main processing effect. The process returns to the control process (step S409).

  If it is determined in step S803 that the regularity determination result of the general drawing fluctuation game is not a hit, the first sub control unit 400 proceeds to step S815, and executes electric power long open false (gasse) effect execution lottery processing. In the electric chew long opening false effect execution lottery process, the electric chew long open false effect execution lottery table stored in the ROM 406 by taking out a random number value from the random number counter for the electric tune long open false effect execution lottery provided in the RAM 408 It is judged whether or not the random number value corresponds to a hit using

  The first sub-control unit 400 determines whether or not to execute the electric power long open false effect based on the result of the determination of success or failure in step S815 (step S817).

  If the first sub-control unit 400 determines to execute the electric power long open false effect in step S 817, the process proceeds to step S 821, and the effect type “failure pattern B” is selected and set as electric power long open effect. Next, the first sub-control unit 400 proceeds to step S 809, executes other control processing for the electric tune long opening effect based on the “failure pattern B”, terminates the present processing, and performs the main processing effect. The process returns to the control process (step S409).

  If the first sub-control unit 400 determines in step S817 not to execute the electric power long open false effect, it executes other control processing for not executing the electric power long open effect, and ends the present processing to execute the main processing. The process returns to the effect control process (step S409).

  In the processing of the electric Chu Long opening effect shown in FIG. 14, when the Electric Chu Long opening effect execution restriction flag is off, the electric Chu Long opening effect is always performed if it is a hit, but it is a hit. An execution lottery may be performed in the same manner as at the time of moat-off, and the effect may be executed only when the lottery is won. Moreover, in this example, the effect of "failure pattern A" is set in the hit (open view B) when the turn off is open for a short time (short open), and the turn off does not open the turn off (outline C). Although the effect of "B" is set, the same effect may be performed with a hit (general view B) and a shift (general view C).

  FIG.14 (b) has shown an example of electric Chu-long open presentation. FIG. 14 (b) shows display effects being performed in the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208. The entire surface of the image display area becomes the effect display area 208d, and for example, a background effect named "land stage" is executed. At the front of the background effect, the variation display of the decorative symbol in which “decoration 1” to “decoration 10” sequentially move from the top to the bottom in the left middle right symbol display area 208a, 208b, 208c (indicated by a downward arrow in the figure) Is running. A fluctuation icon display area a is disposed on the lower left side in the effect display area 208d, and a fluctuation icon of a pattern imitating a car is displayed. On the right side of the variation icon display area a, a special view reserve display area c for displaying a reserve for special view is arranged, and a reserve icon b of a pattern imitating a car is displayed. At the lower right side in the effect display area 208d, a power long open effect area d is disposed. The common drawing change game is started by the common drawing display device 210 (not shown), and the execution of the electric Chu-long opening effect is not regulated, and the electric Chu-long opening effect is executed in the electric Chu-long opening effect area d. An image of a samurai character operating a lottery machine is displayed together with the display of "during a helping chance lottery" as an electric Chu-long opening effect, and the special drawing 2 starting port 232 A scruffy effect is being performed which causes the player to expect that the game may be released long. As shown in FIG. 14 (b), a part of the right symbol display area 208c is hidden due to the effect of opening electric power long. In addition, the right side area of the special view hold display area c is also partially hidden. Thus, if there is a case that the electric Chu-long opening effect makes it difficult to confirm at least a part of the variable display of the decorative symbol, the case where the variable display of the decorative symbol makes at least a part of the electric Chu-long opening effect difficult to confirm There may be.

  Next, processing of the second sub control unit 500 will be described using FIG. FIG. 15A is a flowchart of main processing executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub control unit 500. First, in step S901 in FIG. 15A, various initial settings are performed. When power is turned on, first, in step S901, initialization processing is performed. In this initialization processing, initialization of input / output ports, initialization processing of storage areas in the RAM 508, and the like are performed.

  In step S 903 following step S 901, it is determined whether the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable is 10, and when the timer variable is 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S 905. . In step S905, 0 is substituted for the timer variable.

  In step S 907 following step S 905, command processing is performed. The CPU 504 of the second secondary control unit 500 determines whether a command has been received from the first secondary control unit 400 or not.

  In step S909 following step S907, effect control processing is performed. For example, if there is a new command in step S 907, processing such as reading out effect data corresponding to this command from the ROM 506 is performed, and if it is necessary to update the effect data, processing for updating the effect data is performed.

  In step S911 following step S909, lamp control processing is performed. For example, when there is an instruction to the game board lamp 532 or the game stand frame lamp 542 from the first sub control unit 400, this instruction is output to the serial communication control circuit 520.

  In step S913 following step S911, movable body control processing is performed. For example, when there is a command from the first auxiliary control unit 400 to the effect movable body 224, this command is output to the drive circuit 516. Thereafter, the process returns to step S903.

  FIG. 15B is a flowchart of command reception interrupt processing executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub control unit 500. The command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the second secondary control unit 500 detects a strobe signal from the first secondary control unit 400. In step S1001 of the command reception interrupt process, the command received from the first secondary control unit 400 is stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area provided in the RAM 508.

  FIG. 15C is a flowchart of timer interrupt processing executed by the CPU 504 of the second sub control unit 500. The second secondary control unit 500 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (once in 2 ms in this example), and the timer interrupt process is triggered by the timer interrupt process. Execute in a cycle. In step S1101 of the timer interrupt process, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM 508 described in step S903 of the second sub control unit main process, and the original timer variable storage area is stored. Therefore, in step S903, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms × 10). In step S1103 following step S1101, processing for updating the effect random number value is performed.

  Next, a specific example of the effects performed in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described.

Example 1
FIG. 16 and FIG. 17 show an example of effect display in Example 1 of the present embodiment. FIGS. 16 (a) to 16 (r) and FIGS. 17 (a) to 17 (h) are arranged in chronological order in this order to show the effect display state at each point in time. Each of FIGS. 16 (a) to 16 (r) and FIGS. 17 (a) to 17 (h) is a front view of the gaming board 200 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. Only the display device 212, the special view 2 display 214, the special view 1 reserve lamp 218, and the special view 2 reserve lamp 220 are extracted and shown. In each drawing, the variable display of the decorative symbol in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 is indicated by a downward-pointing thick arrow. Also, the off portions of the special figure 1 display device 212, the special figure 2 display device 214, the special figure 1 holding lamp 218 and the special figure 2 holding lamp 220 are shown in white, and the lighted part is shown in black. Further, the state in which all the segments of the special view 1 display device 212 are shown in white indicates that the variable display of the special view 1 is being performed. This point is the same for the special view 2 display device 214 as well.

  In each of FIGS. 16 (a) to 16 (r) and 17 (a) to 17 (h), a circle capable of displaying the fourth symbol instead of providing the fourth symbol display 248 shown in FIG. A fourth symbol display area 920 having a shape is provided at the lower right corner of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208. The fourth symbol is a symbol indicating whether or not the special figure variation game is being executed. During execution of the special figure 1 or special figure 2 variation game, the white circular fourth symbol and the black circular fourth symbol are alternately displayed as if the fourth symbol display area 920 is blinking (hereinafter, " In the fourth symbol display area 920, it is possible to notify the result of the success or failure judgment of the special figure fluctuation game. In the present embodiment, the success or failure of the special figure fluctuation game When the determination result is a big hit, the fourth symbol of the red circle is stopped and displayed in the fourth symbol display area 920, and when the success or failure determination result of the special figure fluctuation game is a release, the fourth symbol display area 920 The blue circular fourth symbol is to be displayed stopped.

  In addition, an area surrounded by a square frame at the lower left of the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208 in each figure is a change icon display area 800 capable of displaying a change icon. The fluctuation icon is an icon displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 800 when the reserve is digested and the special figure fluctuation game is started. By changing the display mode of the fluctuation icon in the fluctuation icon display area 800, notification of the success or failure of the special figure fluctuation game can be made with a predetermined reliability (the fluctuation advance notice). Note that the frame-shaped image on the outer periphery of the fluctuation icon display area 800 may be displayed only when a predetermined condition is satisfied (for example, when the fluctuation icon is not displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 800). , May be always displayed, or may not always be displayed.

  In addition, as illustrated in FIG. 16A, a region surrounded by a horizontally long rectangular imaginary broken line frame that is adjacent to the lower side of the effect display area 208d and to the right of the variation icon display area 800 is It is a special figure 1 reserve icon display area capable of displaying a reserve icon and a special figure 1 pedestal image 900 for making the special figure 1 reserve icon visible. The lower end side of the special view 1 reserved icon display area of this example coincides with the lower end side of the image display area of the decorative symbol display area 208.

  In the special view 1 pending icon display area, it is possible to display one or more special view 1 pending icons. In the special figure 1 reserve icon display area, it is possible to report the number of special figure 1 floating game reservations by the number of special figure 1 reserve icons, and the special mode related to the reserve according to the display mode of each special figure 1 reserve icon. It is possible to notify (preliminary notice) the success or failure of FIG. 1 variation game with a predetermined reliability.

  A special figure 1 pedestal image (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "special figure 1 pedestal") 900 has a horizontally long rectangular shape. The special view 1 pedestal 900 of the present example can be displayed to place a maximum of four special view 1 suspension icons, and from the left to the right, the first area, the second area, the third area, the fourth area It is roughly divided into four areas. The first to fourth areas correspond to the first to fourth holding orders, respectively. That is, the special view 1 hold icon corresponding to the earliest (most stored) hold can be displayed in the first area, and similarly, the second to fourth to the second to fourth areas The special figure 1 hold icon corresponding to the hold of can be displayed respectively. In this example, the numbers 1 to 4 are displayed in the first to fourth regions of the special drawing 1 pedestal 900, and the positions of the first to fourth regions are clearly indicated by the displayed numbers. The designation of the position of the fourth area may be omitted.

  The special view 1 reservation icon displayed on the special view 1 pedestal 900 may be displayed in a display size different from that of the change icon (for example, a display size smaller than the change icon). This may facilitate identification of the special view 1 hold icon and the change icon.

  In addition, as illustrated in FIG. 16 (g), a region surrounded by a vertically-long rectangular imaginary dashed line frame adjacent to the right end side of the effect display area 208d is a special icon 2 pending icon and the special icon 2 pending icon And a special-figure 2 holding icon display area capable of displaying a special-figure 2 pedestal image 910 for making the user visually recognize that he or she places it. The upper end side of the special view 2 reserved icon display area of this example coincides with the upper end side of the image display area of the decorative symbol display area 208.

  In the special view 2 reserve icon display area, it is possible to display one or more special view 2 reserve icons. In the special figure 2 reserve icon display area, it is possible to report the number of reserve for special figure 2 change game by the number of special figure 2 reserve icons, and the special mode related to the reserve according to the display mode of each special figure 2 reserve icon. It is possible to notify (predictive advance notice) of the success or failure of Figure 2 fluctuation game with a predetermined reliability.

  A special figure 2 pedestal image (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as "special figure 2 pedestal") 910 has a vertically long rectangular shape. The special view 2 pedestal 910 of this example can be displayed so as to place a maximum of four special view 2 hold icons, and from the bottom to the top, the first area, the second area, the third area, the fourth area It is roughly divided into four areas. The first to fourth areas correspond to the first to fourth holding orders, respectively. That is, the special view 2 hold icon corresponding to the earliest (most stored) hold can be displayed in the first area, and similarly, the second to fourth to the second to fourth areas The special figure 2 hold icon corresponding to the hold of can be displayed respectively. In this example, the numbers 1 to 4 are displayed in the first to fourth regions of the special view 2 pedestal 910, and the positions of the first to fourth regions are clearly indicated by the displayed numbers. The designation of the position of the fourth area may be omitted.

  The special view 2 hold icon displayed on the special view 2 pedestal 910 may be displayed in a display size different from that of the change icon (for example, a display size smaller than the change icon). This may facilitate identification of the special view 2 hold icon and the change icon.

  FIG. 16A shows the state after the end of the special figure 1 fluctuation game. The special figure G (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. In addition, the special figure d (disappearing symbol), which is the stop figure of the special figure 2 fluctuation game, is displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214 in the stop state. In addition, the first LED from the left of the special figure 1 reserve lamp 218 is turned on to notify that the number of operation reserve balls in special figure 1 (the number of reserve in special figure 1) is one. 2 All the LEDs of the suspension lamp 220 are turned off, and it is informed that the number of operation suspension balls in the special view 2 (the number of suspension in the special view 2) is zero.

  In the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, a symbol combination "decoration 7-other than a symbol combination notifying a hit" indicates that the success or failure determination result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is a loss. The decoration 2-decoration 4 "is stopped and displayed, and in the fourth symbol display area 920, a circular fourth pattern (indicated by hatching in the figure, which is hatched upward to the right) notifying stoppage is stopped and displayed. In the first area of the special view 1 pedestal 900 of the special view 1 reserve icon display area, a special view 1 reserve icon 901 is displayed. The display mode of the special view 1 suspension icon 901 is white and circular. In the present embodiment, the white circular display mode is set to the default display mode. Further, in the variation icon display area 800, the deletion animation of the variation icon 700 is executed. For example, as a default mode of the deletion animation, a mode in which the transmittance (transparency) of the fluctuation icon gradually increases is set. In FIG. 16A, the change icon 700 is deleted in the default mode. Further, the special figure 2 pedestal 910 and the special figure 2 retention icon 911 are not displayed in the special figure 2 reserve icon display area.

FIG. 16 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 suspension is digested and the special figure 1 fluctuation game is started. In the special figure 1 display device 212, the variation display of the special figure 1 is executed, and the left middle right symbol display area 2
In 08a to 208c, the variable display of the decorative symbol is executed, and in the fourth symbol display area 920, the variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. Further, the first LED from the left of the special view 1 reserve lamp 218 is turned off, and it is informed that the number of reserve of special view 1 is decreased by 1 and the number of reserve of special view 1 becomes 0. In the special view 1 reserve lamp 218, the fact that the reserve of special view 1 is reduced is notified at the same time as the start of the special view 1 change game.

  In addition, when the special figure 1 suspension is reduced by one and the special figure 1 variation game is started, in the variation icon display area 800 of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the special figure 1 suspension icon display area, The movement animation of is performed. In the moving animation between the holding and changing icons, the special view 1 holding icon 901 displayed in the first area of the special drawing 1 pedestal 900 becomes the changing icon 801 and moves to the changing icon display area 800. FIG. 16B shows a state in which the movement icon 801 has completed the movement into the movement icon display area 800, and the movement animation between the hold and movement icons has ended. The display mode of the variation icon 801 is white and circular, as with the special view 1 hold icon 901.

  FIG. 16C shows a state in which the reserve of special figure 2 is increased by one while the special figure 1 variation game is being executed. The special figure 2 reserve lamp 220 indicates that the special figure 2 reserve has increased from 0 to 1. Further, in the fourth symbol display area 920, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. An animation in which the special figure 2 pedestal 910 gradually descends and moves from the upper right of the image display area to a predetermined position of the special figure 2 reservation icon display area based on the increase of the special figure 2 hold from 0 to 1 ( Hereinafter, execution of “special figure 2 pedestal movement animation” may be started. Also, when the suspension of the special view 2 increases, the execution of the suspension increase animation 1 of the special view 2 is started. The hold increase animation is an animation showing how a hold icon indicating the number of hold increases.

16 (d) to 16 (g) show the state from the start to the end of the special figure 2 base moving animation and the special figure 2 base movement animation and the special purpose increase animation 1 for special figure 2 starting. There is. In the fourth symbol display area 920, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. FIG. 16D shows a state in which the special drawing 2 pedestal movement animation and the special drawing 2 hold increase animation 1 have been started. In the special figure 2 pedestal movement animation, a display is made in which the special figure 2 pedestal 910 is gradually lowered from the upper right of the image display area so that the first area can be seen. In the reserve increase animation 1 of the special figure 2, the special figure 2 reserve icon 911 whose display mode is a white square is located on the left side of the first area of the special figure 2 pedestal 910 and descends together with the special figure 2 pedestal 910 The display is being made. In addition, the special view 2 reservation icon 911 gradually enlarges the display size while rotating about the center as a rotation axis. FIG. 16 (e) shows the special drawing 2 pedestal moving animation and the special drawing 2 pending increase animation 1 in a running state. In the special figure 2 pedestal movement animation, the special figure 2 pedestal 910 is further lowered to be displayed so that the first and second regions can be seen. In the reserve increase animation 1 of the special view 2, the special view 2 reserve icon 911 is positioned to the left of the first area of the special view 2 pedestal 910, and it is displayed that the special view 2 pedestal 910 is further lowered. ing. In addition, the special view 2 reservation icon 911 enlarges the display size while rotating about the center as a rotation axis. FIG. 16 (f) shows the special drawing 2 pedestal moving animation and the special drawing 2 pending increase animation 1 in a running state. In the special figure 2 pedestal movement animation, the special figure 2 pedestal 910 is further lowered so that the first to third regions can be seen. In the reserve increase animation 1 of the special view 2, the special view 2 reserve icon 911 is positioned to the left of the first area of the special view 2 pedestal 910, and it is displayed that the special view 2 pedestal 910 is further lowered. ing. In addition, the special view 2 reservation icon 911 enlarges the display size while rotating about the center as a rotation axis. FIG. 16 (g) shows a state in which the special drawing 2 pedestal moving animation and the special drawing 2 hold increase animation 1 are finished. In the special figure 2 pedestal movement animation, it is displayed that the special figure 2 pedestal 910 is lowered further and the whole is visible and stopped at a predetermined position of the special figure 2 reserve icon display area. In the reserve increase animation 1 of the special figure 2, the special figure 2 reserve icon 911 is located to the left of the first area of the special figure 2 pedestal 910, and is further lowered together with the special figure 2 pedestal 910. It is displayed that it is stopped at a position next to the left of the first area of the pedestal 910.

  Since the hold increase animation 1 of the special view 2 is executed according to the execution of the special view 2 pedestal movement animation, the special view 2 hold icon 911 descends according to the lowering of the special view 2 pedestal 910.

  Moreover, according to the change of the display of the reserve increase animation 1 of the special figure 2 under execution, the visibility of the display such as the change display of the decorative symbol in the special figure 1 change game and the advance notice may be changed continuously. . Moreover, although the display of the special figure 2 reserve icon 911 in the reserve increase animation 1 of the special figure 2 has a display priority higher than the change display of the decorative symbol or the display of the advance notice, the variable display of the decorative symbol and the preread The display priority may be lower than the display of the advance notice. In the present embodiment, since the display of the special view 2 reservation icon 911 has a display priority higher than the variable display of the decorative symbol, when these display images are displayed overlapping in the effect display area 208d, The display of the special view 2 reservation icon 911 is displayed on the front of the variation display of the decorative symbol.

  FIG. 16 (h) shows a state in which the reserve of special figure 2 is increased by one while the special figure 1 variation game is being executed. The special figure 2 reserve lamp 220 indicates that the special figure 2 reserve has increased from 1 to 2. Further, in the fourth symbol display area 920, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. When the reserve of special figure 2 increases, the execution of the reserve increase animation 2 of special figure 2 is started.

  16 (i) to 16 (l) show a state from when the special figure 1 fluctuation game is continuing and from the start of the hold increase animation 2 of the special figure 2 to the end. In this state, the special view 2 pedestal 910 is stopped at a predetermined position of the special view 2 reserved icon display area in a state where the entire view can be seen. FIGS. 16 (i) to 16 (k) show a state in which the hold increase animation 2 of the special view 2 is being executed. In the reserve increase animation 2 of the special view 2, the special view 2 reserve icon 913 whose display mode is a white square is displayed on the left side of the second area of the special view 2 pedestal 910 and fixed without moving the display position. An effect of gradually enlarging the display size while rotating about the center as a rotation axis is performed. In FIG. 16 (l), the hold increase animation 2 of the special view 2 is finished, and the special view 2 hold icon 913 is stopped at the left side of the first area of the special view 2 pedestal 910. There is.

  Moreover, according to the change of the display of the reserve increase animation 2 of the special figure 2 under execution, the visibility of the display such as the change display of the decorative symbol and the advance notice in the special figure 1 change game may be changed continuously. . In addition, the display of the special figure 2 reserve icon 913 in the reserve increase animation 2 of the special figure 2 is higher in display priority than the change indication of the decorative symbol and the display of the advance notice, but the variation indication of the decorative symbol and the advance notice The display priority may be lower than the display of.

  FIG. 16 (m) shows the state after the end of the special figure 1 fluctuation game. The special figure G (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. In addition, all LEDs of the special figure 1 reserve lamp 218 are turned off, and it is notified that the number of operation reserve balls of special figure 1 (number of reserve of special figure 1) is 0, and the special figure 2 reserve lamp 220 The 1st to 2nd LEDs from the left of are lighted, and it is informed that the number of operation reserved balls of Toku 2 (the number of reservations of Toku 2) is two.

In the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, a symbol combination "decoration 8-other than a symbol combination notifying a hit" indicates that the success or failure determination result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is a loss. The decoration 1-decoration 9 is stopped and displayed, and in the fourth symbol display area 920, a circular fourth pattern (indicated by hatching in the figure, which is hatched upward to the right) notifying stoppage is stopped and displayed. The special figure 2 reserve icon 911 is displayed on the left of the first area of the special figure 2 pedestal 910 of the special figure 2 reserve icon display area, and the special figure 2 reserve icon 913 is displayed on the left of the second area It is done. Further, since the number of reservations of the special view 1 is 0, the special view 1 suspension icon is not placed on the special view 1 pedestal 900 of the special view 1 suspension icon display area. The display modes of the special view 2 reserve icon 911 and the special view 2 reserve icon 913 are both white squares. In addition, in the variation icon display area 800, the deletion animation of the variation icon 801 is executed. For example, a mode in which the transmittance (transparency) of the fluctuation icon gradually increases is set as the default mode of the deletion animation. In FIG. 16 (m), the change icon 801 is deleted in the default mode.

  Further, in FIG. 16 (m), the stop display of the decorative symbol has a display priority higher than the display of the special view 2 hold icon 913, but the display priority is higher than the display of the special view 2 hold icon 913. It may be lower. Moreover, although the display priority of the stop display of the decorative symbol is higher than the display of the special view 2 hold icon 911 and the special view 2 pedestal 910, the special display 2 reserve icon 911 and the special view 2 pedestal 910 display Also, the display priority may be low.

  FIG. 16 (n) shows a state in which the special figure 2 hold is digested and the special figure 2 change game is started. In the special figure 2 display device 214, the variation display of the special figure 2 is executed, the variation display of the decoration symbol is executed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and in the fourth symbol display area 920, the variation display of the fourth symbol is It is running. Further, the second LED from the left of the special view 2 reserve lamp 220 is turned off, and it is informed that the number of reserve in special view 2 is decreased by 1 and the number of reserve in special figure 2 becomes 1. In the special figure 2 reserve lamp 220, the fact that the reserve of special figure 2 is reduced is notified at the same time as the start of the special figure 2 change game.

  In addition, when the special drawing 2 is reduced by one and special drawing 2 variable game is started, the fluctuation icon display area 800 of the decorative symbol display device 208, the special drawing 1 holding icon display area and the special drawing 2 holding icon In the display area, movement animation is performed between the hold and change icons of the special view 2. Also, in the special figure 2 pending icon display area, the moving animation of the special figure 2 pending icon is executed. In the movement animation between the holding and changing icons in the special view 2, the special view 2 holding icon 911 displayed to the left of the first area of the special drawing 2 pedestal 910 becomes a changing icon 811 whose display mode is a white square. Then, the special figure 2 reserve icon display area is moved to the variation icon display area 800 passing above the special figure 1 reserve icon display area. FIG. 16 (n) shows a state in which the variation icon 811 is located above the third region of the special view 1 pedestal 900.

  In addition, based on the number of reservations of Special Figure 1 becoming 0 at the start of Special Figure 2 floating game, Special Figure 1 pedestal 900 is gradually lowered vertically from Special Figure 1 reservation icon display area Execution of an animation (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “special figure 1 pedestal evacuation animation”) to be evacuated is started.

  FIG. 16 (o) shows the state in which the moving animation between the holding and changing icons of the special drawing 2, the moving animation of the special drawing 2 holding icon and the special drawing 1 base withdrawal animation are continuing during the special drawing 2 changing game. ing. In the moving animation between the holding and changing icons in the special view 2, it is displayed that the changing icon 811 has moved to the upper side of the first area of the special view 1 pedestal 900. In the movement animation of the special figure 2 retention icon, it is displayed that the special figure 2 retention icon 913 is moved from the left side of the second area of the special figure 2 pedestal 910 to the left side of the first area. Further, in the special drawing 1 pedestal retraction animation, it is displayed that the special drawing 1 pedestal 900 is further lowered and the lower half is retracted out of the special image 1 reserved icon display area. In the fourth symbol display area 920, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed.

  In FIG. 16 (p), the special figure 2 variation game is continuing, and the movement animation between the hold and variation icons of the special figure 2 and the movement animation of the special figure 2 reserve icon are ended, and the special figure 2 variation game is It shows a state in which the suspension of Special Figure 1 is increased by one during execution. The special view 1 reserve lamp 218 indicates that the special view 1 reserve has increased from 0 to 1. Further, in the fourth symbol display area 920, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. In the movement animation between the hold and movement icons in Special Figure 2, the movement icon 811 has completed movement into the movement icon display area 800. In the movement animation of the special view 2 suspension icon, the special view 2 suspension icon 913 completes the movement from the left side of the second area of the special view 2 pedestal 910 to the left side of the first area. The special drawing 1 pedestal withdrawal animation is canceled based on the fact that the special drawing 1 reservation is increased from 0 to 1 during execution of the special drawing 1 pedestal evacuation animation, and the special drawing 1 pedestal 900 is of the special drawing 1 reserved icon display area. The execution of an animation (hereinafter, sometimes referred to as “special figure 1 pedestal return animation”) which starts up and returns in the vertical direction to a predetermined position is started. Further, based on the increase in the suspension of the special view 1, the execution of the suspension increase animation 1 of the special view 1 is started.

  16 (q) to 17 (b) show the state from the start to the end of the special figure 1 base return animation and the special figure 1 hold increase animation 1 while the special figure 2 variation game is continuing. It shows. In the fourth symbol display area 920, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. FIG. 16 (q) shows a state in which the special drawing 1 pedestal return animation and the special drawing 1 hold increase animation 1 have been started. In the special figure 1 pedestal return animation, it is displayed that the special figure 1 pedestal 900 gradually rises, and more than half appear in the special figure 1 pending icon display area. In the reserve increase animation 1 of the special view 1, the special view 1 reserve icon 903 ascends with the special view 1 pedestal 900 from the lower side of the first region of the special view 1 pedestal 900. It is displayed that it is passing through the front. In addition, the special view 1 reservation icon 903 gradually enlarges the display size. FIG. 16 (r) shows a state in which the special drawing 1 pedestal return animation and the special drawing 1 hold increase animation 1 are continuing. In the special figure 1 pedestal return animation, it is displayed that the special figure 1 pedestal 900 is further elevated and the whole is appearing in the special figure 1 reserved icon display area. In the reserve increase animation 1 of the special figure 1, the special figure 1 reserve icon 903 is further raised together with the special figure 1 pedestal 900, and the circular upper half is positioned above the first region of the special figure 1 pedestal 900. It is displayed. In the present embodiment, the movement speed of the special view 1 reserve icon 903 of the reserve increase animation 1 of the special view 1 is faster than the movement rate of the special view 1 pedestal 900 of the special view 1 pedestal return animation. It is not limited to In addition, the special figure 1 reservation icon 903 further enlarges the display size. FIG. 17A shows a state in which the special drawing 1 pedestal return animation and the special drawing 1 hold increase animation 1 are continuing. In the special figure 1 pedestal return animation, it is displayed that the special figure 1 pedestal 900 is further elevated. In the reserve increase animation 1 of the special view 1, the special view 1 reserve icon 903 is further elevated together with the special view 1 pedestal 900, and the display in which the whole is positioned above the first region of the special view 1 pedestal 900 is shown. It is done. In addition, the special figure 1 reservation icon 903 further enlarges the display size. FIG. 17B shows a state in which the special drawing 1 pedestal return animation and the special drawing 1 hold increase animation 1 are finished. It is displayed that the special figure 1 pedestal 900 is stopped at a predetermined position of the special figure 1 holding icon display area after the special figure 1 pedestal return animation is finished. When the hold increase animation 1 of the special view 1 is finished, it is displayed that the special view 1 hold icon 903 is positioned above the first area of the special view 1 pedestal 900.

  FIG. 17C shows a state in which the reserve of special figure 1 is increased by one while the special figure 2 variation game is being executed. The special view 1 reserve lamp 218 indicates that the special view 1 reserve has increased from 1 to 2. Further, in the fourth symbol display area 920, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. When the reserve of special figure 1 increases, the execution of the reserve increase animation 2 of special figure 1 is started.

  FIGS. 17 (d) to 17 (h) show a state in which the special figure 2 variation game is continuing, and from the start of the hold increase animation 2 of the special figure 1 to the end. In this state, the special view 1 pedestal 900 is stopped at a predetermined position of the special view 1 reserved icon display area in a state where the entire view can be seen. (D) to (g) of FIG. 17 show a state in which the hold increase animation 2 of the special view 1 is being executed. In the reserve increase animation 2 of the special figure 1, the special figure 1 reserve icon 905 whose display mode is white circle rises vertically from below the first area of the special figure 1 pedestal 900 while gradually enlarging the display size Display is made. In (h) of FIG. 17, it is displayed that the special figure 1 retention icon 905 is stopped above the first area of the special figure 1 pedestal 900 when the special increase 1 of the special figure 1 is finished.

  Since the hold increase animation 1 of the special view 1 in FIGS. 16 (q) to 17 (b) is executed together with the special view 1 base return animation, it is influenced by the special view 1 base return animation. On the other hand, since the hold increase animation 2 of the special view 1 in FIGS. 17 (d) to 17 (h) is executed alone, it is not influenced by other displays such as the special view 1 pedestal 900, for example. Therefore, for example, when the movement speed of the special view 1 pedestal 900 in the special view 1 pedestal return animation increases, the movement speed of the special view 1 reserve icon 903 in the hold increase animation 1 of the special view 1 also increases. The moving speed of 903 may be faster than the moving speed of the special view 1 suspension icon 905 in the suspension increase animation 2 of special view 1. Similarly, when the moving speed of the special figure 1 pedestal 900 in the special figure 1 pedestal return animation decreases, the moving speed of the special figure 1 holding icon 903 in the pending increase animation 1 of the special figure 1 also decreases. The moving speed of may be slower than the moving speed of the special view 1 suspension icon 905 in the suspension increase animation 2 of special view 1. As described above, since the moving speed of the special view 1 suspension icon 903 in the special increase 1 suspension animation 1 fluctuates, the time required from the start to the end of the increase suspension 1 of special view 1 (execution required time ) May also fluctuate. Therefore, the execution time of the pending increase animation 1 of the special figure 1 may be longer or shorter than the execution time of the pending increase animation 2 of the special figure 1. When the second display is an animation display and the display position changes during the animation display, if the second display is displayed during the first display, the first display is not displayed. The second display may be moved differently from when it is displayed. The operation in this case includes acceleration by movement in the same direction, deceleration by movement in opposite directions, change in movement direction by movement in different directions, and the like.

  In the present embodiment, the decorative symbol display device 208 as the display means is a second display when the display of the special view 2 pedestal 910 as the first display is displayed in the first display mode. The display of the hold icon 911 in FIG. 2 can be displayed in a second display mode. The first display mode is a display mode in which the special view 2 pedestal 910 is gradually lowered from the upper right side of the image display area in the special view 2 pedestal movement animation. The second display mode is a display mode in which the special view 2 hold icon 911 is gradually lowered from the upper right of the image display area in the hold increase animation 1. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 as the display means displays the display of the special view 2 pedestal 910 as the first display in the third display mode different from the first display mode. The display of the special view 2 hold icon 913 as a display of can be displayed in a fourth display mode different from the second display mode. The third display mode is a display mode in which the special view 2 pedestal 910 is stopped at a predetermined position of the special view 2 reserved icon display area. In the fourth display mode, the special view 2 reserve icon 913 is displayed on the left of the special view 2 pedestal 910 in the reserve increase animation 2 of the special view 2, and the display position is fixed without moving and the center is taken as the rotation axis It is a display mode which is rotating.

According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place.

  Moreover, the decorative symbol display device 208 as the display means can display the second display in the second display mode when the first display is displayed in the first display mode. The first display is an animation in which the special figure 2 pedestal 910 is stopped at a predetermined position after the special figure 2 pedestal movement animation and the special figure 2 pedestal movement animation end (hereinafter, the special figure 2 pedestal stop This is an animation (hereinafter referred to as “special figure 2 pedestal animation”) obtained by combining it with “animation”. The first display mode is a display mode of the special figure 2 pedestal in the special figure 2 pedestal movement animation. The second display is an animation in which the special figure 2 reserve icon 911 is stopped at a predetermined position after the end of the reserve increase animation 1 of the special figure 2 and the reserve increase animation 1 of the special figure 2 (hereinafter referred to as “ This is an animation (hereinafter referred to as “special figure 2 pending animation 1”) combining the special figure 2 pending icon stop animation 1 ”). The second display mode is the special figure in the pending increase animation 1 of the special figure 2 The decoration symbol display device 208 as a display means is a display mode of the special figure 2 pedestal animation as the first display in a third display mode different from the first display mode. When being displayed, it is possible to display the display of the special view 2 suspension animation 1 as the second display in a fourth display mode different from the second display mode. Is the display mode of the special view 2 pedestal in the special view 2 pedestal stop animation, and the fourth display mode is the display mode of the special view 2 reserve icon in the special view 2 hold icon stop animation 1. An animation is a concept that includes not only moving image display but also stopped image display.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays. In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place.

  In the present embodiment, the decorative symbol display device 208 as the display means is a second display when the display of the special view 1 pedestal 900 as the first display is displayed in the first display mode. The display of FIG. 1 hold icon 903 can be displayed in a second display mode. The first display mode is a display mode in which the special view 1 pedestal 900 is vertically elevated to a predetermined position of the special view 1 suspension icon display area in the special view 1 pedestal return animation. The second display mode is a display mode in which the special view 1 reserve icon 903 is raised from below the special view 1 pedestal 900 together with the special view 1 pedestal 900 in the special view 1 pedestal return animation in the reserve increase animation 1 of the special view 1 It is. In addition, the decorative symbol display device 208, when displaying the display of the special view 1 pedestal 900 in a third display mode different from the first display mode, the special view 1 hold icon 905 as a second display. Can be displayed in a fourth display mode different from the second display mode. The third display mode is a display mode in which the special view 1 pedestal 900 is stopped at a predetermined position of the special view 1 reserved icon display area. The fourth display mode is a display mode in which the special view 1 reserve icon 905 is elevated from the lower side of the special view 1 pedestal 900 separately from the special view 1 pedestal 900 in the reserve increase animation 2 of the special view 1.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays. In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place.

In the present embodiment, the decorative symbol display device 208 as the display means displays the third display as the third display when the display of the special view 2 pedestal 910 as the first display is displayed in the first display mode. The display of the fourth symbol in the four symbol display area 920 can be displayed in a fifth display mode. The first display mode is a display mode in which the special view 1 pedestal 900 is vertically elevated to a predetermined position of the special view 1 suspension icon display area in the special view 1 pedestal return animation. The fifth display mode is a display mode in which the fourth symbol is variably displayed. Moreover, the decoration symbol display apparatus 208 as a display means is a 4th symbol display as a 3rd display, when the display of the special figure 2 base 910 as a 1st display is displayed by the 3rd display mode. The display of the fourth symbol in the area 920 can be displayed in a fifth display mode. The third display mode is a display mode in which the special view 2 pedestal 910 is stopped at a predetermined position of the special view 2 reserved icon display area. The fifth display mode is a display mode in which the fourth symbol is variably displayed.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the third display which is not affected by the first display can be displayed, thereby comparing the third display with the first display and the first display. There are cases where it is possible to make the player pay attention to the second display. In addition, by making it possible to display a third display that is not affected by other displays, it may be possible to reliably transmit information on profits such as lottery results to the player.

  In the present embodiment, the amount of change from the first display mode to the third display mode is the first change amount. The first display mode is a position where the first region of the special view 2 pedestal 910 is first displayed after the start of the special view 2 pedestal movement animation. The third display mode is the display position of the first region of the special view 2 pedestal 910 at the end of the special view 2 pedestal moving animation. The first variation is the movement distance of the first region of the special figure 2 pedestal 910. Further, the amount of change from the second display mode to the fourth display mode is the second change amount. The second display mode is a position where the special view 2 reserve icon 911 is first displayed after the start of the hold increase animation 1 of the special view 2. The fourth display mode is the display position of the special view 2 reserve icon 911 at the end of the reserve increase animation 1 of the special view 2. The second variation is the movement distance of the special view 2 reserve icon 911. Also, the first change amount is the same as the second change amount.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, from the first display mode of the first display to the third display mode and the second display mode from the second display to the fourth display mode By making the amount of change the same, it is possible to give a sense of unity to the entire change in the display displayed on the display means, and in some cases it is possible to make the display means focus more on the player.

  In the present embodiment, a part of the display of the special view 1 pedestal 900 as the first display displayed in the first display mode is a special view 1 hold icon 903 as the second display in the second display mode. When the display of is displayed, the visibility becomes low. The first display mode is a display mode in which the special view 1 pedestal 900 is vertically elevated to a predetermined position of the special view 1 suspension icon display area in the special view 1 pedestal return animation. In the second display mode, the special view 1 reserve icon 903 is the special view 1 pedestal 900 from the lower side of the special view 1 pedestal 900 together with the special view 1 pedestal 900 in the special view 1 pedestal return animation. It is a display mode which passes through the front of a 1st field, and is rising.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, by overlapping and displaying the second display on the first display, it may be possible to make the player pay more attention to the second display than the first display. is there. By reducing the visibility of at least a part of the first display, it may be possible to make the part have the interest of the player and to focus attention on the first display and the second display.

In the present embodiment, the display of the special view 2 pedestal animation as the first display is a display including the special view 2 pedestal animation display as the first animation display. Further, the display of the special view 2 suspension animation 1 as the second display is a display including the special view 2 suspension animation 1 as the second animation display. The display of the special view 2 pedestal animation and the display of the special view 2 suspension animation 1 are different animation displays. The decorative symbol display device 208 as a display means can continue to display the special figure 2 pedestal animation display even when switching the display form of the special figure 2 pedestal animation from the first display aspect to the third display aspect is there. The first display mode is a special view 2 pedestal movement animation, and the third display mode is a special view 2 pedestal stop animation. In addition, the display means can continue to display the special figure 2 suspension animation 1 display also when switching the display mode of the special view 2 suspension animation 1 from the second display mode to the fourth display mode. The second display mode is the hold increase animation 1 of the special view 2 and the fourth display mode is the special view 2 hold icon stop animation 1.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, even when the display mode of the first display and the second display is switched, the display mode of each animation is continued, and the display mode is different. , It may be possible to convey to the player in an easy-to-understand manner that the same display does not mean another display.

  In the present embodiment, the decorative symbol display device 208 as the display means is a second display when the display of the special view 2 pedestal 910 as the first display is displayed in the first display mode. The display of the hold icon 911 in FIG. 2 is not displayed in the fourth display mode. The first display mode is a display mode in which the special view 2 pedestal 910 is gradually lowered from the upper right side of the image display area in the special view 2 pedestal movement animation. In the fourth display mode, the special view 2 reserve icon 913 is displayed on the left of the special view 2 pedestal 910 in the reserve increase animation 2 of the special view 2, and the display position is fixed without moving and the center is taken as the rotation axis It is a display mode which is rotating. In addition, when the decorative symbol display device 208 displays the display of the special view 2 pedestal 910 as the first display in the third display mode, the display of the special view 2 hold icon 913 as the second display Is not displayed in the second display mode. The third display mode is a display mode in which the special view 2 pedestal 910 is stopped at a predetermined position of the special view 2 reserved icon display area. The second display mode is a display mode in which the special view 2 reserve icon 911 is gradually lowered from the upper right of the image display area in the reserve increase animation 1 of the special view 2.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays. In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place. It should be noted that, by limiting the display period of the first display, since the period in which the player should pay attention to the first display is limited, it is possible to enjoy the game without unnecessarily tiring the player. There is.

(Example 2)
FIG. 18 shows an example of effect display in Example 2 of the present embodiment. FIGS. 18 (a) to 18 (n) show the effect display state at each point in time, arranged in time series in this order. The configuration shown in each of FIGS. 18 (a) to 18 (n) is the same as the configuration shown in FIG. 16 (a) of the first embodiment, and exhibits the same operation and action. And the description is omitted.

  In addition, the decorative symbol display area in the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 in each of FIGS. 18 (a) to 18 (n), the variation icon display area 800, the special view 1 reserved icon display area, and the fourth symbol display area The arrangement of 920, etc., the change display or stop display of the decorative symbol in a predetermined display area, the change icon 700, the special view 1 pedestal 900, the hold icon 901, the display of the fourth symbol etc. are as shown in FIG. Since it is the same, the explanation is omitted.

FIG. 18A shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game is being executed. Special figure 1 display 212
Then, the variable display of the special view 1 is executed, and the special view d (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed on the special view 2 display device 214. In addition, the special figure 1 reserve lamp 218 reports that the number of operation reserve balls in the special figure 1 (the number of reserve in special figure 1) is one, and the special figure 2 reserve lamp 220 operates the special figure 2 It is notified that the number of holding balls (the number of holdings of the special figure 2) is zero.

  Over the entire image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, display (first display) of background animation is performed as background effect. The background animation of this example is displayed in a first display mode in which a background image including an image on which two warriors are sitting is drawn over the entire image display area in the period of FIGS. 18 (a) to 18 (b). Be done. The display of the background animation in the first display mode is set to the lowest display priority. In the background animation, the background image is reduced and displayed in the image display area and the background image is moved to the left during the period including FIGS. 18 (c) to 18 (f) after the display in the first display mode. Is displayed in a third display mode.

  In the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, the variable display of the decorative symbols is executed, and in the fourth symbol display area 920, the variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. In the first area of the special view 1 pedestal 900 of the special view 1 reserve icon display area, the special view 1 reserve icon 901 is displayed in a default display mode of a white circle. Further, in the variation icon display area 800, a variation icon 700 for the special figure 1 variation game is displayed. The display mode of the variation icon 700 is white and circular.

  FIG. 18 (b) shows an image simulating a bonsai of a pine (hereinafter referred to as "bonsai") while the special figure 1 variation game is being executed and the background animation is being executed in the first display mode. There is a case where a bonsai animation display (second display) using 922 is being executed. In FIG. 18B, the bonsai animation is displayed in a second display mode in which the bonsai 922 descends from above in front of the background image. Bonsai 922 gives notice of the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game.

  FIG. 18C shows a state in which the special animation 1 variation game is being executed, the background animation is displayed in the third display mode, and the bonsai animation is displayed in the fourth display mode. In the third display mode, the background image of the background animation is displayed in a reduced size. The reduced display of the background image is a notice for the change. Along with the reduced display of the background image, the display areas of the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c are also reduced and displayed. For this reason, another left middle right symbol display area 208a 'to 208c' is provided in the upper right corner of the image display area, and the variation of the decorative pattern is displayed in two places. In addition, the arrangement of the variation icon display area 800, the special figure 1 pending icon display area, the fourth symbol display area 920, etc., the variation display or stop display of the decorative symbol in a predetermined display area, the variation icon 700, the special figure 1 pedestal 900 The hold icon 901, the display of the fourth symbol, etc. are displayed in the original position at the original position without being interlocked with the reduced display of the background image. For example, a single-color filled image is displayed in an area other than the background image in the image display area. In the fourth display mode, the bonsai 922 is reduced and displayed along with the reduced display of the background image.

  FIG. 18 (d) shows that the special view 1 variation game is being executed, the display in the third display mode of the background animation is continued, and the display in the fourth display mode of the bonsai animation is continued. Is shown. In the third display mode, the background image is further reduced and the background image is moved to the left. An image of another effect is displayed on the right of the background image. In the fourth display mode, the bonsai 922 is further reduced as the background image is further reduced and moved leftward together with the background image. Thus, while displaying the notice by Bonsai 922, the notice by the reduction display of the background image is simultaneously displayed. In addition, the display contents of these two notices continue to be updated.

Further, FIG. 18D shows a state in which the reserve of special figure 1 is increased by one while the special figure 1 variation game is being executed. The special view 1 reserve lamp 218 indicates that the special view 1 reserve has increased from 1 to 2. Execution of the reserve increase animation of the special figure 1 is started based on the increase of the reserve of the special figure 1, and the special figure 1 reserve icon 905 starts to rise from below the second area of the special figure 1 pedestal 900 . In addition, the increase animation pending due to the start winning is not affected by the notice by the reduced display of the background image. In addition, since the hold icon is a pre-reading notice, it can be said that the pre-reading notice is not affected by the notice due to the reduced display of the background image.

  FIG. 18 (e) shows that the special view 1 variation game is being executed, the display in the third display mode of the background animation is continued, and the display in the fourth display mode of the bonsai animation is continued Is shown. In the third display mode, the background image is further reduced and the image display area is moved to the left. On the right side of the background image, the entire animation image of another effect is displayed. In the fourth display mode, the bonsai 922 is further reduced as the background image is further reduced and the image display area is moved left together with the background image. Moreover, the hold increase animation of Toku-zu 1 is continuing. In addition, the variation display of the decoration pattern is displayed on both the background animation and the animation of another effect.

  FIG. 18F shows a state in which the special image 1 variation game is being executed, and the display of the background animation in the third display mode and the display of the bonsai animation in the fourth display mode end. In the image display area, the display area of another effect moved from the right is enlarged, and another effect is at the center of the display. Also, the hold increase animation of Toku-zu 1 has ended.

  The other effects are executed in FIGS. 18 (g) to 18 (l). The other effect is an effect that depicts the battle of two warriors, and provides notification of the notice of the result of the special image variation game. In FIG. 18 (g), some display may be performed in an area that can be viewed by a change in display. The display may be a display related to a game (for example, a display related to a player's profit such as a lottery result) or may be a mere decoration not related to the game. In (h) of FIG. 18, after the end of the display of the notice by the reduced display of the background image, another notice of the change is displayed. The introduction part of the another notice is displayed while the notice of the notice by the reduced display of the background image is displayed as shown in FIG. FIG. 18 (m) shows a state in which "decoration 3-decoration 3-decoration 3" is temporarily stopped in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c. FIG. 18 (n) shows a state in which “decoration 3—decoration 3—decoration 3” is stopped and the big hit is determined in the left middle right symbol display area 208 a to 208 c.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays. In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place.

(Example 3)
FIG. 19 shows an example of effect display in Example 3 of the present embodiment. FIGS. 19 (a) to 19 (i) show the effect display state at each point in time, arranged in time series in this order. The configuration shown in each of FIGS. 19 (a) to 19 (i) is the same as the configuration shown in FIG. And the description is omitted.

  In addition, the decorative symbol display area in the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 in each of FIGS. 19A to 19I, the variation icon display area 800, the special view 1 reserved icon display area, the fourth symbol display area The arrangement of 920, etc., the change display or stop display of the decorative symbol in a predetermined display area, the change icon 700, the special view 1 pedestal 900, the hold icon 901, the display of the fourth symbol etc. are as shown in FIG. Since it is the same, the explanation is omitted.

  FIG. 19A shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game is being executed. In the special view 1 display device 212, the variable display of the special view 1 is executed, and in the special view 2 display device 214, the special view d (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed. In addition, the special figure 1 reserve lamp 218 reports that the number of operation reserve balls of special figure 1 (number of reserve of special figure 1) is 2, and the special figure 2 reserve lamp 220 operates the special figure 2 It is notified that the number of holding balls (the number of holdings in the special view 2) is zero.

  In the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c reduced and displayed in the upper right corner of the image display area, the variable display of the decorative symbols is executed, and in the fourth symbol display area 920, the variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. In the first area and the second area of the special figure 1 pedestal 900 of the special figure 1 reserve icon display area, special figure 1 reserve icons 901 and 903 are displayed in a default display form of white circle. Further, in the variation icon display area 800, a variation icon 700 for the special figure 1 variation game is displayed. The display mode of the variation icon 700 is white and circular.

  In the effect display area 208d, an image (hereinafter, may be referred to as a “treasure box”) imitating a treasure box as a first display is displayed on the right hand, and an image regarding a chance button (hereinafter, “button Image) may be displayed. The button image is an image imitating a chance button with the word “CHANCE” written on the pressed surface, a gauge image showing the operation effective period, an image of a character string “PUSH!” Prompting the user to press, and “What "Is it out?" The image of the character string is one set. The display of the button image is also used as an operation promotion display as a notice for the change.

  The display of the treasure box (first display) is displayed in a first display mode showing a state where the lid of the box is closed and placed in the period of FIGS. 19 (a) to 19 (c). In addition, the display of the button image (second display) is displayed in a second display mode in which the gauge image is changed according to the remainder of the operation valid period during the synchronization.

  In FIG. 19C, the image imitating the chance button changes to the pressed state based on the player pressing the chance button, and a gauge image showing the operation valid period and the characters “PUSH!” Prompting the pressing. The button image is displayed in a second display mode in which the image of the column and the image of the character string "What's coming out?" Disappear.

  FIG. 19D shows a state in which a linear break image (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “break”) is displayed at the center of the image display area as display based on the button operation. There is. The display of the break is influenced by the presence or absence of the display depending on the button operation by the player. The display of the break indicates the start timing of the display that affects other displays.

  FIG. 19E shows a state in which the image is divided into left and right from the break and the left and right images are gradually shifted. The display of the treasure box is displayed in a third display mode indicating that the lid is open and placed. The display of the button image is displayed in a fourth display mode in which the button image itself is not displayed.

  19 (f) and 19 (g), an image of a state in which a family crest, which is usually a premier notice of a big hit decision, jumps out of a treasure box and is divided is displayed in the area divided into right and left from the break. It shows a state in which a warning about fluctuation is continuously displayed. Also, it shows a state in which a new notice display is performed on the divided and exposed rear surface. While the divided area moves to the left and right, the display on the back may be updated and the effect on the back may be advanced. FIGS. 19H and 19I show a state in which a new notice display is continuously displayed. After this, after the confrontation super reach production, the decoration design stop indication of “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” and the big hit is decided.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays. In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place.

(Example 4)
FIG. 20 shows an example of effect display in the fourth example of the present embodiment. FIGS. 20 (a) to 20 (j) show the effect display state at each point in time, arranged in chronological order in this order. The configuration shown in each of FIGS. 20 (a) to 20 (j) is the same as the configuration shown in FIG. 16 (a) of the first embodiment, and the same operation and effect are exhibited. And the description is omitted.

  In addition, the decorative symbol display area in the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 in each of FIGS. 20 (a) to 20 (j), the variation icon display area 800, the special view 1 reserved icon display area, the fourth symbol display area The arrangement of 920, etc., the change display or stop display of the decorative symbol in a predetermined display area, the change icon 700, the special view 1 pedestal 900, the hold icon 901, the display of the fourth symbol etc. are as shown in FIG. Since it is the same, the explanation is omitted.

  FIG. 20A shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game is being executed. In the special view 1 display device 212, the variable display of the special view 1 is executed, and in the special view 2 display device 214, the special view d (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed. In addition, the special figure 1 reserve lamp 218 reports that the number of operation reserve balls of special figure 1 (number of reserve of special figure 1) is 2, and the special figure 2 reserve lamp 220 operates the special figure 2 It is notified that the number of holding balls (the number of holdings in the special view 2) is zero.

  In the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c reduced and displayed in the upper right corner of the image display area, the variable display of the decorative symbols is executed, and in the fourth symbol display area 920, the variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. In the first area and the second area of the special figure 1 pedestal 900 of the special figure 1 reserve icon display area, special figure 1 reserve icons 901 and 903 are displayed in a default display form of white circle. Further, in the variation icon display area 800, a variation icon 700 for the special figure 1 variation game is displayed. The display mode of the variation icon 700 is white and circular.

  In the effect display area 208d, an image (hereinafter, may be referred to as a “treasure box”) imitating a treasure box as a first display is displayed on the right hand, and an image regarding a chance button (hereinafter, “button Image) may be displayed. The button image is an image imitating a chance button with the word “CHANCE” written on the pressed surface, a gauge image showing the operation effective period, an image of a character string “PUSH!” Prompting the user to press, and “What "Is it out?" The image of the character string is one set. The display of the button image is also used as an operation promotion display as a notice for the change.

  The display of the treasure box (first display) is displayed in a first display mode showing a state where the lid of the box is closed and placed in the period of FIGS. 20 (a) to 20 (c). In addition, the display of the button image (second display) is displayed in a second display mode in which the gauge image is changed according to the remainder of the operation valid period during the synchronization.

FIG. 20C shows a state in which jagged cut images (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “broken lines”) are displayed above and below the central portion of the image display area within the operation effective period. Thus, when the display of a break affecting the display mode of the display regarding the operation effective period is started during the operation effective period, acceptance of the operation is canceled while the effective period display is continued. It is also good. Also, the effective period display itself may be turned off. Further, even if there is a button operation by the player, the display based on the operation may not be performed.

  FIG. 20 (d) shows a state in which the left and right images are displayed so as to be gradually moved to the left and right divided from the break portion. While the display is being divided, a state in which the prompt display of the button operation and the display showing the remaining time of the effective period are continuously displayed is shown.

  FIG. 20 (e) shows a state where the display is divided such that the left and right areas are further shifted to the left and right from the broken part. Also, based on the player pressing the chance button, the image imitating the chance button changes to the pressed state, and a gauge image showing the operation valid period and the image of the character string "PUSH!" The button image is displayed in the second display mode in which the image of the character string “What will come out?” Disappears. It should be noted that during the change of the display area, the display affected by the change of the display area may be started, or the change of the display area may be started during the display of the display affected by the change of the display area. . Also, the display affected by the change may be started simultaneously with the change of the display area.

  FIG. 20 (f) shows a state in which the left and right areas are further shifted to the left and right by being divided into right and left parts from the break. The display of the treasure box is displayed in a third display mode indicating that the lid is open and placed. The display of the button image is displayed in a fourth display mode in which the button image itself is not displayed. Moreover, the display of a family crest is performed as a new notice display on the back which was divided and exposed.

  In FIG. 20 (g) and FIG. 20 (h), an image of a state in which a family crest, which is usually a premier notice of a big hit decision, jumps out from a treasure box and is divided is displayed in the area divided into right and left from the break. It shows a state where the warning display regarding the change is continuously displayed. Moreover, the display of a family crest is performed as a new notice display on the back which was divided and exposed. Thus, the display contents of the new display and the display terminated by the new display may be common. Moreover, at least a part of the display mode may be the same.

  FIG. 20I and FIG. 20J show a state in which a new notice display is continuously displayed. After this, after the confrontation super reach production, the decoration design stop indication of “decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7” and the big hit is decided.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays. In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place.

(Example 5)
FIG. 21 and FIG. 22 show an example of effect display in Example 5 of the present embodiment. FIGS. 21 (a) to (l) and FIGS. 22 (a) to (f) show the effect display state at each point in time, arranged in time series in this order. The configuration shown in each of FIGS. 21 (a) to (l) and FIGS. 22 (a) to 22 (f) is the same as the configuration shown in FIG. 16 (a) of the first embodiment, and the same operation and effect Therefore, the same symbols are attached to them and the explanation is omitted.

Also, a decorative symbol display area in the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 in each of FIGS. 21 (a) to (l) and FIGS. Arrangement of reserved icon display area, fourth symbol display area 920, etc., and variable display or stop display of decorative symbol in a predetermined display area, fluctuation icon 700, special figure 1 pedestal 900, reserved icon 9
Since the display of 01 and the fourth symbol etc. is the same as that shown in FIG.

  In this embodiment, an effect display by an image display using so-called shake vision will be described. In shake vision, it is possible to perform non-shake state image display and shake state image display. In the non-shake state, for example, a plurality of images are displayed inside a normal rectangular (or square) display area in the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208. The shake state is a state in which a plurality of images inside are also deformed and displayed in accordance with the deformation of the rectangular (or square) display area in the non-shake state into a rhombic (or trapezoidal) display area. For example, if one of a plurality of images displayed inside a rectangular (or square) display area in the non-shake state is a rectangle (hereinafter referred to as a "rectangular image"), a rectangular image in the shake state If the inner angle of a rectangular vertex closest to a certain vertex of the rectangle is less than 90 degrees, at least the inner angle of the certain vertex is deformed to be less than 90 degrees, and a certain rectangular image in the shake state is When the inner angle of the vertex of the rectangle closest to the vertex is an angle exceeding 90 degrees, at least the inner angle of the certain vertex is also deformed so as to be an angle exceeding 90 degrees. The same is applied to the case where one of the plurality of images displayed inside the rectangular (or square) display area is a general figure other than a rectangle such as a triangle or a circle.

  FIG. 21A shows a state after the end of the special figure 1 fluctuation game. The special figure G (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. In addition, the special figure d (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214. In addition, the special figure 1 reserve lamp 218 reports that the number of operation reserve balls of special figure 1 (number of reserve of special figure 1) is 2, and the special figure 2 reserve lamp 220 operates the special figure 2 It is notified that the number of holding balls (the number of holdings in the special view 2) is zero.

  In FIG. 21A, the entire display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 is displayed in a non-shake state. A plurality of images are displayed (second display) inside a frame display (first display) that defines an image display area in the display screen. In the second display of this example, variation display or stop display of the decoration symbols of the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, the variation icon display area 800, the variation icon 700, the special view 1 pedestal 900, the special view 1 reserve icon Each display of is included. The variable display and the stop display of the fourth symbol in the fourth symbol display area 920 are not included in the second display. The frame display that defines the image display area is displayed as a rectangular frame that includes the entire display screen as a display mode (first display mode) in the non-shake state. Further, the display of a plurality of images inside the frame is displayed in a non-deformed normal shape as a display mode (second display mode) in the non-shake state.

  In the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, the symbol combination “decoration 8-decoration 0-decoration 2” indicating that the success or failure judgment result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is disappointing is stopped and displayed, and the fourth symbol display In the area 920, the fourth symbol of the display mode for notifying the detachment is stopped and displayed. In the first area of the special figure 1 pedestal 900, a special figure 1 retention icon 901 is displayed in a white circular display mode. In the variation icon display area 800, the deletion animation of the variation icon 700 is executed.

FIG. 21 (b) shows a state immediately after the suspension of the special figure 1 is digested during display in the non-shake state and the special figure 1 fluctuation game is started. In the special figure 1 display device 212, the variation display of the special figure 1 is executed, the variation display of the decoration symbol is executed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and in the fourth symbol display area 920, the variation display of the fourth symbol is It is running. The start of variation display of the decorative symbols starts with variation from the left symbol display area 208a, and then starts variation in the order of the middle symbol display area 208b and the right symbol display area 208c. Further, the special drawing 1 holding lamp 218 reports that the number of holdings of the special drawing 1 has become one. Special figure 1 In reserve lamp 218, special figure 1
It is notified at the almost same time as the start of the special figure 1 change game that the suspension of has decreased.

  In addition, when the special figure 1 suspension is reduced by one and the special figure 1 variation game is started, in the variation icon display area 800 of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the special figure 1 suspension icon display area, The movement animation of is performed, and the movement animation of the holding icon is performed in the special figure 1 holding icon display area. In the moving animation between the holding and changing icons, the special view 1 holding icon 901 displayed in the first area of the special drawing 1 pedestal 900 is moved to the changing icon display area 800 as the changing icon 801. The display mode of the variation icon 801 is white and circular, as with the special view 1 hold icon 901. In the moving icon of the holding icon, the special view 1 holding icon 903 displayed above the second area of the special drawing 1 pedestal 900 is moved above the first area. The display mode of the special view 1 suspension icon 903 is white and circular like the special view 1 suspension icon 901.

  FIG. 21C shows a state changed from the non-shake state to the shake state. The frame display that defines the image display area is displayed in a rhombus shape in the display screen as a display mode (third display mode) in the shake state. The outside of the rhombus-shaped frame in the display screen is displayed in black. In addition, the display of the plurality of images inside the frame is displayed as being deformed according to the deformation of the frame display as a display mode (fourth display mode) in the shake state. Specifically, the frame display for defining the image display area is displayed by shake display such that the left side is more recessed than the right side. Under the influence of the frame display defining the image display area being transformed to the shake display, the display of the special view 1 hold icon 903 as the second display is modified such that the display on the left is more backward than the right Has been displayed. In addition, it seems that the left side is more backward than the right side due to the influence that the frame display that defines the image display area is changed to the shake display, as for the decorative symbol during fluctuation, the fluctuation icon 801 and the special drawing 1 pedestal 900 Is displayed. In addition, a white square image (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “display the number of held icons”) showing the image of the number of held icons in the special view 1 in the upper left end of the image display area is displayed and displayed. Indicates that the number of pending icons is 1. Further, the low-speed decorative symbol immediately after the start of the special view 1 variation display is deformed and displayed according to the deformation of the frame display, and the display is such that the left side is deeper than the right side.

  FIG. 21D shows the special figure 1 fluctuation game being executed in the shake state. The frame display that defines the image display area is displayed in the third display mode in which the shake state is continued. The frame display is displayed as if the right side is deeper than the left side. Under the influence of the frame display being deformed, the display of the special view 1 reserve icon 903 which is the second display is displayed in a shape such that the right side is more backward than the left which is the fourth display mode ing. In addition, the decorative symbol during fluctuation, the fluctuation icon 801 and the special drawing 1 pedestal 900 are also displayed as if the right side is more backward than the left side due to the influence of the frame display being deformed. In addition, even when the frame display is in a shake state and the display is continued, the moving animation between the holding / changing icons and the moving animation of the holding icon are still displayed.

  FIG. 21E shows the state changed from the shake state to the non-shake state. The frame display that defines the image display area is displayed in a rectangular shape that fills the display screen as a display mode (first display mode) in the non-shake state. In addition, the display of the plurality of images inside the frame is normally displayed without deformation as a display mode (second display mode) in the non-shake state. For example, the display of the special view 1 reservation icon 903 is displayed in a normal circular shape. In this embodiment, the number of pending icons is not displayed in the non-shake state, but may be always displayed.

21 (f) to (k), the special figure 1 variation game is being executed, and the frame display defining the image display area is the first display mode from the non-shake state which is the first display mode to the shake which is the third display mode. It shows a state in which the shake state is continued after the state is reached. In addition, the frame display for defining the image display area is displayed such that the right side is deeper than the left side by the shake display. A shape in which the display of the special view 1 reservation icon 903 which is the second display is affected by the frame display being transformed into the shake display and the display of the special icon 1 hold icon 903 is more backward than the fourth display mode It is displayed in. In addition, the decorative symbol during fluctuation, fluctuation icon 801 and special drawing 1 pedestal 900 are also displayed as the right side is more backward than the left side under the influence of the frame display being deformed in the shake state. . Further, the area other than the frame display which defines the image display area is displayed dark. In FIG. 21 (f), the number of pending icons is displayed at the upper left end of the display screen, and it is shown that the number of pending icons in the special view 1 is one. FIG. 21 (g) shows a state in which the reserve of special figure 1 is increased by one while the special figure 1 variation game is being executed. The special view 1 reserve lamp 218 indicates that the special view 1 reserve has increased from 1 to 2. The number of pending icons is displayed on the upper left end of the display screen, and it is shown that the number of pending icons in Special Figure 1 is two. The frame display defining the image display area continues the shake display state which is the third display mode, and the frame display is displayed by the shake display such that the right side is further behind than the left side. There is. In addition, the second display is also displayed in a shape in which the right side is deeper than the left which is the fourth display mode. In FIG. 21 (h), the frame display defining the image display area continues the shake display state, which is the third display mode, and the frame display is further behind in the right direction than the left by the shake display. Is displayed. In addition, the second display is also displayed in a shape in which the right side is deeper than the left which is the fourth display mode. In addition, the execution of the suspension increase animation of the special view 1 is started based on the increase of the suspension of the special view 1, and the special view 1 suspension icon 905 starts to rise from below the second region of the special view 1 pedestal 900 ing. FIG. 21I shows a state in which the frame display defining the image display area continues the shake display state which is the third display mode. The second display also continues the shake display state, which is the fourth display mode. In addition, the special drawing 1 holding increase animation is being executed, and the special drawing 1 holding icon 905 is further raised and shown passing through the front of the second area of the special drawing 1 pedestal 900. The surface inside the outline of the special figure 1 reservation icon 905 is red (indicated by hatching in the upper left in the figure), and a character image of "heat" (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "heat") is displayed Is visible. While the display of the special view 1 hold icon 905 is displayed in a shape such that the right side is more backward than the left side under the influence of the frame display being transformed into the shake display, a display showing the number of holds Is done. The display may be performed constantly. FIG. 21J shows a state in which the frame display defining the image display area continues the shake display state which is the third display mode. The second display also continues the shake display state, which is the fourth display mode. In addition, the special drawing 1 holding increase animation is being executed, and the special drawing 1 holding icon 905 is further raised to be placed above the second region of the special drawing 1 pedestal 900. FIG. 21 (k) shows a state in which the frame display defining the image display area continues the shake display state which is the third display mode. The second display also continues the shake display state, which is the fourth display mode. The display of the reserve increase animation of the special figure 1 is ended, and the display of the special figure 1 reserve icon 905 displayed as the pre-reading notice under the influence of the frame display being transformed into the shake display is more right than the left. It is displayed in a shape that is more backward. In addition, the execution of the reserve increase animation of Toku-zu 1 is finished, and the special-figure 1 reserve icon 905 is further raised and shown in a state of being completely placed above the second region of Toku-dai 1 pedestal 900. There is. Even during the shake display, the suspension icon increase animation may be displayed such that the special view 1 suspension icon 905 appears from outside the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208. At this time, a part of the special view 1 hold icon 905 may be displayed as missing.

  FIG. 21 (l) shows that the special display 1 variation game is being executed, and the frame display defining the image display area is from the state of the shake display which is the third display mode to the non-shake state which is the first display mode. It shows the changed status. Further, the second display is also shown as being changed from the shake display state, which is the fourth display mode, to the non-shake state, which is the second display state.

  FIG. 22 (a) shows the same state as the state shown in FIG. 21 (e). 22 (a)-(f), special figure 1 fluctuation game is under execution, the frame display which delimits the picture display territory continues non shaking display (normal display) which is 1st display feature It shows the state. The second display also indicates a state in which the non-shake state, which is the second display state, is continued. FIG. 22B shows a state in which the reserve of special figure 1 is increased by one while the special figure 1 variation game is being executed. The special view 1 reserve lamp 218 indicates that the special view 1 reserve has increased from 1 to 2. In (c) of FIG. 22, execution of the hold increase animation of the special view 1 is started based on the increase of the hold of the special view 1, and the special view 1 hold icon 905 from below the second region of the special view 1 pedestal 900. Shows that it has started rising. FIG. 22 (d) shows that the special increase icon of the special figure 1 is under execution, and the special figure 1 reservation icon 905 is further elevated to pass through the front of the second area of the special figure 1 pedestal 900. ing. The surface inside the outline of the special view 1 reservation icon 905 is red (indicated by hatching in the upper left in the figure), and it is visible that “heat” is displayed. FIG. 22 (e) shows that the hold increase animation of the special view 1 is being executed, and the special view hold icon 905 is further elevated to be placed above the second region of the special view base 900. It shows. In (f) of FIG. 22, execution of the hold increase animation of the special view 1 is finished, and the special view 1 hold icon 905 is further raised and completely placed above the second region of the special view 1 pedestal 900. It shows the state.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays. In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place.

(Example 6)
FIG. 23 shows an example of effect display in the sixth example of the present embodiment. FIGS. 23 (a) to 23 (m) show the effect display state at each point in time, arranged in time series in this order. The configuration shown in each of FIGS. 23 (a) to 23 (m) is the same as the configuration shown in FIG. And the description is omitted.

  Moreover, the decorative symbol display area in the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 in each of FIGS. 23 (a) to 23 (m), the variation icon display area 800, the special view 1 reserved icon display area, the fourth symbol display area The arrangement of 920, etc., the change display or stop display of the decorative symbol in a predetermined display area, the change icon 700, the special view 1 pedestal 900, the hold icon 901, the display of the fourth symbol etc. are as shown in FIG. Since it is the same, the explanation is omitted.

  FIG. 23A shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. The special figure G (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. In addition, the special figure d (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214. In addition, the special figure 1 reserve lamp 218 reports that the number of operation reserve balls of special figure 1 (number of reserve of special figure 1) is 2, and the special figure 2 reserve lamp 220 operates the special figure 2 It is notified that the number of holding balls (the number of holdings in the special view 2) is zero.

A background animation display (first display) is executed over the entire image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 as a background effect. The background animation of this example is displayed in a first display mode in which an image of a sheet of white paper is drawn over the entire image display area in a period including FIGS. 23 (a) to 23 (d). The display of the background animation in the first display mode is set to the lowest display priority. Also, in the background animation, during the period including FIG. 23 (e) to (k) after the display in the first display mode, the white paper is gradually flipped from the lower left end, and another animation is displayed on the exposed surface. It is displayed, and is displayed in a third display mode in which another image is hidden by the flipped portion of the sheet.

  In the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, the symbol combination “decoration 6—decoration 2—decoration 7” indicating that the success or failure judgment result of the special view 1 variation game has been canceled is displayed, and the fourth symbol display In the area 920, the fourth symbol of the display mode for notifying the detachment is stopped and displayed. Further, in the variation icon display area 800, the deletion animation of the variation icon 700 is executed.

  In the first area of the special figure 1 pedestal 900, a special figure 1 retention icon 901 is displayed in a default display form of a white circle. In the upper end of the image display area, a character image of "* Incorrect prize error" (hereinafter, may be referred to as "first error display") is displayed. A character image of a Yoshimune character holding a signboard displaying a character image of "Please pull out a ball" as a second display on the front of the second region of the special figure 1 pedestal 900 (hereinafter referred to as "second Is sometimes displayed as "error display". The second error display is displayed in a second display mode in which the entire image can be viewed without being hidden by another image during a period including FIGS. 23 (a) to 23 (d). Further, the second error display is a fourth display mode in which a part of the image can not be visually recognized due to the display by the third display mode of the background animation during the period including FIGS. Is displayed. In FIG. 23 (a), the special view 1 reserve icon 903 is placed above the second region of the special view 1 pedestal 900, but the second error display means the special view 1 reserve icon 903 or the like. Since the display priority is higher than the display of the special view 1 pedestal 900, the special view 1 suspension icon 903 and the second region of the special view 1 pedestal 900 are not visible. Further, since the second error display is higher in display priority than the stop display of the decorative symbol, the lower half of the middle symbol display area 208b can not be visually recognized due to the second error display.

  FIG.23 (b) has shown the state in which the reserve of special figure 1 was digested and the special figure 1 change game was started. In the special figure 1 display device 212, the variation display of the special figure 1 is executed, the variation display of the decoration symbol is executed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and in the fourth symbol display area 920, the variation display of the fourth symbol is It is running. Further, the first LED from the left of the special view 1 reserve lamp 218 is turned off, and it is informed that the number of reserve in special view 1 is decreased by 1 and the number of reserve in special figure 1 becomes 1. In the special view 1 reserve lamp 218, the fact that the reserve of special view 1 is reduced is notified at the same time as the start of the special view 1 change game.

  In addition, when the special figure 1 suspension is reduced by one and the special figure 1 variation game is started, in the variation icon display area 800 of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the special figure 1 suspension icon display area, The movement animation of is performed, and the movement animation of the holding icon is performed in the special figure 1 holding icon display area. In the movement animation between the hold and change icons, the special view 1 hold icon 901 displayed above the first area of the special view 1 pedestal 900 becomes a change icon 801 and moves to the change icon display area 800. There is. The display mode of the variation icon 801 is white and circular, as with the special view 1 hold icon 901. In the moving icon of the holding icon, the left half of the special view 1 holding icon 903 moving from above the second region of the special drawing 1 pedestal 900 to above the first region is visible from behind Yoshimune. The display mode of the special view 1 suspension icon 903 is white and circular like the special view 1 suspension icon 901. In the fourth symbol display area 920, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed.

FIG. 23C shows a state in which the special figure 1 variation game is being performed, and the movement animation between the holding and changing icons and the movement animation of the holding icon are being performed. In the movement animation between the holding and fluctuation icons, the fluctuation icon 801 is further moved to the fluctuation icon display area 800. In the movement animation of the hold icon, the special view 1 hold icon 903 further moves above the first region of the special view 1 pedestal 900.

  FIG. 23D shows a state in which the special figure 1 variation game is being executed, and the movement animation between the holding and changing icons and the movement animation of the holding icon have ended. The moving animation between the hold and change icons is finished, and the change icon 801 has completed the move to the change icon display area 800. The special icon 1 reserved icon 903 has completed the upward movement of the first region of the special figure 1 pedestal 900 when the movement animation of the pending icon is completed.

  FIG.23 (e) has shown the state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game is performing. Further, a decorative symbol display area (hereinafter referred to as "reduced symbol display area") 208a'-208c 'in which the right middle left graphic display area 208a-208c is displayed in a reduced size is displayed at the upper right side of the image display area. The first error display is displayed on the front of the right reduced symbol display area 208a '. Further, in the background animation, as an effect display of the special figure 1 fluctuation game, the sheet of white paper starts to be flipped from the lower left end, and the display in the third display mode is started. The second error display, which is the second display, is displayed in the second display mode in which the entire display is displayed.

  FIG.23 (f) has shown the state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game is performing. The background animation of the background effect, which is the first display, is under execution, and the effect is such that the paper is further flipped from the lower left corner of the image display area of the third display mode, and Department is visible. The second error display, which is the second display, is affected by the background animation, which is the first display, and is shown in the fourth display mode that is hidden in the flipped display of the sheet, and is partially invisible. The fluctuation icon display area 800, the fluctuation icon 801, the hold icon 903 and the special view 1 pedestal 900 are entirely displayed without being hidden in the paper flipping display without being affected by the background animation of the background effect which is the first display. It is done. The second error display is hidden in the flipping display of the paper under the influence of the background animation.

  FIG.23 (g) has shown the state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game is performing. The background animation of the background effect, which is the first display, is under execution, and the effect is such that the paper is further flipped from the lower left corner of the image display area of the third display mode, and the effect executed on the back is further performed It is visible. The visibility of the effect being performed on the back is changed by the flipped display of the sheet. The second error display, which is the second display, is affected by the background animation, which is the first display, under the influence of the background animation of the background effect, and is displayed in the fourth display mode hidden by the flipping display of the sheet. ing. The left middle symbol display areas 208a to 208b are almost entirely hidden in the flipped display of the sheet under the influence of the background animation of the background effect which is the first display. Further, the first error display is entirely displayed without being hidden by the flipped display of the paper without being affected by the background animation of the background effect which is the first display. If the special image 1 variation game is being performed in the image display area, the effect may be continuously displayed.

  FIG.23 (h) has shown the state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game is performing. The background animation of the background effect, which is the first display, is under execution, and the effect is such that the paper is further flipped from the lower left corner of the image display area of the third display mode, and the effect executed on the back is further performed It is visible. The second error display, which is the second display, is shown by the fourth display mode which is hidden by the flipped display of the paper under the influence of the background animation of the background effect, which is the first display, so that the whole can be viewed completely. It is gone. In addition, the right symbol display area 208c is half hidden in the flipped display of the sheet under the influence of the background animation of the background effect which is the first display. In addition, the entire left middle reduced right symbol display area 208a 'to 208c' is displayed without being hidden by the flipped display of the paper without being affected by the background animation of the background effect which is the first display.

  FIG. 23 (i) shows a state in which the special figure 1 variation game is being executed. The background animation that is the first display, which is the background animation of the background display, is in progress, and the effect is such that the sheet that is flipped from the effect that the paper of the third display mode is flipped returns to the original and is executed on the back The visible area of the is gradually becoming smaller. The second error display which is the second display is shown in the fourth display mode which is hidden by the flipped display of the paper under the influence of the background animation of the background effect which is the first display so that it can be seen gradually It has become. Further, the entire right symbol display area 208c is visible under the influence of the background animation of the background effect which is the first display. The first error display is the entire display without being hidden in the flipped display of the paper without being affected by the background animation of the background rendering, but the second error display is the effect of the background animation of the background rendering. Received and hidden in the flipped display of the paper. Even if there are multiple displays with similar content, not all displays are necessarily affected, and not all displays are not affected.

  FIG. 23 (j) shows a state in which the special figure 1 variation game is being executed. The background animation of the background effect, which is the first display, is being executed, and the effect that the sheet which has been flipped from the effect that the sheet of the third display mode is flipped back is executed and executed on the back side. The visible area of the effect is gradually becoming smaller. A second error display, which is a second display, is shown in a fourth display mode in which it is hidden by the turning-up display of the sheet under the influence of the background animation of the background effect, which is the first display. An effect is also performed in which the paper on which the background animation of the background effect is flipped, which is the first display, is returned to its original state, and almost the entire second error display can be viewed. Since the decorative symbol in the special view 1 variation display is also influenced by the background animation, the reduced symbol display areas 208a 'to 208c' which are not affected by the background animation are displayed.

  FIG. 23 (k) shows a state in which "decor 4" is temporarily stopped and displayed in each of the left middle symbol display area 208a and the left reduced symbol display area 208a 'while the special figure 1 variation game is being executed. The background animation of the background effect, which is the first display, is being executed, and the effect that the sheet that has been flipped from the effect that the sheet of the third display mode is flipped back is executed and executed on the back side. There are almost no visible effects. In the second display mode, the second error display is in a state in which the second error display is displayed in a state in which an effect such as returning the paper on which the background animation of the background effect which is the first display is turned back is further executed. Are

  In the state shown in FIG. 23 (l), "decoration 7" is temporarily stopped and displayed in the middle right symbol display area 208c while the special figure 1 variation game is being executed, and the reduced symbol display areas 208a 'to 208c' have disappeared. Is shown. The background animation, which is the first display, is displayed in the first display mode in which the background animation is stationary. The second error display, which is the second display, is displayed in the second display mode in which the entire display is displayed.

  FIG. 23 (m) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. The special figure G (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. Further, the first LED from the left of the special view 1 reserve lamp 218 is turned on to notify that the number of operation reserve balls in special view 1 (the number of reserve in special figure 1) is one.

  In the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, a symbol combination other than a symbol combination notifying a hit indicating that the success or failure judgment result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is a disconnection is “decoration 4 The decoration 2-decoration 7 "is stopped and displayed, and in the fourth symbol display area 920, a circular fourth symbol (indicated by hatching in the figure, which is hatched upward to the right) notifying stoppage is stopped and displayed.

According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place.

(Example 7)
FIG. 24 shows an example of effect display in Example 7 of the present embodiment. (A) to (b) of FIG. 24 are arranged in chronological order in this order, and show the effect display state for each point in time. The configuration shown in each of FIGS. 24 (a) and 24 (b) is the same as the configuration shown in FIG. 16 (a) of the first embodiment, and exhibits the same operation and action. And the description is omitted.

  Moreover, the decorative symbol display area in the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 in each of FIGS. 24 (a) and (b), the variation icon display area 800, the special view 1 reserved icon display area, the fourth symbol display area The arrangement of 920, etc., the change display or stop display of the decorative symbol in a predetermined display area, the change icon 700, the special view 1 pedestal 900, the hold icon 901, the display of the fourth symbol etc. are as shown in FIG. Since it is the same, the explanation is omitted.

  In FIG. 24 (a), a character image of "General's zone" is displayed on the front of the special figure 1 reserve icon display area as a preview advance effect, and around the symbol display areas 208a to 208c and the special figure 1 reserve icons 901 to 905. A state in which an image of a red effect as a pre-reading notice is displayed is displayed. At the same time as the execution of the pre-reading preview effect in which the character image “General zone” is displayed, an effect image such as a red aura is displayed in the image display area. In the display of the red effect image (indicated by hatching in the form of a diagonal cross grid in the figure and may be referred to as “effect” hereinafter) which is the first display, the display of the effect is displayed in the image display area It is displayed in the 1st display mode which is an aspect. Since the display of the effect is displayed on the front of the fluctuation icon 700, the portion of the fluctuation icon 700 overlapping the display of the effect is viewed in red as affected by the display of the effect. In addition, since a character image of "General's zone" (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "General's zone") as a prefetch notice is displayed on the front of the special view 1 reserve icon display area, the special view 1 reserve icon 901 The circular lower part of ~ 905 is hidden in the "General". Further, since the fourth symbol of the fourth symbol display area 920 is displayed in front of the display of the effect, the fourth symbol itself of the fourth symbol display area 920 is not visually recognized to be red.

  FIG. 24B shows a state in which the gaming ball has won in the special view 1 start port 230 during execution of the special view 1 change game. The special view 1 reserve lamp 218 indicates that the special view 1 reserve has increased from 3 to 4. The special view 1 reservation icon 907 (second display) is displayed above the fourth area of the special view 1 pedestal 900. The display of the hold icon 907 is displayed behind the display of the effect, and by overlapping with the display of the effect, the display of the hold icon 907 itself is viewed as if colored by the effect of the display of the effect. It is displayed in the second display mode. Also, it may be viewed as if the red hold icon 907 is displayed as a pre-reading advance notice. The hold icon may have or may not be displayed in advance, having a display mode similar to the display mode of the hold icon during the influence of the display of the effect. Even if you do not have a display icon similar to the display icon of the hold icon in the midst of the effect display, you may be able to illusion that the player who is playing the game for the first time is notified of a hot read ahead notice There is. Further, although not shown in FIGS. 24A to 24B, the third display mode is a mode in which the display of the effect is not displayed in the image display area, and the display of the hold icon 907 is the display of the effect. A fourth display mode is a mode in which a white circle is displayed without being affected.

According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place.

(Example 8)
FIG. 25 shows an example of effect display in Example 8 of the present embodiment. FIGS. 25 (a) to 25 (h) show the effect display state at each point in time, arranged in chronological order in this order. The configuration shown in each of FIGS. 25 (a) to 25 (h) is the same as the configuration shown in FIG. 16 (a) of the first embodiment, and the same operation and effect are exhibited. And the description is omitted.

  In addition, the decorative symbol display area in the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 in each of FIGS. 25 (a) to (h), the variation icon display area 800, the special view 1 reserved icon display area, the fourth symbol display area The arrangement of 920, etc., the change display or stop display of the decorative symbol in a predetermined display area, the change icon 700, the special view 1 pedestal 900, the hold icon 901, the display of the fourth symbol etc. are as shown in FIG. Since it is the same, the explanation is omitted.

  FIG. 25 (a) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game is being executed. In the special view 1 display device 212, the variable display of the special view 1 is executed, and in the special view 2 display device 214, the special view d (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed. In addition, the special figure 1 reserve lamp 218 reports that the number of operation reserve balls in the special figure 1 (the number of reserve in special figure 1) is one, and the special figure 2 reserve lamp 220 operates the special figure 2 It is notified that the number of holding balls (the number of holdings in the special view 2) is zero.

  In the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, the variable display of the decorative symbols is executed, and in the fourth symbol display area 920, the variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. In the first area of the special view 1 pedestal 900 of the special view 1 reserve icon display area, the special view 1 reserve icon 901 is displayed in a default display mode of a white circle. Further, in the variation icon display area 800, a variation icon 700 for the special figure 1 variation game is displayed. The display mode of the variation icon 700 is white and circular. Hereinafter, the display of the image of the circular contour constituting the special view 1 reserved icon 901 may be referred to as a first display, and the display of the content image displayed inside the circular contour may be referred to as a second display.

  In the effect display area 208d, an animation image in which a character image of Yoshimune (hereinafter referred to as "Yoshimune") is running from the lower right hand of the image display area to the special icon 1 reserved icon 901 with a sword An icon display mode change animation "is displayed. The hold icon display mode change animation is an animation that can change the display mode of the hold icon.

FIGS. 25 (b) to 25 (h) show the state in which the special view 1 change game is continuing and the on-hold icon display mode change animation is continuing. FIG. 25 (b) shows a state in which Yoshimune running toward the special view 1 suspension icon 901 stops near the special view 1 suspension icon 901 and swings up and holds the sword. FIG. 25 (c) shows a state in which Yoshimune cuts the Tokusetsu 1 reservation icon 901. FIG. 25D shows the first display mode of the special view 1 reservation icon 901 cut into Yoshimune, the first display mode in which the outline is deformed from a circular shape to a vertically-long oval shape. Is displayed. Even in a period when the frame display as described in FIG. 21 is in the shake state and the display is not performed, there may be a display in which the special view holding icon 901 is deformed into an oval. The display in which the special view 1 suspension icon 901 is deformed may be the same display as the display shown in FIG. 21, or may be a display similar to the display not completely the same. FIG. 25 (e) shows a state in which the outline becomes gradually thinner as the shape of the outline of the special view 1 suspension icon 901 is further deformed into a horizontally long oval of the first display mode. Yoshimune is trying to leave the sword from Special Figure 1 Hold icon 901 and leave. In (f) of FIG. 25, the surface inside the outline of the special view 1 reservation icon 901 changes to red (indicated by hatching in the upper left in the figure), and the second display indicates a character image of “heat” (hereinafter referred to as “ It is shown that the display of "Heat" may be displayed in the second display mode. In the first display mode, the display of the outline of the special view 1 reserved icon 901 of the first display maintains an oval shape whose shape is horizontally long, and the shape of the display of "heat" of the second display is the second Similar to the shape of the special view 1 suspension icon 901, the display mode is displayed in a horizontally long shape. FIG. 25 (g) shows a first display mode in which the outline shape of the special view 1 reservation icon 901 is returning from oval to circular. According to the change of the outline shape of the special view 1 reservation icon 901 in the first display mode, the shape changes from the horizontally long shape to the normal shape in the second display mode of the "heat" display of the second display It is on the way. In FIG. 25 (h), after a predetermined time has elapsed, the outline shape which is the first display of the special view 1 suspension icon 901 completely turns back into the third display mode, and accordingly the second display The "heat" shape of is also the fourth display aspect completely changed to the normal "heat" shape.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays. In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place.

(Example 9)
FIG. 26 shows an example of effect display in Example 9 of the present embodiment. FIGS. 26 (a) to 26 (n) show the effect display state at each point in time, arranged in time series in this order. The configuration shown in each of FIGS. 26 (a) to 26 (h) is the same as the configuration shown in FIG. And the description is omitted.

  In addition, the decorative symbol display area in the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 in each of FIGS. 26 (a) to (n), the variation icon display area 800, the special view 1 reserved icon display area, the fourth symbol display area The arrangement of 920, etc., the change display or stop display of the decorative symbol in a predetermined display area, the change icon 700, the special view 1 pedestal 900, the hold icon 901, the display of the fourth symbol etc. are as shown in FIG. Since it is the same, the explanation is omitted.

  FIG. 26A shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. The special figure G (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. In addition, the special figure d (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed on the special figure 2 display device 214. In addition, the special figure 1 reserve lamp 218 reports that the number of operation reserve balls in the special figure 1 (the number of reserve in special figure 1) is one, and the special figure 2 reserve lamp 220 operates the special figure 2 It is notified that the number of holding balls (the number of holdings in the special view 2) is zero.

  In the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, the symbol combination “decorative 7-decorative 2-decorative 4” indicating that the success or failure judgment result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is disappointing is displayed in a stopped manner, and the fourth symbol display In the area 920, the fourth symbol of the display mode for notifying the detachment is stopped and displayed. In the first area of the special view 1 pedestal 900 of the special view 1 reserve icon display area, the special view 1 reserve icon 901 is displayed in a default display mode of a white circle. Further, in the variation icon display area 800, the deletion animation of the variation icon 700 is executed.

FIG. 26 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 suspension is digested and the special figure 1 change game is started. In the special figure 1 display device 212, the variation display of the special figure 1 is executed, the variation display of the decoration symbol is executed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and in the fourth symbol display area 920, the variation display of the fourth symbol is It is running. Further, the special drawing 1 holding lamp 218 notifies that the number of holdings of the special drawing 1 has become 0. In the special view 1 reserve lamp 218, the fact that the reserve of special view 1 is reduced is notified at the same time as the start of the special view 1 change game.

  In addition, when the special figure 1 suspension is reduced by one and the special figure 1 variation game is started, in the variation icon display area 800 of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the special figure 1 suspension icon display area, The movement animation of is performed. In the moving animation between the holding and changing icons, the special view 1 holding icon 901 displayed in the first area of the special drawing 1 pedestal 900 becomes the changing icon 801 and moves to the changing icon display area 800. FIG. 26B shows a state in which the moving icon 801 has completed the movement into the moving icon display area 800, and the moving animation between the holding and changing icons has ended. The display mode of the variation icon 801 is white and circular, as with the special view 1 hold icon 901.

  FIG.26 (c) has shown the state in which the special figure 1 change game was complete | finished. The special figure G (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. In the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, the symbol combination "decoration 8-decoration 1-decoration 9" is stopped to indicate that the success or failure judgment result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is disapproval In the fourth symbol display area 920, the fourth symbol of the display mode for notifying the detachment is stopped and displayed. Further, in the variation icon display area 800, an erase animation of the variation icon 801 is displayed. Further, at this time, since the suspension of the special view 1 and the special view 2 is 0, the next special view change game is not started and becomes a non-change state even after the predetermined stop display period has elapsed. In addition, based on the number of reservations of Special Figure 1 becoming 0 at the start of the special figure 1 fluctuation game, Special Figure 1 pedestal 900 descends gradually from the Special Figure 1 reservation icon display area. The display of the special drawing 1 pedestal evacuation animation that is being evacuated is started.

  FIG. 26D shows a state in which the special figure variation game is in the non-variation state, the deletion animation of the variation icon 801 ends, and the special view 1 seat retraction animation is being displayed. In the special drawing 1 pedestal retraction animation, it is displayed that the special drawing 1 pedestal 900 is further lowered and the lower half is retracted out of the special drawing 1 reserved icon display area. The display of the deletion animation of the fluctuation icon 801 is finished, and the deletion of the fluctuation icon 801 displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 800 is completed.

  FIG. 26E shows a state in which the gaming ball has won in the special view 1 start port 230 in the special view fluctuation game in a non-variable state. The special view 1 reserve lamp 218 indicates that the special view 1 reserve has increased from 0 to 1. The display of the special figure 1 pedestal withdrawal animation is stopped based on the fact that the reserve of special figure 1 increases from 0 to 1 during the display of the special figure 1 pedestal withdrawal animation, and the display of the special figure 1 pedestal return animation is started instead. Be done. In addition, the display of the hold increase animation of the special view 1 is started based on the increase of the hold of the special view 1. The display (first display) of the special view 1 pedestal 900 in the special view 1 pedestal return animation is a first display mode in which the special view 1 pedestal 900 gradually rises and appears in the special view 1 reserved icon display area Is displayed. The display (second display) of the special figure 1 reserve icon 903 in the reserve increase animation of the special figure 1 is the first area of the special figure 1 pedestal 900 while the special figure 1 reserve icon 903 gradually enlarges the display size. From the lower part of the special drawing 1 pedestal 900, and passes through the front of the first region of the special drawing 1 pedestal 900 to be displayed in a second display mode leading to the upper part of the first region. The display mode of the special view 1 reserve icon 903 is white and circular.

FIGS. 26 (f) to 26 (h) show a state in which the special figure variation game is in the non-variation state and during the display of the special figure 1 pedestal return animation and the special figure 1 hold increase animation until it is ended. FIG. 26F shows a state in which the special drawing 1 pedestal return animation and the special drawing 1 suspension increase animation are being displayed. In the special view 1 pedestal return animation, the special view 1 pedestal 900 is further elevated, and the first display is made in the first display mode in which the entire special view 1 pedestal 900 appears in the special view 1 reserved icon display area. ing. In the reserve increase animation of the special figure 1, the special figure 1 reserve icon 903 rises along with the special figure 1 pedestal 900 while passing through the front of the first region of the special figure 1 pedestal 900 while further enlarging the display size. The second display is made in the second display mode. The special figure 1 reservation icon 903 has the upper half of the circular outline located above the first area of the special figure 1 pedestal 900. FIG. 26 (g) shows a state in which the display of the special view 1 pedestal return animation is finished and the hold increase animation of the special view 1 is being displayed. A first display is made in a first display mode in which the special view 1 pedestal 900 is stopped at a predetermined position in the special view 1 reserved icon display area. In the reserve increase animation of the special view 1, the upper 2/3 of the circular outline is positioned above the first area of the special view 1 pedestal 900 while the special view 1 reserve icon 903 further enlarges the display size. The second display is made in the second display mode. FIG. 26H shows a state in which the display of the hold increase animation of the special view 1 is finished following the display of the special view 1 pedestal return animation. In the second display mode, the special view 1 reserve icon 903 is stopped at a predetermined position above the first area of the special view 1 pedestal 900 after the display of the special view 1 reserve increase animation ends. It is displayed.

  FIG. 26 (i) shows a state in which the special figure 1 hold is digested and the special figure 1 change game is started. In the special figure 1 display device 212, the variation display of the special figure 1 is executed, the variation display of the decoration symbol is executed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and in the fourth symbol display area 920, the variation display of the fourth symbol is It is running. Further, the special drawing 1 holding lamp 218 notifies that the number of holdings of the special drawing 1 has become 0. In the special view 1 reserve lamp 218, the fact that the reserve of special view 1 is reduced is notified at the same time as the start of the special view 1 change game.

  In addition, when the special figure 1 suspension is reduced by one and the special figure 1 variation game is started, in the variation icon display area 800 of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the special figure 1 suspension icon display area, The movement animation of is performed. FIG. 26I shows a state in which the movement icon 803 has completed the movement into the movement icon display area 800, and the movement animation between the holding and movement icons has ended.

  FIG. 26 (j) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. The special figure G (disappeared symbol) is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212. Further, the special drawing 1 holding lamp 218 reports that the number of operation holding balls in the special drawing 1 (the number of holdings in the special drawing 1) is zero.

  In the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, the symbol combination "decorative 1-decorative 8-decorative 9" indicating that the success or failure determination result of the special view 1 variation game is off is stopped and displayed, and the fourth symbol display In the area 920, the fourth symbol of the display mode for notifying the detachment is stopped and displayed. In addition, in the variation icon display area 800, the deletion animation of the variation icon 803 is executed. Further, at this time, since the suspension of the special view 1 and the special view 2 is 0, the next special view fluctuation game is not started even after the predetermined stop display period elapses, and the non special change state is established.

  FIG. 26 (k) shows a state in which the display of the special drawing 1 base evacuation animation is started. The special figure 1 pedestal 900 is gradually lowered vertically from the special figure 1 reservation icon display area based on the special figure 1 holding number being 0 at the start of the special figure 1 change game, and retreated The display of the special drawing 1 base evacuation animation is started.

FIGS. 26 (l) to 26 (n) show a state in which the special figure variation game is in the non-variation state and is under display of the special figure 1 pedestal retraction animation until it is ended. FIG. 26 (l) shows a state in which the special drawing 1 pedestal evacuation animation is being displayed. In the special view 1 pedestal evacuation animation, the special view 1 pedestal 900 is further lowered, and the first half of the special view 1 pedestal 900 is in the third display mode in which the lower half of the special view 1 pedestal 900 is retracted outside the special view 1 reserved icon display area. Is displayed. FIG. 26 (m) shows a state in which the special drawing 1 pedestal evacuation animation is being displayed. In the special drawing 1 pedestal retraction animation, the first display is performed in a third display mode in which the special drawing 1 pedestal 900 is further lowered and the entire is retracted out of the special drawing 1 reserved icon display area. FIG. 26 (n) shows a state in which the display of the special drawing 1 pedestal evacuation animation is finished. In the special drawing 1 pedestal evacuation animation, the first display is made in a third display mode in which the special drawing 1 pedestal 900 is further lowered and the whole is completely withdrawn from the special drawing 1 reserved icon display area. . Moreover, since the period during which the first display is displayed in the third display mode is in a state where there is no suspension of the special view 1, the special view 1 suspension icon 903 as the second display is not displayed (fourth Display mode).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays. In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place.

Next, the characteristic configuration of the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 26 again.
(1) The pachinko machine 100 by this embodiment is:
A game console comprising display means (for example, a decorative symbol display device 208) capable of at least displaying at least one of a plurality of displays.
At least one of the plurality of displays is a first display (for example, the display of the special view 2 pedestal 910),
At least one of the plurality of displays is a second display (for example, a display of the special view 2 hold icon 911, a display of the special view 2 hold icon 913),
The display means at least displays the first display in a first display mode (for example, a display mode in which the special figure 2 pedestal 910 gradually descends from the upper right of the image display area in the special figure 2 pedestal movement animation) It is a display means that can be displayed,
The display means can display at least the first display in a third display mode (for example, a display mode in which the special view 2 pedestal 910 is stopped at a predetermined position of the special view 2 hold icon display area) It is a means,
The display means displays the second display in a second display mode (for example, a display mode in which the special view 2 reserve icon 911 is gradually lowered from the upper right side of the image display area in the hold increase animation 1 of special view 2) Display means that can be displayed at least in
The display means displays the second display in a fourth display mode (for example, the special view 2 reserve icon 913 is displayed on the left side of the special view 2 pedestal 910 in the reserve increase animation 2 of the special view 2). A display means that can at least display a display mode that is fixed without moving and rotating with the center as the rotation axis,
The first display mode is a display mode different from the third display mode (for example, the first display mode is a display mode in which the special view 2 pedestal 910 is lowered from the upper right side of the image display area) The third display mode is a display mode in which the special figure 2 pedestal 910 is stopped at a predetermined position),
The second display mode is a display mode different from the fourth display mode (for example, the second display mode is a display mode in which the special view 2 hold icon 911 is lowered from the upper right of the image display area The fourth display mode is a display mode in which the special view 2 hold icon 913 is fixed without moving from a predetermined position and is rotated around the center as a rotation axis).
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the second display in the second display mode when the first display is displayed in the first display mode,
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the second display in the fourth display mode when the first display is displayed in the third display mode. Do.

According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place.
In addition, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is:
A game console comprising display means (for example, a decorative symbol display device 208) capable of at least displaying at least one of a plurality of displays.
At least one of the plurality of displays is a first display (e.g., display of a special figure 2 pedestal animation),
At least one of the plurality of displays is a second display (e.g., the display of special image 2 suspension animation 1),
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the first display in a first display mode (for example, a special view 2 pedestal movement animation),
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the first display in a third display mode (for example, a special view 2 pedestal stop animation),
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the second display in a second display mode (for example, the hold increase animation 1 of Toku-zu 2).
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the second display in a fourth display mode (for example, a special view 2 stop icon stop animation 1),
The first display mode is a display mode different from the third display mode (for example, the first display mode is a state display mode in which the special view 2 pedestal 910 is moving, and the third display mode An aspect is a display aspect in which the special view 2 pedestal 910 maintains a stop at a predetermined position),
The second display mode is a display mode different from the fourth display mode (for example, the second display mode is a display mode in which the special view 2 hold icon 911 is moving, and the fourth display A mode is a display mode in which the special view 2 hold icon 911 keeps stopping at a predetermined position),
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the second display in the second display mode when the first display is displayed in the first display mode,
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the second display in the fourth display mode when the first display is displayed in the third display mode. Do.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays. In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place.

(2) The above-mentioned pachinko machine 100,
At least one of the plurality of displays is a third display (for example, the display of the fourth symbol in the fourth symbol display area 920),
The display means can display at least the third display in a fifth display mode (for example, a display mode in which the fourth symbol of the fourth symbol display area 920 is variably displayed),
The display means displays the first display (for example, the display of the special view 2 pedestal 910) in the first display mode (for example, the special view 2 pedestal movement animation). A display means capable of displaying at least the third display in the fifth display mode, in the case where the display mode is displayed in a manner of being gradually lowered from
The display means displays the first display in the third display mode (for example, a display mode in which the special view 2 pedestal 910 is stopped at a predetermined position of the special view 2 hold icon display area) In this case, the display device is characterized in that it is a display means capable of displaying at least the third display in the fifth display mode.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the third display which is not affected by the first display can be displayed, thereby comparing the third display with the first display and the first display. There are cases where it is possible to make the player pay attention to the second display. In addition, by making it possible to display a third display that is not affected by other displays, it may be possible to reliably transmit information on profits such as lottery results to the player.

(3) The above-mentioned pachinko machine 100,
The third display mode (e.g., Special Figure 2) from the first display mode (e.g., the position at which the first region of Special Figure 2 pedestal 910 is first displayed after the Special Figure 2 pedestal moving animation is started) The amount of change (moving distance) to the display position of the first area of the special figure 2 pedestal 910 at the end of the pedestal movement animation is the first amount of change,
From the second display mode (for example, the position at which the special view 2 reserve icon 911 is displayed on the display after start of the suspension increase animation 1 of the special view 2), the fourth display mode (for example, special view 2 The amount of change (moving distance) to the special view 2 display position of the hold icon 911 at the end of the hold increase animation 1 is a second change amount,
The first change amount is characterized by being the same change amount as the second change amount (for example, the distance from the upper end side is equal).

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, from the first display mode of the first display to the third display mode and the second display mode from the second display to the fourth display mode By making the amount of change the same, it is possible to give a sense of unity to the entire change in the display displayed on the display means, and in some cases it is possible to make the display means focus more on the player.

(4) The above-mentioned pachinko machine 100,
The first displayed in the first display mode (for example, a display mode in which the special figure 1 pedestal 900 is vertically elevated to a predetermined position of the special figure 1 suspension icon display area in the special figure 1 pedestal return animation) At least a part of one display (for example, the display of the special view 1 pedestal 900) has at least a low visibility when the display means is in the first state,
In the first state, the display means displays the second display mode (for example, the special view 1 reserve icon 903 of the special view 1 suspension icon 1 in the special view 1 pedestal return animation with the special view 1 pedestal 900 in the special view 1 pedestal return animation). The second display (for example, the display of the special figure 1 retention icon 903) is at least displayed on the display form rising from the lower part of the special figure 1 pedestal 900 through the front of the first region of the special figure 1 pedestal 900). It is characterized in that it is in the state of being displayed.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, by overlapping and displaying the second display on the first display, it may be possible to make the player pay more attention to the second display than the first display. is there. By reducing the visibility of at least a part of the first display, it may be possible to make the part have the interest of the player and to focus attention on the first display and the second display.

(5) The above-mentioned pachinko machine 100,
The first display (for example, the display of the special figure 2 pedestal animation) is a display including at least the first animation display (for example, the special figure 2 pedestal animation display),
The second display (for example, the display of the special view 2 suspension animation 1) is a display including at least a second animation display (for example, the special view 2 suspension animation 1 display),
The first animation display is at least a different animation display from the second animation display,
When the display means switches the display mode of the first display from the first display mode (for example, special view 2 pedestal movement animation) to the third display mode (for example, special figure 2 pedestal stop animation) Is a display means capable of continuously displaying at least the first animation display,
The display means changes the display mode of the second display from the second display mode (for example, the hold increase animation 1 of special view 2) to the fourth display mode (for example, special view 2 hold icon stop animation 1) Also in the case of switching to), the second animation display is continued and at least can be displayed.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, even when the display mode of the first display and the second display is switched, the display mode of each animation is continued, and the display mode is different. , It may be possible to convey to the player in an easy-to-understand manner that the same display does not mean another display.

(6) The above-mentioned pachinko machine 100,
The display means displays the first display (for example, the display of the special view 2 pedestal 910) in the first display mode (for example, the special view 2 pedestal movement animation). The second display (for example, the display of the special view 2 hold icon 911, the display of the special view 2 hold icon 913) when the display mode is displayed in a display mode that gradually descends from Aspect (for example, the special figure 2 reserve icon 913 is displayed on the left of the special figure 2 pedestal 910 in the reserve increase animation 2 of the special figure 2 and fixed without moving the display position and rotating the center as a rotation axis Display means) which do not display
The display means displays the first display in the third display mode (for example, a display mode in which the special view 2 pedestal 910 is stopped at a predetermined position of the special view 2 hold icon display area) In this case, the second display mode is the second display mode (for example, a display mode in which the special view 2 reserve icon 911 is gradually lowered from the upper right of the image display area in the hold increase animation 1 of special view 2) It is characterized by being a display means which is not displayed by.

  According to the pachinko machine 100 having the configuration, the display mode of the second display may change depending on the display mode of the first display, so that the player may be able to focus on the first display. Further, since the display mode of the first display can be inferred from the display mode of the second display, even when a plurality of displays are performed on the display means, it is necessary to pay attention to all the plurality of displays. In some cases, the efficiency is good because it is sufficient to focus on the display at only one place. It should be noted that, by limiting the display period of the first display, since the period in which the player should pay attention to the first display is limited, it is possible to enjoy the game without unnecessarily tiring the player. There is.

  In addition, a plurality of displays different in display mode may include an image generated from the same data. For example, image data may be generated (developed in VRAM) from data stored in the image ROM. In addition, the generated image data may be processed to perform the first display and the second display. Further, image data generated from the same image data may be included in the first display displayed in the first display mode and the second display displayed in the third display mode. . Further, the image data may be different in form. By doing this, it is not necessary to have data for each different display mode, and there may be cases where the limited capacity of the game console is not compressed.

Also, the second display may consist of various displays. For example, the second display may consist of a hold icon. The second display may consist of a symbol display in motion. The second display may consist of an error notification. The second display may be a notice display based on the lottery result of the change. The second display may consist of a prefetch notice display based on the lottery result of the change after the change. The second display may consist of an operation promotion display (a button press, a ball removal, a right strike, etc.) for prompting the player to operate the operation means. The second display may be a warning display (precaution for preventing the withdrawal of a prepaid card, for example) for warning the player. By doing this, it may be possible to improve the interest of the game console by having the case of changing and the case of not changing the display mode of the display related to the game.

The present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications are possible.
For example, for all the displays described in the above embodiments, there may be displays which are not affected by other displays. For example, the second display may be displayed while the first display is not displayed. In addition, when the second display is displayed while the first display is displayed, and when the second display is displayed while the first display is not displayed, the display position or the shape of the second display, etc. Changes may occur. Further, the second display may be composed of a hold icon (an icon displayed corresponding to the number of times of operation of the symbol variation display means).

  In addition, another display that hides at least a part of one or both of the first and second displays may be displayed. In addition, any one or both of the first and second displays may be difficult to view from the player by the display. Also, if the second display is an animation display and the display position changes during the animation display, if the second display is displayed during the first display, the first display is not displayed. The second display may be moved differently from when it is displayed. In addition, by displaying the second display ahead of the second display and displaying the first display during the second display, the second display is faded out of the screen, and a new second display is displayed on the screen. It may fade in.

  In addition, when the display mode of the second display is also changed along with the display mode change of the first display, the display mode may not be changed for the display which may cause a problem if the player misunderstands. Further, alternative display may be newly performed while changing the display mode. For example, a mini variation symbol displayed on the upper right may be added to the symbol during variation in the second embodiment. In addition, the display mode of the display displayed based on the operation of the player (the display in which the player intentionally operates the operation means to want to see the display) may be changed by another display. For example, the display after pressing the button in the third embodiment (in particular, the advance notice of what comes out of the treasure box) may be changed.

  Also, a preview of the premier may be displayed as a second display affected by the first display. In particular, it is preferable that the second display is affected by the first display and the display mode is changed to be the last limit on whether or not the player can recognize the base display content. For example, among players, it is preferable to be able to notice if it is a skilled person but difficult for an amateur. In addition, a plurality of second displays affected by the first display may be displayed. That is, the display of the break is the first display and the display of the button image and the treasure box is the second display (No. 1), and the large family crest becomes the second display (No. 2), and the second display (No. 1) In the second display, the visibility may be gradually increased by the first display, although the visibility may be gradually reduced by the first display. Further, the display contents of the second display (part 1) and the second display (part 2) may or may not be related.

  In addition, shake expression may be performed as the first display. The shake expression freely deforms the display to give a sense of perspective. In addition, when displaying a first display while displaying a plurality of errors as a plurality of second displays, one second display is affected while the other second display is displayed. There is no need to affect Little disadvantage given to game arcades and players (contribution itself and possibility to give disadvantage) The ball opening error is affected by the first display, and while changing the display mode, the game arcade or the player In the case of an unfair prize error having a large disadvantage to the display, the display may be continued without being affected by the first display.

In addition, there may be a case where the display priority can not be displayed. For example, before being affected by the first display, only the ball out error display is affected by the first display, although the ball extraction error display is higher in display priority than the hold display May not be affected by the first display. Also, the display mode of the second display is the same as the other display modes not affected by the first display, by the influence of the first display, not limited to the above-described shape and position. In some cases). In the above embodiment, a red hold icon may be displayed if it is not affected by the first display, and the second display affected by the first display is the default (white) hold If it is an icon, it looks similar to the red hold icon.

Second Embodiment
Next, a pachinko machine 100 according to a second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. Since the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has the same configuration and control system as the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment, the same configuration as the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment The description of the control system is omitted.

  FIG. 27A shows an example of a lottery table of prefetch notices used when performing prefetch notice lottery in the effect control process (step S409) of the first sub control unit main process shown in FIG. The prefetch lottery is executed when the first sub control unit 400 receives a prefetch result information command including information on the prefetch result from the main control unit 300, and the display mode of the hold icon indicating the suspension corresponding to the prefetch result by the prefetch notice lottery Is determined. The lottery table for prefetching notice shown in FIG. 27 (a) is composed of items of "prefetch notice mode", "big hit" and "missing".

  The “pre-read advance notice mode” in the left column in the drawing indicates the display mode of the hold icon displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208. "White" indicates that the display mode of the hold icon is white circle, "black" indicates that the display mode of the hold icon is black circle, and "heat" indicates that the display mode of the hold icon is circle. "Heat" indicates that the character is drawn, and "white → black" indicates that a change animation (details will be described later) in which the display mode of the hold icon changes from white circle to black circle is executed. “Black → heat” indicates that a change animation is performed in which the display mode of the reserve icon changes from a black circle to a mode in which the word “heat” is drawn in a circle. In the present embodiment, the default display mode of the hold icon is a white circle. When the pre-reading result includes undetermined information, the pre-reading notice lottery may not be executed, and the holding icon indicating the holding corresponding to the pre-reading result may be displayed in the default display mode.

  The “big hit” in the middle row in the figure is the prefetch random number obtained from the prefetch random number counter provided in the RAM 408 when determining the prefetch notice mode in the effect control process (step S409) when the prefetch result is a big hit. The distribution ratio of the random number range of the prefetching preview mode to be compared (that is, equal to the selection probability of each prefetch previewing mode) is shown. As shown in FIG. 27A, the distribution ratio of each pre-reading notice mode when the pre-reading notice result is a big hit is 80% for “white”, 2% for “black”, and “heat” It is 7%, "white → black" is 3%, and "black → heat" is 8%.

  In the right column in the figure, “previous” is the pre-read lottery random number obtained from the pre-read lottery random number counter provided in the RAM 408 when determining the pre-read advance notice mode in the effect control process (step S409) The distribution ratio of the random number range of the prefetching preview mode to be compared (that is, equal to the selection probability of each prefetch previewing mode) is shown. As shown in FIG. 27A, the distribution ratio of each pre-reading notice mode in the case where the pre-reading notice result is out is “white” is 94%, “black” is 2%, and “heat” is It is 1%, “white → black” is 2%, and “black → heat” is 1%.

FIG. 27B is an example of the lottery table of the notice at the start of fluctuation (after the big hit determination) used when performing the advance lottery in the first secondary control unit main process shown in FIG. 13 (step S409) Is shown. The advance lottery is executed when the first sub control unit 400 receives the symbol change start command from the main control unit 300, and the mode of the announcement effect of the special figure change game being executed is determined by the advance lottery. The lottery table for the advance notice at the start of the change shown in FIG. The "notice mode" in the left row in the figure indicates the mode of the notice performed using the decorative symbol display device 208 and the movable object 990 for effect. "Logo fall" indicates that the advance is performed in a mode in which the movable body for effect 990 moves downward, and "rotation" indicates that the advance displayed in a mode in which the image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 rotates “Logo drop + rotate” indicates that the advance is performed in a manner in which the movable body for effect 990 moves downward and the image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 rotates, and “none” indicates It indicates that the advance presentation is not performed.

  The "big hit" in the middle row in the figure is the notice lottery random number obtained from the notice lottery random number counter provided in the RAM 408 when determining the notice mode in the effect control process (step S409) when the result of the judgment is a big hit. The distribution ratio of the random number range of the preview mode (that is, the selection probability of each preview mode) to be compared is shown. As shown in FIG. 27 (b), the distribution rate of each notice mode in the case where the notice result is a big hit is 4% for "logo fall" and 7% for "rotation", "logo fall + rotation “Is 14%” and “none” is 75%.

  In the right column in the figure, when the result of determination of acceptance is disapproval, the notice lottery random number acquired from the notice lottery random number counter provided in the RAM 408 when determining the notice mode in the effect control process (step S409) The distribution ratio of the random number range of the preview mode (that is, the selection probability of each preview mode) to be compared is shown. As shown in FIG. 27 (b), the distribution rate of each notice mode in the case where the notice result is out is “logo fall” 3% and “rotation” 2%, “logo fall + rotation” Is 1% and "none" is 94%.

  In addition, the notice mode of "logo fall" may be different between the case of the big hit and the case of the break. For example, the distance by which the effect movable body 990 moves downward may be different between the case of the big hit and the case of deviation, or the speed at which the effect movable body 990 moves may be different. Also, the notice mode of "rotation" may be different between the case of the big hit and the case of the change. For example, in the case of a big hit, the image is rotated once, and in the case of a loss, the rotated display is ended without returning the image, and the normal display is returned. Note that the image may be rotated once even in the case of detachment. Further, for example, the rotation angle of the image may be made different between the case of the big hit and the case of the shift, the angular velocity of the image rotation may be made different, or the rotation direction of the image may be made different. The images to be rotated may be different. Further, the notice mode of “logo drop + rotation” may be different as described above between the case of the big hit and the case of the wrong case.

Example 1
An effect example of the first example of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In addition, in FIG. 28 and each of the drawings to be described later, an example of effects of the special view 1 change game in each embodiment is shown in time series. Moreover, the fluctuation of the decorative symbol in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208 is indicated by a white thick arrow.

First, with reference to FIG. 28 (a), common points between FIG. 28 and the respective drawings described later will be described. As shown in FIG. 28A, at the upper left portion in the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, a decorative frame f1 having a shape in which the letter “L” is vertically inverted is displayed. A special shape 1 reserved number display area 931 in the form of a square is provided at the upper left portion in the decorative frame f1, and a special image 2 reserved number display area 932 with a square is provided on the right side. A special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933 is provided below 931, and a special figure 2 fourth symbol display area 934 is provided below it. In the special figure 1 pending number display area 931, the pending number of the special figure 1 is displayed as a number. In the special figure 2 reserve number display area 932, the reserve number of the special figure 2 is displayed as a number. For example, when there is no reserve of special figure 2, "0" is displayed. Moreover, in the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933, when the special figure 1 variation game is being executed, it is informed that the special figure 1 variation game is being executed as the variation display of the fourth symbol "/" , When the image of "\" is displayed alternately and special figure 1 fluctuation game is not being executed (when special figure 1 is in the stop display), "-" or "○" is displayed as the fourth symbol display The image is displayed. "-" Is the 4th symbol displayed when the result of the special figure 1 change game is out, and "O" is the 4th symbol displayed when the result of the special figure 1 change game is a big hit is there. It should be noted that "-" may be displayed as the fourth symbol during non-execution of the special figure 1 fluctuation game regardless of the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game. Also, in the special figure 2 fourth symbol display area 934, when the special figure 2 variation game is being executed, it is informed that the special figure 2 variation game is being executed as the variation display of the fourth symbol "/" , When the image of "\" is displayed alternately and the special figure 2 change game is not being executed (when the special figure 2 is in the stop display), "-" or "○" is displayed as the fourth symbol display The image is displayed. "-" Is the 4th symbol displayed when the result of the special figure 2 change game is out, and "O" is the 4th symbol displayed when the result of the special figure 2 change game is a big hit is there. Note that "-" may be displayed as the fourth symbol during non-execution of the special figure 2 variation game regardless of the result of the special figure 2 variation game.

  Below the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208, a horizontally long rectangular decorative frame f2 is displayed. At the center of the decoration frame f2, a square-shaped variation icon display area 940 in which a part of the left and right frames is open is provided. The variation icon may be displayed in a display size (for example, a display size larger than the hold icon) different from the hold icon displayed in the hold icon display area 930 described later. This may facilitate identification of the change icon and the hold icon.

  A special figure 1 reserve icon display area 950 is provided on the left side of the variation icon display area 940, and a special figure 2 reserve icon display area 960 is provided on the right side of the variation icon display area 940. The special figure 1 reserved icon display area 950 is roughly divided into four areas of a first area, a second area, a third area, and a fourth area, from left to right. The first to fourth areas correspond to the first to fourth special drawing 1 holding orders, respectively. That is, the special view 1 suspension icon corresponding to the suspension of the special view 1 of the earliest (most stored in the past) can be displayed in the first area, and similarly, the second to fourth areas are 2 The special figure 1 reserve icon corresponding to the reserve of the fourth special figure 1 can be displayed respectively. Similarly, the special view 2 reserved icon display area 960 is roughly divided into four areas of a first area, a second area, a third area, and a fourth area, from left to right. The first to fourth areas correspond to the first to fourth special figure 2 holding orders, respectively. That is, the special view 2 suspension icon corresponding to the suspension of the special view 2 of the earliest (most recently stored) can be displayed in the first area, and the second to fourth areas are similarly 2 The special figure 2 reserve icon corresponding to the reserve of the fourth special figure 2 can be displayed respectively. Also, in the special view 1 pending icon display area 950 and the special view 2 pending icon display area 960, various animations representing movement of the pending icon are executed.

  A navigation character display area 970 having a square shape is provided on the left side of the special view 1 reserved display area 950. In the navigation character display area 970, a merchant character image h1 is displayed. The character image h1 of the merchant is used for an explanatory effect such as a tutorial effect or the like, and an effect such as an advance notice (notice of the variation or advance notice).

  On the right side of the special view 2 reserve display area 960, a square effect custom state display area 980 is provided. In the effect custom state display area 980, “level 1 to 99” are displayed according to the effect custom state of the pachinko machine 100. The level of the effect custom state is set to rise, for example, by performing an effect with a low appearance rate. The level of the effect custom state may be set to increase also when the game ball is hit a predetermined number, when a predetermined effect is executed, or when a big hit is won.

  FIG. 28A shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, the symbol combination "decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" indicating that the special game 1 variation game is disappointing is stopped display It is done. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933, the fourth symbol of the display mode of "-" for notifying the detachment is stopped and displayed. In addition, in the special figure 2 fourth symbol display area 934, the fourth pattern of the display mode of "-" notifying that the result of the latest special figure 2 fluctuation game has been displayed is stopped. In addition, “1” is displayed in the special figure 1 pending count display area 931 indicating that the pending count in the special figure 1 is 1, and the special figure 2 pending count display area 932 is 0 in the special figure 2 pending count. “0” is displayed to indicate that The special figure 1 reserve icon display area 950 displays a default special figure 1 reserve icon 951 displayed in a white circle.

  FIG. 28 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 hold is digested and the special figure 1 change game is started. In the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, variable display of decorative symbols is executed. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. Further, “0” is displayed in the special figure 1 pending count display area 931, and it is informed that the number of pendings in the special figure 1 decreases by 1 and the pending count in the special figure 1 becomes 0.

  In addition, when the special figure 1 is reduced by one and special figure 1 fluctuation game is started, in the fluctuation icon display area 940 of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the special figure 1 reserved icon display area 950, a hold / change icon An animation of movement between is performed. In the movement animation between the holding and changing icons, the special drawing 1 holding icon 951 displayed in the first area of the special drawing 1 holding icon display area 950 becomes the changing icon 941 and moves to the changing icon display area 940 . The right-pointing arrow shown on the upper left of the fluctuation icon 941 in FIG. 28B indicates the moving direction of the fluctuation icon 941.

  In FIG. 28C, "decoration 2" is temporarily stopped in the left symbol display area 208a of the decorative symbol display device 208, the moving animation between the holding and changing icons is ended, and the changing icons 941 are changed in the changing icon display area 940. Indicates a displayed state. Also, based on the game ball entering the special view 1 start opening 230, “1” is displayed in the special view 1 hold count display area 931, and white is displayed in the first area of the special view hold icon display area 950. A state in which a default special view 1 hold icon 952 displayed in a circle appears due to an increase animation of the hold icon. The upward arrow shown to the left of the special view 1 hold icon 952 in FIG. 28B indicates the movement direction of the special view 1 hold icon 952. Further, in FIG. 28C, a balloon image representing a serif of the character image h1 of the merchant displayed in the navigation character display area 970 of the decorative symbol display device 208 is started to be displayed in the lower left portion of the effect display area 208d. . The said balloon image is an image used for the notice by the character image h1 of a merchant.

FIG. 28D shows a state in which "decoration 2" is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, based on the fact that the game ball enters the special figure 1 starting opening 230, “2” is displayed in the special figure 1 reserve number display area 931, and black is displayed in the second area of the special figure 1 reserve icon display area 950. A special figure 1 hold icon 953 displayed in a circle is shown in the state of appearing by the increase animation of the hold icon. The upward arrow shown to the left of the special view 1 reserve icon 953 in FIG. 28D indicates the movement direction of the special view 1 reserve icon 953. Further, an image of a character string of "chance?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the line of the character image h1 of the merchant, and an effect of expecting development to reach effect is executed. In addition, a pending change image h2 having a substantially rectangular shape including an image of the "pending change" character string is displayed overlapping with the decorative symbols displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b and the right symbol display area 208c. . The pending change image h2 is an image displayed to notify that the effect of the advance notice of changing the display mode of the pending icon or the changing icon being displayed or the notice of the changing is performed. In this example, it is notified that the change animation in which the display mode of the holding icon being displayed changes is performed by the holding change image h2. Note that the pending change image h2 may be a display that is displayed only when the pending icon of the special view 1 is changed, or a display that is displayed only when the pending icon of the special view 2 is changed It may be a display that is displayed only when changing the change icon, or may be a display that is displayed only when changing the holding icon of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. It may be a display that appears only when changing the hold icon and the change icon of the special view 2, or appears only when changing the hold icon of the special view 1, the hold icon of the special view 2, and the change icon. It may be a display.

  In (e) of FIG. 28, “decoration 2-decoration 4-decoration 2” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208 a to 208 c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is out Indicates a reported state. In addition, the deletion animation in which the variation icon 941 displayed in the variation icon display area 940 moves downward is displayed, and the variation icon 941 is gradually eliminated. Further, FIG. 28E shows a state in which a change animation in which the display mode of the special view 1 reserve icon 952 changes from “white to black” is performed. In the change animation, an image for lightning strike is displayed from the hold change image h2 to the special view 1 hold icon 952, and an effect image is displayed overlapping the special view 1 hold icon 951. The effect image is displayed on the front side of the special view 1 suspension icon 952, 953, and the entire special view 1 suspension icon 952 and a part of the special view 1 suspension icon 953 are hidden by the effect image.

  FIG. 28 (f) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, the symbol combination "decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" indicating that the special game 1 variation game is disappointing is stopped display It is done. Further, in FIG. 28 (f), the change animation ends, the hold change image h2 and the effect image shown in FIG. 28 (e) are erased, and the display mode of the special view 1 reserve icon 952 changes from white circle to black circle. It is changing.

  FIG. 28 (g) shows a state in which the reserve of the special figure 1 at the earliest stage is digested and the special figure 1 change game is started. In the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, variable display of decorative symbols is executed. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. Also, “1” is displayed in the special figure 1 pending count display area 931, the special figure 1 pending icon 952 becomes a fluctuating icon, and the moving animation between the pending / fluctuating icons and the moving animation of the special figure 1 pending icon 953 are started. ing. Further, in FIG. 28G, a balloon image representing a line of the character image h1 of the merchant displayed in the navigation character display area 970 of the decorative symbol display device 208 is started to be displayed in the lower left portion of the effect display area 208d. .

  FIG. 28H shows a state in which the moving animation between the holding and changing icons and the moving animation of the special view 1 holding icon 953 are finished. Further, in FIG. 28 (h), an image of a character string of "To ~" is displayed in the balloon image representing the words of the merchant's character image h1, suggesting that a to-be-described character image h3 will appear. The production is being performed. The character image h3 of the character is a character image used for the effect of the notice of "rotation" shown in FIG. 27 (b) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation display advance effect").

FIG. 28I shows a state in which "decoration 3" is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a of the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, the character image h3 of the hall is displayed in the upper right portion of the effect display area 208d, and the image of the character string "Called?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the line of the character image h3 of the hall. In addition, an image of a character string “Tomon!” Is displayed on the balloon image representing the words of the merchant character image h1.

  FIG. 28 (j) shows a state in which reach effect is started with "decoration 3" temporarily displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, the image of the character string "chance?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the words of the merchant character image h1, and then the image of "chance!" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the lines of the character image h3 of the lord. The image of the character string is displayed. By displaying the image of the character string “chance!” Representing the words of the character image h3 of the lord, it is suggested that the rotation display notice effect is to be executed.

  In FIG. 28 (k), all the images displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "rotation target image" in this embodiment) are the image display areas of the decorative symbol display device 208. As viewed from the player as the center of rotation as the center of rotation, it shows a state rotated 45 ° counterclockwise. Further, in FIG. 28 (k), the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed and displayed. Here, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image rotated 45 ° counterclockwise has a horizontal axis taken in the direction rotated 45 ° counterclockwise from the horizontal direction and a vertical axis taken in the direction orthogonal to the horizontal axis The aspect ratio of the case. Likewise, the aspect ratio of the image to be rotated after rotation is the aspect ratio when the horizontal axis is taken in the direction rotated counterclockwise from the horizontal direction and the vertical axis is taken in the direction orthogonal to the horizontal axis. . For example, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image when the rotation target image is rotated 90 ° counterclockwise as viewed from the player is the rotation target image in a state where the rotation target image is rotated 90 ° clockwise as viewed from the player It shows the ratio of vertical length to horizontal length. In addition, the variation display of the fourth symbol displayed in the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933 and the decorative symbol of the middle symbol display area 208b is also performed during the execution of the rotation display advance presentation effect.

  While the rotation target image before rotation shown in FIG. 28 (j) is displayed with the aspect ratio adjusted to the screen of aspect ratio 9:16 (aspect ratio of the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208), The image to be rotated shown in 28 (k) is displayed at an aspect ratio that matches the screen of aspect ratio 7: 5. In addition, a part of the character image h3 of the hall, a part of the "decoration 3" displayed in the right symbol display area 208c and a part of the navigation character display area 970 are displayed so that they can not be seen from the decoration symbol display device 208. Ru. In addition, the variation display of the fourth symbol displayed in the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933 and the decorative symbol of the middle symbol display area 208b is also performed during the execution of the rotation display advance presentation effect.

  FIG. 28 (l) shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 90 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. 28 (k). It shows. In addition, the rotation target image is displayed in the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 1: 1. Further, in FIG. 28 (l), the entire rotation target image is displayed without being seen.

  FIG. 28 (m) shows a state in which the image to be rotated is rotated 90 ° counterclockwise (total 180 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. It shows. Further, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio of the rotation target image before rotation.

FIG. 28 (n) shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 225 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. It shows. The image to be rotated is displayed at an aspect ratio that matches the screen of aspect ratio 7: 5. Further, in FIG. 28 (n), the decoration symbol displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b and the right symbol display area 208c as the rotation target image while the rotation display advance effect is being executed, and the character of the crown It is displayed overlapping with the image h3. The pending change image h2 displayed in FIG. 28 (n) is an image used for producing an advance notice of the change that changes the display mode of the change icon. In addition, a part of the character image h3 of the hall, a part of the "decoration 3" displayed in the right symbol display area 208c and a part of the navigation character display area 970 are displayed so that they can not be seen from the decoration symbol display device 208. Ru.

  FIG. 28 (o) shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 270 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. It shows. The image to be rotated is displayed in an aspect ratio that matches the screen with an aspect ratio of 1: 1. Further, in FIG. 28O, the image to be rotated is not seen. Moreover, FIG. 28 (o) has shown the state in which the production | presentation which changes the display mode of a fluctuation icon was performed. In the effect, an animation is generated in which lightning is generated from the hold change image h2 and lightning strikes on a fluctuation icon displayed as a black circle. The lightning strike fluctuation icon overlaps the effect image, and the effect image hides the entire fluctuation icon. Also, in FIG. 28 (o), "2" is displayed in the special figure 1 reserve number display area 931 based on the game ball entering the special figure 1 start opening 230, and the special figure 1 reserve icon display area The special figure 1 hold icon 954 displayed as a black circle in the second area 950 is shown by the increase animation of the hold icon.

  FIG. 28 (p) shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 315 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. 28 (o). It shows. The image to be rotated is displayed at an aspect ratio that matches the screen of aspect ratio 7: 5. Further, in the aspect in which the pending change image h2 shown in FIG. 28 (o) and the effect image displayed overlapping the entire change icon 941 are erased and the character of “heat” is drawn in a circle. The fluctuation icon is displayed. Next, in FIG. 28 (q), the image to be rotated is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (360 ° in total) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. 6 shows a state in which the rotation target image has returned to the original display state by one rotation. Also, the aspect ratio of the image to be rotated is returned to the original aspect ratio before rotation. Next, in FIG. 28 (r), “decoration 3-decoration 2-decoration 3” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is out It indicates the state of being informed that there is. In addition, when the fluctuation icon displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 940 moves downward, the deletion animation for deleting the fluctuation icon is executed. The downward arrow shown on the upper left of the fluctuation icon in FIG. 28 (r) indicates the moving direction of the fluctuation icon.

  As described above, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, when the rotation display of the rotation target image is performed, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image may change. A character image may be used for the rotation target image, and the presence of the character image may be enhanced by changing the aspect ratio of the character image, which may give a strong impression to the player. Moreover, although the rotation target image is rotated by one rotation (360 ° rotation) in the rotation display advance presentation effect in the present embodiment, the rotation target image may be rotated by one rotation or more. For example, as the number of rotations of the rotation target image is larger, the jackpot reliability may be set to be higher.

The aspect ratio of the rotation target image may change in relation to the rotation angle of the rotation target image. For example, the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit determines the aspect ratio of the rotation target image using a predetermined function with the rotation angle of the rotation target image as a variable, and image data stored in the ROM 406 based on the aspect ratio The display area may be generated using the work area of the VRAM 436. In addition, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image may change randomly. For example, the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit determines the aspect ratio of the rotation target image using random numbers, and generates a display image from the image data stored in the ROM 406 based on the aspect ratio using the work area of the VRAM 436 You may have to. Further, depending on the change of the aspect ratio of the rotation target image, the display area of the rotation target image may be expanded or reduced, and the rotation target image of the rotation target image may be constant. The aspect ratio may change.

  In the present embodiment, the rotation target image has the center of rotation of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 as the rotation center, but may have an arbitrary position of the image display region of the decorative symbol display device 208 as the rotation center. It is also good. In addition, the rotation target image may be rotated about a straight line passing through the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 as a rotation axis, or a straight line passing through an arbitrary position of the image display region of the decorative symbol display device 208 It may be rotated as an axis. Further, in the present embodiment, the rotational angular velocity of each image in the rotation target image is constant, but the angular velocity of the rotation of each image may be made different according to the distance from the rotation center. For example, the angular velocity of the rotation of each image may be delayed as the distance from the rotation center increases. In this case, it may be possible to give the player the impression that the image to be rotated is rotating faster than it looks. Further, in the present embodiment, an effect of changing the fluctuation icon is performed in the midst of the rotation display advance notice effect as the notice of the symbol change display being executed. For this reason, there are cases where it is possible to synergistically increase the expectation for the special figure fluctuation game being executed by performing these effects simultaneously.

(Example 2)
An effect example of the second example of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIGS. 29 (a) to 29 (r) show effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series. FIG. 29 (a) shows a state in which the special view 1 variation game is ended, and shows the same state as the state shown in FIG. 28 (a). Next, FIG. 29 (b) shows the state in which the special figure 1's suspension is digested and the special figure 1 fluctuation game is started, and shows the same state as FIG. 28 (b). Next, in FIG. 29C, “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped in the left symbol display area 208a of the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the special view 1 hold icon 951 ends, and the fluctuation icon display area 940 is displayed. The state in which the fluctuation icon 941 is displayed is shown. In addition, based on the fact that the game ball enters the special figure 1 starting opening 230, “1” is displayed in the special figure 1 reserve number display area 931, and black is displayed in the first area of the special figure 1 reserve icon display area 950. A special figure 1 hold icon 952 displayed in a circle shows a state in which it appears due to an increase animation of the hold icon. In FIG. 29C, a balloon image representing a line of the character image h1 of the merchant displayed in the navigation character display area 970 of the decorative symbol display device 208 is displayed at the lower left portion of the effect display area 208d. It shows the state.

  FIG. 29 (d) shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208 a and the right symbol display area 208 c of the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, based on the fact that the game ball enters the special figure 1 starting opening 230, “2” is displayed in the special figure 1 reserve number display area 931, and black is displayed in the second area of the special figure 1 reserve icon display area 950. A special figure 1 hold icon 953 displayed in a circle is shown in the state of appearing by the increase animation of the hold icon. Further, an image of a character string of "chance?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the words of the merchant character image h1.

In FIG. 29 (e), "decoration 2-decoration 4-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-handed symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is off. Indicates a reported state. Next, FIG. 29 (f) shows a state in which the special figure 1 variation game is ended, and shows the same state as FIG. 28 (f). Next, FIG. 29 (g) shows the state in which the suspension of the special figure 1 at the earliest stage is digested and the special figure 1 change game is started, and shows the same state as FIG. 28 (g). Next, FIG. 29 (h) shows a state in which the moving animation between the holding and changing icons and the moving animation of the special view 1 holding icon 953 are finished, and shows the same state as FIG. 28 (h). Next, FIG. 29 (i) shows a state in which “decoration 3” is temporarily stopped and displayed on the left symbol display area 208a of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the character image h3 of the statue is displayed, as in FIG. 28 (i). It shows the state.

  FIG. 29 (j) shows a state in which "description 3" is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and reach effect is started. In addition, the image of the character string "chance?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the words of the merchant character image h1, and then the image of "chance!" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the lines of the character image h3 of the lord. The image of the character string is displayed. By displaying the image of the character string “chance!” Representing the words of the character image h3 of the lord, it is suggested that the rotation display notice effect is to be executed.

  FIG. 29 (k) shows the decorative symbol displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208, the hold change image h2, the character image h3 of the statue, the balloon image representing the speech of the character image h3 of the statue, the decoration frame f2, and the decoration frame f2. A balloon image (hereinafter referred to as “rotation target image” in the present embodiment) showing an image (pending icon, variable icon, character image h1 of a merchant, etc.) displayed inside and a line of a character image h1 of a merchant Shows a state in which the player rotates 45 degrees counterclockwise as viewed from the player centering on the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208. Further, in the rotary display preview effect of the present embodiment, unlike the rotary display preview effect shown in the first embodiment of the present embodiment, the image displayed in the decoration frame f1 and the decoration frame f1 Rotational display of images of four designs (hereinafter, these images may be referred to as "non-rotation target images" in this embodiment) is not executed, and the aspect ratio of the non-rotation target images does not change. Further, the non-rotational target image is displayed with priority over the rotational target image. The rotation target image may be displayed prior to the non-rotation target image, or only a part of the rotation target image may be displayed prior to the non-rotation target image. It may be present, or only a part of the non-rotation target images may be displayed prior to the rotation target image.

  While the rotation target image before rotation is displayed with the aspect ratio adjusted to the screen of aspect ratio 9:16 (the aspect ratio of the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208), the rotation shown in FIG. The target image is displayed at an aspect ratio that matches the screen of aspect ratio 7: 5. In addition, a part of the character image h3 of the hall, a part of the "decoration 3" displayed in the right symbol display area 208c and a part of the navigation character display area 970 are displayed so that they can not be seen from the decoration symbol display device 208. Ru. In addition, the variation display of the fourth symbol displayed in the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933 and the decorative symbol of the middle symbol display area 208b is also performed during the execution of the rotation display advance presentation effect.

  FIG. 29 (l) shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 90 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state shown in FIG. It shows. In addition, the rotation target image is displayed in the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 1: 1. Further, in FIG. 29 (l), the entire rotation target image is displayed without being seen.

  FIG. 29 (m) shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 90 ° counterclockwise (total 180 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. It shows. Further, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio of the rotation target image before rotation. In addition, the decoration frame f1 is displayed overlapping the decoration frame f2. The decorative frame f1 is displayed on the front side of the decorative frame f2, and the decorative frame f1 is displayed in priority to the decorative frame f2.

FIG. 29 (n) shows a state in which the image to be rotated is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 225 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. It shows. The image to be rotated is displayed at an aspect ratio that matches the screen of aspect ratio 7: 5. Further, in FIG. 29 (n), the decoration symbol displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b and the right symbol display area 208c as the rotation target image while the rotation display advance effect is being executed, and the character of the crown It is displayed overlapping with the image h3. The pending change image h2 displayed in FIG. 29 (n) is an image used for producing an advance notice of the change that changes the display mode of the change icon. In addition, a part of the character image h3 of the hall, a part of the "decoration 3" displayed in the right symbol display area 208c and a part of the navigation character display area 970 are displayed so that they can not be seen from the decoration symbol display device 208. Ru.

  FIG. 29O shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 degrees counterclockwise (total 270 degrees rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. It shows. The image to be rotated is displayed in an aspect ratio that matches the screen with an aspect ratio of 1: 1. Further, in FIG. 29O, the rotation target image is not seen. Moreover, FIG. 29 (o) has shown the state in which the production | presentation which changes the display mode of a fluctuation icon was performed. In the effect, an animation is generated in which lightning is generated from the hold change image h2 and lightning strikes on a fluctuation icon displayed as a black circle. The lightning strike fluctuation icon overlaps the effect image, and the effect image hides the entire fluctuation icon. Further, in FIG. 29 (o), "2" is displayed in the special figure 1 reserve number display area 931 based on the game ball entering the special figure 1 start opening 230, and the special figure 1 reserve icon display area The special figure 1 hold icon 954 displayed as a black circle in the second area 950 is shown by the increase animation of the hold icon.

  FIG. 29 (p) shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 315 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. It shows. The image to be rotated is displayed at an aspect ratio that matches the screen of aspect ratio 7: 5. Moreover, the change of the aspect by which the effect image displayed overlapping with the whole pending | holding change image h2 shown in FIG.29 (o) and the fluctuation icon was erase | eliminated, and the character of "heat" was drawn in the circle | round | yen The icon is displayed. Next, in FIG. 29 (q), the image to be rotated is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (360 ° in total) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. 6 shows a state in which the rotation target image has returned to the original display state by one rotation. Also, the aspect ratio of the image to be rotated is returned to the original aspect ratio before rotation. Next, in FIG. 29 (r), “decoration 3-decoration 2-decoration 3” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is out It indicates the state of being informed that there is. Further, by moving the fluctuation icon displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 940 downward, an erase animation for erasing the fluctuation icon 941 is executed.

  As described above, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of this embodiment, when the rotation display of the rotation target image is performed, the non-rotation target image is not rotated. For the non-rotational target image, the number-of-holds display displayed in the fourth symbol display area displayed in the fourth symbol display area is used. For this reason, the image for notifying information important to the player is not rotated.

(Example 3)
An effect example of the third example of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIGS. 30 (a) to 30 (r) show the effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series. FIGS. 30 (a) to 30 (h) show the same state as FIGS. 29 (a) to 29 (h). Next, in FIG. 30I, the character image h3 of the hall is displayed in the lower right portion of the effect display area 208d. The character image h3 of the hall and the decoration frame f2 are displayed in an overlapping manner, and a part (portion of the chin) of the character image h3 of the hall is hidden by the decoration frame f2. FIG. 30I shows the same state as that of FIG. 29I except that the display position of the balloon image representing the speech of the character image h3 of the temple and the character image h3 of the temple is different. Next, FIG. 30 (j) shows the same state except that FIG. 29 (j) is different from the display position of the balloon image showing the speech of the character image h3 of the temple and the character image h3 of the temple.

  FIG. 30 (k) is a balloon image (hereinafter referred to as “these images in the present embodiment,” which represents the speech of the decorative symbol displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208, the character image h3 of the statue and the character image h3 of the statue. The image may be referred to as a “rotation target image.” Shows a state of being rotated 45 ° counterclockwise as viewed from the player with the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 as the rotation center. Moreover, in the rotation display notice effect of the present embodiment, unlike the rotation display notice effect shown in the first embodiment, the display is carried out in the decoration frame f1, the image displayed in the decoration frame f1, the decoration frame f2, and the decoration frame f2. The rotated image of the captured image and the balloon image (hereinafter, these images may be referred to as "non-rotation target image" in this example) representing the speech of the character of the eyebrow is not executed, and the non-rotation target image Aspect ratio does not change. Further, the non-rotational target image is displayed with priority over the rotational target image. The rotation target image may be displayed prior to the non-rotation target image, or only a part of the rotation target image may be displayed prior to the non-rotation target image. It may be present, or only a part of the non-rotation target images may be displayed prior to the rotation target image.

  In FIG. 30 (k), the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed and displayed. While the rotation target image before rotation is displayed with the aspect ratio adjusted to the screen of aspect ratio 9:16 (the aspect ratio of the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208), the rotation shown in FIG. The aspect ratio of the target image is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 3: 4. In addition, the character image h3 of the lord is displayed the portion of the jaw that has been hidden. In addition, a part of “decoration 3” displayed in the left symbol display area 208 a is missing in the decorative symbol display device 208. Next, FIG. 30 (l) shows a state in which the image to be rotated is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 30 (k) with the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 as the center of rotation. The aspect ratio of the image to be rotated is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 1: 1. Next, FIG. 30 (m) shows a state in which the image to be rotated is rotated 90 ° counterclockwise around the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 as the rotation center from the state of FIG. Further, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio of the rotation target image before rotation. Next, FIG. 30 (n) shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 degrees counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 30 (m) with the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 as the rotation center. The aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 3: 4. Further, FIG. 30 (n) shows the decorative symbol displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b and the right symbol display area 208c as the rotation change target image h2 during execution of the rotation display advance presentation effect, and the character of the crown. It is displayed overlapping with the image h3. The pending change image h2 displayed in FIG. 30 (n) is an image used for producing an advance notice of the change that changes the display mode of the change icon.

  FIG. 30O shows a state in which the image to be rotated is rotated 45 degrees counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 30N about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208. The aspect ratio of the image to be rotated is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 1: 1. Further, FIG. 30O shows a state in which an effect (a change animation of a change icon) for changing the display mode of the change icon is executed. In the effect in the present embodiment, the lightning generated from the hold change image h2 is displayed so as to fall at a position different from the change icon to be changed. In addition, the fluctuation icon of the non-rotation target image changes from the black circle to a mode in which the character of “heat” is drawn in the circle at the timing when the lightning is generated from the hold change image h2 and the effect image is displayed. ing. In this embodiment, since the changing fluctuation icon is not hidden by the effect image, the changed fluctuation icon after the change can be recognized earlier than when the changing fluctuation icon is hidden by the effect image.

FIG. 30 (p) shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 30 (o) with the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 as the rotation center. The aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 3: 4. The pending change image h2, the lightning image, and the effect image are erased. Next, FIG. 30Q shows a state in which the image to be rotated is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 30P about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 and returned to the original state. It shows. In addition, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is returned to the original aspect ratio. Next, in FIG. 30 (r), “decoration 3-decoration 2-decoration 3” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is out It indicates the state of being informed that there is. In addition, when the fluctuation icon displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 940 moves downward, the deletion animation for deleting the fluctuation icon is executed.

  As described above, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of this embodiment, when the rotation display of the rotation target image is performed, the non-rotation target image is not rotated. As the non-rotation target image, an image such as a fourth symbol displayed in the fourth symbol display area, a number-of-holds display displayed in the number-of-holds display area, a hold icon, and a change icon is used. For this reason, the image for notifying information important to the player is not rotated.

(Example 4)
An effect example of the fourth example of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 31 (a) to 31 (r) show effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series. 31 (a) to 31 (i) show the same state as in FIGS. 30 (a) to 30 (i).

  FIG. 31 (j) shows a state in which "description 3" is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and reach effect is started. In addition, the image of the character string "chance?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the words of the merchant character image h1, and then the image of "chance!" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the lines of the character image h3 of the lord. The image of the character string is displayed. By displaying the image of the character string “chance!” Representing the words of the character image h3 of the lord, it is suggested that the rotation display notice effect is to be executed. Also, FIG. 31 (j) shows a balloon image representing the words of the decoration frame f2, the image displayed in the decoration frame f2 (pending icon, fluctuation icon, merchant character image h1, etc.) and the merchant character image h1. It has been erased.

  FIG. 31 (k) is a balloon image (hereinafter referred to as “in the present embodiment,” showing the words of the decorative symbol displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208, the hold change image h2, the character image h3 of the statue, and the character image h3 of the statue). The image may be referred to as a “rotation target image.)” Shows a state of being rotated 45 ° counterclockwise as viewed from the player with the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 as the rotation center. Further, in the rotary display preview effect of the present embodiment, unlike the rotary display preview effect shown in the first embodiment of the present embodiment, an image displayed in the decoration frame f1 and the decoration frame f1 (hereinafter, in this example, These images may be referred to as “non-rotation target images”) are not displayed, and the aspect ratio of the non-rotation target images does not change. Further, the non-rotational target image is displayed with priority over the rotational target image. The rotation target image may be displayed prior to the non-rotation target image, or only a part of the rotation target image may be displayed prior to the non-rotation target image. It may be present, or only a part of the non-rotation target images may be displayed prior to the rotation target image. Further, in FIG. 31 (k), the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed and displayed. While the rotation target image before rotation is displayed with the aspect ratio adjusted to the screen of aspect ratio 9:16 (aspect ratio of the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208), the rotation shown in FIG. 31 (k) The aspect ratio of the target image changes in accordance with the aspect ratio of the screen having an aspect ratio of 3: 4.

31 (l) shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 90 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state shown in FIG. 31 (k). It shows. The aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 1: 1. Next, in FIG. 31 (m), the image to be rotated is rotated 90 ° counterclockwise (total 180 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. It shows the state. Further, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio of the rotation target image before rotation. Further, the decoration frame f1 is displayed on the front side of the decoration pattern, and the decoration frame f1 is displayed with priority over the decoration pattern. Next, in FIG. 31 (n), the image to be rotated is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 225 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. It shows the state. The aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 3: 4. Further, in FIG. 31 (n), the suspension change image h2 is displayed as a rotation target image during execution of the rotation display advance effect, and the suspension change image h2g is a decoration displayed in the middle symbol display region 208b and the right symbol display region 208c. The symbol and the character image h3 of the character are displayed overlapping each other. The pending change image h2 displayed in FIG. 31 (n) is an image used for producing an advance notice of the change to change the display mode of the change icon.

  31 (o) shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 270 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state shown in FIG. 31 (n). It shows. The aspect ratio of the image to be rotated is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 1: 1. Moreover, FIG. 31 (o) has shown the state in which the production | presentation which changes the display mode of a fluctuation icon was performed. The effect is different from the effect of changing the display mode of the fluctuation icon during the rotation display preview effect in the above-described Example 1 and Example 2 of the present embodiment, and the lightning generated from the hold change image h2 is changed It is displayed so as not to fall on the target fluctuation icon. In addition, the fluctuation icon of the non-rotation target image is in the circle at the position of the fluctuation icon display area 940 before the rotation display advance presentation effect execution at the timing when the lightning is generated from the hold change image h2 and the effect image is displayed. The variation icon 942 of the aspect in which the character of heat is drawn temporarily overlaps with the pending change image h2 and the "decoration 3" and is placed on the front side in preference to the pending change image h2 and the "decoration 3" It is displayed. Therefore, the player can temporarily confirm that the change icon has changed.

  31 (p) shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 315 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state shown in FIG. 31 (o). It shows. The aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 3: 4. In addition, the hold change image h2, the lightning image, the effect image, and the change icon 941 are deleted. Next, in FIG. 31 (q), the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (360 ° total rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. It shows the state returned to the original. The aspect ratio of the rotation target image is returned to the original aspect ratio. In addition, a balloon image representing the words of the decoration frame f2 which has been erased, the image displayed in the decoration frame f2 (pending icon, fluctuation icon, merchant character image h1, etc.) and the merchant character image h1 is displayed. There is. Next, in FIG. 31 (r), “decoration 3-decoration 2-decoration 3” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is out It indicates the state of being informed that there is. In addition, when the fluctuation icon displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 940 moves downward, the deletion animation for deleting the fluctuation icon is executed.

As described above, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, when the rotation display of the rotation target image is performed, the images such as the holding icon and the fluctuation icon which are important information for the player are not displayed by dare In some cases, the player can be made to pay attention to the rotational display of the rotation target image. Further, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of this embodiment, an effect of changing the fluctuation icon is performed even though the fluctuation icon is not displayed. For this reason, it may be possible to give the player an unexpected surprise. Further, there may be a case where the player's sense of expectation can be satisfied by displaying only the temporarily changed fluctuation icon during the effect of changing the fluctuation icon. In addition, the fluctuation icon may be temporary or may not be displayed until the rotation display of the rotation target image is finished. In this case, since it takes a predetermined time from the end of the change icon change animation to the display of the change icon, it may be possible to amplify the player's sense of expectation. Further, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, there may be a case where an effect of changing the hold icon is performed although the hold icon is not displayed.

(Example 5)
An effect example of the fifth example of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 32 (a) to (l) show effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 used in the present embodiment and the sixth to ninth embodiments described later includes the sub display device 209 mounted on the effect movable body 225. The effect movable body 225 can move up and down two-dimensionally and rotate in a plane substantially parallel to the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 in front of the decorative symbol display device 208 by a drive system (not shown) . The effect movable body 225 may operate in a three-dimensional manner. Further, the sub display device 209 is a display device for performing various displays used for decorative symbols and effects, and in the present embodiment, is configured by a liquid crystal display device (Liquid Crystal Display). Although a liquid crystal display device is adopted as the sub display device 209, it is not necessary to be a liquid crystal display device as long as various effects and various game information can be displayed, for example, a dot matrix display device, Other display devices including a 7-segment display device, an organic EL (ElectroLuminescence) display device, a reel (drum) display device, a leaf type display device, a plasma display, and a projector may be adopted. Further, the sub display device 209 is controlled by the first sub control unit 400 in the same manner as the decorative symbol display device 208. The sub display device 209 may be controlled by the second sub control unit 500.

  FIG. 32 (a) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, the symbol combination "decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" indicating that the special game 1 variation game is disappointing is stopped display It is done. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933 and the special figure 2 fourth symbol display area 934, the fourth figure of the display mode for notifying the detachment is stopped and displayed. In addition, “1” is displayed in the special figure 1 pending count display area 931 indicating that the pending count in the special figure 1 is 1, and the special figure 2 pending count display area 932 is 0 in the special figure 2 pending count. “0” is displayed to indicate that The special figure 1 reserve icon display area 950 displays a default special figure 1 reserve icon 951 displayed in a white circle. Further, FIG. 32 (a) shows a state in which the sub display device 209 is positioned at the front upper part of the center upper part of the decorative symbol display device 208. In the state shown in FIG. 32A, the sub display device 209 (effect movable body 225) is located at the initial position.

  FIG. 32 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 suspension is digested and the special figure 1 change game is started. In the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, variable display of decorative symbols is executed. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. Further, “0” is displayed in the special figure 1 pending count display area 931, and it is informed that the number of pendings in the special figure 1 decreases by 1 and the pending count in the special figure 1 becomes 0. In addition, when the special figure 1 is reduced by one and special figure 1 fluctuation game is started, in the fluctuation icon display area 940 of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the special figure 1 reserved icon display area 950, a hold / change icon An animation of movement between is performed. In the movement animation between the holding and changing icons, the special drawing 1 holding icon 951 displayed in the first area of the special drawing 1 holding icon display area 950 becomes the changing icon 941 and moves to the changing icon display area 940 . Thus, in FIG. 32 (b), the moving animation between the holding and changing icons is performed.

  FIG. 32C shows a state in which the moving animation between the holding and changing icons is finished, and the changing icon 941 is displayed in the changing icon display area 940. Further, FIG. 32C shows a state in which the character image h3 of the statue is displayed in the effect display area 209a of the sub display device 209. In this example, the character image h3 of the hall is a character image used for the effect of the notice of "rotation" shown in FIG. 27B (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation display advance effect").

  FIG. 32D shows a state in which the rotation display advance notice effect as the reach effect is performed. In the rotation display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, rotation display of the character image h3 of you is performed on the sub display device 209. FIG. 32D shows a state in which "decoration 2" is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, a character image h3 of a character displayed on the sub display device 209 (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation target image" in this example) has the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 as the rotation center. It shows a state rotated 45 degrees counterclockwise. Further, in FIG. 32D, the rotation target image is displayed with the aspect ratio of the image changed. While the rotation target image before rotation is displayed in the aspect ratio according to the screen of the aspect ratio 9:16 (the aspect ratio of the screen of the sub display device 209), the rotation target shown in FIG. The aspect ratio of the image is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 7: 5. Next, in FIG. 32 (e), the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (90 ° in total) about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 from the state shown in FIG. Is shown. Further, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 1: 1. Next, in FIG. 32 (f), the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 135 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 or in the state of FIG. 32 (e). Is shown. Further, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 7: 5.

  32 (g) shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 180 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 from the state shown in FIG. 32 (f). ing. Further, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio of the rotation target image before rotation. Next, in FIG. 32 (h), the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 225 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 from the state of FIG. 32 (g). Is shown. Further, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 7: 5. Next, in FIG. 32 (i), the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 270 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the subsidiary display device 209 from the state of FIG. 32 (h). Is shown. Further, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 1: 1. Next, in FIG. 32 (j), the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 315 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 from the state of FIG. 32 (e). Is shown. Further, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 7: 5. Next, in FIG. 32 (k), the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 360 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the sub display 209 from the state shown in FIG. 32 (j). It shows the state returned to. Also, the aspect ratio of the image to be rotated is returned to the original aspect ratio before rotation. Next, in FIG. 32 (l), “decoration 2-decoration 4-decoration 2” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the sub display device 209, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is out. Indicates that it has been notified. In addition, when the fluctuation icon 941 displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 940 moves downward, a deletion animation for deleting the fluctuation icon 941 is executed.

As described above, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, when the rotation display of the rotation target image displayed on the sub display device 209 is performed, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image may change. A character image is used for the rotation target image. By changing the aspect ratio of the character image, the presence of the character image may be enhanced, and an impact may be given to the player. Further, in the rotation display preview effect in the present embodiment, the rotation target image is rotated by one rotation (360 °), but may be rotated by one rotation or more. For example, as the number of rotations of the rotation target image is larger, the big hit reliability may be higher.

  Also, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image may change in relation to the rotation angle of the rotation target image. For example, the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400 determines the aspect ratio of the rotation target image using a predetermined function with the rotation angle of the rotation target image as a variable, and the image stored in the ROM 406 based on the aspect ratio There may be a case where a display image is generated from data using a work area of the VRAM 436. In addition, the aspect ratio of the rotation target image may change randomly. For example, the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400 determines the aspect ratio of the rotation target image using random numbers, and based on the aspect ratio, the display image is displayed using the work area of the VRAM 436 from the image data stored in the ROM 406 It may be generated. Further, depending on the change of the aspect ratio of the rotation target image, the display area of the rotation target image may be expanded or reduced, and the rotation target image of the rotation target image may be constant. The aspect ratio may change.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the rotation target image has the center of rotation of the image display area of the sub display device 209 as the rotation center, but may have an arbitrary position of the image display region of the sub display device 209 as the rotation center. It is also good. Further, the rotation target image may be rotated about a straight line passing the center of the image display area of the sub display 209 as a rotation axis, or a straight line passing an arbitrary position of the image display area of the sub display 209 It may rotate as a rotating shaft.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the angular velocity at which the rotation target image rotates is constant, but the rotation angular velocity of the rotation target image may be different according to the distance from the rotation center. For example, the angular velocity of the rotation of the image to be rotated may be delayed as the distance from the rotation center is larger. In this case, it may be possible to give the player an illusion that the image to be rotated is rotating faster than it looks.

(Example 6)
An effect example of the sixth example of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 33 (a)-(l) are displaying the presentation of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series.

  FIG. 33 (a) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, the symbol combination "decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" indicating that the special game 1 variation game is disappointing is stopped display It is done. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933 and the special figure 2 fourth symbol display area 934, the fourth figure of the display mode for notifying the detachment is stopped and displayed. In addition, “1” is displayed in the special figure 1 pending count display area 931 indicating that the pending count in the special figure 1 is 1, and the special figure 2 pending count display area 932 is 0 in the special figure 2 pending count. “0” is displayed to indicate that The special figure 1 reserve icon display area 950 displays a default special figure 1 reserve icon 951 displayed in a white circle. Further, FIG. 33 (a) shows a state in which the sub display device 209 is positioned at the front upper part of the center upper part of the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, the sub display device 209 has a reserve display area 209 b in the lower left portion for displaying a reserve number display image. In (a) of FIG. 33, “1” indicating that the number of reservations of the special view 1 is 1 is displayed in the suspension display area 209 b of the sub display device 209 as the number of suspension display image.

FIG. 33 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 suspension is digested and the special figure 1 change game is started. In the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, variable display of decorative symbols is executed. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. Further, “0” is displayed in the special figure 1 pending count display area 931, and it is informed that the number of pendings in the special figure 1 decreases by 1 and the pending count in the special figure 1 becomes 0. In addition, when the special figure 1 is reduced by one and special figure 1 fluctuation game is started, in the fluctuation icon display area 940 of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the special figure 1 reserved icon display area 950, a hold / change icon An animation of movement between is performed. In the movement animation between the holding and changing icons, the special drawing 1 holding icon 951 displayed in the first area of the special drawing 1 holding icon display area 950 becomes the changing icon 941 and moves to the changing icon display area 940 . In this way, the moving animation between the hold and change icons is performed. In the reserve display area 209b at the lower left portion of the sub display device 209, "0" indicating that the reserve number of the special view 1 is 0 is displayed as a reserve number display image.

  FIG. 33C shows a state in which the moving animation between the holding and changing icons is finished, and the changing icon 941 is displayed in the changing icon display area 940. Further, FIG. 33C shows a state in which the character image h3 of the statue is displayed in the effect display area 209a of the sub display device 209. The character image h3 of the character is a character image used for the effect of the notice of "rotation" shown in FIG. 27 (b) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation display advance effect").

  FIG. 33D shows a state in which the rotation display advance notice effect as the reach effect is performed. In the rotary display notice effect of this embodiment, the sub display device 209 rotates 360 degrees counterclockwise as viewed from the player in a plane parallel to the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 in front of the decorative symbol display device 208 Thus, the character image h3 of the lord is rotated 360 ° counterclockwise. FIG. 33D shows a state in which "decoration 2" is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. Further, the sub display device 209 moves from the front position of the central upper portion of the decorative symbol display device 208 to a lower position, and rotates 45 ° counterclockwise around the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209. Shows the condition. In addition, the hold display area 209 b in the lower left portion of the sub display device 209 is moved to the upper left portion of the sub display device 209. In addition, the image of “0” as the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 209 b is rotated clockwise about the center of the “0” image as the rotation angle of the sub display device 209. It is displayed rotated.

  In FIG. 33 (e), the sub display device 209 is rotated 45 degrees counterclockwise (90 degrees in total) about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 from the state shown in FIG. Is shown. In addition, the image of “0” as the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 209 b is rotated clockwise about the center of the “0” image as the rotation angle of the sub display device 209. It is displayed as a rotation (total of 90 ° rotation). Next, in FIG. 33F, the sub display device 209 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 33E about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 (total 135 ° rotation). Shows the condition. In addition, the hold display area 209 b in the upper left portion of the sub display device 209 is moved to the upper right portion of the sub display device 209. In addition, the image of “0” as the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 209 b is 45 ° clockwise around the center of the image of “0” in combination with the rotation angle of the sub display device 209 It is displayed rotating (total 135 ° rotation). Next, in FIG. 33G, the sub display device 209 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 33F about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 (total 180 ° rotation). Shows the condition. In addition, the image of “0” as the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 209 b is 45 ° clockwise around the center of the image of “0” in combination with the rotation angle of the sub display device 209 It is displayed rotating (total 180 ° rotation).

In FIG. 33H, the sub display device 209 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 225 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 from the state shown in FIG. Is shown. In addition, the hold display area 209 b in the upper right portion of the sub display device 209 is moved to the lower right portion of the sub display device 209. In addition, the "0" image of the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 209b is rotated 45 ° clockwise around the center of the "0" image in accordance with the rotation angle of the sub display device 209 It is displayed (total 225 ° rotation). Next, in FIG. 33I, the sub display device 209 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 33H about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 (total 270 ° rotation) Shows the condition. In addition, the "0" image of the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 209b is rotated 45 ° clockwise around the center of the "0" image in accordance with the rotation angle of the sub display device 209 (Total 270 ° rotation) is displayed.

  In FIG. 33 (j), the sub display device 209 is rotated 45 degrees counterclockwise (total 315 degrees rotation) about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 from the state of FIG. Is shown. Further, the hold display area 209 b at the lower right portion of the sub display device 209 is moved to the original position at the lower left portion of the sub display device 209. In addition, the image of “0” as the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 209 b is 45 ° clockwise around the center of the image of “0” in combination with the rotation angle of the sub display device 209 It is displayed rotating (total 315 ° rotation). Next, in FIG. 33 (k), the sub display device 209 rotates 45 degrees counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 33 (j) with the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 as the rotation center (total 360 ° rotation). Shows the condition. In addition, the image of “0” as the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 209 b is 45 ° clockwise around the center of the image of “0” in combination with the rotation angle of the sub display device 209 It is displayed rotating (total 360 ° rotation). Next, in FIG. 33 (l), “decoration 2-decoration 4-decoration 2” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is out It indicates the state of being informed that there is. Further, the character image h3 of the character is deleted in the sub display device 209, and the fluctuation icon 941 displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 940 moves downward in the decoration symbol display device 208 so that the fluctuation icon 941 is erased. The animation is running.

  As described above, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, rotation display of the rotation target image is performed by rotating the sub display device 209. Further, when the sub display device 209 is rotated, the number-of-holds display image displayed on the sub display device 209 is displayed in a mode in which it does not rotate as viewed from the player. Further, the hold display area 209 b of the sub display device 209 is moved so as to be displayed in the left corner of the sub display device 209 as viewed from the player in conjunction with the rotation of the sub display device 209. Therefore, while the sub display device 209 is rotating, the number-of-holds display image, which is important information for the player, is displayed at a position where the player can easily view. Further, instead of the rotation of the sub display device 209, by rotating the decorative symbol display device 208, an effect of rotating the image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 may be performed in some cases, or the decorative symbol may be displayed. By rotating the display device 208 and the sub display device 209 simultaneously or continuously, an effect of rotating the image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 209 may be performed. The decorative symbol display device 208 may be rotatable, and the sub display device 209 may be fixed to the game board 200 so as not to move.

(Example 7)
A presentation example of the seventh example of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 34 (a)-(l) are displaying the effect of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series.

FIG. 34 (a) shows a state in which the special view 1 change game has ended, and shows the same state as FIG. 32 (a). Next, FIG. 34 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1's suspension is digested and the special figure 1 change game is started, and shows the same state as FIG. 32 (b). Next, in FIG. 34C, in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol is executed, the moving animation between the holding and changing icons is finished, and the variable icon display area In the state 940, a change icon 941 is displayed. Further, FIG. 34C shows a state in which the sub display device 209 moves downward, and a character image h3 of your head is displayed in the effect display area 209a of the sub display device 209. The character image h3 of the character is a character image used for the effect of the notice of "rotation" shown in FIG. 27 (b) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation display advance effect").

  FIG. 34 (d) shows a state in which the rotation display preview effect as the reach effect is performed. FIG. 34D shows a state in which the sub display device 209 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise around the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 as a rotation center. The character image h3 of the character of the statue displayed at the center of the effect display area 209a of the sub display device 209 is the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 in accordance with the counterclockwise rotation of the sub display device 209. The image is displayed rotating 45 ° clockwise about the rotation center. Therefore, the character image h3 of the lord is visually recognized as not rotating by the player. Next, (e) to (k) in FIG. 34 show the sub display devices 209 rotated by 45 °. Further, in FIGS. 34 (e) to (k), the character image h3 of the window is rotated clockwise and displayed at the same rotation speed as the rotation speed of the sub display device 209. For this reason, while the sub display device 209 is rotating, the player always visually recognizes that the character image h3 of the character is not rotating. Next, in FIG. 34 (l), “decoration 2-decoration 4-decoration 2” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right design display area 208a to 208c of the decoration symbol display device 208, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is out It indicates the state of being informed that there is. Further, the character image h3 of the character is deleted in the sub display device 209, and the fluctuation icon 941 displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 940 moves downward in the decoration symbol display device 208 so that the fluctuation icon 941 is erased. The animation is running.

  As described above, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of this embodiment, the character image displayed on the sub display device 209 is rotated at the same speed in the opposite direction as the sub display device 209 while the sub display device 209 is rotated. The character image is displayed in such a manner that the character image is not rotating as viewed from the player. For this reason, since the image displayed on the sub display device does not rotate although the sub display device 209 is rotating, it may be possible to give a player unexpectedness. Further, in this embodiment, the character image is rotated at the same speed as the rotation speed of the sub display device 209 in the opposite direction of the rotation direction of the sub display device 209. The character image may be rotated at a speed different from the rotation speed of the sub display 209, or in the same direction as the rotation direction of the sub display 209, the same speed as the rotation speed of the sub display 209 or The character image may be rotated at different speeds.

(Example 8)
An effect example of the eighth example of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIGS. 35 (a) to 35 (f) show effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series.

FIG. 35 (a) shows a state in which the special view 1 change game is ended, and shows the same state as FIG. 32 (a). Next, FIG. 35 (b) shows a state in which the sub display device 209 moves downward and the character image h3 of your character is displayed on the sub display device 209, and shows the same state as FIG. 34 (c). . The character image h3 of the character is a character image used for the effect of the notice of "rotation" shown in FIG. 27 (b) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation display advance effect"). Also, FIG. 35 (b-1) shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 35 (b). . The image data shown in FIG. 35 (b-1) has a character image h3 of the shrine and a character image h4 of the princess at the lower left of the character image h3 of the statue, and the character image h3 of the statue and the character image h4 of the princess It is the image data of the aspect which is not rotating. Further, in the present example, the princess character image h4 is an image used for a notice of high jackpot reliability. 35 (b-2) uses the work area of VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 35 (b-1) to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 35 (b). The generated display data is shown. From the image data shown in FIG. 35 (b-1), a predetermined rectangular area having an aspect ratio of 9:16 is cut out as display data by centering on the center of the image data. FIG. 35 (b-3) shows a state in which an image is displayed on the sub display device 209 based on the display data shown in FIG. 35 (b-2).

  FIG.35 (c)-(e) has shown the state in which the rotation display alerting | reporting production as reach production was performed. In the rotation display notice effect of the present embodiment, the sub display device 209 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise in the plane parallel to the display screen of the decoration symbol display device 208 in front of the decoration symbol display device 208 and then clockwise. It is rotated 45 degrees. In addition, a rectangle indicated by a two-dot chain line in the drawings of FIGS. 35C to 35E indicates the position of the sub display device 209 before the rotation. Moreover, the arrow shown in the figure of FIG.35 (c)-(e) has shown the rotation direction of the sub display apparatus 209. FIG.

  FIG. 35C shows a state where the sub display device 209 is rotated 30 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 35B about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209. . In addition, the character image h3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in a non-rotating manner as viewed from the player. Further, in the sub display device 209, a part of the princess character image h4 which has been missed from the sub display device 209 is displayed in the lower left portion in a manner not to rotate from the player. FIG. 35C-1 shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. The image data shown in FIG. 35 (c-1) is image data in a mode in which the image data shown in FIG. 35 (b-1) is rotated 30.degree. Clockwise about the center of the image data. 35 (c-2) uses the work area of the VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 35 (c-1) to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 35 (c). The generated display data is shown. From the image data shown in FIG. 35 (c-1), the display data is obtained by cutting out a predetermined rectangular area with an aspect ratio of 9:16 centering on the center of the image data as display data. 35 (c-3) displays an image on the sub display 209 based on the display data shown in FIG. 35 (c-2) and rotates the sub display 209 in the counterclockwise direction from the state shown in FIG. 35 (b). FIG. 35C shows the state of the sub display device 209 in FIG. 35C.

FIG. 35D shows a state in which the sub display device 209 is rotated 15 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 35C with the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 as the rotation center. . In addition, the character image h3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in a non-rotating manner as viewed from the player. Further, in the sub display device 209, in the lower left portion, the entire character image h4 of the princess is displayed in a mode in which the character image h4 does not rotate as viewed from the player. FIG. 35 (d-1) shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 35 (d). The image data shown in FIG. 35 (d-1) is image data obtained by rotating the image data shown in FIG. 35 (c-1) clockwise by 15 ° around the center of the image data. 35 (d-2) uses the work area of VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 35 (d-1) to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 35 (d). The generated display data is shown. From the image data shown in FIG. 35 (d-1), the display data is cut out as a display data by cutting a predetermined rectangular area with an aspect ratio of 9:16 with the center of the image data at the center. 35 (d-3) displays an image on the sub display 209 based on the display data shown in FIG. 35 (d-2) to display the sub display 209 (FIG. 35 (e)).
35 shows the state where the sub display device 209 is rotated counterclockwise by 15 ° from the state shown in FIG.

  FIG. 35E shows a state where the sub display device 209 is rotated clockwise by 15 ° from the state shown in FIG. 35D with the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 as the rotation center. In addition, the character image h3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in a non-rotating manner as viewed from the player. Further, in the sub display device 209, a part of the princess character image h4 is displayed in the lower left portion in a non-rotating manner as viewed from the player, and another part is missing from the sub display device 209. Further, FIG. 35 (e) shows a state immediately before the end of the rotation display notice effect as the reach effect. FIG. 35 (e-1) shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 35 (e). The image data shown in FIG. 35 (e-1) is image data obtained by rotating the image data shown in FIG. 35 (d-1) counterclockwise about the center of the image data by 15 °. It is the same as the image data shown in (c-1). 35 (e-2) uses the work area of the VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 35 (e-1) to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 35 (e). The generated display data is shown. The said display data are the same as the display data shown to FIG. 35 (c-2). FIG. 35 (e-3) displays an image on the sub display 209 based on the display data shown in FIG. 35 (c-2) and rotates the sub display 209 in the clockwise direction from the state shown in FIG. 35 (d). It shows the state rotated by 15 °, and shows the state of the sub display device 209 in FIG. FIG. 35 (e-3) shows the same state as FIG. 35 (c-3).

  In FIG. 35 (f), "decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is a big hit Indicates a reported state. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933 of the decorative symbol display device 208, an image of "o" notifying that the result of the special figure 1 variation game is a big hit is displayed. Further, in FIG. 35 (f), the sub display device 209 rotates clockwise by 30 ° from the state shown in FIG. 35 (e) with the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 as the rotation center and returns to the original state. Show the situation. In addition, the character image h3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in a non-rotating manner as viewed from the player. In addition, on the sub display device 209, the princess character image h4 is not displayed. FIG. 35 (f-1) shows image data read out from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 35 (f). The image data shown in FIG. 35 (f-1) is image data obtained by rotating the image data shown in FIG. 35 (e-1) counterclockwise about the image data center by 30 °, and the image data shown in FIG. It is the same as the image data shown in (b-1). 35 (f-2) uses the work area of the VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 35 (f-1) to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 35 (f). The generated display data is shown. The said display data are the same as the display data shown to FIG. 35 (b-2). FIG. 35 (f-3) displays an image on the sub display device 209 based on the display data shown in FIG. 35 (f-2), and rotates the sub display device 209 clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 35 (e). It shows a state rotated by 30 °, and shows the state of the sub display device 209 in FIG. FIG. 35 (f-3) shows the same state as FIG. 35 (b-3).

As described above, in the rotation display preview effect of the present embodiment, the image displayed on the sub display device 209 is rotated at the same speed in the opposite direction as the sub display device 209 while rotating the sub display device 209. The character image h3 of the character is displayed in such a manner that the character image h3 is not rotated from the player. Further, in the rotary display preview effect of the present embodiment, the character image h4 of the princess, who was missed in the sub display unit 209 before the rotary display preview effect is executed, is the sub display unit 20.
The rotation display of the image displayed on 9 is displayed on the sub display 209. The princess character image h4 is displayed on the sub display device 209 as the sub display device 209 rotates at a predetermined angle or more. For this reason, the player pays attention to the rotation angle of the sub display device 209, which may improve the interest of the game. Further, in the rotary display advance presentation effect of this embodiment, the character image h4 of the princess is displayed by the rotation of the sub display device 209, but the character according to the big hit reliability of the symbol variation display being executed is displayed You may do it. For example, if the jackpot reliability is relatively low, the enemy character of the lord may be displayed. In addition, while the sub display device 209 is rotated counterclockwise by a predetermined angle, the princess character image h4 is displayed, whereas the sub display device 209 is rotated by a predetermined angle and the enemy of the princess is displayed. Characters may be displayed. In addition, the aspect ratio of the character image h3 of the statue or the character image h4 of the princess used for the rotation display preview effect in the present embodiment may change during the rotation display preview effect.

(Example 9)
An effect example of the ninth example of the present embodiment will be described using FIG. FIGS. 36 (a) to 36 (f) show the effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series.

  FIG. 36 (a) shows a state in which the special view 1 change game is finished, and shows the same state as FIG. 32 (a). Next, in FIG. 36 (b), the variation display of the decoration symbol is executed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decoration symbol display device 208, and the movement animation between the holding and fluctuation icons is finished, and the fluctuation icon display region In the state 940, a change icon 941 is displayed. Further, in FIG. 36 (b), the sub display device 209 moves downward, and a character image h3 of the statue at the center of the sub display device 209 and a character image h1 'of the merchant at the lower left of the sub display device 209 are displayed. It shows the condition that has been The character image h3 of the character is a character image used for the effect of the notice of "rotation" shown in FIG. 27 (b) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation display advance effect"). The merchant character image h1 'is the same character image as the merchant character image h1 displayed in the navigation character display area 970. FIG. 36 (b-1) shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 36 (b). . The image data shown in FIG. 36 (b-1) has a character image h3 of the lord and a character image h4 of the princess at the lower left of the character image h3 of the lord, and the character image h3 of the lord and the character image h4 of the princess It is the image data of the aspect which is not rotating. Further, in the present example, the princess character image h4 is an image used for a notice of high jackpot reliability. 36 (b-2) uses the work area of VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 36 (b-1) to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 36 (b). The generated display data is shown. From the image data shown in FIG. 36 (b-1), a predetermined rectangular area having an aspect ratio of 9:16 is cut out as display data by centering on the center of the image data. Further, the display data shown in FIG. 36 (b-2) is generated by the first sub-control unit 400 at a predetermined position (the lower left portion of the display data) of the display data generated from the image data shown in FIG. 36 (b-1). It is display data in which a merchant character image h1 'read out from the ROM 406 is superimposed. FIG. 36 (b-3) shows a state in which an image is displayed on the sub display device 209 based on the display data shown in FIG. 36 (b-2). Further, although the character image h1 'of the merchant is displayed prior to the image data shown in FIG. 36 (b-1), the image data shown in FIG. 36 (b-1) is displayed based on the character image h1' of the merchant In some cases, priority may be given to display.

(C) to (e) of FIG. 36 show a state in which the rotation display notice effect as the reach effect is performed. In the rotation display notice effect of the present embodiment, the sub display device 209 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise in the plane parallel to the display screen of the decoration symbol display device 208 in front of the decoration symbol display device 208 and then clockwise. It is rotated 45 degrees. In addition, a rectangle indicated by a two-dot chain line in the diagrams of FIGS. 36C to 36E indicates the position of the sub display device 209 before the rotation. The arrows shown in FIGS. 36C to 36E indicate the rotation direction of the sub display device 209.

  FIG. 36C shows a state in which the sub display device 209 is rotated 30 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 36B about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209. . In addition, the character image h3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in a non-rotating manner as viewed from the player. Further, the merchant's character image h1 'displayed in the lower left portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in the image display area of the sub display device 209 from the state shown in FIG. It is displayed in a manner of rotating 30 degrees counterclockwise around the center of rotation. Further, in the sub display device 209, a part of the princess character image h4 which has been missed from the sub display device 209 is displayed on the lower right of the character image h1 'in such a manner that it is not rotating as seen from the player. Also, FIG. 36C-1 shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 36C. The image data shown in FIG. 36 (c-1) is image data in a mode in which the image data shown in FIG. 36 (b-1) is rotated 30 ° clockwise about the center of the image data. 36 (c-2) uses the work area of VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 36 (c-1) to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 36 (c). The generated display data is shown. As the display data, a predetermined rectangular area with an aspect ratio of 9:16 is cut out from the image data shown in FIG. 36C (c-1) to form display data. The display data shown in FIG. 36 (c-2) is the first display data generated from the image data shown in FIG. 36 (c-1) at a predetermined position (the position shown in FIG. 36 (b-2)). The display data is obtained by superposing the merchant character image h1 'read from the ROM 406 of the sub control unit 400. 36 (c-3) displays an image on the sub display 209 based on the display data shown in FIG. 36 (c-2) and rotates the sub display 209 in the counterclockwise direction from the state shown in FIG. 36 (b). FIG. 36C shows the state of the sub display device 209 in FIG. 36C.

FIG. 36D shows a state in which the sub display device 209 is rotated by 15 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 36C with the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 as the rotation center. . In addition, the character image h3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in a non-rotating manner as viewed from the player. In addition, the merchant's character image h1 'displayed at the lower left portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in the image display area of the sub display device 209 from the state shown in FIG. It is displayed in a mode of rotating 15 degrees counterclockwise around the center of rotation. Further, in the sub display device 209, all of the princess character image h4 is displayed on the right of the merchant character image h1 'in a manner not to rotate from the player. Also, FIG. 36 (d-1) shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 36 (d). The image data shown in FIG. 36 (d-1) is image data obtained by rotating the image data shown in FIG. 36 (c-1) clockwise by 15 ° about the center of the image data. FIG. 36 (d-2) uses the work area of VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 36 (d-1) to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 36 (d). The generated display data is shown. From the image data shown in FIG. 36 (d-1), the display data is cut out as a display data by cutting a predetermined rectangular area with an aspect ratio of 9:16 centering on the center of the image data. The display data shown in FIG. 36 (d-2) is the first display data generated from the image data shown in FIG. 36 (d-1) at a predetermined position (the position shown in FIG. 36 (b-2)). It is display data in which a merchant character image h1 'read out from the ROM 406 of the sub control unit 400 is superimposed. FIG. 36 (d-3) displays an image on the sub display 209 based on the display data shown in FIG. 36 (d-2) and causes the sub display 209 to rotate counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 36 (c). FIG. 36 (d) shows the state of the sub display device 209 in FIG. 36 (d).

  FIG. 36E shows a state where the sub display device 209 is rotated clockwise by 15 ° from the state shown in FIG. 36D with the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 as the rotation center. In addition, the character image h3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in a non-rotating manner as viewed from the player. Further, the merchant's character image h1 'displayed in the lower left portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in the image display area of the sub display device 209 from the state shown in FIG. It is displayed in a mode of rotating 15 degrees clockwise around the center of rotation. Further, in the sub display device 209, a part of the princess character image h4 is displayed in the lower right of the character image h1 ′ in a mode in which it is not rotating as seen from the player, and the other part is displayed It is missed. Further, FIG. 36 (e) shows a state immediately before the end of the rotation display preview effect as the reach effect. Also, FIG. 36 (e-1) shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 36 (e). The image data shown in FIG. 36 (e-1) is image data in a mode in which the image data shown in FIG. 36 (d-1) is rotated counterclockwise by 15 ° around the center of the image data. 36 (e-2) uses the work area of VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 36 (e-1) to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 36 (e). The generated display data is shown. From the image data shown in FIG. 36 (e-1), the display data is cut out as a display data by cutting a predetermined rectangular area with an aspect ratio of 9:16 with the center of the image data at the center. The display data shown in FIG. 36 (e-2) is the first display data generated from the image data shown in FIG. 36 (e-1) at a predetermined position (the position shown in FIG. 36 (b-2)). The display data is obtained by superposing the merchant character image h1 'read from the ROM 406 of the sub control unit 400. 36 (e-3) displays an image on the sub display 209 based on the display data shown in FIG. 36 (e-2) and rotates the sub display 209 in the clockwise direction from the state shown in FIG. 36 (d). It shows the state rotated by 15 °, and shows the state of the sub display device 209 in FIG.

In FIG. 36 (f), "decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand design display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is a big hit Indicates a reported state. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933 of the decorative symbol display device 208, an image of "o" notifying that the result of the special figure 1 variation game is a big hit is displayed. Also, in FIG. 36F, the sub display device 209 rotates clockwise by 30 ° about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 209 from the state shown in FIG. Show the situation. In addition, the character image h3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in a non-rotating manner as viewed from the player. Further, the merchant's character image h1 'displayed in the lower left portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in the image display area of the sub display device 209 from the state shown in FIG. It is displayed in a manner of being rotated 30 ° clockwise about the center of rotation and returned to the original state. In addition, on the sub display device 209, the princess character image h4 is not displayed. FIG. 36 (f-1) shows image data read out from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 36 (f). The image data shown in FIG. 36 (f-1) is image data in a mode in which the image data shown in FIG. 36 (e-1) is rotated by 30 ° counterclockwise about the center of the image data. It is the same as the image data shown in (b-1). 36 (f-2) uses the work area of VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 36 (f-1) to display an image on the sub display device 209 in the state of FIG. 36 (f). The generated display data is shown. Further, the display data shown in FIG. 36 (f-2) corresponds to the first sub-control unit 400 at a predetermined position (lower left portion of the display data) of the display data generated from the image data shown in FIG. 36 (b-1). The display data is obtained by superimposing the merchant character image h1 'read out from the ROM 406, and the display data is the same as the display data shown in FIG. 36 (b-2). FIG. 36 (f-3) displays an image on the sub display 209 based on the display data shown in FIG. 36 (f-2) and rotates the sub display 209 in the clockwise direction from the state shown in FIG. 36 (e). It shows a state of being rotated by 30 °, and shows the state of the sub display device 209 in FIG. FIG. 36 (f-3) shows the same state as FIG. 36 (b-3).

  As described above, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, a character image (character image h3 of the character displayed on the sub display device 209 in a non-rotating manner on the sub display device 209 while the sub display device 209 is rotated). The character image h4) of the princess and the character image (character image h1 'of the merchant) displayed in a manner rotating from the player are displayed. By displaying simultaneously on the rotating sub display device 209, a character image displayed in a non-rotating manner as viewed from the player and a character image displayed in a rotating manner as viewed from the player. In some cases, it is possible to give the player an unexpected surprise.

(Example 10)
An effect example of the tenth example of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 37 (a) to 37 (f) show effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series.

  FIG. 37 (a) shows a state in which the special view 1 change game is ended, and shows the same state as FIG. 35 (a). Next, FIG. 37 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1's suspension is digested and the special figure 1 change game is started, and shows the same state as FIG. 35 (b). Further, FIG. 37 (b) shows a state in which the sub-display device 209 moves downward and a character image h3 of your head is displayed on the sub-display device 209. The character image h3 of the hall is an image used for the lateral movement display effect as the reach effect.

  FIG.37 (c)-(e) has shown the state in which the horizontal movement display production as a reach production was performed. In the lateral movement display effect of the present embodiment, the sub display device 209 moves in the horizontal direction in a plane parallel to the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 in front of the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, a rectangle indicated by a two-dot chain line in the drawings of FIGS. 37C to 37E indicates the position of the sub display device 209 before movement in the left-right direction.

  FIG. 37C shows a state in which the sub display device 209 has moved in the left direction from the state shown in FIG. In addition, the character image h3 of the statue displayed at the center of the effect display area 209a of the sub display device 209 is displayed in a mode of moving in the right direction by the same distance as the movement distance of the sub display device 209 in the left direction. There is. Therefore, the character image h3 of the character is displayed so as not to move as viewed from the player. Further, in the sub display device 209, a part of the princess character image h4 which has been missed in the sub display device 209 is displayed in the upper left portion. Further, in the present example, the princess character image h4 is an image used for a notice of high jackpot reliability.

  FIG. 37 (d) shows a state in which the sub display device 209 has moved in the left lateral direction from the state shown in FIG. 37 (c). In addition, the character image h3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in a manner of moving in the right direction by the same distance as the movement distance of the sub display device 209 in the left direction. For this reason, the character image h3 of the character is displayed so as to be viewed as not moving from the player. In addition, in the sub display device 209, all of the princess character image h4 is displayed in the upper left portion.

FIG. 37E shows a state in which the sub display device 209 has moved in the right direction from the state shown in FIG. Also, the character image h3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in a manner of moving in the left direction by the same distance as the movement distance of the sub display device 209 in the right direction. Therefore, the character image h3 of the character is displayed so as not to move as viewed from the player. Further, in the sub display device 209, a part of the princess character image h4 is displayed in the upper left portion, and a part of the princess character image h4 is missing. Further, FIG. 37E shows a state immediately before the lateral movement display effect as the reach effect is finished.

  In FIG. 37 (f), “decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 2” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is a big hit Indicates a reported state. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933 of the decorative symbol display device 208, an image of "o" notifying that the result of the special figure 1 variation game is a big hit is displayed. Further, FIG. 37 (f) shows a state in which the sub display device 209 has moved rightward from the state shown in FIG. 37 (e) and returned to the original state. Also, the character image h3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 209 is displayed in a manner of moving in the left direction by the same distance as the movement distance of the sub display device 209 in the right direction. Therefore, the character image h3 of the character is displayed in a mode in which the character image h3 is not moved as seen from the player. In addition, on the sub display device 209, the princess character image h4 is not displayed.

  As described above, in the lateral movement display advance presentation effect of this embodiment, the image displayed on the sub display device 209 is moved at the same speed in the opposite direction as the sub display device 209 while moving the sub display device 209 sideways. The character image h3 of the character is displayed in such a manner that the character image h3 does not move from the player. Further, in the lateral movement display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, the character image h4 of the princess, which has been missed in the sub display device 209, is displayed on the sub display device 209 before the lateral movement display advance presentation effect is executed. As the horizontal movement display is performed, the display is displayed on the sub display device 209. In addition, the character image h4 of the princess is displayed on the sub display device 209 as the sub display device 209 moves more than a predetermined distance. For this reason, the player pays attention to the moving distance of the sub display device 209, which may improve the interest of the game. In addition, in the lateral movement display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, a character combined with the jackpot reliability of the symbol variation display being executed may be displayed. For example, if the jackpot reliability is relatively low, the enemy character of the lord may be displayed. In addition, while the sub display device 209 moves a predetermined distance in the left direction, the princess character image h4 is displayed, while the sub display device 209 moves a predetermined distance in the right direction. May be displayed. In addition, the aspect ratio of the character image h3 of the lord used for the lateral movement display advance presentation effect in the present embodiment and the character image h4 of the princess may change during the lateral movement display advance presentation effect.

(Example 11)
An effect example of the eleventh example of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. (A) to (n) of FIG. 38 show effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series. The pachinko machine 100 used in the present embodiment and the eleventh embodiment described later has the effect movable body 990. The performance movable body 990 can be moved and rotated two-dimensionally in a plane substantially parallel to the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 in front of the decorative symbol display device 208 by a drive system (not shown). . The effect movable body 990 may be capable of moving and rotating three-dimensionally. The effect movable body 990 has a horizontally long rectangular shape, and a character string image of "CR Tokyo Metropolitan Machine" is displayed on the surface.

FIG. 38 (a) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, a symbol combination "decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" indicating that the special game 1 variation game is disappointing is discontinue display It is done. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933 and the special figure 2 fourth symbol display area 934, the fourth figure of the display mode for notifying the detachment is stopped and displayed. In addition, “1” is displayed in the special figure 1 pending count display area 931 indicating that the pending count in the special figure 1 is 1, and the special figure 2 pending count display area 932 is 0 in the special figure 2 pending count. “0” is displayed to indicate that The special figure 1 reserve icon display area 950 displays a default special figure 1 reserve icon 951 displayed in a white circle. Further, FIG. 38A shows a state where the effect movable body 990 is located at the upper center of the decorative symbol display device 208. In the state shown in FIG. 38A, the effect movable body 990 is located at the initial position.

  FIG. 38 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 hold is digested and the special figure 1 change game is started. In the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, variable display of decorative symbols is executed. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. Further, “0” is displayed in the special figure 1 pending count display area 931, and it is informed that the number of pendings in the special figure 1 decreases by 1 and the pending count in the special figure 1 becomes 0. Further, when the special drawing 1 suspension is reduced by one and the special drawing 1 change game is started, the movement animation of the special drawing 1 holding icon 951 is shown being executed. Further, in the hold display area 209 b at the lower left portion of the sub display device 209, “0” is displayed, which indicates that the number of holds in the special view 1 is zero.

  In FIG. 38C, “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped in the left symbol display area 208a of the decorative symbol display device 208, the moving animation between the holding and changing icons is ended, and the changing icons 941 are changed in the changing icon display area 940. Indicates a displayed state. Also, based on the game ball entering the special view 1 start opening 230, “1” is displayed in the special view 1 hold count display area 931, and white is displayed in the first area of the special view hold icon display area 950. A state in which a default special view 1 hold icon 952 displayed in a circle appears due to an increase animation of the hold icon. In FIG. 38C, a balloon image representing a line of the character image h1 of the merchant displayed in the navigation character display area 970 of the decorative symbol display device 208 is displayed immediately below the lower left portion of the effect display area 208d. It shows the state.

  FIG. 38D shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, based on the fact that the game ball enters the special figure 1 starting opening 230, “2” is displayed in the special figure 1 reserve number display area 931, and black is displayed in the second area of the special figure 1 reserve icon display area 950. A special figure 1 hold icon 953 displayed in a circle is shown in the state of appearing by the increase animation of the hold icon. Further, an image of a character string of "chance?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the words of the merchant character image h1.

FIG. 38E shows a state where an effect (hereinafter, may be referred to as “logo drop effect”) in which the effect movable body 990 moves downward is performed. The logo falling effect is an effect used for announcing "logo falling" shown in FIG. 27 (b). In the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, an effect image h5 is displayed across the position behind the effect movable body 990 and the position around the effect movable body 990 behind. The effect image h5 is an image used for producing a logo drop. Further, in FIG. 38 (e), after the effect image h5 is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208, "decorative 2-decorative 4-decorative 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, 1 shows the state of being notified that the result of the fluctuation game is out. In addition, when the fluctuation icon 941 displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 940 moves downward, a deletion animation for deleting the fluctuation icon 941 is executed. Further, FIG. 38E shows a state in which a change animation in which the display mode of the hold icon 952 changes from a white circle to a black circle is performed. Note that the logo drop effect shown in FIG. 38E may be used as an effect combined with the change animation in which the display icon 952 is changed from a white circle to a black circle, or may be displayed as a black circle. There may be a case where it is used as an effect combined with the display of the special figure 1 suspension icon 953 that has been displayed, or it may be used alone as an effect of the advance notice. Next, FIG. 38 (f) shows a state in which the effect movable body 990 has moved upward from the position shown in FIG. 38 (e) and returned to the original position shown in FIG. 38 (a). In the decorative symbol display device 208, the effect image h5 is erased along with the upward movement of the effect movable body 990.

  FIG. 38 (g) shows a state in which the reserve of the first special figure 1 is digested and the special figure 1 change game is started. In the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, variable display of decorative symbols is executed. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 933, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. Further, “1” is displayed in the special figure 1 hold count display area 931, which shows a state immediately after the movement animation between the hold and change icons and the movement animation of the special view 1 hold icon 952 are started. Further, FIG. 38 (g) shows that a balloon image representing a line of the character image h1 of the merchant displayed in the navigation character display area 970 of the decorative symbol display device 208 is displayed in the lower left part of the effect display area 208d. It shows the state.

  FIG. 38H shows a state in which the moving animation between the holding and changing icons and the moving animation of the special view 1 holding icon 953 are finished. Further, in FIG. 38 (h), an image of a character string of "To ~" is displayed in the balloon image representing the words of the merchant's character image h1, suggesting that a to-be-described character image h3 will appear. The production is being performed. The character image h3 of the character is a character image used for the effect of the notice of "rotation" shown in FIG. 27 (b) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation display advance effect").

  FIG. 38 (i) shows a state in which "decoration 3" is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a of the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, a character image h3 of the hall is displayed at the lower right portion of the effect display area 208d, and an image of a character string of "Called?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the line of the character image h3 of the hall. In addition, an image of a character string “Tomon!” Is displayed on the balloon image representing the words of the merchant character image h1.

  FIG. 38 (j) shows a state in which "description 3" is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the reach effect is started. In addition, the image of the character string "chance?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the words of the merchant character image h1, and then the image of "chance!" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the lines of the character image h3 of the lord. The image of the character string is displayed. By displaying the image of the character string “chance!” Representing the words of the character image h3 of the lord, it is suggested that the rotation display notice effect is to be executed.

  FIG. 38 (k) shows a state in which the rotation display preview effect as the reach effect is performed. Further, in FIG. 38 (k), all the images displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “rotation target image” in this example) are the image display of the decorative symbol display device 208. It shows a state of rotating 45 degrees counterclockwise as seen from the player with the center of the area as the center of rotation. Further, in FIG. 38 (k), the aspect ratio of the rotation target image is changed and displayed. While the rotation target image before rotation is displayed with the aspect ratio adjusted to the screen of aspect ratio 9:16 (the aspect ratio of the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208), the rotation shown in FIG. The aspect ratio of the target image is changed to the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 4: 5. In addition, a part of the "decoration 3" and a part of the navigation character display area 970 displayed in the right symbol display area 208c can not be seen from the decorative symbol display device 208. Further, in FIG. 38 (k), in order to make the notice of the rotation display notice noticeable, the effect movable body 990 moves to a position not visible by the player above the decorative symbol display device 208.

  FIG. 38L shows a state in which the rotation target image is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 90 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. It shows. In addition, the rotation target image is displayed in the aspect ratio in accordance with the screen of aspect ratio 1: 1. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 209, the image to be rotated is not seen. Further, FIG. 38 (l) shows a state in which the logo falling effect in which the movable body for effect 990 moves downward from the position (not shown) in FIG. 38 (k) is executed during the rotation display advance presentation effect. . Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the effect image h5 is displayed as a rotation target image. Further, in FIG. 38 (l), the effect image h5 is displayed on the left side of the effect display area 208d in a mode rotated 90 ° counterclockwise as viewed from the player, unlike the state shown in FIG. 38 (e). ing. Also, the size of the decorative symbol displayed on the decorative symbol display device in the state of FIG. 38 (l) is smaller than the size of the decorative symbol displayed on the decorative symbol display device in the state of FIG. 38 (e) It is a size. The same applies to the hold icon, the change icon, the merchant character image h1, and the effect image h5.

  In FIG. 38 (m), the image to be rotated is rotated 270 ° counterclockwise (total 360 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the state of FIG. It shows the returned state. The aspect ratio of the rotation target image is returned to the original aspect ratio and the original size. Further, in FIG. 38 (m), the effect movable body 990 moves upward from the position of FIG. 38 (l) and is positioned at the position of the original state (the position shown in FIG. 38 (a)) . Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the effect image h5 is deleted. Next, in FIG. 38 (n), “decoration 3-decoration 2-decoration 3” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is out It indicates the state of being informed that there is. In addition, when the fluctuation icon 941 displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 940 moves downward, a deletion animation for deleting the fluctuation icon 941 is executed.

  As described above, when moving the effect movable body 990 in front of the decorative symbol display device 208 in the logo falling effect of the present embodiment, the effect image is displayed on the back of the effect movable body 990 in the decorative symbol display device 208 When moving the effect movable body 990 in front of the decorative symbol display device 208, the effect image is displayed at a position different from the position behind the effect movable body 990 in the decorative symbol display device 208. There is an effect to be displayed. The effect image displayed at a position behind the effect movable body 2990 may cause the player to emphasize the operation of the effect movable body 990, and is displayed at a position different from the position behind the effect movable body 990 Because the effect image is displayed at an unexpected position, the effect image may be able to give the player an unexpected surprise. In addition, the big hit reliability may be different depending on the size of the effect image, the display color and the display position.

(Example 12)
A presentation example of the example 12 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 39 (a) to (f) show effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series.

  FIG. 39 (a) shows a state in which the special view 1 change game is ended, and shows the same state as FIG. 38 (a). Next, FIG. 39 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 variation game is started, and shows the same state as FIG. 38 (b). Next, in FIG. 39 (c), “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a of the decorative symbol display device 208, and shows the same state as FIG. 38 (c).

FIG. 39D shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. Also, FIG. 39 (d)
These show the state in which the effect for moving the effect movable body 990 downward from the position shown in FIG. 39C (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “logo drop effect”) is performed. The logo falling effect is an effect used for announcing "logo falling" shown in FIG. 27 (b). In the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, an effect image h5 is displayed across the position behind the effect movable body 990 and the position around the effect movable body 990 behind. The effect image h5 is an image used for producing a logo drop.

  FIG. 39 (e) shows a state in which island simultaneous rendering is started during execution of logo falling rendering. The island simultaneous rendering is a rendering in which pachinko machines of the same model installed in the same island facility execute the same rendering at the same timing. In the simultaneous island production of this embodiment, the character character h6 of the princess is singing a song on the left of the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, and in the left middle right pattern display area 208a to 208c. The displayed decorative symbol is displayed in a reduced size at the lower right of the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, a character string image of “island simultaneous effect start!” Is displayed on the right side of the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208. 39E shows the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208 at a position different from the position displayed in FIG. 39D in the effect image h5 displayed in FIG. 39D. It shows the state of being displayed in a reduced size at the lower right. Further, FIG. 39E shows a state in which a change animation in which the display mode of the holding icon 952 changes from a white circle to a black circle is performed. In addition, based on the fact that the game ball enters the special figure 1 starting opening 230, “2” is displayed in the special figure 1 reserve number display area 931, and black is displayed in the second area of the special figure 1 reserve icon display area 950. A special figure 1 hold icon 953 displayed in a circle is displayed. Note that the logo falling effect of the present embodiment may be used as an effect that suggests that the display mode of the holding icon 952 is changed from white circle to black circle. It may be used alone as an effect.

  In (f) of FIG. 39, the movable body for effect 990 moves upward from the position shown in (d) of FIG. 39 and returns to the original position (position shown in (a) of FIG. 39) during island simultaneous rendering. Is shown. In addition, a character string image of "during all at once" is displayed on the right of the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is notified that the all at once is being performed. In addition, the effect image h5 reduced and displayed in the lower right portion of the decorative symbol display device 208 is deleted, and the lower middle portion of the decorative symbol display device 208 is reduced in the left middle right display region 208a to 208c. -Decoration 4-Decoration 2 "is stopped and displayed, and it is notified that the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is out. In addition, when the fluctuation icon 941 displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 940 moves downward, a deletion animation for deleting the fluctuation icon 941 is executed.

  As described above, in the logo falling effect of this embodiment, when moving the effect movable body 990 in front of the decorative symbol display device 208, the effect image is displayed at the position behind the effect movable body 990 in the decorative symbol display device 208. When moving the effect movable body 990 in the state of being displayed and in front of the decorative symbol display device 208, the effect image is displayed at a position different from the back of the effect movable body 990 in the decorative symbol display device 208 There is a state. In the state where the effect image is displayed at a position different from the position behind the effect movable body 990 in the decorative symbol display device 208, it may be possible to give the player unexpectedness. Sometimes you can offer a topic. In addition, the big hit reliability may be different depending on the size of the effect image, the display color and the display position.

  Next, the characteristic configuration of the game console according to the second embodiment described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 39 again.

(A1)
It is a game console provided with an image display means (for example, the decorative symbol display device 208 or the sub display device 209),
The image display means may rotate and display the first image (for example, the character image h3 of the statue).
When the rotational display is performed, the aspect ratio of the first image may change (see, for example, FIG. 28 (j) to (q), or FIG. 32 (c) to (k)).
A game stand characterized by

  According to the gaming table provided with the configuration, the aspect ratio of the first image may change when the first image is rotationally displayed, so the presence of the first image is amplified. In some cases, it may be possible to give the player a strong impression. In addition, there may be a case where one or all of the images such as the character image, the decorative symbol, the hold icon, the variation icon, and the background pattern, etc. may be used as the first image. The first image may be the first image.

(A2)
It is a game stand according to the above (A1)
When the rotation display is performed, the second image (for example, the hold icon or the hold number display) may not be rotated (for example, FIG. 30 (j) to (q), or FIG. k)),
A game stand characterized by
(A3)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (A2),
When the rotational display is performed, the second image (for example, the fourth symbol) does not rotate (see, for example, FIGS. 29 (j) to (q)).
A game stand characterized by

  According to the game console having the configuration, the rotational display of the second image may not be performed when the rotational display of the first image is performed, so the rotational display of the first image is emphasized. Meanwhile, the second image can be firmly viewed by the player. In addition, there may be a case where one or all of the images such as the character image, the decoration pattern, the hold icon, the variation icon, and the background pattern are used as the second image, and these images may be used. The second image may be a different image.

(A4)
The game console according to any one of (A1) to (A3) above,
When the rotation display is performed, an image (for example, a character image h4 of a princess) which is missed in the image display unit before the rotation display is displayed is displayed on the image display unit by the rotation display. (See, for example, FIGS. 35 (b) to (d)),
A game stand characterized by

  According to the game stand having the configuration, an image which has been missed in the image display means before the rotational display of the first image is performed is displayed on the image display means by the first rotational display. In some cases, it may be possible to give the player an unexpected surprise.

(A5)
The game console according to any one of (A1) to (A4) above,
When the rotation display is performed, an image (for example, a decorative symbol) displayed on the image display unit before the rotation display is performed may be missed in the image display unit by the rotation display. (See, for example, FIGS. 28 (i) to 28 (k))
A game stand characterized by

  According to the game console having the configuration, the image displayed on the image display means before the rotational display of the first image is performed can not be read on the image display means due to the first rotational display being performed In some cases, it is possible to give the player an unexpected surprise.

(A6)
The gaming machine according to any one of (A1) to (A5) above,
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine (for example, a pachinko machine 100),
A game stand characterized by
(A7)
The gaming machine according to any one of (A1) to (A5) above,
The gaming machine is a slot machine (for example, slot machine 2000),
A game stand characterized by

(B1)
An effect movable body (for example, an effect movable body 990);
Image display means (for example, a decorative symbol display device 208);
A game console equipped with
In the first state (for example, FIG. 38E), the first image (for example, the effect image h5) is displayed at the first position when the movable body for effect is operated in front of the image display means. It may be the display state of the effect image h5 shown, or the display state of the effect image h5 shown in FIG. 39 (d),
The first position is the position behind the effect movable body in the image display means (see, for example, FIG. 38 (e) or FIG. 39 (d)).
The first image is an effect image,
When the movable body for effect is operated in front of the image display means, a second state (for example, display of an effect image h5 shown in FIG. 38 (l)) in which the first image is displayed at a second position State or the display state of the effect image h5 shown in FIG.
The second position is a position different from the back of the effect movable body in the image display means (see, for example, FIG. 38 (l) or FIG. 39 (e)).
A game stand characterized by

  According to the game stand having the configuration, when operating the movable body for effect in front of the image display means, the first image is placed at the second position different from the position behind the movable body for effect The effect image of the first image may be displayed at a position unexpected to the player because the second effect image may be displayed. There are times when you can.

(B2)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (B1),
In the first state, the first image may be displayed across the first position and the third position,
The third position is a position different from the back of the effect movable body in the image display means (see, for example, FIG. 38 (e) or FIG. 39 (d)).
A game stand characterized by
(B3)
The gaming machine according to (B1) or (B2) above,
The size of the first image in the first state is a first size,
The size of the first image in the second state is a third size,
The third size is smaller than the first size (see, for example, FIGS. 38 (e) and (f) or FIGS. 39 (d) and (e)).
A game stand characterized by

  According to the game console having the configuration, the size of the first image in the first state and the size of the first image in the second state are different, so the player enjoys the variation of the first image to the player. There are times when you can not.

(B4)
The gaming machine according to any one of (B1) to (B3) above,
In the first state, a second image (for example, a decorative symbol) may be displayed in a first direction (for example, see FIG. 38E).
In the second state, the second image may be displayed in a second orientation (a direction rotated 90 degrees counterclockwise from the first orientation) (see, for example, FIG. 38 (l)).
The first image is an image different from the second image,
The second direction is a direction different from the first direction.
A game stand characterized by
(B5)
It is a game stand according to the above (B4),
The size of the second image in the first state is a second size,
The size of the second image in the second state is a fourth size,
The fourth size is smaller than the second size (see, for example, FIGS. 38 (e) and (l)).
A game stand characterized by

  According to the game console having the configuration, the size of the second image in the first state is different from the size of the second image in the second state, so the player enjoys the variation of the second image to the player. There are times when you can not. In addition, there may be a case where one or all of the images such as the character image, the decoration pattern, the hold icon, the variation icon, and the background pattern are used as the second image, and these images may be used. The second image may be a different image.

(B6)
The game console according to any one of (B1) to (B5) above,
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine (for example, a pachinko machine 100),
A game stand characterized by
(B7)
The game console according to any one of (B1) to (B5) above,
The gaming machine is a slot machine (for example, slot machine 2000),
A game stand characterized by

(C1)
An image display unit (for example, a sub display device 209) capable of displaying an effect image for producing a game;
Drive means (for example, a movable body for effect 225) for driving the image display unit;
A game console equipped with
The image display unit may move by the drive of the drive means,
In a period in which the image display unit is moving in a first direction (rotational direction about the rotation axis of the image display unit, or in a linear direction) (hereinafter referred to as "first period"),
A first moving image (for example, a moving image of a character image h3 of the hall or a moving image of a character image h4 of a princess) may be displayed on the image display unit.
The first moving image is a moving image including an aspect in which a first image (for example, a character image h3 of a shrine or a character image h4 of a princess) moves in the first direction.
A game stand characterized by

  According to the gaming table provided with the configuration, an impact is given by the movement of the image display unit, and by changing the display angle and the display position of the image displayed on the image display unit during the period of the movement, as a notification means This makes it possible to cause the player to perform an action that does not appear on a non-daily basis, and may allow the player to forget everyday and concentrate on playing more games. Alternatively, all the periods in which the image display unit is moving in the first direction may be set as the first period, or a part of the periods in which the image display unit is moving in the first direction. As the first period. In addition, with a certain effect as an opportunity, all periods of the period from when the image display unit starts moving in the first direction until it stops may be set as the first period, or with an effect different from the effect. A part of the period from the movement of the image display unit in the first direction to the stop may be set as the first period.

(C2)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (C1),
The game console characterized in that the first moving image is a moving image including an animation display mode by the first image.

  Although the example according to the present embodiment shows an example in which the expression, the outer shape, and the like of the first image (character image h3 of the temple or the character image h4 of the princess) are displayed in a fixed manner, the expression of the first image , The outer shape, etc. may be displayed in a deformed manner. For example, if FIG. 35 is illustrated and demonstrated, the face of the shrine which was not displayed in FIG. 35 (a) will be displayed as a true face in FIG. In (d) of FIG. 35, an animation may be performed such that a full smile is achieved, a slight smile is returned in (e) of FIG. 35, and a true face is returned in (f) of FIG. The movement of the first image (for example, the character image h3 of the temple) in the first direction may indicate that the display position of the animation including the character image h3 of the statue moves. The animation is not limited to the variable display of the display of the character, and the change of the outer shape of the character or the like, the variable display of the speech (display of change from partial character string indicating speech to whole character string, etc.), character or icon The color change, the movement display of a character or an icon, or the like may be used, or the combination thereof may be included.

(C3)
The gaming machine according to (C1) or (C2) above,
During the first period, the image display unit is configured to move in a first direction,
During the first period, the first image is configured to move in a second orientation,
The first direction and the second direction are opposite directions,
A game stand characterized by

In the game stand provided with the configuration, the first direction in which the image display unit is operated with one of the effects as an opportunity (for example, arrival of timing to start the image display unit operation effect during super reach) is one. Image (for example, when the timing to start rendering by the operation of the image display unit to inform the player whether or not a definite change at the end of the big hit starts, etc.) The first orientation when the display unit operates may be another orientation (for example, rightward). Also, the first direction and the second direction may be the same direction instead of the opposite direction, in which case the player may move or rotate the first image faster than the movement or rotation of the image display unit. Is visible. Therefore, it is possible to give the player an unusual feeling which can not be obtained in a mode in which the image is rotated in the fixed image display unit, and the first image in the image display unit is further accelerated. In some cases, it is possible to forget a more everyday feeling from turning and moving, and to concentrate on the game.

(C4)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (C3),
During the first period, the image display unit is configured to move in the first direction at a first speed,
In the first period, the first image is configured to move in the second direction at a second speed,
The first speed and the second speed are the same speed,
A game stand characterized by

  According to the game stand having the configuration, the image display unit appears to move to the player, but the display position, the display angle, etc. of the first image does not seem to move, so the notification means is unusual. When it is possible to perform a static operation, the notification by the image display unit display itself can play the same role as when it is not moving, and it becomes possible to achieve both of the operation with impact and the notification. There is. In addition, the first direction and the second direction may be different from each other in the first direction and the second direction, and in this case, the first and second directions may be different from each other. The player visually recognizes that one image moves or rotates slowly. Therefore, it is possible to give the player an unusual feeling that can not be obtained in a mode in which the image is rotated in the fixed image display unit, and the first image in the image display unit is the image display unit. It may be possible to focus on the game by forgetting a more everyday feeling from performing movement or rotation so as to follow movement or rotation slowly. In addition, when the image display unit moves and rotates quickly with emphasis on impact, the notification by the image display unit display is close to the case where it is not moving by moving and rotating the first image gently. It may be possible to fulfill the role of notification.

(C5)
The game console according to any one of (C1) to (C4) above,
The first moving image is a moving image including a mode in which a second image (for example, a merchant character image h1 ′) is displayed.
A game stand characterized by
(C6)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (C5),
During the first period, the second image is configured not to move in the first direction,
A game stand characterized by

  The gaming machine having the configuration may be configured such that a second image which does not move in the first direction is not displayed in the first period. That is, in the first period, all the images displayed on the image display unit are configured to move in the first direction, so that the image display unit and the movement of the image are given a sense of unity, which has more impact. The rendering operation may be executable.

(C7)
The game console according to (C5) or (C6) above,
The first moving image is a moving image including an animation display mode by the second image.
A game stand characterized by

  In the example according to the present embodiment, the expression, the outer shape, and the like of the second image (merchant character image h1 ′) are fixedly displayed, but according to the game console having the configuration, The expression, outline, etc. of the second image may be displayed in a deformed manner. For example, if FIG. 36 is illustrated and demonstrated, the face of the merchant who was not displayed on the sub display device 209 in FIG. 36 (a) is displayed with a real face in FIG. 36 (b), It is possible to have an animation that makes the face look steep, that in FIG. 36 (d) becomes the face steep, in FIG. 36 (e) returns to the face slightly steep, and in FIG. 36 (f) returns to the face. Also, the manner in which the second image does not move in the first direction may indicate that the display position of the animation does not move. The animation is not limited to the variable display of the display of the character, and the change of the outer shape of the character or the like, the variable display of the speech (display of change from partial character string indicating speech to whole character string, etc.), character or icon The color change, the movement display of a character or an icon, or the like may be used, or the combination thereof may be included.

(C8)
The gaming machine according to (C3) or (C4) above,
The term "moves by the drive of the drive means" described in the above (C1) means "rotates by the drive of the drive means",
The phrase "the first image moves in the first direction" described in the above (C1) means "the first image rotates in the first direction",
The first direction is a rotation direction (for example, a circumferential direction) around the rotation axis of the image display unit.
A game stand characterized by
(C9)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (C8),
The first direction is one of clockwise and counterclockwise.
A game stand characterized by

(C10)
The game console according to any one of (C1) to (C7) above,
The term “moves by the drive of the drive means” described in the above (C1) means “moves linearly by the drive of the drive means”,
“The first image moves in the first direction” described in the above (C1) means “the first image linearly moves in the first direction”.
A game stand characterized by

  “The first image linearly moves in the first direction” may be “the first image linearly moves in the vertical direction”. The above-mentioned first direction in this case is one of upward and downward. In addition, “the first image linearly moves in the first direction” may be “the first image linearly moves in the left and right direction”. The above-mentioned first direction in this case is one of the left direction and the right direction. “The first image linearly moves in the first direction” may be “the first image linearly moves in the oblique direction”. The above-mentioned first direction in this case is one of the left upward, right downward, right upward, and left downward directions.

A modification of the configuration described in the example according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. For example, when the driving means (the movable body 225 for effect) shown in FIG. 32 to FIG. 37 performs combined movement of rotational movement and linear movement (vertical direction, horizontal direction, oblique direction, front to rear direction from the player) There may be. Further, the pachinko machine 100 may be configured to be equipped with a plurality of image display units. Also, a plurality of image display devices may be mounted on one image display unit. An LED may be mounted in the image display unit, and a movable body for effect may be mounted. In addition, after the effect movable body moves from the initial state to the movable state before the image display unit rotates or moves, and the effect display movable body moves in the movable state after the effect movable body moves. After stopping, the movable body for effect may be configured to move to the initial state. Also, during the symbol variation display, the symbol in which the symbol variation display is finally stopped is displayed when the attraction operation shown in FIG. 34 is performed, as compared to the case where the rendering operation shown in FIG. 33 is performed. The aspect may be configured to be a big hit aspect easily, and during the symbol variation display, the direction when the effect operation of FIG. 33 is performed is more than the case where the effect operation of FIG. 34 is performed, The symbol aspect to be finally displayed in stop in the symbol variation display may be configured to be likely to be a big hit aspect. Further, when the effect operation of FIG. 33 is performed during the symbol variation display, the symbol mode that is finally stopped and displayed in the symbol variation display may be configured to be the big hit mode, During the symbol variation display, when the rendering operation of FIG. 34 is performed, the symbol aspect to be finally stopped and displayed in the symbol variation display may be configured to be the big hit aspect. Moreover, although FIG. 33 and FIG. 34 showed the example in which the same effect display is performed in both, when the sub display shown in FIG. 33 rotates, the image displayed on the said sub display also rotates together. The effect to be viewed by the player is different from the effect to be viewed by the player as if the image displayed on the sub display device is not rotating together when the sub display device shown in FIG. 34 is rotated. It may be configured to be an effect of. For example, "one of the other effects" is an effect that the hall is fighting with the musician, and "the other effect of the other effects" is such that the princess dances. It is also good. One type of “one of the different effects” may be mounted, or a plurality of types may be mounted, or “one of the other effects of the other effects” may be mounted. You may carry multiple types. Further, as shown in FIG. 33, when the sub display device rotates, the figure is more than the number of types of effects in which at least a part (or all) of the images displayed on the sub display device rotate together. As shown in 34, when the sub-display device is rotated, at least a part (or all) of the image displayed on the sub-display device may not be rotated together. The number of types may be configured to be larger. Conversely, when the sub display device is rotated as shown in FIG. 34, the player visually recognizes that at least a part (or all) of the image displayed on the sub display device is not rotated together. Of the effect in which at least a portion (or all) of the images displayed on the sub display device are rotated together, as shown in FIG. 33, rather than the number of types of effects The number of types may be configured to be larger.

Also, the effect example shown in FIG. 33 and the effect example shown in FIG. 34 may be combined. For example, in a period in which the sub display starts rotating (period A), the sub display is rotated at a speed A (for example, 20 rpm) in one direction (for example, counterclockwise) and displayed on the sub display The image prevents the rotation of the image displayed on the sub-display to be viewed by the player to rotate with the sub-display. In the next period (period B), the sub-display device is rotated in one direction (for example, counterclockwise) at a speed B (for example, 40 rpm), and the image displayed on the sub-display device is more than the sub-display device. At least a portion or all of the image is rotated in another orientation (e.g., clockwise) at a speed B '(e.g., 20 rpm) so as to be viewed by the player as rotating slowly. In the next period (period C), the sub-display device is rotated at a speed C (for example, 50 rpm) in one direction (for example, counterclockwise), and the image displayed on the sub-display device is larger than that of the sub-display device. At least a portion or all of the image is rotated in another orientation (e.g., clockwise) at a speed C '(e.g., 40 rpm) so as to be viewed by the player as rotating slowly. Also, in the next period (period D), the sub display device is rotated in one direction (for example, counterclockwise) at a speed D (for example, 60 rpm), and the image displayed on the sub display device is rotated. First, at least part or all of the image is rotated at a speed D (for example, 60 rpm) in another direction (for example, clockwise) so that the player can visually recognize that only the sub display device is rotating. Let In the next period (period E), the sub display device is rotated at a speed E (for example, 50 rpm) in one direction (for example, counterclockwise), and an image displayed on the sub display device is larger than that of the sub display device. At least a portion or all of the image is rotated in another orientation (e.g., clockwise) at a speed E '(e.g., 40 rpm) to be viewed by the player as if it is rotating slowly. In the next period (period F), the sub-display device is rotated at a speed F (for example, 40 rpm) in one direction (for example, counterclockwise), and the image displayed on the sub-display device is larger than that of the sub-display device. At least a portion or all of the image is rotated in another orientation (e.g., clockwise) at a speed F '(e.g., 20 rpm) to be viewed by the player as if it is rotating slowly. The sub display device is rotated at a speed G (for example, 20 rpm) in one direction (for example, counterclockwise) in a period (period G) before the sub display device of the next period finishes rotation, and displayed on the sub display device The image to be displayed may not rotate so as to be viewed by the player as it rotates with the sub display device. Thus, as illustrated in the period A to the period D, as the period in which the sub display device rotates progresses, the rotation of the image displayed on the sub display device gradually deviates from the rotation of the sub display device. The sub-display device rotates, and a part or all of the display of the sub-display device is shifted to a state where it is viewed by the player as if it is stopped, thereby creating a new sense of unity with the sub-display device and the image. It may be possible to perform certain effects. In addition, as illustrated in the period D to the period G, as the period in which the sub display device rotates progresses, the rotation of the image displayed on the sub display device is gradually rotated together with the sub display device By causing the player to visually recognize so as to change as described above, it may be possible to perform an effect with a new sense of unity by the sub display device and the image. In these examples, in the periods A to D, the difference between the rotation speed of the sub display device and the rotation speed of the image displayed on the sub display device is gradually decreased, and in the period D to G, the sub display Although the difference between the rotation speed of the device and the rotation speed of the image displayed on the sub display device is gradually increased, conversely, in the period A to D, the rotation of the sub display device is The difference between the speed and the speed of rotation of the image displayed on the sub display device is gradually increased, and in the periods D to G, the speed of rotation of the sub display device and the speed of rotation of the image displayed on the sub display device. The difference in speed may be gradually reduced. In addition, although the images displayed on the rotating sub-display device and the rotating sub-display device are illustrated here, the present invention is also applicable to an image displayed on a linearly moving sub-display device and a linearly moving sub-display device. Is also possible.

Third Embodiment
Next, a pachinko machine 100 according to a third embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has the same configuration and control system as the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment. The same code | symbol is attached | subjected to the component same as the pachinko machine 100 by the said 1st Embodiment, and the description is abbreviate | omitted. In the following description excluding FIG. 50 and FIG. 51, the side closer to the player with the pachinko machine 100 installed on an island facility of a game arcade is referred to as “front” (front, front, front side, front end, etc.) Also, the reverse is referred to as “rear” (rear, rear, rear side, rear end, etc.), and the vertical upper side as viewed from the player is “upper” (upper, upper, upper end, etc.), and vice versa. (Lower, lower side, lower end etc.), the horizontal left side is "left" (left side, left side, left end etc.) viewed from the player, and vice versa "right" (right side, right side, right end etc. And).

  FIG. 40 is a schematic front view of the game board 1000 provided in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment as viewed from the front. A main liquid crystal unit 1001 is disposed in a center case substantially at the center of the game area 124 defined by the outer rails 202 and the inner rails 204. A decorative symbol display device 208 is disposed substantially at the center of the main liquid crystal unit 1001. The main liquid crystal unit 1001 is for driving effects by driving the decorative symbol display device 208 and a lamp, and the details will be described later.

  The game board 1000 of this example is a game board for so-called right-handed machines. With regard to the common view start port 228 and the special view 2 start port 232, since these common view start port 228 and the special view 2 start port 232 are disposed on the right path, entering of the game ball falling on the right path Is relatively easy, and it is relatively difficult or impossible to enter the gaming ball falling on the left path. With regard to the variable winning opening 234, it is relatively easy to enter the gaming ball falling on the right path according to the arrangement pattern of the game nails, and it is relatively difficult to enter the gaming ball falling on the left path. In FIG. 40, the game nails are not shown. On the other hand, with regard to the special figure 1 starting opening 230, it is relatively easy to enter the game ball falling on the left path due to the presence of the arrangement pattern of the game nails and the warp device 242 etc. Entry of falling game balls is relatively difficult. Although the right-handed machine is described as an example in the present embodiment, it may be other than the right-handed machine. In addition, a general winning opening (not shown) is provided on the right path and the left path.

  Warp devices 242 (242a and 242b) and a front stage 244 are disposed in the rollable area of the game ball on the front side of the main liquid crystal unit 1001, and a plurality of movable bodies are arranged in the non-rollable area of the game ball It is done. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has six movable bodies of a movable body 1002, a movable body 1004, a movable body 1006, a movable body 1008, a movable body 1010, and a movable body 1012. These movable bodies are disposed in the order of the movable body 1010, the movable body 1004, the movable body 1002, the movable bodies 1006 and 1008, and the movable body 1012 from the front side. The movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 are arranged such that the positions in the front-rear direction are the same. In addition, the movable body 1004 is disposed on the front side of the movable body 1002. The second auxiliary control unit 500 executes drive control of the movable body 1002, the movable body 1004, the movable body 1006, the movable body 1008, the movable body 1010, and the movable body 1012. The drive control may be performed by the first auxiliary control unit 400.

  The movable body 1002 has a laterally long rectangular outer appearance when viewed from the front side. The movable body 1002 is movable in the vertical direction behind the front stage 244. In the state shown in FIG. 40, the movable body 1002 is located at the initial position. Further, the movable body 1002 has a sub display device 1030 on the front side.

  A liquid crystal display is used for the sub display 1030. The sub display device 1030 includes a horizontally long rectangular display area smaller than the decorative symbol display device 208, and displays one or a plurality of images. In this example, the sub display device 1030 displays an image of the view of the sea on which the yacht floats. In addition, although the liquid crystal display device is adopted as the sub display device 1030, even if it is not a liquid crystal display device, it may be configured to be able to display various effects and various game information, for example, a dot matrix display device Other display devices including a 7-segment display device, an organic EL (ElectroLuminescence) display device, a reel (drum) display device, a leaf type display device, a plasma display, and a projector may be adopted. Further, display control of the sub display device 1030 is executed by the first sub control unit 400. The display control of the sub display device 1030 may be executed by the second sub control unit 500, or a display control unit for executing the display control may be newly provided. The display control unit may execute display control of the decorative symbol display device 208.

In addition, the movable body 1002 includes an elongated illumination unit 1014a, an illumination unit 1014b, an illumination unit 1014c, and an illumination unit 1014d, which are disposed so as to surround the sub display device 1030. The illumination unit 1014 a is disposed to the left of the sub display device 1030 such that the vertical direction is the longitudinal direction. The illumination unit 1014 b is disposed below the sub display device 1030 such that the horizontal direction is the longitudinal direction. The illumination unit 1014 c is disposed to the right of the sub display device 1030 such that the vertical direction is the longitudinal direction. The illumination unit 1014 d is disposed above the sub display device 1030 such that the horizontal direction is the longitudinal direction. The LEDs of multiple colors are used as light sources of the lighting units 1014 a to 1014 d, and the lighting units 1014 a to 1014 d can emit light of multiple colors.

  Further, at the upper left portion of the movable body 1002, the movable body 1004 is disposed. The movable body 1004 has an external shape imitating lightning. The movable body 1004 is fixed at one point on the upper left portion of the movable body 1002, which is outside the display area of the sub display device 1030. By driving the movable body 1004 with a stepping motor (not shown), the front of the sub display device 1030 can be rotated in a plane substantially parallel to the display screen, with the one point as a rotation center. In the state shown in FIG. 40, the movable body 1004 is located at the operation completion position. The movable body 1004 overlaps the display area of the sub display device 1030 in a state where the movable body 1004 is located at the operation completion position. As a result, part of the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 is hidden by the movable body 1004. The initial position of the movable body 1004 is a position in which the movable body 1004 is rotated 60 degrees counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. The movable body 1004 does not overlap with the display area of the sub display 1030 when positioned at the initial position.

  A movable body 1006 is disposed on the left side of the decorative symbol display device 208. The movable body 1006 is disposed between the movable body 1002 and the main liquid crystal unit 1001, and is movable in the left-right direction. The movable body 1002 has a plate-like shape, a transmitting portion 1006a is provided at the upper portion, and a transmitting portion 1006b is provided at the lower portion. The transmitting portions 1006a and 1006b have a horizontally long rectangular shape, and the rear side of the movable body 1006 is visible through the transmitting portions 1006a and 1006b. Note that the transmissive portions 1006a and 1006b may be visible as far as the rear side can be seen, a transparent plate such as an acrylic plate may be disposed in the transmissive portions 1006a and 1006b, and the transmissive portions 1006a and 1006b are openings. May be In addition, an elongated illumination unit 1016 is disposed at the front right end of the movable body 1006. The illumination unit 1016 is disposed such that the vertical direction is the longitudinal direction. A plurality of color LEDs are used as a light source of the illumination unit 1016, and the illumination unit 1016 can emit light of a plurality of colors.

  A belt wound around two pulleys (not shown) is fixed to the upper part of the movable body 1006. The movable body 1006 moves to the left and right with the operation of a belt driven by a motor via a pulley. The operation range of the movable body 1006 is from the position where the right end portion of the movable body 1006 is positioned to the left of the display area left end portion of the decorative symbol display device 208 to the position where it is located at the center of the display region of the decorative symbol display device 208 . The movable body 1006 can not be viewed by the player in the state of being located at the left end of the operation range. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 40, the movable body 1006 is located at the initial position. The movable body 1006 overlaps a part of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 when located at the initial position. As a result, a part of the image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 is hidden by the movable body 1006. In addition, a part of the image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 can be visually recognized through the transmission parts 1006 a and 1006 b of the movable body 1006.

  A movable body 1008 is disposed on the right of the decorative symbol display device 208. The movable body 1008 is disposed between the movable body 1002 and the main liquid crystal unit 1001, and is movable in the left-right direction. The movable body 1008 has a plate-like shape, a transmission portion 1008 a is provided at the upper portion, and a transmission portion 1008 b is provided at the lower portion. The transmitting portions 1008 a and 1008 b have a horizontally long rectangular shape, and the rear side of the movable body 1008 is visible through the transmitting portions 1008 a and 1008 b. The transparent portions 1008a and 1008b may be visible if the rear side is visible, and a transparent plate such as an acrylic plate may be disposed in the transparent portions 1008a and 1008b, and the transparent portions 1008a and 1008b are openings. May be Further, at the left end on the front side of the movable body 1008, an elongated illumination unit 1018 is disposed. The illumination unit 1018 is disposed such that the vertical direction is the longitudinal direction. A plurality of color LEDs are used as light sources of the lighting unit 1018, and the lighting unit 1016 can emit light of a plurality of colors.

  A belt wound around two pulleys (not shown) is fixed to the upper part of the movable body 1008. The movable body 1008 moves left and right along with the operation of a belt driven by a motor via a pulley. The operating range of the movable body 1008 is from the position where the left end of the movable body 1008 is positioned to the right of the display area right end of the decorative symbol display device 208 to the position where it is located at the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 . The movable body 1008 can not be viewed by the player in the state of being positioned at the right end of the operation range. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 40, the movable body 1008 is located at the initial position. The movable body 1008 overlaps a part of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 when located at the initial position. As a result, a part of the image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 is hidden by the movable body 1008. In addition, a part of the image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 can be visually recognized through the transmission parts 1008 a and 1008 b of the movable body 1008.

  The movable body 1006 functions as a left shutter, and the movable body 1008 functions as a right shutter. When the movable body 1006 moves to the right end of the movement range and the movable body 1008 moves to the left end of the movement range, the right end of the movable body 1006 and the left end of the movable body 1008 are in contact with each other. An effect of opening and closing the shutter is performed by the movable bodies 1006 and 1008.

  A movable body 1010 is disposed above the decorative symbol display device 208. The movable body 1010 has a horizontally long flat plate shape, and a character string of "chance" is attached to the front side. Further, the movable body 1010 is movable in the vertical direction in a plane substantially parallel to the display screen in front of the decorative symbol display device 208 by being driven by a stepping motor (not shown). Further, in a state in which the movable bodies 1006 and 1008 are closed, the movable body 1010 can move in front of the movable bodies 1006 and 1008 in the vertical direction. In the state shown in FIG. 40, the movable body 1010 is located at the initial position.

  The movable body 1012 is disposed at the upper left portion of the main liquid crystal unit 1001. The movable body 1012 has an appearance similar to that of the movable body 1004 and imitating lightning. Further, the movable body 1012 is fixed at one point on the upper left side of the main liquid crystal unit 1001 outside the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208. By driving the movable body 1012 with a stepping motor (not shown), the front side of the decorative symbol display device 208 can be rotated in a plane substantially parallel to the display screen with the one point as a rotation center. The movable body 1012 can rotate 60 ° clockwise from the initial position. The movable body 1012 may be rotatable by 360 ° or more.

  Further, in the game board 1000, one sensor is disposed for each movable body to detect whether the movable bodies 1002 to 1012 are positioned at the initial position. The sensor is included in the effect movable body sensor 424 shown in FIG. Further, for example, a photo sensor is used as the sensor.

A main liquid crystal unit 1001 is disposed on the rear side of the movable bodies 1006 and 1008. A decorative symbol display device 208 is disposed at the center of the main liquid crystal unit 1001. In the state shown in FIG. 40, “decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand design display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. In the effect display area 208d below the left middle right graphic display area 208a to 208c, a white circular fluctuation icon a1, a white circular reservation icon b1, a white circular reservation icon b2, and a white circle character of "heat" The hold icon b3 drawn and the black circular hold icon b4 are displayed side by side in this order from the left. The hold icon b1 indicates that the special figure 1 change game with the first hold order is held, the hold icon b2 indicates that the special figure 1 change game with the second hold order is held, and the hold icon b3 has the third hold order. The special figure 1 variation game is shown on hold, and the hold icon b4 is showing the fourth special order 1 variation game on hold. In the effect display area 208d, a background image including an image of the sun, clouds, and a balloon is displayed. A part of the image of the sun is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the sun is visible to the player through the transparent portion 1006a of the movable body 1006. Also, a part of the cloud image is hidden by the movable body 1006, and the other part of the cloud image is visible to the player through the transparent portion 1006b of the movable body 1006. Further, part of the image of the cloud is hidden by the movable body 1002.

  In addition, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 includes an elongated illumination unit 1020, an illumination unit 1022, an illumination unit 1024, and an illumination unit 1026 which are arranged to surround the decorative symbol display device 208. The illumination unit 1020 is disposed to the left of the decorative symbol display device 208 such that the vertical direction is the longitudinal direction. The illumination unit 1022 is disposed to the right of the decorative symbol display device 208 such that the vertical direction is the longitudinal direction. The illumination unit 1024 is disposed below the decorative symbol display device 208 such that the horizontal direction is the longitudinal direction. The illumination unit 1026 is disposed above the decorative symbol display device 208 such that the horizontal direction is the longitudinal direction. A plurality of color LEDs are used as light sources of the illumination units 1020 to 1026, and the illumination units 1020 to 1026 can emit light of a plurality of colors. In the state shown in FIG. 40, the entire illumination units 1024 and 1026 are visible from the player, and only a part of the illumination unit 1020 is visible from the player via the transmission unit 1006 a. Is visible from the player only through the transparent portion 1008a.

  Next, the movable body 1002 will be described in more detail with reference to FIG. FIG. 41 (a) shows a state where the movable body 1002 is viewed from the front. Below the movable body 1002, a motor 1040 which is a drive source of the movable body 1002 is disposed. The motor 1040 is fixed to the center case of the game board 1000 so that the rotation axis is in the vertical direction. One end of a screw shaft 1042 is fixed to the rotation shaft of the motor 1040 so that the extending direction is in the vertical direction.

  A lower base 1044 is disposed between the movable body 1002 and the motor 1040. The lower base 1044 is fixed to the game board 1000. The motor 1040 and the lower base 1044 are disposed behind and below the front stage 244 and are invisible to the player. The lower base 1044 has a receiving portion 1044a having a flat surface for receiving the movable body 1002 on the right side and a shaft fixing portion 1044b to which the guide shaft 1046 is fixed on the left side. The receiving portion 1044a and the shaft fixing portion 1044b are stepped, and the receiving portion 1044a is positioned higher than the shaft fixing portion 1044b. Therefore, when the movable body 1002 moves to the lowermost position in the movement range, the movable body 1002 contacts with the receiving portion 1044a but does not contact with the shaft fixing portion 1044b.

  Further, the receiving portion 1044a is provided with a through hole penetrating the lower base 1044 in the vertical direction, and a slide bearing is disposed in the through hole. The screw shaft 1042 passes through the slide bearing and is supported by the slide bearing.

  Moreover, in the state shown to Fig.41 (a), the movable body 1004 is located in the initial position. The movable body 1004 can rotate about 60 ° clockwise from the initial position. The movable body 1004 may be rotatable by 60 ° or more (for example, 360 °).

  41 (b) and (c) show the movable body 1002 viewed from the rear right side. In the state shown in FIG. 41 (b), the movable body 1002 is located at the top of the movement range. In the state shown in FIG. 41C, the movable body 1002 is located at the lowermost position in the movement range. As shown in FIGS. 41B and 41C, the movable body 1002 includes a sub liquid crystal unit 1032 and a moving unit 1036. The sub liquid crystal unit 1032 has a horizontally long rectangular parallelepiped shape, and is disposed on the front side of the movable body 1002, and includes movable bodies 1004, illumination units 1014a to 1014d, and a sub display 1030 as shown in FIG.

  The sub liquid crystal unit 1032 includes a driver for the sub display device 1030, LEDs of the lighting units 1014a to 1014d, a driver for the LED, a motor for driving the movable body 1004, and a gear. The sub liquid crystal unit 1032 also has a rectangular window 1034a, a window 1034b, a window 1034c, a window 1034d (not shown in FIG. 41B), and a window 1034e on the rear side. The window unit 1034a is disposed behind the illumination unit 1014a, the window unit 1034b is disposed behind the illumination unit 1014b, the window unit 1034c is disposed behind the illumination unit 1014c, and the window unit 1034d is disposed behind the illumination unit 1014d It is done. A transparent plate is disposed in the windows 1034a to 1034e, and the front side of the windows 1034a to 1034e is visible. On the front side of the windows 1034 a to 1034 d, LEDs, an LED driver mounting substrate, lenses for decoration, and the like are disposed. The windows 1034a to 1034d are used for inspection of the lighting unit. In addition, the window 1034 e is disposed at the rear of the movable body 1004. A motor for driving the movable body 1004 and a gear fixed to the rotation shaft of the motor and transmitting power to the movable body 1004 are disposed on the front side of the window portion 1034e. The window 1034 e is used for checking the drive mechanism of the movable body 1004.

  The moving unit 1036 has a horizontally long rectangular parallelepiped shape smaller than the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, and is disposed on the rear surface side of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. The moving unit 1036 has a motor for driving the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 to rotate, a gear fixed to the rotation shaft of the motor, and transmitting a power of the motor to the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 therein. The sub liquid crystal unit 1032 and the moving unit 1036 are connected via a harness. Further, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is installed in the moving unit 1036 so that it can be rotationally operated within the same plane including the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 with the display area of the sub display device 1030 as the center of rotation when in the initial posture. The sub liquid crystal unit 1032 can be rotated 180 ° clockwise from the initial attitude shown in FIG. 41B, and can be rotated 180 ° counterclockwise from the initial attitude. Thus, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 also functions as a movable body.

  When the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 and the movable unit 1036 are connected using a connection unit (slip ring or the like) shown in FIGS. 50 and 51 described later, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 has a clockwise direction and a counterclockwise direction. , May be rotatable to a predetermined angle of more than 180 degrees, may be rotatable to a predetermined angle of more than 360 degrees, and may have no limitation of the rotation angle.

  Further, in the moving unit 1036, two through holes penetrating in the vertical direction are provided. A nut is fixed to the right through hole, and the screw shaft 1042 is fitted in the nut. By rotating the screw shaft 1042, the nut can be moved up and down to move the movable body 1002 up and down. Further, a guide shaft 1046 passes through the left through hole. The movable body 1004 is guided by the guide shaft 1046 and can be stably moved up and down.

An upper base 1048 is disposed above the moving unit 1036. The upper base 1048 is fixed to a transparent plate (not shown) disposed at a position where the position in the front-rear direction is between the movable body 1002 and the movable bodies 1006 and 1008, and is disposed at a position hardly visible to the player. The upper base 1048 has a receiving portion 1048a provided with a flat surface for receiving the moving unit 1036 on the right side and a shaft fixing portion 1048b to which the guide shaft 1046 is fixed on the left side. A slide bearing is disposed in the receiving portion 1048b, and the other end of the screw shaft 1042 is supported by the slide bearing. Further, the receiving portion 1048a and the shaft fixing portion 1048b are stepped, and the receiving portion 1048a is located at a lower position than the shaft fixing portion 1048b. In addition, the moving unit 1036 has an upper surface portion 1036a having a flat surface that comes in contact with the receiving portion 1048a when moved to the uppermost position. As shown in FIG. 41 (b), when the movable body 1002 is at the uppermost position, the upper surface portion 1036a of the moving unit 1036 contacts the receiving portion 1048a but does not contact the shaft fixing portion 1048b.

  In addition, the moving unit 1036 has a lower surface portion 1036 b having a flat surface that comes into contact with the receiving portion 1044 a of the lower base 1044 when moving to the lowermost position. As shown in FIG. 41C, when the movable body 1002 is at the lowermost position, the lower surface portion 1036b of the moving unit 1036 contacts the receiving portion 1048a but does not contact the shaft fixing portion 1048b.

  The moving unit 1036 further includes control means for controlling the moving operation of the movable body 1002 and the rotation operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 inside. The movement control means disposed in the movement unit 1036 may include a microprocessor, a programmable IC, an ASIC, a DSP, a ROM, a RAM, an LSI, a communication control circuit, and the like. The mobile unit 1036 may be provided with only one of these movement control means, or may be provided with a plurality. Also, a control board (for example, a harness (not shown) whose one end is connected to the sub display device 1030 extends from the rear side of the moving unit 1036 and the other end of the harness is arranged on the back side of the game board 1000 (for example, It is connected to the first sub-substrate 160). The other end of the harness may be connected to the relay board, and the sub display device 1030 and the control board may be connected via the harness and the relay board.

  Next, the operation of the movable body 1002 will be described using FIGS. 41 (b) and (c). FIG. 41 (b) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 is located at the uppermost position in the movement range. The top surface 1036 a of the moving unit 1036 is in contact with the receiving portion 1048 a of the upper base 1048. The receiving portion 1048 a functions as a mechanical end of the movable body 1002.

  From the state shown in FIG. 41 (b), when the screw shaft 1042 is viewed clockwise from below by driving the motor 1040 and rotated clockwise, the nut fixed to the moving unit 1036 and fitted to the screw shaft 1042 is screwed. It moves below the shaft 1042. Thereby, the movable body 1002 moves downward.

  FIG. 41C shows a state where the movable body 1002 is positioned at the lowermost position in the movement range. The lower surface portion 1036 b of the moving unit 1036 is in contact with the receiving portion 1044 a of the lower base 1044. The receiving portion 1044 a functions as a mechanical end of the movable body 1002. Also, from the state shown in FIG. 41C, when the screw shaft 1042 is rotated counterclockwise as viewed from above from below by the motor 1040, the nut fixed to the moving unit 1036 and fitted to the screw shaft 1042 is a screw. It moves above the shaft 1042. Thereby, the movable body 1002 moves upward.

  Further, when the movable body 1002 is to be stopped at a position higher than the lowermost position, a load is applied to the screw shaft 1042 by the weight of the movable body 1002, so that a torque having a size commensurate with the load is applied to the screw shaft 1042 by the motor 1040. . Thus, the screw shaft 1042 can be prevented from rotating due to the load of the movable body 1002 by its own weight, and the movable body 1002 can be made to stand still.

In addition, when the power of the pachinko machine 100 is turned off for some reason in a state where the movable body 1002 stands still at a position higher than the lowermost position, power for driving the motor 1040 can not be obtained. Therefore, the screw shaft 1042 rotates clockwise as viewed from below from above by the load of the movable body 1002 by its own weight, and moves until the movable body 1002 contacts the receiving portion 1044 b of the lower base 1044. Even when the movable body 1002 moves downward by its own weight, the movable body 1002 can be received by the receiving portion 1044b, so breakage of the movable body 1002 can be prevented.

Example 1
FIG. 42 and FIG. 43 show an example of effects in Example 1 of the present embodiment. FIG. 42 and FIG. 43 show the effect state in time series. Each of FIGS. 42 (a) to (q), (t), (u), (x) to (z), (i) to (d) and FIG. 43 show the game of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 42 (r) and (s) show only the main liquid crystal unit 1001, and FIG. 42 (v) and (w) show only the movable body 1002. In FIG. 42 and thereafter, illustration of the general drawing display 210, the special drawing 1 display 212, the special drawing 2 display 214, the special drawing 1 holding lamp 218, the special drawing 2 holding lamp 220, and the high certainty lamp 222 is omitted. And illustration of the game ball is also omitted.

  FIG. 42 (a) shows a state in which the special figure variation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is a loss ing. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 42 (a), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero. Moreover, in the state shown to Fig.42 (a), the movable body 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 1010, 1012 is located in the initial position. The initial position of the movable body 1002 is a position higher than the lowermost position shown in FIG. 41 (c), and is a position closer to the lowermost position than the uppermost position shown in FIG. 41 (b). When the movable body 1002 is positioned at the initial position, the whole is visible to the player. In addition, a part of the image of the sun displayed in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208 is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the sun can be viewed through the transmitting portion 1006a. It has become. Further, a part of the image of the cloud displayed in the effect display area 208d is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the cloud is visible through the transmitting portion 1006b.

  FIG. 42 (b) continuing from FIG. 42 (a) shows a state in which the number of reservations in Special Figure 1 is increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball has entered the Special Figure 1 start opening 230. ing. In the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, a black circular holding icon is displayed, and it is notified that the number of holdings of the special figure 1 is one. In addition, the black circular holding icon is a holding icon in the prefetching notice mode as shown in FIG. 27 (a).

  FIG. 42 (c) continuing from FIG. 42 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown) is started. After the start of the special figure 1 change game, the hold icon becomes a change icon and a movement animation between the hold and change icons moving to the left is displayed.

  FIG. 42 (d) continuing from FIG. 42 (c) shows a state in which the variation display of the decorative symbol has been started. In FIG. 42 and thereafter, the variation display of the decorative symbol is indicated by a downward thick arrow. In the present embodiment, after the start of the moving animation of the holding and changing icon, the variable display of the decorative symbol is started.

  FIG. 42 (e) continuing from FIG. 42 (d) shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. The reach effect is started from FIG.

FIG. 42 (f) continuing from FIG. 42 (e) shows a state in which the movable body 1010 has moved from the initial position to the lowermost position in the operation range. The movable body 1010 is stopped at a position on the front side of the decorative symbol display device 208. As a result, the movable body 1010 and a part of the image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 overlap, and a part of the image becomes invisible from the player. In the pachinko machine 100, at least a part of the decorative symbol or the notice image (for example, an image such as the sun, clouds, a balloon, a holding icon, a fluctuation icon, etc.) overlaps with the movable body and becomes invisible to the player. Is more likely to be a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game being executed or the special figure fluctuation game being held, as compared to the case where at least a part of the decorative symbol or the notice image does not overlap with the movable body. It may be configured as follows.

  FIG. 42 (g) continuing from FIG. 42 (f) shows a state in which the movable body 1010 has moved upward and returned to the initial position. The initial position of the movable body 1010 is the uppermost position of the movement range of the movable body 1010. When the movable body 1010 returns to the initial position, the rendering operation of the movable body 1010 in the reach effect is ended.

  FIG. 42 (h) continuing from FIG. 42 (g) shows a state in which the movable body 1006 has moved to the right from the initial position. A part of the image of the sun and a part of the "decoration 2" are viewed through the transmitting portion 1006a, and a portion of the cloud image is viewed through the transmitting portion 1006b. When the movable body 1006 is positioned at the initial position as shown in FIG. 42 (g) and when the movable body 1006 is moved rightward from the initial position as shown in FIG. 42 (h), an image of the sun and The visible parts of the cloud image are different. When the image of the sun or the image of the cloud is displayed as the preview image, the visible portion of the preview image is different before and after the movement of the movable body. The pachinko machine 100 has a high probability of winning a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game being executed or the special figure fluctuation game being held if the visible part of the notice image is different before and after movement of the movable body. It may be configured.

  FIG. 42 (i) continuing from FIG. 42 (h) shows a state in which the movable body 1006 has moved leftward and returned to the initial position. Thereby, the rendering operation of the movable body 1006 in the reach rendering is completed.

  FIG. 42 (j) continuing from FIG. 42 (i) shows a state where the movable body 1008 has moved from the initial position to the left. A part of the image of the cloud and a part of the "decoration 2" are viewed through the transmissive portion 1008a, and a portion of the image of the cloud is viewed through the transmissive portion 1008b. As a result, as shown in FIG. 42 (i), when the movable body 1008 is positioned at the initial position, and as shown in FIG. 42 (j), when the movable body 1008 is moved from the initial position to the left, The visible part of the image of and the image of the cloud is different. The pachinko machine 100 has a high probability of winning a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game being executed or the special figure fluctuation game being held if the visible part of the notice image is different before and after movement of the movable body. It may be configured.

  FIG. 42 (k) continuing from FIG. 42 (j) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has moved to the right and returned to the initial position. Thereby, the rendering operation of the movable body 1008 in the reach rendering is completed.

  FIG. 42 (l) continuing from FIG. 42 (k) shows a state where the movable body 1002 is located at the uppermost position from the initial position. In the present example, the movable body 1002 moves upward from the initial position and starts the rendering operation.

  FIG. 42 (m) continuing from FIG. 42 (l) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 has started the rotation operation. The sub liquid crystal unit 1032 can rotate 180 ° clockwise and counterclockwise from an initial posture in which the upper and lower ends are parallel to the horizontal direction and the left and right sides are parallel to the vertical as shown in FIG. It is. In FIG. 42 (m), the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 45 degrees counterclockwise.

  FIG. 42 (n) continued from FIG. 42 (m) shows a state where the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 90 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 42 (m). As shown in FIGS. 42 (l) to 42 (n), before and after the rotation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, the portions where the balloon image and the cloud image can be viewed are different. When an image of a balloon or an image of a cloud is displayed as a preview image, the visible portion of the preview image is different before and after the operation of the movable body. The pachinko machine 100 has a high probability of winning a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game being executed or the special figure fluctuation game being held if the visible part of the notice image is different before and after the operation of the movable body. It may be configured.

  FIG. 42 (o) continued from FIG. 42 (n) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 42 (n) and returned to the initial posture.

  FIG. 42 (p) continuing from FIG. 42 (o) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 has moved downward and returned to the initial position. Thereby, the rendering operation of the movable body 1002 in the reach rendering is completed.

  FIG. 42 (q) continuing from FIG. 42 (p) shows a state where the movable body 1012 is rotated 60 ° clockwise from the initial position. FIG. 42 (r) shows only the main liquid crystal unit 1001 at the same timing as FIG. 42 (q), and shows that the movable body 1012 is rotated 60 ° clockwise from the initial position. By the rotation operation of the movable body 1012, the movable body 1012 and the image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 overlap. For this reason, the movable body 1012 makes it impossible for the player to visually recognize the sun image and part of the "decoration 2". In the pachinko machine 100, when at least a part of the preview image such as the image of the sun becomes invisible from the player after the operation of the movable body, the special figure variation game being executed or the special figure variation game being held is You may be comprised so that the probability of winning a big hit may become high.

  42 (s) and (r) continuing from FIG. 42 (q) and (r) show only the main liquid crystal unit 1001 and show the movable body 1012 counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 42 (q) and (r) It shows a state where it has been rotated by 90 ° and returned to the initial position. FIG. 42 (t) shows the game board 1000 at the same timing as FIG. 42 (s). When the movable body 1012 returns to the initial position, the rendering operation of the movable body 1012 in the reach effect is ended.

  FIG. 42 (u) continued from FIGS. 42 (s) and (t) shows a state where the movable body 1004 is rotated 60 ° clockwise from the initial position. FIG. 42 (v) shows only the movable body 1002 at the same timing as FIG. 42 (u), and shows a state where the movable body 1004 is rotated 60 ° clockwise from the initial position. By the rotation operation of the movable body 1004, the movable body 1004 and the image of the view of the sea displayed on the sub display device 1030 overlap. For this reason, a part of the image of the view of the sea can not be viewed from the player by the movable body 1004. Images of sea views may be displayed as preview images. In the pachinko machine 100, when at least a part of a notice image such as a sea image is not visible from the player after the operation of the movable body, in the special figure fluctuation game being executed or the special figure fluctuation game being held. You may be comprised so that the probability of winning a big hit may become high.

  In addition, as shown in FIG. 42 (u), the number of reservations of special figure 1 increases from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball is inserted in special figure 1 starting opening 230, and in effect display area 208d A white circular hold icon is displayed.

42 (w) continued from FIG. 42 (u) and (v), it extracts and shows only the movable body 1002, and the movable body 1004 rotates 60 counterclockwise from the state shown to FIG. 42 (u) and (v). It shows a state where it is rotated and returned to the initial position. FIG. 42 (x) shows the game board 1000 at the same timing as FIG. 42 (w). When the movable body 1004 returns to the initial position, the rendering operation of the movable body 1004 in the reach effect is finished.

  FIG. 42 (y) continuing from FIG. 42 (w) and (x) shows the state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In this example, the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is lost. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle-right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and it is reported that the result of the special view 1 variation display is out.

  FIG. 42 (z) continuing from FIG. 42 (y) shows a state in which the deletion animation of the fluctuation icon is executed during non-execution of the special figure fluctuation game. In the effect display area 208d, the black circular fluctuation icon corresponding to the finished special figure 1 fluctuation game is erased.

  FIG. 42 (b) continuing from FIG. 42 (z) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown) is started. After the start of the special figure 1 change game, the hold icon becomes a change icon and the movement animation between the hold and change icons moving to the left is displayed.

  In FIG. 42 (b) continuing from FIG. 42 (b), the variation display of the decorative symbol is started based on the fact that the first sub-control unit 400 has received the symbol change start command transmitted from the main control unit 300 It shows the state. The symbol variation start command includes information on variation time. The fluctuation time of this example is determined to, for example, 30 seconds in the special view 1 related lottery process (step S231) of the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG.

  FIG. 42 (C) continuing from FIG. 42 (B) shows a state where power interruption occurs when 15 seconds have elapsed from the start of fluctuation and the power of the pachinko machine 100 is turned off. The display of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 is erased, and all the lamps are turned off. Further, in this example, all the movable bodies other than the movable body 1002 stand still at the timing at which the power interruption occurred.

  FIG. 42 (d) continuing from FIG. 42 (c) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 has moved from the initial position to the lowermost position. As described above, when the power of the pachinko machine 100 is turned off, the movable body 1002 moves to the lowermost position in the movement range by its own weight. The movable body 1002 is positioned at the lowermost position when the pachinko machine 100 is in a non-operating state where the power is off. The lowermost position of the movable body 1002 is the non-operating position of the movable body 1002. When the movable body 1002 is located at the non-operating position, only the upper end of the display area of the sub display device 1030 is visible to the player.

  FIG. 43 (a) continuing from FIG. 42 (d) shows a state where the power of the pachinko machine 100 is off.

  FIG. 43 (b) continuing from FIG. 43 (a) shows a state in which the pachinko machine 100 is powered on. The pachinko machine 100 starts up in the order of the main control unit 300, the first sub-control unit 400, and the second sub-control unit 500 when the power is turned on from the off state. In (b) of FIG. 43, activation of the main control unit 300 is completed and the special view 1 change game in the special view 1 display device 212 is resumed, and the first sub control unit 400 is in operation. On the decorative symbol display device 208 controlled by the control unit 400, a character string image of "during startup .." is displayed.

  FIG. 43 (c) continuing from FIG. 43 (b) shows a state in which the second sub control unit 500 has been activated. After the start of the second sub control unit 500, the initial operation of the movable body controlled by the second sub control unit 500 is performed. In the decorative symbol display device 208, a character string image of "in initial operation" is displayed to notify that the initial operation of the movable body is to be performed.

  FIG. 43 (d) continuing from FIG. 43 (c) shows a state in which the initial operation of the movable body is started. In this example, first, an initial operation of the movable body 1002 is performed. As shown in FIG. 43 (d), the movable body 1002 is moved to the uppermost position. Further, on the sub display device 1030 provided on the movable body 1002, a character string image of "initially operating" is displayed as in the case of the decorative symbol display device 208.

  FIG. 43 (e) continuing from FIG. 43 (d) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise from the initial posture. FIG. 43 (f) continuing from FIG. 43 (e) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 90 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 43 (e). 43 (g) continuing from FIG. 43 (f), the movable body 1002 is in the initial position after the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 43 (f) to return to the initial posture. It shows the moved state. In the initial operation of the movable body 1002 in this example, first, the movable body 1002 moves from the lowermost position to the uppermost position, and then the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 rotates counterclockwise 45 degrees from the initial posture, and then The sub liquid crystal unit 1032 rotates 90 degrees clockwise, and then the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 rotates counterclockwise 45 degrees to return to the initial posture, and finally, the movable body 1002 moves to the initial position. When these operations are completed, the initial operation of the movable body 1002 is completed. The initial position of the movable body 1002 is the start position of the rendering operation of the movable body 1002.

  FIG. 43 (h) continuing from FIG. 43 (g) shows a state in which the movable body 1010 has started the initial operation. The movable body 1010 is moved from the initial position to the lowermost position in the movement range. FIG. 43 (i) continuing from FIG. 43 (h) shows a state in which the movable body 1010 has completed the initial operation. The movable body 1010 moves upward and returns to the initial position. In the initial operation of the movable body 1010 of this example, first, the movable body 1010 moves from the initial position (uppermost position) to the lowermost position, and then the movable body 1010 returns from the lowermost position to the initial position . When these operations are completed, the initial operation of the movable body 1010 is completed.

  FIG. 43 (j) continuing from FIG. 43 (i) shows a state in which the movable body 1006 has started the initial operation. The movable body 1006 is moved from the initial position to the rightmost end of the movement range. FIG. 43 (k) continuing from FIG. 43 (j) shows a state in which the movable body 1006 has completed the initial operation. The movable body 1006 moves to the left and returns to the initial position. In the initial operation of the movable body 1006 of this example, first, the movable body 1006 moves from the initial position to the rightmost position, and then the movable body 1006 returns from the rightmost position to the initial position. When these operations are completed, the initial operation of the movable body 1006 is completed.

  FIG. 43 (l) continuing from FIG. 43 (k) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has started an initial operation. The movable body 1008 moves from the initial position to the leftmost end in the movement range. FIG. 43 (m) continuing from FIG. 43 (l) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has completed the initial operation. The movable body 1008 moves rightward and returns to the initial position. In the initial operation of the movable body 1008 of this example, first, the movable body 1008 moves from the initial position to the leftmost position, and then the movable body 1008 returns from the leftmost position to the initial position. When these operations are completed, the initial operation of the movable body 1008 is completed.

FIG. 43 (n) continuing from FIG. 43 (m) shows a state in which the movable body 1012 has started the initial operation. The movable body 1012 is rotated 60 ° clockwise from the initial position. FIG. 43 (o) continuing from FIG. 43 (n) shows a state in which the movable body 1012 has completed the initial operation. The movable body 1012 is rotated 60 ° counterclockwise to return to the initial position. In the initial operation of the movable body 1012 of this example, first, the movable body 1012 rotates 60 ° clockwise from the initial position, and then, the movable body 1012 rotates 60 ° counterclockwise to return to the initial position. When these operations are completed, the initial operation of the movable body 1012 is completed.

  FIG. 43 (p) continuing from FIG. 43 (o) shows a state in which the movable body 1004 has started the initial operation. The movable body 1004 is rotated 60 ° clockwise from the initial position. FIG. 43 (q) continuing from FIG. 43 (p) shows a state in which the movable body 1004 has completed the initial operation. The movable body 1004 is rotated 60 degrees counterclockwise to return to the initial position. In the initial operation of the movable body 1004 of this example, first, the movable body 1004 rotates 60 ° clockwise from the initial position, and then, the movable body 1004 rotates counterclockwise 60 ° and returns to the initial position. When these operations are completed, the initial operation of the movable body 1004 is completed. Also, in this example, when the initial operation of the movable body 1004 is completed, the initial operation of all the movable bodies is completed.

  In this example, the initial operation of the movable body is performed in the order of the movable body 1002, the movable body 1010, the movable body 1006, the movable body 1008, the movable body 1012, and the movable body 1004. The execution order of the initial operation of the movable body can be set arbitrarily.

  FIG. 43 (r) continuing from FIG. 43 (q) shows a state in which a special figure 1 fluctuation game on the special figure 1 display device 212 is being executed. If a power failure occurs during the execution of the special figure variation game, the first secondary control unit 400 is decorative until the symbol variation stop command is received from the main control unit 300 after the completion of the initial operation of the movable body. The symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 are controlled to be the preparation screen. Thereby, the character string image of "under preparation" is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030. Also, although one game ball is inserted in the special figure 1 start opening 230 at the timing shown in FIG. 43 (r), the decoration symbol display device 208 displays a holding icon indicating an increased holding for the preparation screen. I did not. The LED at the left end of the special view 1 reserve lamp 218 is turned on, and the special figure 1 reserve lamp 218 notifies that the number of reserve of the special figure 1 is one.

  Further, the main control unit 300 is a power-off process (step S243) executed at the time of power-off, and the special figure 1 running result of the success / failure determination of the changing game stored in the RAM 308, stop symbol, changing time, special figure 1 A display symbol update timer or the like is saved in a predetermined area of the RAM 308 as return data. The main control unit 300 returns to the gaming state before the power failure based on the return data by the power recovery process after power on (step S111). Thereby, the main control unit 300 executes control to end the special figure 1 fluctuation game when the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 fluctuation game which has been executed at the time of power interruption has elapsed for 30 seconds.

  FIG. 43 (s) continuing from FIG. 43 (r) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. The result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game of this example is off. The first sub-control unit 400 displays the effect display of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub-display device 1030 based on the fact that the main control unit 300 receives the symbol variation stop command including the information that the success or failure determination result is disapproval. Resume. "Decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 3", which is a combination of out-of-edge symbols, is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the effect display area 208d is an image of the sun and clouds A background image is displayed, including the image of the image and the image of the balloon. Further, since the suspension of the special view 1 is 1, one white circular suspension icon is displayed in the effect display area 208d. In addition, the fluctuation icon corresponding to the special figure fluctuation game which has been executed before the power interruption is not displayed in the effect display of the decorative symbol display device 208 after the power recovery. In addition, an image of a seascape is displayed on the sub display device 1030.

FIG. 43 (t) continuing from FIG. 43 (s) shows a state in which the reserve of special figure 1 is digested and special figure 1 fluctuation game is started. After the start of the special figure 1 change game, the hold icon becomes a change icon and a movement animation between the hold and change icons moving to the left is displayed, and then the change display of the decorative symbol is started. In addition, the movable body 1002 is a second auxiliary control unit 500.
Waits at the initial position until the player receives a rendering operation start command. Further, the movable body 1008 is moved from the initial position to the position of the rightmost end. When the movable body 1008 moves to the rightmost position, the right end portion of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 becomes visible. For this reason, when the movable body 1008 moves to the rightmost position, there is a possibility that the notice image overlapping the movable body 1008 may be visible when the movable body 1008 is positioned at the initial position. When the pachinko machine 100 makes the preview image visible, the pachinko machine 100 makes a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game being executed or the special figure fluctuation game being held, as compared to the case where the preview image remains invisible. You may be comprised so that the probability of winning may become high.

  FIG. 43 (u) continued from FIG. 43 (t) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 has started the rendering operation. The second sub control unit 500 starts driving control of the movable body 1002 based on the reception of the command including the start instruction of the rendering operation of the movable body 1002 from the first sub control unit 400. The movable body 1002 is moved from the initial position to the uppermost position.

  FIG. 43 (v) continued from FIG. 43 (u) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 has returned to the initial position. The movable body 1002 waits at the initial position until the second sub control unit 500 receives the rendering operation start command. In addition, the number of reservations in Special Figure 1 increases from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting opening 230, and a black circular retention icon is displayed in the effect display area 208d. .

  FIG. 43 (w) continuing from FIG. 43 (v) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In this example, the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is lost. "Decoration 3-decoration 2-decoration 2" is stop-displayed in the left middle-right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and it is notified that the result of the special view 1 variation display is out. Also, the movable body 1008 has returned to the initial position. In addition, during the stop display of the decorative symbol, the deletion animation of the fluctuation icon is executed, and the white circular fluctuation icon is erased.

  FIG. 43 (x) continuing from FIG. 43 (w) shows a state in which the special figure 1 hold is digested and special figure 1 fluctuation game is started. After the start of the special figure 1 change game, the hold icon becomes a change icon and a movement animation between the hold and change icons moving to the left is displayed, and then the change display of the decorative symbol is started. In addition, the movable body 1002 is waiting to receive an instruction to start the rendering operation at the initial position.

  FIG. 43 (y) continued from FIG. 43 (x) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 has started the rendering operation. The second sub control unit 500 starts driving control of the movable body 1002 based on the reception of the command including the start instruction of the rendering operation of the movable body 1002 from the first sub control unit 400. In this example, after the movable body 1002 is moved from the initial position to the uppermost position, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 60 ° counterclockwise.

  FIG. 43 (z) continuing from FIG. 43 (y) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 has returned to the initial position. After the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 returns to the initial posture, the movable body 1002 moves downward and returns to the initial position. Note that the movable body 1002 may move downward while the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 returns to the initial posture.

  FIG. 43 (i) continuing from FIG. 43 (z) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In this example, the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is lost. "Decoration 3-decoration 2-decoration 2" is stop-displayed in the left middle-right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and it is notified that the result of the special view 1 variation display is out.

FIG. 43 (b) continuing from FIG. 43 (b) shows a state in which the deletion animation of the fluctuation icon is executed while the decorative symbol is stopped. As a result, the black circular fluctuation icon is erased.

In the present embodiment, the movable body 1002 starts the rendering operation from the initial position, and ends the rendering operation at the initial position. The movable body 1002 may start the rendering operation from a position other than the initial position and the lowermost position. The movable body 1002 may start the rendering operation from the lowermost position. The movable body 1002 may end the rendering operation at the lowermost position. The movable body 1002 may end the rendering operation at a position other than the initial position and the lowermost position. The movable body 1002 may start the rendering operation at a position other than the initial position and the lowermost position, and may end the rendering operation at a position other than the initial position and the lowermost position. The start position of the rendering operation of the movable body 1002 and the end position of the rendering operation may be the same or different.
A game stand characterized by

  Also, even when the power is turned off with the movable body 1002 at a position other than the initial position and the lowermost position (for example, the fourth position), the movable body 1002 is at the lowermost position from the fourth position. It may be configured to move to

  Also, even when the power is turned off in a state where the movable body 1002 is at the third position which is a position other than the fourth position, the initial position and the lowermost position, the movable body 1002 starts from the third position. It is configured to move to the lowermost position.

  Further, fourth control means (for example, the second sub control unit 500) for controlling the movable body 1002 and drive means for driving the movable body 1002 are provided.

  In addition, a sensor is provided to detect whether the movable body 1002 is positioned at the initial position, and when the power is turned off, the sensor detects that the movable body 1002 is not positioned at the initial position. The movable body 1002 is configured to move to the lowermost position. A sensor is provided to detect whether or not the movable body is in the initial posture, and when the power is turned off, when the sensor detects that the movable body is not in the initial posture, the movable body is in the initial posture It may be configured to return to The drive control in the present embodiment of the movable body 1002 may be applied to another movable body.

(Example 2)
FIG. 44 shows an example of effects in the second embodiment of the present embodiment. FIG. 44 shows the effect state in time series. Each drawing of FIG. 44 shows a schematic front view of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

  FIG. 44 (a) shows a state in which the special figure variation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a-208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is out. ing. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 44 (a), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero. Moreover, in the state shown to Fig.44 (a), the movable body 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 1010, 1012 is located in the initial position.

  In FIG. 44 (b) continuing from FIG. 44 (a), the number of reservations in Special Figure 1 increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball entered the Special Figure 1 start opening 230. It shows that the special figure 1 hold is digested and the special figure 1 fluctuation game is started. In the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, variable display of the decorative symbols is executed, and a black circular change icon is displayed on the effect display area 208d.

  FIG. 44 (c) continued from FIG. 44 (b) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 and the movable body 1010 have started executing the rendering operation. The movable body 1002 is moved from the initial position to the uppermost position, and the movable body 1010 is moved from the initial position to the lowermost position. The timing of the start of movement of the movable body 1002 and the movable body 1010 may be simultaneous or one of them may be earlier. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 is set so that the probability of winning a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game being executed increases as the number of movable bodies moving to the front of the decorative symbol display device 208 at substantially the same timing increases. May be

  FIG. 44 (d) continuing from FIG. 44 (c) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 and the movable body 1010 perform the rotation operation and the movable body 1006 performs the rendering operation. In the present embodiment, the movable body 1010 is rotatable 180 ° clockwise from the initial posture shown in FIG. 44C, and can be rotated 180 ° counterclockwise from the initial posture. The initial attitude of the movable body 1010 is an attitude in which the upper and lower end sides of the movable body 1010 are parallel to the horizontal direction. Further, as a drive mechanism for rotating the movable body 1010, the same drive mechanism for rotating the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 can be adopted. In the state shown in FIG. 44D, the movable body 1010 rotates clockwise by 30 °, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 rotates clockwise by 30 °, and the movable body 1006 moves rightward from the initial position. The operation start timings of the movable body 1010, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, and the movable body 1006 may be simultaneous, or the operation start timings of the two movable bodies may be simultaneous, or the operation start of the three movable bodies The timing may be separate. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 is set so that the probability of winning a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game being executed increases as the number of movable bodies rotating in front of the decorative symbol display device 208 increases at substantially the same timing. It may be

  FIG. 44 (e) continuing from FIG. 44 (d) shows a state in which a power failure has occurred during execution of the special view 1 change game, and the power of the pachinko machine 100 is turned off. The display of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 is erased, and all the lamps are turned off.

  FIG. 44 (f) continuing from FIG. 44 (e) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 has returned to the initial posture while the pachinko machine 100 is in the power-off state. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has a storage circuit (e.g., a capacitor) for supplying power for returning the movable body to the initial position or initial posture even after the power from the outside is cut off. Prepare for The second sub-control unit 500 drives the movable body by the power supply supplied from the storage circuit and restores the initial position and the initial posture when the power interruption occurs. In this embodiment, when a power failure occurs, control for returning the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 and the movable body 1010 to the initial posture is executed, and control for returning the movable body 1006 to the initial position is not executed. The movable body 1006 remains stationary at the position where the power interruption occurred. In addition, when the movable body 1006 is capable of rotational operation and power interruption occurs after the movable body 1006 performs the rotational operation, the movable body 1006 stands still in the state of being rotated from the initial posture.

  FIG. 44 (g) continuing from FIG. 44 (f) shows a state where the movable body 1002 has moved to the lowermost position. After the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 returns to the initial posture, the second sub control unit 500 ends the drive control of the movable body 1002. Therefore, in the power-off state of the pachinko machine 100, the movable body 1002 is moved by its own weight to a lowermost position below the initial position. The second sub-control unit 500 continues the drive control of the movable body 1002 even after the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 returns to the initial posture, and executes the drive control to move the movable body 1002 to the lowermost position. Good.

  FIG. 44 (h) continuing from FIG. 44 (f) shows a state in which the movable body 1010 has returned to the initial posture. FIG. 44 (i) continuing from FIG. 44 (h) shows a state in which the movable body 1010 has returned to the initial position.

  FIG. 44 (j) continuing from FIG. 44 (i) shows a state where the power of the pachinko machine 100 remains off. The pachinko machine 100 is in a state of waiting for power on.

  FIG. 44 (k) continuing from FIG. 44 (j) shows a state in which the pachinko machine 100 is powered on. In FIG. 44 (k), the activation of the main control unit 300 is completed, and the special view 1 change game in the special view 1 display device 212 is resumed, and the first sub control unit 400 is in operation. On the decorative symbol display device 208 controlled by the control unit 400, a character string image of "during startup .." is displayed. In addition, the character image of “Yuki” in the character string image is hidden by the movable body 1006.

  FIG. 44 (l) continuing from FIG. 44 (k) shows a state in which the second secondary control unit 500 has been activated. After the start of the second sub control unit 500, the initial operation of the movable body controlled by the second sub control unit 500 is performed. In the decorative symbol display device 208, a character string image of "in initial operation" is displayed to notify that the initial operation of the movable body is to be performed.

  FIG. 44 (m) continuing from FIG. 44 (l) shows a state in which the initial operation of the movable body is started. In this example, first, an initial operation of the movable body 1002 is performed. As shown in FIG. 44 (m), the movable body 1002 is moved from the lowermost position to the uppermost position. Further, on the sub display device 1030 provided on the movable body 1002, a character string image of "initially operating" is displayed as in the case of the decorative symbol display device 208.

  FIG. 44 (n) continuing from FIG. 44 (m) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise from the initial posture. FIG. 44 (o) continued from FIG. 44 (n) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 90 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 44 (n). In FIG. 44 (p) continued from FIG. 44 (o), the movable body 1002 is in the initial position after the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. It shows the moved state. When these operations are completed, the initial operation of the movable body 1002 is completed.

  FIG. 44 (q) continuing from FIG. 44 (p) shows a state in which the movable body 1010 has started an initial operation. In the initial operation of the movable body 1010 of this example, first, the movable body 1010 is moved from the initial position to the lowermost position. FIG. 44 (r) continuing from FIG. 44 (q) shows a state where the movable body 1010 is rotated 45 ° clockwise from the initial posture. FIG. 44 (s) continuing from FIG. 44 (r) shows a state where the movable body 1010 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 44 (r) and returned to the initial position. FIG. 44 (t) continuing from FIG. 44 (s) shows a state in which the movable body 1010 has moved upward and returned to the initial position. In the initial operation of the movable body 1010 of this example, first, the movable body 1010 moves from the initial position to the lowermost position, and then, the movable body 1010 rotates 45 ° clockwise from the initial posture, and then, the movable body 1010 Turns 45 degrees counterclockwise to return to the initial posture, and finally, the movable body 1010 moves to the initial position. When these operations are completed, the initial operation of the movable body 1010 is completed.

FIG. 44 (u) continuing from FIG. 44 (t) shows a state in which the movable body 1006 has started the initial operation. When the movable body 1006 is stopped at a position other than the initial position at the start of the initial operation, first, the movable body 1006 returns to the initial position. FIG. 44 (v) continued from FIG. 44 (u) shows a state in which the movable body 1006 has moved from the initial position to the rightmost end of the movement range. FIG. 44 (w) continuing from FIG. 44 (v) shows a state in which the movable body 1006 has completed the initial operation. The movable body 1006 moves to the left and returns to the initial position. In the initial operation of the movable body 1006 of this example, first, the movable body 1006 returns to the initial position, then the movable body 1006 moves from the initial position to the rightmost position, and then the movable body 1006 reaches the rightmost position. Return to the initial position from. When these operations are completed, the initial operation of the movable body 1006 is completed.

  FIG. 44 (x) continuing from FIG. 44 (w) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has started the initial operation. The movable body 1008 moves from the initial position to the leftmost end in the movement range. FIG. 44 (y) continuing from FIG. 44 (x) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has completed the initial operation. The movable body 1008 moves rightward and returns to the initial position.

  FIG. 44 (z) continuing from FIG. 44 (y) shows a state in which the movable body 1012 has started the initial operation. The movable body 1012 is rotated 60 ° clockwise from the initial position. FIG. 44 (b) continuing from FIG. 44 (z) shows a state in which the movable body 1012 has completed the initial operation. The movable body 1012 is rotated 60 ° counterclockwise to return to the initial position.

  Further, in FIG. 44 (A), the movable body 1004 has started the initial operation. The movable body 1004 is rotated 60 ° clockwise from the initial position. FIG. 44 (b) continuing from FIG. 44 (b) shows a state in which the movable body 1004 has rotated counterclockwise 60 degrees and returned to the initial position. FIG. 44 (C) continuing from FIG. 44 (B) shows a state where the movable body 1004 has rotated clockwise by 60 °. FIG. 44 (2) continuing from FIG. 44 (c) shows a state in which the movable body 1004 has rotated clockwise by 60 ° and returned to the initial position. In the initial operation of the movable body 1004 of this example, first, the movable body 1004 rotates 60 ° clockwise from the initial position, and then the movable body 1004 rotates 60 ° counterclockwise to return to the initial position, and then The movable body 1004 rotates 60 ° clockwise from the initial position, and then the movable body 1004 rotates 60 ° counterclockwise to return to the initial position. When these operations are completed, the initial operation of the movable body 1004 is completed. Thus, the same operation may be performed multiple times in the initial operation of the movable body. Also, in this example, when the initial operation of the movable body 1004 is completed, the initial operation of all the movable bodies is completed.

(Example 3)
FIG. 45 shows an example of effects in the third example of the present embodiment. FIG. 44 shows the effect state in time series. Each drawing of FIG. 45 shows a schematic front view of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

  FIG. 45 (a) shows a state in which the special figure variation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a-208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is out. ing. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 45 (a), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 45 (a), the movable bodies 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 1010 and 1012 are located at initial positions.

  In FIG. 45 (b) continuing from FIG. 45 (a), the number of reservations in Special Figure 1 increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball entered the Special Figure 1 start opening 230. It shows that the special figure 1 hold is digested and the special figure 1 fluctuation game is started. In the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, variable display of the decorative symbols is executed, and a black circular change icon is displayed on the effect display area 208d.

  FIG. 45 (c) continuing from FIG. 45 (b) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 and the movable body 1010 have started executing the rendering operation. The movable body 1002 is moved from the initial position to the uppermost position, and the movable body 1010 is moved from the initial position to the lowermost position.

  FIG. 45 (d) continuing from FIG. 45 (c) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, the movable body 1004 and the movable body 1010 of the movable body 1002 perform the rotation operation and the movable body 1006 performs the rendering operation. There is. In the present embodiment, the movable body 1010 can be rotated 180 ° clockwise from the initial posture shown in FIG. 45C, and can be rotated 180 ° counterclockwise from the initial posture. In the state shown in FIG. 45D, the movable body 1010 rotates 30 ° clockwise, the movable body 1004 rotates 60 ° clockwise, and the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 rotates 30 ° clockwise, so that the movable body 1006 rotates. Is moving from the initial position to the right. The timing of the operation start of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 and the movable body 1004 may be simultaneous or different.

  FIG. 45 (e) continuing from FIG. 45 (d) shows a state in which a power failure has occurred during execution of the special view 1 change game, and the power of the pachinko machine 100 is turned off. The display of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 is erased, and all the lamps are turned off.

  FIG. 45 (f) continuing from FIG. 45 (e) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 has returned to the initial posture while the pachinko machine 100 is in the power-off state. The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has a storage circuit (e.g., a capacitor) for supplying power for returning the movable body to the initial position or initial posture even after the power from the outside is cut off. Prepare for The second sub-control unit 500 drives the movable body by the power supply supplied from the storage circuit and restores the initial position and the initial posture when the power interruption occurs. In this embodiment, when a power failure occurs, control for returning the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 and the movable body 1010 to the initial posture is executed, and control for returning the movable bodies 1004 and 1006 to the initial position is not executed. The movable bodies 1004 and 1006 remain stationary at the position where the power interruption occurred. In addition, when the movable body 1006 is capable of rotational operation and power interruption occurs after the movable body 1006 performs the rotational operation, the movable body 1006 stands still in the state of being rotated from the initial posture. Also, control may be performed to return the movable bodies 1004 and 1006 to their initial positions.

  FIG. 45 (g) continuing from FIG. 45 (f) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 has moved to the lowermost position. After the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 returns to the initial posture, the second sub control unit 500 ends the drive control of the movable body 1002. Therefore, in the power-off state of the pachinko machine 100, the movable body 1002 is moved by its own weight to a lowermost position below the initial position. The second sub-control unit 500 continues the drive control of the movable body 1002 even after the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 returns to the initial posture, and executes the drive control to move the movable body 1002 to the lowermost position. Good.

  FIG. 45 (h) continuing from FIG. 45 (g) shows a state in which the movable body 1010 has returned to the initial posture. FIG. 45 (i) continuing from FIG. 45 (h) shows a state in which the movable body 1010 has returned to the initial position.

  FIG. 45 (j) continuing from FIG. 45 (i) shows a state where the power of the pachinko machine 100 remains off. The pachinko machine 100 is in a state of waiting for power on.

  FIG. 45 (k) continuing from FIG. 45 (j) shows a state in which the pachinko machine 100 is powered on. In FIG. 45 (k), the activation of the main control unit 300 is completed and the special view 1 fluctuation game in the special view 1 display device 212 is resumed, and the first sub control unit 400 is in operation. On the decorative symbol display device 208 controlled by the control unit 400, a character string image of "during startup .." is displayed. In addition, the character image of “Yuki” in the character string image is hidden by the movable body 1006.

FIG. 45 (l) continuing from FIG. 45 (k) shows a state in which the second sub control unit 500 has been activated. After the start of the second sub control unit 500, the initial operation of the movable body controlled by the second sub control unit 500 is performed. In the decorative symbol display device 208, a character string image of "in initial operation" is displayed to notify that the initial operation of the movable body is to be performed.

  FIG. 45 (m) continuing from FIG. 45 (l) shows a state in which the initial operation of the movable body is started. In the present example, when there is a movable body stopped at a position different from the initial position at the start of the initial operation of the movable body, control for returning the movable body to the initial position is executed. In FIG. 45 (m), first, the movable body 1006 has returned to the initial position.

  FIG. 45 (n) continuing from FIG. 45 (m) shows a state in which the movable body 1004 has returned to the initial position. The movable body 1004 is rotated 60 ° counterclockwise to return to the initial position.

  FIG. 45 (o) continuing from FIG. 45 (n) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 has returned to its initial value from the lowermost position. FIG. 45 (p) continuing from FIG. 45 (o) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 has started its initial operation and moved to the uppermost position. The movable body 1002 starts an initial operation after returning to the initial position.

(Example 4)
FIG. 46 shows an example of effect in the fourth example of the present embodiment. FIG. 46 shows the effect state in time series. Each of FIGS. 46 (a) to 46 (n) shows a schematic front view of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

  FIG. 46 (a) shows a state in which the special figure variation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a-208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is out. ing. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 46 (a), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero. Moreover, in the state shown to Fig.46 (a), the movable body 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 1010, 1012 is located in the initial position.

  In FIG. 46 (b) continuing from FIG. 46 (a), the number of reservations in Special Figure 1 increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball entered the special view 1 starting opening 230. It shows that the special figure 1 hold is digested and the special figure 1 fluctuation game is started. In the left middle right symbol display areas 208a to 208c, variable display of the decorative symbols is executed, and a black circular change icon is displayed on the effect display area 208d.

  FIG. 46 (c) continuing from FIG. 46 (b) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 has started executing the rendering operation. The movable body 1002 is moved from the initial position to the uppermost position.

  FIG. 46 (d) continuing from FIG. 46 (c) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 has performed a rotation operation. The sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 180 degrees counterclockwise.

  FIG. 46 (e) continuing from FIG. 46 (d) shows a state in which a power failure occurs during execution of the special view 1 change game, and the pachinko machine 100 is powered off. The display of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 is erased, and all the lamps are turned off.

  FIG. 46 (f) continuing from FIG. 46 (e) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 has moved to the lowermost position by its own weight while the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 has not returned to the initial posture. In this example, the control for returning the movable body to the initial posture or initial position at the time of power interruption is not executed.

  FIG. 46 (g) continuing from FIG. 46 (g) shows a state in which the power of the pachinko machine 100 remains off. The pachinko machine 100 is in a state of waiting for power on.

  FIG. 46 (h) continuing from FIG. 46 (g) shows a state in which the pachinko machine 100 is powered on. In (h) of FIG. 46, the activation of the main control unit 300 is completed and the special view 1 change game in the special view 1 display device 212 is resumed, and the first sub control unit 400 is in operation. A character string image of “in operation...” Is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 controlled by the control unit 400, and a character string image of “in operation” is displayed on the sub display device 1030.

  FIG. 46 (i) continuing from FIG. 46 (h) shows a state in which the second auxiliary control unit 500 has been activated. After the start of the second sub control unit 500, the initial operation of the movable body controlled by the second sub control unit 500 is performed. In the decorative symbol display device 208, a character string image of "in initial operation" is displayed to notify that the initial operation of the movable body is to be performed.

  FIG. 46 (j) continuing from FIG. 46 (i) shows a state in which the initial operation of the movable body 1002 is started. After the movable body 1002 is moved to the uppermost position, an operation of rotating the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 clockwise is performed. In the initial operation, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 rotates 180 degrees clockwise from the initial posture. In the present example, since the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is stopped rotating 180 degrees counterclockwise from the initial posture at the start of the initial operation, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 rotates 360 degrees clockwise after the start of the initial operation.

  FIG. 46 (k) continuing from FIG. 46 (j) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 has rotated clockwise by 180 ° from the initial posture and has come to a standstill. 46 (l) continuing from FIG. 46 (k) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotating counterclockwise. The sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 360 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 46 (k), and then rotated 180 ° clockwise to return to the initial posture. 46 (m) continuing from FIG. 46 (l) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 has returned to the initial posture. 46 (n) continuing from FIG. 46 (m) shows a state in which the movable body 1002 has moved to the initial position. When the movable body 1002 moves to the initial position, the initial operation is ended.

  FIG. 46 (o) shows a state where the movable body 1002 in the states shown in FIGS. 46 (f) to (i) is viewed from the rear right side. In this example, the movable body 1002 is moved to the lowermost position in a state where the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 180 degrees counterclockwise from the initial posture. As shown in FIG. 46 (o), a lower escapement portion 1050 provided with a space for escaping the movable body 1002 is provided on the lower front side of the lower base 1044. The lower escapement portion 1050 is provided on the rear lower side of the front stage 244 of the gaming board 1000 and in the center case of the gaming board 1000. At the lowermost end of the lower escape portion 1050, a receiving portion 1052 having a flat surface for receiving the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is disposed. A buffer portion 1054 is provided on the upper surface of the receiving portion 1052. A sheet-like buffer member is used for the buffer unit 1054.

  If the power of the pachinko machine 100 is turned off with the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 rotated by, for example, 45 ° or more from the initial posture, the lower base 1044 can not receive the moving unit 1036 of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. It can be received by the receiving unit 1052. This makes it possible to prevent the movable body 1002 from colliding with peripheral devices or peripheral members even if the movable body 1002 in a posture different from the initial posture moves to the lower limit position.

Although illustration is omitted, when the movable body 1002 is movable above the initial position of the movable body 1010, an upper escape portion may be provided. Similar to the lower escape portion 1050, the upper escape portion is provided to prevent the movable body 1002 from colliding with peripheral devices and peripheral members. The upper relief portion may be provided with a receiving portion having a flat surface for receiving the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, and a buffer portion on the lower surface of the receiving portion.

(Example 5)
FIG. 47 shows an example of effect in the fifth example of the present embodiment. FIG. 47 shows the effect state in time series. Each drawing of FIG. 47 shows a schematic front view of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

  FIG. 47 (a) shows a state in which the special figure fluctuation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is a loss ing. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 47 (a), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero. Moreover, in the state shown to Fig.47 (a), movable body 1004, 1006, 1008, 1010, 1012 is located in the initial position.

  FIG. 47 (b) continuing from FIG. 47 (a) shows a state in which the number of reservations in special drawing 1 is increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball is inserted in special drawing 1 starting opening 230. ing. In the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, a black circular holding icon is displayed, and it is notified that the number of holdings of the special figure 1 is one.

  FIG. 47 (c) continuing from FIG. 47 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown) is started. After the start of the special figure 1 change game, the hold icon becomes a change icon and a movement animation between the hold and change icons moving to the left is displayed.

  FIG. 47 (d) continuing from FIG. 47 (c) shows a state in which the variation display of the decorative symbol has been started.

  FIG. 47 (e) continuing from FIG. 47 (d) shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. Reach production is started from FIG.

  In the pachinko machine 100 according to this embodiment, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 can rotate. As a drive mechanism for executing the rotation operation of the main liquid crystal unit 1001, a mechanism similar to the drive mechanism for executing the rotation operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 in the above embodiment is used. Thus, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 also functions as a movable body. Further, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 rotates 45 ° clockwise and counterclockwise about the center of the display area from the initial posture in which the upper and lower end sides of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 are parallel to the horizontal direction. It is possible. Further, when the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is capable of rotating, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 may not be capable of rotating, or both units may be capable of rotating. In the present embodiment, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is fixed to the game board 1000 and can not rotate. When the main liquid crystal unit 1001 can not rotate as in the above embodiment, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 may or may not be capable of rotating.

FIG. 47 (f) continuing from FIG. 47 (e) shows a state in which the effect of the previous stage of the rotation operation of the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is started. In this example, before the main liquid crystal unit 1001 starts the rotation operation, after the fluctuation icon, the hold icon, and the decoration symbol are displayed on the sub display device 1030, these displays are erased from the decoration symbol display device 208. . In this example, first, after the black circular fluctuation icon is displayed on the sub display device 1030, the fluctuation icon is erased from the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, when the hold icon is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208, after the hold icon is displayed on the sub display device 1030, the hold icon is deleted from the decorative symbol display device 208. The display modes of the variation icon and the hold icon displayed on the sub display 1030 are the same as the display modes of the change icon and the hold icon displayed on the decorative symbol display unit 208.

  FIG. 47 (g) continuing from FIG. 47 (f) shows a state in which the decorative symbol is displayed on the sub display device 1030. After the sub display device 1030 temporarily displays “decoration 2” as the left and right symbols, and displays the middle symbol variably, the display of the decorative symbol is erased from the decorative symbol display device 208.

  In the decorative symbol display device 208, when the display of the variable icon, the holding icon, the decorative symbol, etc. is erased, another display overlapped with these displays may be visible to the player. The other display may be displayed as a preview image. The pachinko machine 100, when the other display becomes visible to the player, is a special figure change game being executed or on hold than when the other display remains invisible to the player. You may be comprised so that the probability of winning a big hit by special figure change game may become high.

  FIG. 47 (h) continuing from FIG. 47 (g) shows a state in which the main liquid crystal unit 1001 has started the rendering operation. The main liquid crystal unit 1001 is rotated 45 degrees counterclockwise from the initial posture.

  47 (i) continuing from FIG. 47 (h) shows a state in which the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is rotated 90 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 47 (h). In addition, the number of reservations in Special Figure 1 increases from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball enters the special figure 1 start opening 230, and a white circular retention icon is displayed on the sub display device 1030. .

  FIG. 47 (j) continuing from FIG. 47 (i) shows a state in which the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 47 (i) to return to the initial posture. In addition, “decoration 3” is temporarily displayed as a middle symbol on the sub display device 1030, and the sub display is performed based on the first sub control unit 400 receiving the symbol fluctuation stop command transmitted from the main control unit 300. On the device 1030, "decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed as a final design.

  FIG. 47 (k) continuing from FIG. 47 (j) shows a state in which the deletion animation of the variation icon has been executed. In the sub display device 1030, the deletion animation of the fluctuation icon is executed, and the black circular fluctuation icon is deleted.

  FIG. 47 (l) continuing from FIG. 47 (k) shows the non-execution state of the special figure fluctuation game. The special figure 1 of the untouched symbol is stopped and displayed on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown), and the "display 2-decoration 3-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed on the sub display 1030.

  FIG. 47 (m) continuing from FIG. 47 (l) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown) is started. After the start of the special figure 1 variation game, the suspension icon becomes a variation icon, and a moving animation between the suspension and variation icons moving leftward is displayed on the sub display device 1030. Moreover, after the start of the special figure 1 change game, the movable body 1006 is moving to the left end. Therefore, the movable body 1006 can not be viewed by the player.

  FIG. 47 (n) continuing from FIG. 47 (m) shows a state in which the variation display of the decorative symbol is started in the sub display device 1030.

  FIG. 47 (o) continuing from FIG. 47 (n) shows a state in which the variation display of the decoration symbol is resumed in the decoration symbol display device 208. In this example, the variation display of the decorative symbol on the decorative symbol display device 208 is resumed during the execution of the special figure variation game following the special figure variation game in which the main liquid crystal unit 1001 executes the rotation effect operation. After the variation display of the decoration symbol is started in the decoration symbol display device 208, the variation display of the decoration symbol is erased in the sub display device 1030.

  FIG. 47 (n) continuing from FIG. 47 (o) shows a state in which the display of the variation icon has been resumed in the decorative symbol display device 208. In this example, the display of the fluctuation icon and the hold icon on the decorative symbol display device 208 is resumed during execution of the special figure fluctuation game following the special figure fluctuation game in which the main liquid crystal unit 1001 executes the rotation effect operation. After the display of the fluctuation icon is started in the decorative symbol display device 208, the fluctuation icon is erased in the sub display device 1030. When the reserve icon is displayed on the sub display device 1030, after the display of the reserve icon is started in the decorative symbol display device 208, the reserve icon is deleted in the sub display device 1030.

  FIG. 47 (q) continuing from FIG. 47 (p) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In this example, the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is lost. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left middle-right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and it is notified that the result of the special view 1 variation display is out. In addition, the movable body 1006 may return to the initial position after the end of the special figure 1 change game.

  FIG. 47 (r) continuing from FIG. 47 (q) shows a state in which the erasing animation of the fluctuating icon is executed during non-execution of the special figure fluctuating game. In the effect display area 208d, the white circular fluctuation icon corresponding to the finished special figure 1 fluctuation game is deleted.

(Example 6)
FIG. 48 shows an example of effect in the sixth example of the present embodiment. FIG. 48 shows the effect state in time series. Each drawing of FIG. 48 shows a schematic front view of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

  FIG. 47 (a) shows a state in which the special figure fluctuation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is a loss ing. Moreover, in the state shown to Fig.48 (a), the number of reservations of Special figure 1 and special figure 2 is zero. Further, in the present embodiment, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is fixed to the game board 1000 and can not move and rotate, and the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is moved vertically by a drive mechanism similar to the movable body 1002 shown in FIG. It is possible. Further, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 can rotate as in the fifth embodiment. In the state shown in FIG. 48A, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is located at the initial position in the initial posture. Note that both units of the main liquid crystal unit 1001 and the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 may be vertically movable.

  FIG. 48 (b) continuing from FIG. 48 (a) shows a state where the power is cut off while the special figure changing game is not being executed and the pachinko machine 100 is powered off. The display of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 is erased, and all the lamps are turned off.

FIG. 48 (c) continuing from FIG. 48 (b) shows a state in which the main liquid crystal unit 1001 has been moved from the initial position to the lowermost position. As with the movable body 1002, when the power of the pachinko machine 100 is turned off, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 moves to the lowermost position in the movement range by its own weight. The main liquid crystal unit 1001 is positioned at the lowermost position when the pachinko machine 100 is in a non-operating state where the power is off. In addition, the second auxiliary control unit 500 may execute drive control to move the main liquid crystal unit 1001 to the lowermost position by the power supplied from the storage circuit provided in the power control unit 660.

  FIG. 48 (d) continuing from FIG. 48 (c) shows a state in which the pachinko machine 100 is powered off.

  FIG. 48 (e) continuing from FIG. 48 (d) shows a state in which the pachinko machine 100 is powered on. In (e) of FIG. 48, the first sub-control unit 400 is in operation, and the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub-display device 1030 controlled by the first sub-control unit 400 display a character string image of "under activation". It is done.

  FIG. 48 (f) continuing from FIG. 48 (e) shows a state in which the second auxiliary control unit 500 has been activated. After the start of the second sub control unit 500, the initial operation of the movable body controlled by the second sub control unit 500 is performed. In the decorative symbol display device 208, a character string image of "in initial operation" is displayed to notify that the initial operation of the movable body is to be performed. In addition, the character string image of "under activation" is continuously displayed on the sub display device 1030.

  FIG. 48 (g) continuing from FIG. 48 (f) shows a state in which the initial operation of the movable body is started. In this example, only the initial operation of the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is performed. As shown in FIG. 48 (g), the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is moved upward and located at the initial position.

  FIG. 48 (h) continuing from FIG. 48 (g) shows a state in which the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise from the initial posture. FIG. 48 (i) continued from FIG. 48 (h) shows a state where the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is rotated 90 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 48 (h). FIG. 48 (j) continuing from FIG. 48 (i) shows a state in which the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 48 (i) to return to the initial posture. In the initial operation of the main liquid crystal unit 1001 of this example, first, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is moved from the lowermost position (non-operating position) to the initial position, and then the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is turned counterclockwise from the initial position. Then, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is rotated 90 ° clockwise, and then the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise to return to the initial posture. When these operations are completed, the initial operation of the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is completed.

  FIG. 48 (k) continuing from FIG. 48 (j) shows a state in which the initial operation of the movable body is completed, and the effect display on the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 is resumed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed on the left middle right-hand symbol display areas 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208. The stop design of "decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is the default stop design. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 48 (k), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero.

(Example 7)
FIG. 49 shows an example of effect in the seventh example of the present embodiment. FIG. 49 shows the effect state in time series. Each drawing of FIG. 49 shows a schematic front view of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

FIG. 49 (a) shows a state in which the special figure fluctuation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is a loss ing. Also,
In the state shown in FIG. 49 (a), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero. Further, in the present embodiment, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 can execute the vertical movement and the rotation operation, and the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 can perform the vertical movement and the rotation operation. In the state shown in FIG. 49A, the movable bodies 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 1010, 1012 are located at the initial position, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is located at the initial position in the initial posture, and the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is at the initial position. It is stationary in posture.

  FIG. 49 (b) continuing from FIG. 49 (a) shows a state in which the number of reservations in Special Figure 1 is increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball is inserted into Special Figure 1 start opening 230. ing. In the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, a black circular holding icon is displayed, and it is notified that the number of holdings of the special figure 1 is one.

  FIG. 49 (c) continuing from FIG. 49 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown) is started. After the start of the special figure 1 change game, the hold icon becomes a change icon and a movement animation between the hold and change icons moving to the left is displayed.

  FIG. 49 (d) continuing from FIG. 49 (c) shows a state in which the variation display of the decorative symbol has been started.

  FIG. 49 (e) continuing from FIG. 49 (d) shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. Reach production is started from (e) onward in FIG.

  FIG. 49F continuing from FIG. 49E shows a state in which the rendering operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 has been started. The sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 30 degrees counterclockwise from the initial posture.

  49 (g) continuing from FIG. 49 (f) shows a state where the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 60 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 49 (g).

  FIG. 49 (h) continuing from FIG. 49 (g) shows a state in which the rendering operation of the main liquid crystal unit 1001 has been started. The main liquid crystal unit 1001 is rotated 30 ° clockwise from the initial posture.

  49 (i) continuing from FIG. 49 (h) shows a state in which the main liquid crystal unit 1001 and the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 are rotated by 60 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 49 (h). The timing to start the rotation of the main liquid crystal unit 1001 and the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 may be simultaneous or one of them may be earlier. In the rotation operation, the rotation speeds of the main liquid crystal unit 1001 and the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 are the same.

  49J continued from FIG. 49I shows a state in which the main liquid crystal unit 1001 and the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 have been rotated clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 49H. In the rotation operation, the rotation speed of the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is larger than that of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, and at the time shown in FIG. 49 (j), the main liquid crystal unit 1001 rotates clockwise from the state shown in FIG. The sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated by 30 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 49 (i).

In FIG. 49 (k) continuing from FIG. 49 (j), the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is rotated by 60 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 49 (j), and the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is shown in FIG.
Shows a state where it is rotated 30 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. In the rotation operation, the rotation speed of the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is larger than that of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032.

  In FIG. 49 (l) continued from FIG. 49 (k), the main liquid crystal unit 1001 is rotated 30 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 49 (k) and the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is shown in FIG. 49 (k) It shows a state rotated counterclockwise by 30 °. As a result, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 and the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 return to their initial attitudes.

  FIG. 49 (m) continued from FIG. 49 (l) shows a state in which a rendering operation is performed in which the main liquid crystal unit 1001 and the movable body 1002 including the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 move up and down. The main liquid crystal unit 1001 moves downward, and the movable body 1002 including the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 moves upward. Thus, in the rendering operation of this example, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 and the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 move in opposite directions.

  FIG. 49 (n) continuing from FIG. 49 (m) shows a state in which the special figure 1 variation game has ended. Further, prior to the end of the special view 1 change game, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 and the movable body 1002 are returned to their initial positions. In addition, the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is off. "Decoration 2-decoration 4-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and it is notified that the result of the special view 1 variation display is out of order.

  FIG. 49 (o) continuing from FIG. 49 (n) shows a state in which the deletion animation of the fluctuation icon is executed during non-execution of the special figure fluctuation game. In the effect display area 208d, the white circular fluctuation icon corresponding to the finished special figure 1 fluctuation game is deleted.

(Example 8)
Next, the connection unit 1060 of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 and the moving unit 1036 included in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. A slip ring is used for the connection unit 1060 of this embodiment.

  FIGS. 50 (a) to 50 (d) are external perspective views of the connection unit 1060 provided in the pachinko machine 100 according to this embodiment as viewed from the front. First, the external configuration of the connection unit 1060 will be described with reference to FIG. 50 (a). The connection unit 1060 includes an upper case 1062 and a lower case 1064. The upper case 1062 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape whose upper and lower surfaces are square when the connection unit 1060 is viewed from the front. Further, the upper case 1062 has a shape longer in the horizontal direction than in the vertical direction when the connection unit 1060 is viewed from the front. In FIGS. 50 (a) to 50 (d) and (f), the upper case 1062 is cross-hatched in order to make the configuration easily distinguishable.

  A lower case 1064 is disposed below the upper case 1062. The lower case 1064 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape whose upper and lower surfaces are square when the connection unit 1060 is viewed from the front. The entire top surface of the lower case 1064 is open. In addition, the entire lower surface of the upper case 1062 is opened. The upper and lower surfaces of the lower case 1064 and the upper and lower surfaces of the upper case 1062 have the same size, and the lower case 1064 is disposed such that the upper surface coincides with the lower surface of the upper case 1062. The lower case 1064 has a shorter length in the vertical direction than the upper case 1062 when the connection unit 1060 is viewed from the front. In FIGS. 50 (a) to 50 (e), the lower case 1064 is hatched in the upper right direction in order to make the configuration easily distinguishable. In addition, the upper case 1062 and the lower case 1064 are disposed on the moving unit 1036 side.

A fixed side connector 1066 is provided at the lower center of the side surface on the front side of the upper case 1062. In the present embodiment, the other end of the harness whose one end is connected to the fixed side connector 1066 is connected to the first sub-board 160 that constitutes the first sub-control unit 400. In addition, the said harness and the 1st sub board | substrate 160 may be connected via the relay board.

  Further, a circular opening 1068 is provided at the center of the upper surface of the upper case 1062. A circular rotating case 1070 is disposed in the opening 1068. The rotating case 1070 is disposed on the side of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. At the center of the rotating case 1070, a rotating shaft fixing hole 1072 is provided. In the rotating shaft fixing hole 1072, a shaft whose one end is fixed to the rotating shaft of the motor disposed in the moving unit 1036 and whose other end is fixed to the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is a direction perpendicular to the upper surface of the rotating case 1070 It is arranged to be stretched. Further, the rotation side case 1070 is provided with a rotation side connector 1074. In the present embodiment, the other end of the harness whose one end is connected to the rotation side connector 1074 is connected to the sub liquid crystal unit 1032.

  The rotating case 1070 is adapted to rotate with the shaft. FIGS. 50 (b) to 50 (d) show a state in which the rotating case 1070 is rotated. FIG. 50 (b) shows a state where the rotation side case 1070 is rotated 90 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 50 (a) when the connection unit 1060 is viewed from above. FIG. 50 (c) shows a state in which the rotation side case 1070 is rotated 180 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 50 (a) when the connection unit 1060 is viewed from above. FIG. 50 (d) shows a state where the rotation side case 1070 is rotated 270 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 50 (a) when the connection unit 1060 is viewed from above.

  FIG. 50E shows the inside of the lower case 1064 of the connection unit 1060 as viewed from the upper case 1062 side. A circular rotation shaft hole 1076 is provided at the center of the lower case 1064. A shaft for rotationally driving the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 passes through the rotation shaft hole 1076.

  Further, six pins are provided in the fixed side connector 1066, and conductive portions 1078, 1080, 1082, 1084, 1086, 1088 are provided in the lower case 1064 respectively connected to respective pins of the fixed side connector 1066. There is. Taking the conductive portion 1078 as an example, the conductive portion 1078 has an elongated conductive plate 1078 a and a fixture 1078 b for fixing one end of the conductive plate 1078 a to the lower case 1064. The fixture 1078 b fixes the conductive plate 1078 a to the lower case 1064 so that the conductive plate 1078 b does not rotate. An insulator is used for the fixing portion 1078b. The conductive portions 1080 to 1088 have the same configuration as the conductive portion 1078.

  FIG. 50F shows a state in which the lower surface side of the rotation side case 1070 of the connection unit 1060 is viewed from the lower case 1064 side. The rotation side substrate 1090 is disposed on the lower surface side of the rotation side case 1070. The rotating side substrate 1090 is a slip ring. The rotating side substrate 1090 has a circular shape and has a circumferential insulating portion 1092. Further, circumferential wirings 1094, 1096, 1098, 1100, 1102, and 1104 are provided on the inner peripheral side of the insulating portion 1092 of the rotation side substrate 1090. The wirings 1094, 1096, 1098, 1100, 1102, and 1104 are arranged concentrically in this order from the outer peripheral side. Further, the insulating portion 1092 and the wires 1094 to 1104 are arranged concentrically, and the rotation shaft fixing hole 1072 is provided at the center of the concentric circle. In FIG. 50F, the insulating portion 1092 and the wiring portions 1094 to 1104 are hatched in an upward direction so as to easily distinguish the configurations.

Six pins are provided on the rotation-side connector 1074 of the rotation-side case 1070, and the respective pins and the wirings 1094 to 1104 are connected to each other. The wire 1094 is connected to the conductive portion 1078 shown in FIG. 50 (e), the wire 1096 is connected to the conductive portion 1080 shown in FIG. 50 (e), and the wire 1098 is connected to the conductive portion 1082 shown in FIG. The wire 1100 is connected to the conductive portion 1084 shown in FIG. 50 (e), the wire 1102 is connected to the conductive portion 1086 shown in FIG. 50 (e), and the wire 1104 is connected to the conductive portion 1088 shown in FIG. Connected with

  Next, with reference to FIGS. 50 (g) and 50 (h), a connection state between each conductive portion and each wiring will be described by taking a connection state between the conductive portion 1078 and the wiring 1094 as an example. FIGS. 50 (g) and 50 (h) show the conductive portion 1078 cut along line A-A in FIG. 50 (e). The conductive plate 1078 a has a shape that extends obliquely upward from the lower case 1064. When the lower case 1064 is placed on the upper case 1062 by aligning the upper surface of the lower case 1064 with the lower surface of the upper case 1062, as shown in FIG. 50 (h), the wiring 1094 has the other end of the conductive plate 1078a downward. Contact with the conductive plate 1078a so as to push it in. Thus, the conductive portion 1078 and the wiring 1094 are connected. The connection state between the conductive portions 1080 to 1088 and the wirings 1096 to 1104 is the same.

  The conductive portion 1078 and the wiring 1094 are used to supply power to circuits provided in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. The conductive portion 1080 and the wiring 1096 are used to supply power to the circuit provided in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. The conductive portion 1082 and the wiring 1098 are used to connect the GND of the circuit provided in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 and the GND of the first sub substrate 160. The conductive portion 1084 and the wiring 1100 are used to connect the GND of the circuit provided in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 and the GND of the first sub substrate 160. The conductive portion 1086 and the wiring 1102 are used to transmit various signals from the first sub-substrate 160 to the circuit provided in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. The conductive portion 1088 and the wiring 1104 are used to transmit various signals from the first sub-substrate 160 to the circuit provided in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032.

As an example of various signals, in the case where a microcomputer for controlling an image control unit (for example, VDP, GPU, VRAM, etc.) is mounted on the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, the first sub-control unit 400 to the microcomputer The presentation command (a presentation, the progression of the presentation, a still image, a moving image, a command to designate the progression of the image display scenario, etc.) may be mentioned.
Further, the image control means (VDP, GPU, VRAM, etc.) may be mounted on the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, and in this case, the image control provided to the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 from the microcomputer. There are image commands to the means (still images, moving images, commands for specifying progress of an image display scenario, etc.).
In addition, a microcomputer for controlling image control means (VDP, GPU, VRAM, etc.) and an image control means are not mounted on the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, but they are mounted on the first sub-substrate 160 and the moving unit 1036. The image drive control means (liquid crystal drive means etc.) may be mounted on the 1032, and in this case, the image drive control means (from the image control means provided in the first sub control unit 400 or the moving unit 1036) Image data (for example, image data transmitted a predetermined number of times such as 30 times or 60 times per second), RGB information of each dot, and the like with respect to the liquid crystal driving means etc.) can be mentioned.

(Example 9)
Next, a connection unit of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 and the moving unit 1036 included in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the present embodiment, a connection unit 1110 is used as the connection unit.

  FIG. 51 (a) is an external perspective view of the connection unit 1110 provided in the pachinko machine 100 according to this embodiment as viewed from the front. The connection unit 1110 is disposed in the moving unit 1036 shown in FIG. 41, and is electrically connected to the sub liquid crystal unit 1032.

  First, the external configuration of the connection unit 1110 will be described using FIG. 51 (a). The connection unit 1110 includes an upper case 1112 and a lower case 1114. The upper case 1112 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape whose upper and lower surfaces are square when the connection unit 1110 is viewed from the front. Further, the upper case 1112 has a shape longer in the horizontal direction than in the vertical direction when the connection unit 1110 is viewed from the front. In FIGS. 51 (a) and 51 (c), the upper case 1062 is cross-hatched in order to make the configuration easily distinguishable.

  A lower case 1114 is disposed below the upper case 1112. The lower case 1114 has a rectangular parallelepiped shape whose upper and lower surfaces are square when the connection unit 1110 is viewed from the front. The entire top surface of the lower case 1114 is open. In addition, the entire lower surface of the upper case 1112 is opened. The upper and lower surfaces of the lower case 1114 and the upper and lower surfaces of the upper case 1112 have the same size, and the lower case 1114 is disposed such that the upper surface matches the lower surface of the upper case 1112. The lower case 1114 is shorter in length in the vertical direction than the upper case 1112 when the connection unit 1110 is viewed from the front. In FIGS. 51 (a) and 51 (b), the lower case 1114 is hatched in an upward direction to make it easier to distinguish the configurations. Further, the upper case 1112 and the lower case 1114 are disposed on the moving unit 1036 side.

  A fixed side connector 1116 is provided at the lower center of the side of the front side of the upper case 1112. In the present embodiment, the other end of the harness whose one end is connected to the fixed side connector 1116 is connected to the first sub-board 160 which constitutes the first sub-control unit 400. In addition, the said harness and the 1st sub board | substrate 160 may be connected via the relay board.

  Further, a circular opening 1118 is provided at the center of the upper bottom surface of the upper case 1112. A circular rotating case 1120 is disposed in the opening 1118. The rotation side case 1120 is disposed on the side of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. The rotating side case 1120 is provided with a rotating side connector 1022. In the present embodiment, the other end of the harness whose one end is connected to the rotation side connector 1122 is connected to the sub liquid crystal unit 1032.

  On the upper surface of the rotating case 1112, cylindrical rotating body connection shafts 1124, 1126, and 1128 are fixed, which extend perpendicularly to the upper surface and extend upward. The rotor connection shafts 1124, 1126, 1128 have the same length. The rotating body connection shafts 1124 to 1128 are arranged at equal intervals on the rotation side case 1112. A bearing is attached to the tip of the rotary body connecting shafts 1124 to 1128, and the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is attached to the bearing. In addition, when the tips of the rotating body connection shafts 1124 to 1128 are connected, they form an equilateral triangle, and data transmission / reception units 1138 and 1144 described later are disposed at the center of gravity of the equilateral triangle.

  FIG. 51 (b) shows the inside of the lower case 1114 of the connection unit 1110 as viewed from the upper case 1112 side. The fixed side connector 1116 is provided with six pins, and conductive parts 1130, 1132, 1134, and 1136 connected to four pins of the six pins of the fixed side connector 1164 are provided in the lower case 1164 respectively. . Taking the conductive portion 1130 as an example, the conductive portion 1130 has an elongated conductive plate 1130 a and a fixture 1130 b for fixing one end of the conductive plate 1130 a to the lower case 1114. The fixture 1130 b fixes the conductive plate 1130 a to the lower case 1114 so that the conductive plate 1130 b does not rotate. An insulator is used for the fixing portion 1130 b. The conductive portions 1132 to 1136 have the same configuration as the conductive portion 1130.

  In the present embodiment, the conductive parts 1130 to 1136 are used for power supply and GND connection, and signal communication is performed by optical communication (wireless communication). At the center of the lower case 1114, a data transmission / reception unit 1138 for optical communication is disposed. The data transmission / reception unit 1138 is connected to two of the six pins of the fixed side connector 1114. In the present embodiment, the data transmission / reception unit 1138 is used for signal transmission, but signal reception is also possible.

  FIG. 51C shows a state in which the lower surface side of the rotation side case 1120 of the connection unit 1110 is viewed from the lower case 1114 side. The rotation side substrate 1140 is disposed on the lower surface side of the rotation side case 1120. The rotating side substrate 1140 is a slip ring. The rotating side substrate 1140 has a circular shape and has a circumferential insulating portion 1142. Further, a data transmission / reception unit 1144 is disposed at the center of the rotation side substrate 1140. The data transmission / reception unit 1144 is disposed to face the data transmission / reception unit 1138 so as to overlap the data transmission / reception unit 1138 when the connection unit 1110 is viewed from above. Signal transmission / reception is performed between the data transmission / reception unit 1138 and the data transmission / reception unit 1144 by optical communication. Further, the data transmission / reception unit 1144 is connected to two of the six pins of the rotation side connector 1122. Although the data transmission / reception unit 1144 is used for signal reception in the present embodiment, signal transmission is also possible.

  Further, circumferential wirings 1146, 1148, 1150, 1152 are provided on the inner peripheral side of the insulating portion 1142 of the rotation side substrate 1140. The wires 1146, 1148, 1150, 1152 are arranged concentrically from the outer periphery in this order. In addition, the insulating portion 1142 and the wirings 1148 to 1152 are arranged concentrically, and the data transmitting / receiving unit 1144 is provided at the center of the concentric circle. In FIG. 51C, the insulating portions 1142 and the wiring portions 1146 to 1152 are hatched in an upward direction to easily distinguish the configurations.

  In the rotation side connector 1122 of the rotation side case 1120, four pins out of six pins and the wires 1146 to 1152 are respectively connected. Wiring 1146 is connected to conductive portion 1130 shown in FIG. 51 (b), wiring 1148 is connected to conductive portion 1132 shown in FIG. 51 (b), and wiring 1150 is connected to conductive portion 1134 shown in FIG. 51 (b). The wiring 1152 is connected and connected to the conductive portion 1136 shown in FIG. 51 (b).

  51D and 51E show the connection between the conductive portion 1130 and the wiring 1146. 51D and 51E show the conductive portion 1130 cut along line A-A in FIG. 51B. The connection state of the conductive portion 1130 and the wiring 1146 is the same as the connection state of the conductive portion 1078 and the wiring 1094 shown in FIGS. 50 (e) and 50 (f). Note that the connection states of the conductive portions 1132 to 1136 and the wirings 1148 to 1152 are the same.

  The conductive portion 1130 and the wiring 1146 are used to supply power to circuits provided in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. The conductive portion 1132 and the wiring 1148 are used to supply power to the circuit provided in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. The conductive portion 1134 and the wiring 1150 are used to connect the GND of the circuit provided in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 and the GND of the first sub substrate 160. The conductive portion 1136 and the wiring 1152 are used to connect the GND of the circuit provided in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 and the GND of the first sub substrate 160.

Also, as an example of various signals transmitted and received between the data transmission / reception units 1138 and 1144, when a sub-liquid crystal unit 1032 is equipped with a microcomputer for controlling image control means (for example, VDP, GPU, VRAM, etc.). Examples of the rendering command for the micro computer from the first sub-control unit 400 (a command for specifying rendering, progression of presentation, still image, moving image, progression of an image display scenario, and the like).
Further, the image control means (VDP, GPU, VRAM, etc.) may be mounted on the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, and in this case, the image control provided to the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 from the microcomputer. There are image commands to the means (still images, moving images, commands for specifying progress of an image display scenario, etc.).
In addition, a microcomputer for controlling image control means (VDP, GPU, VRAM, etc.) and an image control means are not mounted on the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, but they are mounted on the first sub-substrate 160 and the moving unit 1036. The image drive control means (liquid crystal drive means etc.) may be mounted on the 1032, and in this case, the image drive control means (from the image control means provided in the first sub control unit 400 or the moving unit 1036) Image data (for example, image data transmitted a predetermined number of times such as 30 times or 60 times per second), RGB information of each dot, and the like with respect to the liquid crystal driving means etc.) can be mentioned.

In the present embodiment, the data communication between the data transmission / reception units 1138 and 1144 is optical wireless communication. Laser light is used for optical wireless communication. Data communication between the data transmission / reception units 1138 and 1144 may be radio wave communication instead of optical wireless communication. Further, LED light may be used in place of laser light for optical wireless communication.
When both the data transmission / reception unit 1138 and the data transmission / reception unit 1144 are used for signal transmission / reception, the data transmitted from the data transmission / reception unit 1138 to the data transmission / reception unit 1144 is as described above, but data transmission / reception from the data transmission / reception unit 1144 For the unit 138, control means and the like provided in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 (for example, an image control means, a microcomputer for controlling the image control means, an ACK signal from an image drive means (liquid crystal drive means) Information indicating the rotation angle of the rotating body (for example, a detection signal output when a sensor provided on the rotation side detects a detection piece provided on the fixed side, an output signal of an encoder provided on the rotation side, etc. ) May be sent.

  FIG. 51F is an external perspective view of the connection unit 1110 provided in the pachinko machine 100 according to the first modification of the present embodiment as viewed from the front. The connection unit 1110 of this modification has only the rotating body connecting shaft 1124 as the rotating body connecting shaft. The rotating body connection shaft 1124 is disposed at the center (rotation center) of the rotating case 1120.

  FIG. 51 (g) is an external perspective view of the connection unit 1110 provided in the pachinko machine 100 according to the second modification of the present embodiment as viewed from the front. The connection unit 1110 of the present modified example has rotating body connecting shafts 1124 and 1126 as rotating body connecting shafts. A straight line connecting the rotating body connection shaft 1124 and the tip of the rotating body connection shaft 1126 passes through the center (rotation center) of the rotating case 1120. Further, the rotating body connection shaft 1124 and the rotating body connection shaft 1126 are disposed equidistant from the center.

(Example 10)
FIG. 52 shows an effect example 1 in the tenth example of the present embodiment. FIG. 52 shows the effect state in time series. FIG. 52 shows a schematic front view or a movable body 1002 of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. The movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 of the pachinko machine 100 according to Example 10 of this embodiment and Examples 11 to 16 described later are different from the configuration of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. And is movable in the left and right direction on the front side of the movable body 1002.

FIG. 52 (a) shows a state in which the special figure variation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is a loss ing. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 52 (a), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero. Also, FIG.
In the state shown in 2 (a), the movable bodies 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 1010, 1012 are located at the initial position. When the movable body 1002 is positioned at the initial position, the whole is visible to the player. In addition, a part of the image of the sun displayed in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208 is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the sun can be viewed through the transmitting portion 1006a. It has become. Further, a part of the image of the cloud displayed in the effect display area 208d is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the cloud is visible through the transmitting portion 1006b.

  FIG. 52 (b) continuing from FIG. 52 (a) shows a state in which the number of reservations in special drawing 1 is increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball is inserted in special drawing 1 starting opening 230. ing. In the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, a black circular holding icon is displayed, and it is notified that the number of holdings of the special figure 1 is one. In addition, the black circular holding icon is a holding icon in the prefetching notice mode as shown in FIG. 27 (a).

  FIG. 52 (c) continuing from FIG. 52 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown) is started. After the start of the special figure 1 change game, the hold icon becomes a change icon and a movement animation between the hold and change icons moving to the left is displayed.

  FIG. 52 (d) continuing from FIG. 52 (c) shows a state in which the variation display of the decorative symbol has been started. In FIG. 52 and thereafter, the variation display of the decorative symbol is indicated by a downward-pointing thick arrow. In the present embodiment, after the start of the moving animation of the holding and changing icon, the variable display of the decorative symbol is started.

  FIG. 52 (e) continued from FIG. 52 (d) shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. Reach production is started from FIG. 52 (d) onward.

  52 (f) continued from FIG. 52 (e), the movable body 1008 started the rendering operation from the initial position, and moved to a position where the left end of the movable body 1008 was positioned at the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 It shows the state. FIG. 52 (f) shows a state where the player shields the area of the right half of the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 so as not to be easily visible by the movable body 1008. An image of a cloud displayed on the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 and a part of the decorative symbol 208c are visually recognized through the transmitting portion 1008a. In addition, a partial region on the right side of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is visually recognized through the transmissive portion 1008 b. The image of the yacht or the image of the cloud displayed in the left half area of the screen of the sub display device 1030 may be shielded by the movable body 1008. When the image of the yacht or the image of the cloud is shielded by the movable body 1008, the possibility of becoming a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game being executed may be increased as compared with the case where the image of the yacht is not shielded by the movable body 1008 It is also good.

  52 (g) shows the movable body 1002, a part of the movable body 1008, and the transmitting portion 1008b at the same timing as FIG. 52 (f), and the movable body 1008 is easily distinguishable from the other configurations. It is hatched in order to 52 (h) to 52 (k) continuing from FIG. 52 (g), the movable body 1002, a part of the movable body 1008, and the transmitting portion 1008b are extracted and shown, and the movable body 1008 Hatching is given to make it easy to distinguish from the structure of In FIG. 52 (g), the image of the view of the sea displayed on the screen of the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through the transmissive portion 1008b. Although an image of a cloud is displayed at a position behind the movable body 1008 below the transmitting portion 1008 b, the image of the cloud is not viewed by overlapping with the movable body 1008. Further, in the present embodiment, the image of the cloud is an image displayed as a preview image.

  FIG. 52 (h) following FIG. 52 (f), (g) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 has started the rotation operation. In (h) of FIG. 52, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated approximately 10 ° counterclockwise.

  52 (i) following FIG. 52 (h) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated approximately 20 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 52 (h). Also, in FIG. 52 (i), in the state of FIGS. 52 (g) and 52 (h), the image of the cloud that was not visible by overlapping with the movable body 1008 is caused by the rotation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. It shows a state in which it becomes visible through 1008b. In the case where the image of the cloud is viewed through the 1008b by rotating the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, the pachinko machine 100 is the case where the image of the cloud is not viewed through 1008b because the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is not rotated. As compared with, in the special figure fluctuation game under execution, it may be constituted so that the probability of winning a big hit will become high. Further, in the present embodiment, the entire liquid crystal image can be viewed through 1008 b by rotating the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 by about 20 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 52H. , Only part of the cloud image may be visible through 1008b.

  FIG. 52 (j) following FIG. 52 (i) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated approximately 20 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 52 (i). In FIG. 52J, a part of the image of the cloud is viewed through 1008b. Although the rotation angle of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 in FIG. 52 (j) and the rotation angle of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 in FIG. 52 (h) are the same, in the state shown in FIG. 52 (h) Since the display for moving the image of the cloud not present is moved upward with the rotation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, a part of the image of the cloud is visually recognized through 1008b in FIG. 52 (j). Further, in the present embodiment, in the state shown in FIG. 52 (j), a part of the cloud image is viewed through 1008b, but the cloud is viewed so that the entire cloud image is viewed through 1008b. The movement display of the image of may be performed.

  52 (k) following FIG. 52 (j) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated approximately 10 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 52 (j) and returned to the initial posture. There is. In FIG. 52 (k), an image of a cloud not visually recognized through 1008b in the state shown in FIG. 52 (g) is visually recognized through 1008b. Although the rotation angle of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 in FIG. 52 (k) and the rotation angle of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 in FIG. 52 (g) are the same, after the state shown in FIG. 52 (j) Is displayed as it is moved upward as the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 rotates, so that in FIG. 52 (k), it is viewed through 1008b. Further, since the display for moving the image of the cloud upward is performed, the region of the image of the cloud visible through 1008 b in FIG. 52 (k) is viewed through 1008 b in FIG. 52 (j). It is wider than the possible cloud image area. Further, in the present embodiment, in the state shown in FIG. 52 (k), a part of the cloud image is viewed through 1008b, but the entire cloud image is viewed through 1008b. Moving display of the image of the cloud may be performed.

  In FIG. 52 (l) continued from FIG. 52 (k), after the movable body 1008 is moved to the initial position, “decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 2” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c. The special figure 1 change indicatory result shows the state where it informed that it is a big hit.

  FIG. 53 shows an effect example 2 in the tenth example of the present embodiment. FIG. 53 shows the effect state in time series. FIG. 53 shows a schematic front view or a movable body 1002 of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

  FIGS. 53 (a)-(f) show the same state as FIGS. 52 (a)-(f). FIG. 53 (g) shows the movable body 1002, a part of the movable body 1008, and the transmitting portion 1008b at the same timing as FIG. 53 (f), and the movable body 1008 is easily distinguishable from the other configurations. It is hatched in order to 53 (h) to (k) continuing from FIG. 53 (g), the movable body 1002, a part of the movable body 1008, and the transmitting portion 1008 b are extracted and shown, and the movable body 1008 Hatching is given to make it easy to distinguish from the structure of FIG. 53 (g) shows the same state as FIG. 52 (g). FIG. 53 (h) following FIG. 53 (f) or (g) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 starts the rotation operation, and shows the same state as FIG. 52 (h).

  FIG. 53 (i) following FIG. 53 (h) shows a state where the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated approximately 20 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 53 (i). In FIG. 53 (i), unlike the state shown in FIG. 52 (i), the image of the cloud displayed behind the movable body 1008 is moved and displayed leftward as the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 rotates. , 1008 b are shown in a state of not being viewed. Further, the image of the cloud may be erased as the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 rotates, or may not be displayed from the beginning.

  FIG. 53 (j) following FIG. 53 (i) shows a state where the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated approximately 20 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 53 (i). In FIG. 53 (j), unlike the state shown in FIG. 52 (j), a state in which an image of a cloud is not visually recognized is shown.

  53 (k) following FIG. 53 (j) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated approximately 10 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 53 (j) and returned to the initial posture. There is. In FIG. 53 (k), unlike the state shown in FIG. 52 (k), the state in which the image of the cloud is not visually recognized is shown.

  In FIG. 53 (l) continued from FIG. 53 (k), after the movable body 1008 is moved to the initial position, “decoration 2-decoration 4-decoration 2” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c. It shows a state in which it is informed that the result of the special view 1 fluctuation display is a loss.

  As described above, in the effect of the present embodiment, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 may execute the rotation operation behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. In addition, there is a case where the player can visually recognize the image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 and the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 through the movable body 1006 and the transparent portion of the movable body 1008. is there. Further, in the present embodiment, the image of the cloud displayed on the sub display device 1030 which can not be visually recognized by the movable body 1008 when the movable body 1008 moves to the left is displayed as a notice image. In this embodiment, the effect of causing the player to visually recognize at least a part of the preview image through the transparent portion 1008b by the moving operation of the movable body 1008, and at least the preview image through the transparent portion 1008b. There is an effect when the player is not allowed to visually recognize a part of the image. In addition, when a part of the notice image is visually recognized by the player through the transmitting portion 1008 b of the movable body 1008 by the movement operation of the movable body 1008, the notice image of the notice image is transmitted through the transmitting portion 1008 b of the movable body 1008 As compared with the case where at least a part of the image is not visually recognized by the player, the jackpot symbol form is more likely to be finalized and displayed as the final result of the symbol variation display.

The images of the cloud, the balloon, and the sun displayed on the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 may be able to be moved and displayed as the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 move. For example, the image of the cloud displayed at the upper center of the screen of the decorative symbol display device 206 is moved so that the movable body 1008 can not be visually recognized through the transmitting portion 1008a when it moves leftward from the initial position. The display may be performed, and the balloon or sun image is moved so as to be visible through the transmitting portion 1008 a or the transmitting portion 1008 b when the movable body 1008 moves from the initial position to the left. It may be displayed. In addition, the pachinko machine 100, when the movable body 1008 moves to the left from the initial position, when an image of a cloud, a balloon or a sun can be viewed through the transmitting portion 1008a or the transmitting portion 1008b, the transmitting portion 1008a or The probability of winning a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game being executed may be increased as compared with the case where images of clouds, balloons and the sun become invisible through the transmitting part 1008b. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 moves and displays images of clouds, balloons, and the sun when the movable body 1008 moves from the initial position to the left, thereby displaying the images of the clouds, balloons, and the sun through the transparent portions 1008a and 1008b. When the movable body 1008 moves from the initial position to the left when the movable body 1008 can not be visually recognized, movement display of images of clouds, balloons and the sun is not performed, and the transparent portion 1008 a or the transparent portion 1008 b is used. As compared with the case where images of clouds, balloons, and the sun become visible, the probability of winning a big hit in a special figure variation game in progress may be increased. In addition, when the movable body 1008 moves leftward from the initial position, the image of the cloud, balloon or sun when viewed through the transmitting portion 1008a or the transmitting portion 1008b is displayed in a color different from that in the normal time. There may be cases. For example, when an image of a cloud is usually displayed in white and the movable body 1008 is viewed through the transmitting portion 1008a or the transmitting portion 1008b when moving from the initial position to the left, blue, green, or It may be displayed in red. Pachinko machine 100, when the image of the cloud is displayed in a different color from the normal time, compared to the case where the image of the cloud is displayed in the normal time, winning a big hit in the special figure variation game in progress It may be configured to have a high probability of doing so. In addition, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 may execute the rotation operation behind the movable body 1006 or the movable body 1008. In this case, the effect shown in FIGS. 52 (g) to 52 (k) or 53 (g) to 53 (k) of this embodiment is executed by the decorative symbol display device 208 instead of the sub display device 1030. It may be.

(Example 11)
FIG. 54 shows an effect example 1 in the eleventh example of the present embodiment. FIG. 54 shows the effect state in time series. FIG. 54 shows a schematic front view or a movable body 1002 of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

  FIG. 54 (a) shows a state in which the special figure fluctuation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is a loss ing. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 54 (a), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 54 (a), the movable bodies 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 1010 and 1012 are located at the initial position. When the movable body 1002 is positioned at the initial position, the whole is visible to the player. In addition, a part of the image of the sun displayed in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208 is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the sun can be viewed through the transmitting portion 1006a. It has become. Further, a part of the image of the cloud displayed in the effect display area 208d is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the cloud is visible through the transmitting portion 1006b.

  FIG. 54 (b) continuing from FIG. 54 (a) shows a state in which the number of reservations in special drawing 1 is increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball is inserted into special drawing 1 starting opening 230. ing. In the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, a black circular holding icon is displayed, and it is notified that the number of holdings of the special figure 1 is one. In addition, the black circular holding icon is a holding icon in the prefetching notice mode as shown in FIG. 27 (a).

  FIG. 54 (c) continuing from FIG. 54 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown) is started. After the start of the special figure 1 change game, the hold icon becomes a change icon and a movement animation between the hold and change icons moving to the left is displayed.

  FIG. 54 (d) continuing from FIG. 54 (c) shows a state in which the variation display of the decorative symbol has been started. In FIG. 52 and thereafter, the variation display of the decorative symbol is indicated by a downward-pointing thick arrow. In the present embodiment, after the start of the moving animation of the holding and changing icon, the variable display of the decorative symbol is started.

  FIG. 54 (e) continuing from FIG. 54 (d) shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. Reach production is started from FIG.

  In FIG. 54 (f) continued from FIG. 54 (e), the movable body 1008 started the rendering operation from the initial position, and moved to a position where the left end of the movable body 1008 was positioned at the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 It shows the state. FIG. 54 (f) shows a state where the player shields the area of the right half of the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 so as not to be easily visible by the movable body 1008. An image of a cloud displayed on the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 and a part of the decorative symbol 208c are visually recognized through the transmitting portion 1008a. In addition, a partial region on the right side of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is visually recognized through the transmissive portion 1008 b. The image of the yacht or the image of the cloud displayed in the left half area of the screen of the sub display device 1030 may be shielded by the movable body 1008. When the image of the yacht or the image of the cloud is shielded by the movable body 1008, there is a high probability of becoming a big hit in the running special figure fluctuation game in comparison with the case of not being shielded by the movable body 1008 There may be.

  FIG. 54 (g) shows the movable body 1002, a part of the movable body 1008, and the transmitting portion 1008b at the same timing as FIG. 54 (f), and the movable body 1008 is easily distinguishable from the other configurations. It is hatched in order to Further, in FIGS. 54 (h) to 54 (k) continuing from FIG. 54 (g), the movable body 1002, a part of the movable body 1008, and the transmitting portion 1008b are extracted and shown, and the movable body 1008 Hatching is given to make it easy to distinguish from the structure of 54G, the movable body 1008 shields a part except the right part of the illumination unit 1014b, the lower end of the illumination unit 1014c, and the right end of the illumination unit 1014d, and illumination is performed through the transmission unit 1008b. The portion excluding the shielded portion of the portion 1014c and the right end portion of the illumination portion 1014d are visually recognized. Further, FIG. 54 (g) shows a state in which the portions of the lighting units 1014a to 1014d visible by the player emit light in blue. Further, in FIG. 54 (g), the image of the view of the sea displayed on the screen of the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through the transmission part 1008b.

  FIG. 54 (h) following FIG. 54 (f) and (g) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 has started the rotation operation. In FIG. 54 (h), the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated approximately 10 ° counterclockwise. Further, in FIG. 54 (h), compared to the state shown in FIG. 54 (g), the area of the visible portion of the illumination unit 1014d is reduced via the transmission unit 1008b. Moreover, in the area | region which is not shielded in the movable body 1008, the area of the visible part of the illumination part 1014d is increasing.

54 (i) following FIG. 54 (h) shows a state where the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated approximately 35 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 54 (h). In FIG. 54 (i), a black-painted portion of the illumination unit 1014d indicates a blue-emitting portion, and a white-painted portion indicates a red-emitting portion. In FIG. 54 (i), in the area which is not shielded in the movable body 1008, the portion illuminated in red of the illumination unit 1014d which is not recognized by the player by overlapping with the movable body 1008 can be visually recognized by the player Shows a state of Further, in the case where the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment makes it possible to visually recognize a portion that emits light in red due to the rotation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, it is possible to visually recognize the portion that emits light in red because the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 does not rotate. As compared with the case where it does not, you may be comprised so that possibility of becoming a big hit in the special figure change game in process of becoming may become high.

  FIG. 54 (j) following FIG. 54 (i) shows a state where the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated approximately 35 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 54 (i). Further, FIG. 54 (j) shows a state in which the area of the portion emitting light of red in the illumination unit 1014d is large, and the area of the portion emitting blue is small. In FIG. 54 (j), a part of the cloud image as the preview image is visually recognized through 1008b. Further, in the present embodiment, in the state shown in FIG. 52 (j), a part of the cloud image is viewed through 1008b, but the cloud is viewed so that the entire cloud image is viewed through 1008b. The display of the image of may be performed. Further, in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, when at least a part of the cloud image as the notice image is visually recognized through the transmitting portion 1008b by the rotation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032, the notification is made through the transmitting portion 1008b. As compared with the case where at least a part of the image of the cloud as an image is not visually recognized, it may be comprised so that the possibility of becoming a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game under execution may become high.

  FIG. 54 (k) following FIG. 54 (j) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated approximately 10 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 54 (j) and returned to the initial posture. There is. Further, FIG. 54 (k) shows a state in which the area of the portion emitting light in red in the illumination unit 1014d is further increased, and the illumination unit 1014d emits light in all in red. In FIG. 54 (k), a part of the cloud image as the preview image is visually recognized through 1008b. In addition, since the display for moving the image of the cloud upward is performed, the region of the image of the cloud visible through 1008 b in FIG. 54 (k) is viewed through 1008 b in FIG. 54 (j) It is wider than the possible cloud image area. Further, in the present embodiment, in the state shown in FIG. 54 (k), a part of the cloud image is viewed through 1008b, but all the cloud image is viewed through 1008b. Moving display of the image of the cloud may be performed.

  In FIG. 54 (l) continued from FIG. 54 (k), after the movable body 1008 is moved to the initial position, “decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 2” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c. The special figure 1 change indicatory result shows the state where it informed that it is a big hit.

  FIG. 55 shows an effect example 2 in the eleventh example of the present embodiment. FIG. 55 shows the effect state in time series. FIG. 55 shows a schematic front view or a movable body 1002 of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

  FIGS. 55 (a) to (f) show the same state as FIGS. 54 (a) to (f). FIG. 55 (g) shows the movable body 1002, a part of the movable body 1008, and the transmitting portion 1008b at the same timing as FIG. 55 (f), and the movable body 1008 is easily distinguishable from the other configurations. It is hatched in order to 55 (h)-(k) continuing from FIG. 55 (g), the movable body 1002, a part of the movable body 1008, and the transmitting portion 1008b are extracted and shown, and the movable body 1008 Hatching is given to make it easy to distinguish from the structure of FIG. 55 (g) shows the same state as FIG. 54 (g). FIG. 55 (h) following FIG. 55 (f) and (g) shows the state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 starts the rotation operation, and shows the same state as FIG. 54 (h).

  55 (i) following FIG. 55 (h) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated approximately 20 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 55 (i). 55 (i) differs from the state shown in FIG. 54 (i) in that the rotation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is small, so that it overlaps with the movable body 1008 so that the red of the illumination unit 1014d is not recognized by the player. It shows a state in which the light emitting part is not visible.

  55 (j) following FIG. 55 (i) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated approximately 20 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 55 (i). Further, in FIG. 55 (j), unlike the state shown in FIG. 54 (j), since the area of the portion emitting light in red in the illumination unit 1014d is not large, the portion emitting light in red in the illumination unit 1014d is visually recognized Not showing. Further, FIG. 55 (j) shows a state in which an image of a cloud as a notice image is not visually recognized through 1008b unlike the state shown in FIG. 54 (j).

  55 (k) following FIG. 55 (j) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated approximately 10 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 55 (j) and returned to the initial posture. There is. In FIG. 55 (k), unlike the state shown in FIG. 54 (j), since the area of the portion emitting light in red in the illumination unit 1014d is not large, the portion emitting light in red in the illumination unit 1014d is not visually recognized It shows the state. Further, FIG. 55 (k) shows a state in which an image of a cloud as a notice image is not visually recognized through 1008b unlike the state shown in FIG. 54 (j).

  In FIG. 55 (l) continuing from FIG. 55 (k), after the movable body 1008 returns to the initial position, “decoration 2-decoration 4-decoration 2” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c. It shows a state in which it is informed that the result of the special view 1 fluctuation display is a loss.

  As described above, in the effect of the present embodiment, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 may execute the rotation operation behind the movable body 1006 or the movable body 1008, and the illumination unit is operated by the rotation operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. The light emission mode of 1014 d may change. In the present embodiment, when the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated by 45 ° at maximum behind the movable body 1008, the light emission mode of the illumination unit 1014d is changed, and the sub liquid crystal is displayed behind the movable body 1008. When the unit 1032 rotates clockwise by at most 30 °, an effect is performed in which the light emission mode of the illumination unit 1014 d is not changed. In the pachinko machine 100, when the light emission mode of the illumination unit 1014d changes due to the rotation operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 behind the movable body 1008, compared to the case where the light emission mode of the illumination unit 1014d does not change, You may be comprised so that the possibility of becoming a big hit in a special figure change game may become high.

(Example 12)
FIG. 56 shows an example of effects in Example 12 of the present embodiment. FIG. 56 shows the effect state in time series. FIG. 56 shows a schematic front view of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

FIG. 56 (a) shows a state in which the special figure variation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is a loss ing. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 56 (a), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 56 (a), the movable bodies 1002, 1004, 1006, 1010 and 1012 are located at the initial position. When the movable body 1002 is positioned at the initial position, the whole is visible to the player. In addition, a part of the image of the sun displayed in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208 is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the sun can be viewed through the transmitting portion 1006a. It has become. Further, a part of the image of the cloud displayed in the effect display area 208d is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the cloud is visible through the transmitting portion 1006b.

  FIG. 56 (b) continuing from FIG. 56 (a) shows a state in which the number of reservations in Special Figure 1 is increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball is inserted in Special Figure 1 start opening 230. ing. In the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, a black circular holding icon is displayed, and it is notified that the number of holdings of the special figure 1 is one. In addition, the black circular holding icon is a holding icon in the prefetching notice mode as shown in FIG. 27 (a).

  FIG. 56 (c) continuing from FIG. 56 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown) is started. After the start of the special figure 1 change game, the hold icon becomes a change icon and a movement animation between the hold and change icons moving to the left is displayed.

  FIG. 56 (d) continuing from FIG. 56 (c) shows a state in which the variation display of the decorative symbol has been started.

  FIG. 56 (e) continuing from FIG. 56 (d) shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. Reach production is started from FIG. 56 (d) onward.

  56 (f) continued from FIG. 56 (e), the movable body 1008 starts the rendering operation from the state shown in FIG. 56 (e), and the left end of the transmitting portion 1008b of the movable body 1008 is the screen of the sub display device 1030. It shows the state of movement to the position located at the left end. FIG. 56F shows a state in which the movable body 1008 shields the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 so as not to be easily visible. In addition, an image of a cloud displayed on the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 and a part of the decorative symbol 208b are visually recognized through the transmitting portion 1008a. In addition, the display area of the sub display device 1030 and the illumination unit 1014 d are visually recognized through the transmission unit 1008 b. In addition, the image of the yacht and the image of the clouds displayed in the left half area of the screen of the sub display device 1030 are viewed through the transmissive portion 1008b.

  56 (g) continuing from FIG. 56 (f) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 moves upward from the initial position and is hidden by the movable body 1008 behind the movable body 1008. There is. Further, in FIG. 56 (g), in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 behind the movable body 1008, a cloud image as a preview image is displayed. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment hides behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 when an effect is produced such that a part of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is hidden behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. It may be configured to be more likely to be a big hit in the special figure variation game being executed as compared with the case where the effect is not performed.

  In FIG. 56 (h) continuing from FIG. 56 (g), the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is moved downward from the state of FIG. 56 (g) behind the movable body 1008 to transmit light through the transmitting portion 1008b. , The screen of the sub display device 1030 is viewed. FIG. 56 (h) shows a state in which a cloud image as a preview image displayed on the right side of the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through the transmissive portion 1008 b.

56 (i) continuing from FIG. 56 (h) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has moved to the right from the state shown in FIG. 56 (h). FIG. 56 (i) shows a state in which an image of a cloud as a preview image displayed on the right side of the screen of the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through the transmissive portion 1008b.

  56 (j) continued from FIG. 56 (i) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is moved upward from the state of FIG. 56 (i) behind the movable body 1008. FIG. 56J shows a state in which a cloud image can not be viewed as a notice image displayed on the right side of the sub display device 1030 that has been viewed through the transmissive portion 1008 b.

  56 (k) continued from FIG. 56 (j) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated 45 ° clockwise from the initial posture behind the movable body 1008. FIG. 56 (k) shows a state in which an image of a cloud as a preview image displayed on the right side of the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through the transmissive portion 1008b. Also, in FIG. 56 (k), when the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated in a state in which the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 is hidden behind the movable body 1008, The amount of the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 which is visually recognized is changing. Also, the image of the cloud is displayed moving upward from the state shown in FIG. 56 (i).

  56 (l) continued from FIG. 56 (k), behind the movable body 1008, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 rotates 45 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 56 (k) (total 90 ° It shows the state of rotation. FIG. 56 (l) shows a state in which an image of a cloud as a preview image displayed on the right side of the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through the transmissive portion 1008b. Further, in FIG. 56 (l), the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated through the transmissive portion 1008b while the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 is hidden behind the movable body 1008. The amount of the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 which is visually recognized is changing.

  56 (m) continuing from FIG. 56 (l), behind the movable body 1008, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 rotates 110 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 56 (l) (total 200 ° It shows the state of rotation. FIG. 56 (m) shows a state in which an image of a cloud as a preview image displayed on the right side of the sub display device 1030 can not be viewed through the transmissive portion 1008b.

  56 (n) continuing from FIG. 56 (m), behind the movable body 1008, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 rotates 160 ° clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 56 (l) (total 360 ° It shows the state where it returned to the initial posture after rotation. FIG. 56 (m) shows a state in which an image of a cloud as a preview image displayed on the right side of the sub display device 1030 can not be viewed through the transmissive portion 1008b.

  In FIG. 56 (o) continued from FIG. 56 (n), the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 moves downward from the state shown in FIG. 56 (o) behind the movable body 1008 and returns to the initial position. Shows the condition. FIG. 56 (o) shows a state in which an image of a cloud as a preview image displayed on the right side of the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through the transmissive portion 1008 b.

  56 (p) continued from FIG. 56 (o) shows a state where the movable body 1008 has moved to the right from the state shown in FIG. 56 (o) and returned to the initial position. FIG. 56 (p) shows a state in which the rendering operation of each movable body (movable bodies 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 1010, 1012) is completed.

  FIG. 56 (q) continuing from FIG. 56 (p) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In this example, the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is a big hit. "Decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and it is reported that the result of the special view 1 variation display is a big hit.

  As described above, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, when the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 rotates behind the movable body 1008, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is viewed by the player via the transparent portion 1008b of the movable body 1008. An amount of an image (for example, an image of a cloud as a notice image) may be configured to change, and an amount of the image in the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 visually recognized by the player via the transmitting portion 1008b of the movable body 1008 May be configured to be more likely to be a big hit in the special figure variation game being executed, as compared with the case where the symbol does not change. In addition, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 may execute movement and rotation behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. In this case, the decorative symbol display device 208 may execute effects in the sub display device 1030 of this embodiment.

(Example 13)
FIG. 57 shows an example of effects in Example 13 of the present embodiment. FIG. 57 shows the effect state in time series. FIG. 57 shows a schematic front view of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

  FIG. 57 (a) shows a state in which the special figure variation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is a loss ing. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 57 (a), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero. Moreover, in the state shown to Fig.57 (a), the movable body 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 1010, 1012 is located in the initial position. When the movable body 1002 is positioned at the initial position, the whole is visible to the player. In addition, a part of the image of the sun displayed in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208 is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the sun can be viewed through the transmitting portion 1006a. It has become. Further, a part of the image of the cloud displayed in the effect display area 208d is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the cloud is visible through the transmitting portion 1006b. Further, a part of the image of the balloon displayed in the effect display area 208d is hidden by the movable body 1002, and another part of the image of the balloon is visible. Further, on the sub display device 1030, an image of a yacht, an image of a cloud, and an image of a landscape of the sea are displayed.

  FIG. 57 (b) continuing from FIG. 57 (a) shows a state in which the number of reservations in Special Figure 1 is increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball has entered the Special Figure 1 start opening 230. ing. In the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208, a black circular holding icon is displayed, and it is notified that the number of holdings of the special figure 1 is one. In addition, the black circular holding icon is a holding icon in the prefetching notice mode as shown in FIG. 27 (a). In addition, on the sub display device 1030, the same image as the balloon image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 is displayed. When the same character image is simultaneously displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030, it is compared with the case where the same character image is not simultaneously displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030. The possibility of becoming a big hit in the figure fluctuation game may be high.

FIG. 57 (c) continuing from FIG. 57 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown) is started. After the start of the special figure 1 change game, the hold icon becomes a change icon and a movement animation between the hold and change icons moving to the left is displayed.

  FIG. 57 (d) continuing from FIG. 57 (c) shows a state in which the variation display of the decorative symbol has been started.

  FIG. 57 (e) continuing from FIG. 57 (d) shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. Reach production is started from FIG.

  In FIG. 57 (f) continued from FIG. 57 (e), the movable body 1008 starts rendering operation from the initial position, and the left portion of the movable body 1008 moves to a position where the left portion of the screen of the sub display device 1030 is hidden. Is shown. FIG. 57F shows a state in which the movable body 1008 shields the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 so as not to be easily visible. In addition, an image of a cloud displayed on the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 and a part of the decorative symbol 208b are visually recognized through the transmitting portion 1008a. Further, the screen of the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through the transmissive portion 1008 b. FIG. 57F shows a state in which the image of the balloon displayed on the left portion of the screen of the sub display device 1030 is hidden by the movable body 1008 and can not be viewed. In addition, the image of the yacht displayed on the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through 1008 b.

  In FIG. 57 (g) continued from FIG. 57 (f), behind the movable body 1008, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 moves upward from the initial position and is hidden by the movable body 1008. The image of the balloon displayed on and the image of the yacht are not visible. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment hides behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 when an effect is produced such that a part of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is hidden behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. It may be configured to be more likely to be a big hit in the special figure variation game being executed as compared with the case where the effect is not performed.

  57H following FIG. 57G shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated 60 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 57G behind the movable body 1008. There is. FIG. 57 (h) shows a state in which the balloon image displayed on the sub display device 1030 can be viewed through the transmission part 1008b, and the yacht image can not be viewed by overlapping with the movable body 1008.

  FIG. 57 (i) continued from FIG. 57 (h) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has moved to the right from the state shown in FIG. 57 (h). Further, FIG. 57 (i) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated 240 ° counterclockwise (total 300 ° total rotation) from the state of FIG. 57 (h) behind the movable body 1008. ing. Further, in FIG. 57 (i), an image of a part of a balloon displayed on the sub display 1030 can be viewed in an area not shielded by the movable body 1008, and an image of a yacht displayed on the sub display 1030 Indicates an invisible state by overlapping with the movable body 1008.

  FIG. 57 (j) continuing from FIG. 57 (i) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has moved to the left from the state shown in FIG. 57 (i). Further, in FIG. 57 (j), behind the movable body 1008, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 rotates 60 degrees counterclockwise (360 degrees in total) from the state of FIG. 57 (g). Both of the operations for moving to the lower initial position are performed in parallel, and show the state of returning to the initial posture and the initial position. Further, FIG. 57 (j) shows a state in which both the balloon image and the yacht image displayed on the sub display device 1030 are erased.

  FIG. 57 (k) continued from FIG. 57 (j) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has moved to the right from the state shown in FIG. 57 (j) and returned to the initial position.

  FIG. 57 (l) continuing from FIG. 57 (k) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In this example, the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is lost. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle-right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and it is reported that the result of the special view 1 variation display is out.

  As described above, in the effect of the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, a plurality of character images may be displayed on the sub display device 1030. The pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment is configured such that the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 can move and rotate in the vertical direction at the position behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. Further, in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, all the characters of the plurality of character images displayed on the sub display device 1030 by the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 moving to a position behind the movable body 1008. Among the plurality of character images displayed on the sub display device 1030 by configuring the image to be invisible from the player and moving the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 to a position behind the movable body 1008. Only one character image may be configured to be visible to the player. In addition, if one character image that becomes visible at that time is a specific character image (for example, a notice image), then in the specific character image that there is a character image that becomes visible at that time The possibility of becoming a big hit may be high in the special figure fluctuation game under execution compared with the case where there is no. In addition, one of the character images displayed on the sub display device 1030 at a position behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 causes the movable bodies of both the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 to perform a movement operation. In some cases, it may be visible. One of the character images displayed on the sub display device 1030 at a position behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 is that the movable body of both the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 performs the movement operation. When it is visible, the possibility of becoming a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game under execution is higher than the case where the movable bodies of both the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 can not be recognized even if the moving operation is performed. There may be. In addition, one of the character images displayed on the sub display device 1030 at a position behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 causes the movable bodies of both the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 to perform a movement operation. In the case where it is possible to visually recognize, there is a high possibility of becoming a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game under execution compared with the case where the movable bodies of both the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 can not be visually recognized by not performing the movement operation. It may be possible. In addition, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 may execute vertical movement and rotation behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. In this case, the decorative symbol display device 208 may execute effects in the sub display device 1030 of this embodiment.

(Example 14)
FIG. 58 shows an example of effects in the fourteenth example of the present embodiment. FIG. 58 shows the effect state in time series. FIG. 58 shows a schematic front view of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. The pachinko machine 100 according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present embodiment and the fifteenth and sixteenth examples described later is different from the configuration of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. .

FIG. 58 (a) shows a state in which the special figure fluctuation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is a loss ing. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 58 (a), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero. Also, in the state shown in FIG. 58 (a), the movable bodies 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 101
0 and 1012 are located at the initial position. When the movable body 1002 is positioned at the initial position, the whole is visible to the player. In addition, a part of the image of the sun displayed in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208 is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the sun can be viewed through the transmitting portion 1006a. It has become. Further, a part of the image of the cloud displayed in the effect display area 208d is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the cloud is visible through the transmitting portion 1006b. Further, a part of the image of the balloon displayed in the effect display area 208d is hidden by the movable body 1002, and another part of the image of the balloon is visible. Further, on the sub display device 1030, an image of a yacht, an image of a cloud, and an image of a landscape of the sea are displayed.

  FIG. 58 (b) continuing from FIG. 58 (a) shows a state in which the number of reservations in special drawing 1 is increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball is inserted in special drawing 1 starting opening 230. ing. On the sub-display device 1030, a white circular normal state reserved icon is displayed, and it is notified that the number of reservations of the special view 1 is one. In addition, on the sub display device 1030, the same image as the balloon image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 is displayed. When the same character image is simultaneously displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030, it is compared with the case where the same character image is not simultaneously displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030. The possibility of becoming a big hit in the figure fluctuation game may be high.

  FIG. 58 (c) continuing from FIG. 58 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown) is started. In addition, in the sub display device 1030, after the start of the special view 1 change game, the transfer icon as the change icon becomes a change icon and movement animation between the hold and change icons is started. Further, in the sub display device 1030, a state in which the image of the balloon has been erased is shown.

  FIG. 58 (d) continuing from FIG. 58 (c) shows a state in which the variation display of the decorative symbol has been started. Further, FIG. 58 (d) shows a state in which, on the sub display device 1030, after the start of the special view 1 variation game, the suspension icon becomes a variation icon and the movement animation between the suspension and variation icons ends. ing.

  FIG. 58 (e) continued from FIG. 58 (d) shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. Reach production is started from FIG.

  In FIG. 58 (f) continuing from FIG. 58 (e), the movable body 1008 starts the rendering operation from the initial position, and the left portion of the movable body 1008 hides the fluctuation icon on the left portion of the screen of the sub display device 1030. It shows the moved state. FIG. 58F shows a state in which the movable body 1008 shields the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 so as not to be easily visible. In addition, an image of a cloud displayed on the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 and a part of the decorative symbol 208b are visually recognized through the transmitting portion 1008a. Further, the screen of the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through the transmissive portion 1008 b. FIG. 58 (f) shows a state in which the change icon can not be visually recognized because the change icon and the movable body 1008 displayed on the left of the screen of the sub display device 1030 overlap. In addition, the image of the yacht displayed on the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through 1008 b.

FIG. 58 (g) continued from FIG. 58 (f) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has moved to the left from the state shown in FIG. 58 (f). 58 (g), behind the movable body 1008, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 moves upward from the initial position, is hidden by the movable body 1008, and is displayed on the sub display 1030. The variation icon and the image of the yacht are not visible. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment hides behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 when an effect is produced such that a part of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is hidden behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. It may be configured to be more likely to be a big hit in the special figure variation game being executed as compared with the case where the effect is not performed.

  58H following FIG. 58G shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated 60 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 58G behind the movable body 1008. There is. Further, FIG. 58H shows a state in which the image of the balloon is displayed on the sub display device 1030 and the image of the balloon is viewed through the transmitting portion 1008b. In addition, the image of the yacht displayed on the sub display device 1030 can not be viewed by overlapping with the movable body 1008. Further, in FIG. 58 (h), when the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated, the fluctuation icon displayed on the sub display device 1030 changes from the normal mode (white circle) to the notice mode (white diamond). 11 shows a state in which the change icon of the notice mode is visually recognized through the transparent portion 1008 b. In the effect of the present embodiment, there is a case where the player makes the player visually recognize that the fluctuation icon in the normal mode changes to the notice mode through the transparent portion 1008 b by the rotation operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. The player may be made to visually recognize after the change icon of the normal mode changes to the advance notice mode.

  58 (i) continuing from FIG. 58 (h) shows a state where the movable body 1008 is rotated counterclockwise by 200 ° (total 360 ° rotation) from the state of FIG. 58 (h) and returned to the initial posture There is. Further, FIG. 58 (i) shows a state in which an image of a balloon displayed on the sub display device 1030, an image of a yacht, and a fluctuation icon of the notice mode overlap with the movable body 1008 so that they can not be viewed.

  FIG. 58 (j) continuing from FIG. 58 (i) shows a state where the movable body 1008 has moved downward from the state of FIG. 58 (i) and returned to the initial position. Further, FIG. 58 (j) shows a state in which the fluctuation icon of the notice mode displayed on the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through the transmitting portion 1008b. Further, in FIG. 58 (j), in the sub display device 1030, the image of the yacht and the image of the balloon indicate a state in which the image can not be viewed.

  FIG. 58 (k) continued from FIG. 58 (j) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has moved to the right from the state shown in FIG. 58 (j) and returned to the initial position.

  FIG. 58 (l) continuing from FIG. 58 (k) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In this example, the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is a big hit. "Decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and it is reported that the result of the special view 1 variation display is a big hit.

As described above, in the effect of the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, a plurality of character images, variation icons, and a hold icon may be displayed on the sub display device 1030. The pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment is configured such that the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 can move and rotate in the vertical direction at the position behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. Further, in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, all the characters of the plurality of character images displayed on the sub display device 1030 by the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 moving to a position behind the movable body 1008. The image, the fluctuation icon, and the hold icon are displayed on the sub display device 1030 when configured so as not to be visible to the player and when the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is located at a position behind the movable body 1008 In some cases, only one character image of the plurality of character images and only the variation icon may be visible to the player. In addition, if one of the character images that can be viewed at that time is a specific character image (for example, a notice image) or if the variation icon is in the notice mode, the view may be made at that time. Even if there is a possibility that a big hit will be made in the special figure fluctuation game being executed compared with the case where the one character image which became possible is not a specific character image and the fluctuation icon is not the notice mode. Good. Further, in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, when the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 moves to a position behind the movable body 1006 or the movable body 1008, all character images of the plurality of character images, a fluctuation icon, And the hold icon may be configured to be visible to the player, or only the variation icon and the hold icon may be configured to be visible to the player, or the variation icon May be configured to allow the player to view only the icon, or may be configured to allow the player to view only the hold icon.

  In addition, one of the character images and the variation icon displayed on the sub display device 1030 at a position behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 causes the movable body of both the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 to move. In some cases, visual recognition may be possible. One of the character images and the variation icon displayed on the sub display device 1030 at a position behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 causes both movable bodies of the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 to perform the movement operation. Therefore, when it is possible to visually recognize, there is a possibility that a big hit may be made in the special figure fluctuation game under execution as compared with the case where the movable bodies of both the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 can not be visually recognized even if moving operation is performed. It may be higher. In addition, one of the character images and the variation icon displayed on the sub display device 1030 at a position behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 causes the movable body of both the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 to move. By performing the, when it is possible to visually recognize, it is possible to become a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game under execution compared with the case where the movable body of both the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 can not be visually recognized by not performing the movement operation. The sex may be high. In addition, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 may execute vertical movement and rotation behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. In this case, the decorative symbol display device 208 may execute effects in the sub display device 1030 of this embodiment.

(Example 15)
FIG. 59 shows an example of effect in the example 15 of the present embodiment. FIG. 59 shows the effect state in time series. FIG. 59 shows a schematic front view of the game board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

  FIG. 59 (a) shows a state in which the special figure variation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is a loss ing. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 59 (a), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 59 (a), the movable bodies 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 1010, and 1012 are located at initial positions. When the movable body 1002 is positioned at the initial position, the whole is visible to the player. In addition, a part of the image of the sun displayed in the effect display area 208d of the decorative symbol display device 208 is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the sun can be viewed through the transmitting portion 1006a. It has become. Further, a part of the image of the cloud displayed in the effect display area 208d is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the cloud is visible through the transmitting portion 1006b. Further, a part of the image of the balloon displayed in the effect display area 208d is hidden by the movable body 1002, and another part of the image of the balloon is visible. Further, on the sub display device 1030, an image of a yacht, an image of a cloud, and an image of a landscape of the sea are displayed.

FIG. 59 (b) continuing from FIG. 59 (a) shows a state in which the number of reservations in special figure 1 is increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball is inserted in special figure 1 starting opening 230. ing. On the sub-display device 1030, a white circular normal state reserved icon is displayed, and it is notified that the number of reservations of the special view 1 is one. In addition, on the sub display device 1030, the same image as the balloon image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 is displayed. When the same character image is simultaneously displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030, it is compared with the case where the same character image is not simultaneously displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030. The possibility of becoming a big hit in the figure fluctuation game may be high.

  FIG. 59 (c) continuing from FIG. 59 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown) is started. In addition, in the sub display device 1030, after the start of the special view 1 change game, the transfer icon as the change icon becomes a change icon and movement animation between the hold and change icons is started. Further, in the sub display device 1030, a state in which the image of the balloon has been erased is shown.

  FIG. 59 (d) continuing from FIG. 59 (c) shows a state in which the variation display of the decorative symbol has been started. Further, FIG. 59 (d) shows a state in which, on the sub display device 1030, after the start of the special view 1 variation game, the suspension icon becomes a variation icon and the movement animation between the suspension and variation icons ends. ing. Further, FIG. 59 (d) shows a state in which the number of reservations in Special Figure 1 is increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball has entered the special figure 1 start opening 230. On the sub-display device 1030, a white circular normal state reserved icon is displayed, and it is notified that the number of reservations of the special view 1 is one.

  FIG. 59 (e) continuing from FIG. 59 (d) shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. Reach production is started from FIG. 59 (d) onward.

  In FIG. 59 (f) continued from FIG. 59 (e), the movable body 1008 starts rendering operation from the initial position, and the left part of the movable body 1008 moves to a position to hide the holding icon displayed on the sub display device 1030 Shows the condition. FIG. 59 (f) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 shields the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 so as not to be easily visible. In addition, an image of a cloud displayed on the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 and a part of the decorative symbols 208b and 208c are visually recognized through the transmitting portion 1008a. Further, the screen of the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through the transmissive portion 1008 b. FIG. 59F shows a state in which the hold icon can not be visually recognized because the hold icon displayed on the left of the screen of the sub display device 1030 and the movable body 1008 overlap. In addition, in the area not shielded by the movable body 1008, the fluctuation icon displayed on the sub display device is visually recognized.

  FIG. 59 (g) continued from FIG. 59 (f) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has moved to the left from the state shown in FIG. 59 (f). Further, in FIG. 59 (g), behind the movable body 1008, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 moves upward from the initial position, is hidden by the movable body 1008, and is displayed on the sub display 1030. The change icon, the hold icon, and the image of the yacht are not visible. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment hides behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 when an effect is produced such that a part of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is hidden behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. It may be configured to be more likely to be a big hit in the special figure variation game being executed as compared with the case where the effect is not performed.

59 (h) continuing from FIG. 59 (g) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated 60 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 58 (g) behind the movable body 1008 There is. Further, in FIG. 59 (h), the holding icon displayed on the sub display device 1030 changes from the normal mode (white circle) to the advance notice mode (white diamond shape) by performing the rotation operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. The state is shown in which the fluctuating icon in the normal mode and the hold icon in the pre-reading notice mode are visually recognized through the transparent portion 1008 b. In the effect of the present embodiment, there is a case where the player makes the player visually recognize that the hold icon in the normal mode changes to the pre-reading notice mode through the transparent portion 1008 b by the rotation operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. There is a case where the player makes the player visually recognize after the hold icon of the normal mode changes to the pre-reading notice mode.

  59 (i) continuing from FIG. 59 (h) shows a state where the movable body 1008 is rotated counterclockwise 300 ° (total 360 ° rotation) from the state of FIG. 59 (h) and returned to the initial posture There is. Further, in FIG. 59 (i), the balloon image displayed on the sub display device 1030, the yacht image, the fluctuation icon of the normal mode, and the reserved icon of the prefetching notice mode are visually recognized by overlapping with the movable body 1008. It shows the impossible state.

  FIG. 59 (j) continuing from FIG. 59 (i) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has moved downward from the state shown in FIG. 59 (i) and returned to the initial position. Further, FIG. 59 (j) shows a state in which the fluctuation icon of the normal mode and the fluctuation icon of the advance notice mode displayed on the sub display device 1030 are visually recognized through the transparent portion 1008b. Further, in FIG. 59 (j), in the sub display device 1030, the image of the yacht shows a state in which the image can not be viewed.

  FIG. 59 (k) continuing from FIG. 59 (j) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 has moved to the right from the state shown in FIG. 59 (j) and returned to the initial position.

  FIG. 59 (l) continuing from FIG. 59 (k) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In this example, the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is lost. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle-right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and it is reported that the result of the special view 1 variation display is out.

  FIG. 59 (m) continuing from FIG. 59 (l) shows a state in which the special figure 1 change game on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown) is started. In addition, in the sub display device 1030, after the start of the special view 1 change game, the transfer icon as the change icon becomes a change icon and movement animation between the hold and change icons is started.

  In FIG. 59 (n) continuing from FIG. 59 (m), in the sub display device 1030, after the start of the special view 1 change game, the move icon between the hold and change icons moves to the left as the change icon becomes a change icon. It shows the finished state. Moreover, FIG. 59 (n) has shown the state which "decoration 2" tentatively stopped in the left-right symbol display area 208a, 208c. A predetermined reach effect is started from FIG. 59 (n) onward.

  FIG. 59 (o) continuing from FIG. 59 (n) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game is ended after the predetermined reach effect is ended. In this example, the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is a big hit. "Decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and it is reported that the result of the special view 1 variation display is a big hit. In this manner, the symbol variation started when the pending corresponding to the pending icon in the pre-reading notice mode is digested is started rather than the symbol variation started when the pending icon corresponding to the pending icon is taken normally. The jackpot symbol form may be configured to be easily determined and displayed.

As described above, in the effect of the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, a plurality of character images, variation icons, and a hold icon may be displayed on the sub display device 1030. The pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment is configured such that the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 can move and rotate in the vertical direction at the position behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. Further, in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, all the characters of the plurality of character images displayed on the sub display device 1030 by the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 moving to a position behind the movable body 1008. The image, the fluctuation icon, and the hold icon are displayed on the sub display device 1030 when configured so as not to be visible to the player and when the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is located at a position behind the movable body 1008 Only the variation icon and the hold icon may be configured to be visible to the player. In addition, when the hold icon that became visible at that time is the pre-reading notice mode, the hold corresponding to the hold icon is compared with the case where the hold icon that became visible at that time is not the pre-reading notice mode. There is a possibility that the possibility of becoming a big hit in the special figure variation game started being digested may be high. Further, in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, when the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 moves to a position behind the movable body 1006 or the movable body 1008, all character images of the plurality of character images, a fluctuation icon, And the hold icon may be configured to be visible to the player, or only the variation icon and the hold icon may be configured to be visible to the player, or the variation icon May be configured to allow the player to view only the icon, or may be configured to allow the player to view only the hold icon.

  Also, among the movable icon 1006 and the movable object 1008, the movable icon of the movable object 1006 and the movable object 1008 performs the movement operation. In some cases, it may be visible. The moving icon and the holding icon displayed on the sub display device 1030 at a position behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 cause the movable bodies of both the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 to perform the movement operation. When it can be seen, as compared with the case where both the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 can not visually recognize even if moving objects are moved, the special figure fluctuation game being executed or the holding of the target of the holding icon is There is a possibility that the possibility of becoming a big hit in the special figure variation game started by being digested may be high. Also, among the movable icon 1006 and the movable object 1008, the movable icon of the movable object 1006 and the movable object 1008 performs the movement operation. Therefore, when it is possible to visually recognize, compared to the case where the movable bodies of both the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 can not be visually recognized by not performing the movement operation, the target of the special figure fluctuation game or the icon The possibility of becoming a big hit may be high in the special figure change game started by the reserve being digested. In addition, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 may execute vertical movement and rotation behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. In this case, the decorative symbol display device 208 may execute effects in the sub display device 1030 of this embodiment.

(Example 16)
FIG. 60 shows an example of effects in the sixteenth embodiment of the present embodiment. FIG. 60 shows the effect state in time series. FIG. 60 shows a schematic front view of the gaming board 1000 of the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG.

FIG. 60 (a) shows a state in which the special figure variation game is not being executed. "Decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 208a to 208c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is informed that the result of the latest special figure 1 fluctuation game is a loss ing. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 60 (a), the number of reservations in Special Drawing 1 and Special Drawing 2 is zero. Further, in the state shown in FIG. 60 (a), the movable bodies 1002, 1004, 1006, 1008, 1010 and 1012 are located at initial positions. When the movable body 1002 is positioned at the initial position, the whole is visible to the player. Also, a decorative symbol display device 208 is provided by the movable body 1006.
A part of the image of the sun displayed in the effect display area 208d is hidden, and another part of the image of the sun is visible through the transmitting portion 1006a. Further, a part of the image of the cloud displayed in the effect display area 208d is hidden by the movable body 1006, and another part of the image of the cloud is visible through the transmitting portion 1006b. Further, a part of the image of the balloon displayed in the effect display area 208d is hidden by the movable body 1002, and another part of the image of the balloon is visible. Further, on the sub display device 1030, an image of a yacht, an image of a cloud, and an image of a landscape of the sea are displayed.

  FIG. 60 (b) continuing from FIG. 60 (a) shows a state in which the number of reservations in Special Figure 1 is increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball has entered the Special Figure 1 start opening 230. ing. On the sub-display device 1030, a white circular normal state reserved icon is displayed, and it is notified that the number of reservations of the special view 1 is one. In addition, on the sub display device 1030, the same image as the balloon image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 is displayed. When the same character image is simultaneously displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030, it is compared with the case where the same character image is not simultaneously displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030. The possibility of becoming a big hit in the figure fluctuation game may be high.

  FIG. 60 (c) continuing from FIG. 60 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game on the special figure 1 display device 212 (not shown) is started. In addition, in the sub display device 1030, after the start of the special view 1 change game, the transfer icon as the change icon becomes a change icon and movement animation between the hold and change icons is started. Further, in the sub display device 1030, a state in which the image of the balloon has been erased is shown.

  FIG. 60 (d) continuing from FIG. 60 (c) shows a state in which the variation display of the decorative symbol has been started. Further, FIG. 60 (d) shows a state in which, on the sub display device 1030, after the start of the special view 1 variation game, the suspension icon becomes a variation icon and the movement animation between the suspension and variation icons ends. ing.

  FIG. 60 (e) continuing from FIG. 60 (d) shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped in the left and right symbol display areas 208a and 208c. Reach production is started in FIG.

  FIG. 60 (f) continuing from FIG. 60 (e) shows a state in which the number of reservations in special drawing 1 is increased from 0 to 1 based on the fact that one gaming ball is inserted in special drawing 1 starting opening 230. ing. On the sub-display device 1030, a white circular normal state reserved icon is displayed, and it is notified that the number of reservations of the special view 1 is one. Further, in FIG. 60 (f), the movable body 1008 starts the rendering operation from the initial position, and the change icon displayed on the sub display device 1030 and the hold icon can be viewed through the transparent portion 1008b of the movable body 1008. It has been moved to the position where Further, FIG. 60 (f) shows a state in which the movable body 1008 shields the center of the display area of the decorative symbol display device 208 so as not to be easily visible. In addition, an image of a cloud displayed on the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 and a part of the decorative symbols 208b and 208c are visually recognized through the transmitting portion 1008a. Further, the screen of the sub display device 1030 is visually recognized through the transmissive portion 1008 b.

In FIG. 60 (g) continued from FIG. 60 (f), in the back of the movable body 1008, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 moves upward from the initial position and is hidden by the movable body 1008; It shows that the fluctuation icon, the hold icon, and the image of the yacht that are displayed on are invisible. In addition, the pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment hides behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 when an effect is produced such that a part of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is hidden behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. It may be configured to be more likely to be a big hit in the special figure variation game being executed as compared with the case where the effect is not performed.

  60 (h) continuing from FIG. 60 (g) shows a state where the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is rotated 60 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 58 (g) behind the movable body 1008. There is. Further, in FIG. 59 (h), the holding icon displayed on the sub display device 1030 changes from the normal mode (white circle) to the advance notice mode (white diamond shape) by performing the rotation operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. The state is shown in which the fluctuating icon in the normal mode and the hold icon in the pre-reading notice mode are visually recognized through the transparent portion 1008 b. In the effect of the present embodiment, there is a case where the player makes the player visually recognize that the hold icon in the normal mode changes to the pre-reading notice mode through the transparent portion 1008 b by the rotation operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032. There is a case where the player makes the player visually recognize after the hold icon of the normal mode changes to the pre-reading notice mode.

  60 (i) continuing from FIG. 60 (h) shows a state where the movable body 1008 is rotated counterclockwise 300 ° (total 360 ° rotation) from the state of FIG. 60 (h) and returned to the initial posture There is. Further, FIG. 60 (i) shows a state in which the image of the yacht displayed on the sub display device 1030, the fluctuation icon of the normal mode, and the hold icon of the prefetch notice mode overlap with the movable body 1008 and can not be viewed. ing.

  FIG. 60 (j) continuing from FIG. 60 (i) shows a state where the movable body 1008 has moved downward from the state of FIG. 60 (i) and returned to the initial position. In addition, on the sub display device 1030, an image imitating a button, a character string image of "push" above it, and a meter image that displays the effective period of pressing the button are displayed overlapping the hold icon. There is. In addition, there may be a case where the holding icon in the pre-reading notice mode changes to an image or the like imitating a button. Further, FIG. 60 (j) shows a state in which a character string image of “push” is visually recognized through the transmission part 1008b and an image imitating a variation icon and a button and a character image of “push” above it. It shows the state which can not be seen by being hidden by. Further, in FIG. 60 (j), in the sub display device 1030, the image of the yacht shows a state in which the image can not be viewed.

  In FIG. 60 (k) continued from FIG. 60 (j), the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 moves upward from the state of FIG. 60 (j), and the screen of the sub display 1030 is viewed through the transmissive part 1008a. It shows the possible states. Further, FIG. 60 (k) shows a state in which the character string image of “push” displayed on the sub display device 1030 can be visually recognized through the transmission unit 1008a. Further, the variable icon displayed on the sub display device 1030, the image imitating a button, and the meter image show a state in which they can not be viewed by being hidden by the movable body 1008. In addition, when the screen of the sub display device 1030 is viewed through the transmission unit 1008a, the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment has a feature that is being executed compared to the case where the screen of the sub display device 1030 is not viewed. You may be comprised so that the possibility of becoming a big hit in a figure fluctuation game may become high.

  FIG. 60 (l) continuing from FIG. 60 (k) shows a state where the player has pressed the chance button 136 in the operation valid period of the chance button 136. Further, in the sub display device 1030, the character string image of “Push” is erased based on the player's pressing of the chance button 136, and an effect image is displayed around the image imitating the button and the periphery thereof. Further, FIG. 60 (l) shows a state in which the effect image is viewed through the transmitting portion 1008b.

In FIG. 60 (m) continuing from FIG. 60 (l), the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is shown in FIG. 60 (l) based on the fact that the player presses the chance button 136 in the operation valid period of the chance button 136. It shows the state moved from the state of to the top position. Further, FIG. 60 (m) shows a state in which a part of the button image displayed on the sub display device 1030 and the effect image are viewed through the transmitting portion 1008a.

  60 (n) continuing from FIG. 60 (m) shows a state where the movable body 1008 has moved to the right from the state of FIG. 60 (m) and returned to the initial position. In addition, on the sub display device 1030, a fluctuation icon, a button image, and an effect image are displayed.

  In FIG. 60 (o) continuing from FIG. 60 (n), in response to the player pressing the chance button 136 in the operation valid period of the chance button 136, the rotation operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 is executed. Show the situation. FIG. 60 (o) shows a state in which the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is rotated 60 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 60 (n).

  In FIG. 60 (p) continuing from FIG. 60 (o), the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 rotates 300 ° counterclockwise (total 360 ° rotation) from the state of FIG. 60 (o) and returns to the initial posture. It shows the state returned to the initial position below. Further, in the operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002 executed in response to the pressing of the chance button 136, both the operation of rotating counterclockwise and the operation of moving to the lower initial position are performed in parallel. And may return to the initial attitude and the initial position.

  FIG. 60 (q) continuing from FIG. 60 (p) shows a state in which the button image and the effect image are erased in the sub display device 1030 and the variation icon like normal status is changed to the variation icon of the notice mode. Further, FIG. 60 (q) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In this example, the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is a big hit. "Decoration 2-decoration 2-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c, and it is reported that the result of the special view 1 variation display is a big hit. As described above, in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, when the rotation operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 based on the pressing of the chance button 136 is performed during symbol variation, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 based on the pressing of the chance button 136 It may be configured that final big hit symbol aspect is more likely to be clearly displayed in the symbol variation concerned than in the case where the turning motion of is not performed.

As described above, in the effect of the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, the sub display device 1030 may display a plurality of character images, a variation icon, a hold icon, and an image prompting the user to press the chance button 136. The pachinko machine 100 of this embodiment is configured such that the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 can move and rotate in the vertical direction at the position behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. Further, the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment moves all the sub-liquid crystal units 1032 to a position behind the movable body 1008 so that all the character images of the plurality of character images displayed on the sub-display device 1030 When the sub-liquid crystal unit 1032 is positioned at a position behind the movable body 1008, the sub-liquid crystal unit 1032 is positioned so that the sub-liquid crystal unit 1032 is positioned so as not to be visible from the player. Only the variation icon displayed on the display 1030 and the image prompting to press the chance button 136 may be configured to be visible to the player. Further, in the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, when the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 moves to a position behind the movable body 1006 or the movable body 1008, all character images of the plurality of character images, a fluctuation icon, The player may be configured to be able to visually recognize the hold icon and an image prompting the user to press the chance button 136, or the player can visually recognize only the hold icon and the image prompting to press the chance button 136 In the case where it is configured such that it may be configured such that the player can view only the variation icon, or if it is configured so that the player can view only the hold icon Or the player may be able to view only the image prompting the user to press the chance button 136. .

  In addition, of the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008, an image prompting the user to press the change icon, the holding icon, and the chance button 136 among those displayed on the sub display device 1030 at a position behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. It may become visible when both movable bodies perform the movement operation. Of the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008, the movable icon 1006 and the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 behind the movable body 1008 prompt the pressing of the change icon, the holding icon and the chance button 136. When the movable body can be visually recognized by performing the movement operation, the special figure fluctuation game being executed or the movable body in both of the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 can not be visually recognized even when the movement operation is performed. There is a possibility that the possibility of becoming a big hit may be high in the special feature variation game started by the retention of the target of the retention icon being digested. In addition, of the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008, an image prompting the user to press the change icon, the holding icon, and the chance button 136 among those displayed on the sub display device 1030 at a position behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. When both movable bodies can be viewed by performing the moving operation, the special figure fluctuation during execution is compared with the case where both movable bodies of the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008 can not be viewed by not performing the moving operation. The possibility of becoming a big hit may be high in the special feature variation game started by the game or the holding of the target of the holding icon being digested. In addition, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 may execute vertical movement and rotation behind the movable body 1006 and the movable body 1008. In this case, the decorative symbol display device 208 may execute effects in the sub display device 1030 of this embodiment.

(Example 17)
An example of effects in the sub display device 1030 of the example 17 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. Further, in FIG. 61 and each of the drawings described later, an example of the special game 1 variation game in each embodiment is shown in time series. In addition, the fluctuation of the decorative symbol in the symbol display areas 1030a to 1030c of the sub display device 1030 is indicated by a white thick arrow. In addition, in the period in which the effects of the sub display device 1030 shown in FIG. 61 and FIG. 62 described later are displayed, in the decorative symbol display device 208, effects different from the effects of the sub display device 1030 are displayed. The other effects may be, for example, effects for displaying a predetermined background or character without displaying the decoration pattern, or effects for displaying a predetermined background or character by displaying the decoration pattern. Good. Further, in the period in which the effect of the sub display device 1030 shown in FIGS. 61 and 62 is being performed, the same effect as the effect of the sub display device 1030 may be performed in the decorative symbol display device 208.

First, with reference to FIG. 61 (a), common points between FIG. 61 and FIG. 62 described later will be described. As shown in FIG. 61A, at the upper left portion in the display area of the sub-display device 1030, a decorative frame F1 having a shape in which the letter “L” is vertically inverted is displayed. In the upper left part of the decorative frame F1, a square-shaped special figure 1 reservation number display area 1931 is provided, and a square special figure 2 reservation number display area 1932 is provided on the right side. A special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 1933 is provided below 1931 and a special figure 2 fourth symbol display area 1934 is provided below it. In the special figure 1 reserve number display area 1931, the reserve number of the special figure 1 is displayed as a number, and for example, “0” is displayed when there is no reserve of special figure 1. In the special figure 2 reserve number display area 1932, the reserve number of the special figure 2 is displayed as a number, and for example, “0” is displayed when there is no reserve of the special figure 2. Moreover, in the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 1933, when the special figure 1 variation game is being executed, it is informed that the special figure 1 variation game is being executed as the variation display of the fourth symbol "/" , When the image of "\" is displayed alternately and special figure 1 fluctuation game is not being executed (when special figure 1 is in the stop display), "-" or "○" is displayed as the fourth symbol display The image is displayed. "-" Is the 4th symbol displayed when the result of the special figure 1 change game is out, and "O" is the 4th symbol displayed when the result of the special figure 1 change game is a big hit is there. It should be noted that "-" may be displayed as the fourth symbol during non-execution of the special figure 1 fluctuation game regardless of the result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game. Also, in the special figure 2 fourth symbol display area 1934, when the special figure 2 variation game is being executed, it is informed that the special figure 2 variation game is being executed as the variation display of the fourth symbol "/" , When the image of "\" is displayed alternately and the special figure 2 change game is not being executed (when the special figure 2 is in the stop display), "-" or "○" is displayed as the fourth symbol display The image is displayed. "-" Is the 4th symbol displayed when the result of the special figure 2 change game is out, and "O" is the 4th symbol displayed when the result of the special figure 2 change game is a big hit is there. Note that "-" may be displayed as the fourth symbol during non-execution of the special figure 2 variation game regardless of the result of the special figure 2 variation game.

  Under the display area of the sub display device 1030, a horizontally long rectangular decorative frame F2 is displayed. At the center of the decoration frame F2, a square-shaped variation icon display area 1940 in which a part of the left and right frames is open is provided. The variation icon may be displayed in a display size (for example, a display size larger than the hold icon) different from the hold icon displayed in the hold icon display area 1930 described later. This may facilitate identification of the change icon and the hold icon.

  A special figure 1 reserve icon display area 1950 is provided on the left side of the variation icon display area 1940, and a special figure 2 reserve icon display area 1960 is provided on the right side of the variation icon display area 1940. The special figure 1 reserved icon display area 1950 is roughly divided into four areas of a first area, a second area, a third area, and a fourth area, from left to right. The first to fourth areas correspond to the first to fourth special drawing 1 holding orders, respectively. That is, the special view 1 suspension icon corresponding to the suspension of the special view 1 of the earliest (most stored in the past) can be displayed in the first area, and similarly, the second to fourth areas are 2 The special figure 1 reserve icon corresponding to the reserve of the fourth special figure 1 can be displayed respectively. Similarly, the special view 2 reserved icon display area 1960 is roughly divided into four areas of a first area, a second area, a third area, and a fourth area, from left to right. The first to fourth areas correspond to the first to fourth special figure 2 holding orders, respectively. That is, the special view 2 suspension icon corresponding to the suspension of the special view 2 of the earliest (most recently stored) can be displayed in the first area, and the second to fourth areas are similarly 2 The special figure 2 reserve icon corresponding to the reserve of the fourth special figure 2 can be displayed respectively. Also, in the special view 1 pending icon display area 1950 and the special view 2 pending icon display area 1960, various animations representing movement of the pending icon are executed.

  A navigation character display area 1970 in the form of a square is provided on the left of the special view 1 reserved display area 1950. In the navigation character display area 1970, a character image H1 of a merchant is displayed. The character image H1 of the merchant is used as an instructional effect such as a tutorial effect or the like, and an effect such as an advance notice (notice of the change or advance notice).

  On the right side of the special view 2 reserved display area 1960, a square-shaped effect custom state display area 1980 is provided. In the effect custom state display area 1980, “level 1 to 99” are displayed according to the effect custom state of the pachinko machine 1000. The level of the effect custom state is set to rise, for example, by performing an effect with a low appearance rate. The level of the effect custom state may be set to increase also when the game ball is hit a predetermined number, when a predetermined effect is executed, or when a big hit is won.

FIG. 61 (a) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In the left middle right symbol display area 1030a to 1030c of the sub display device 1030, the symbol combination "decoration 2-decoration 3-decoration 4" indicating that the success or failure judgment result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is disappointing is displayed in a stop ing. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 1933, the fourth symbol of the display mode of "-" for notifying the detachment is stopped and displayed. In addition, in the special figure 2 fourth symbol display area 1934, the fourth pattern of the display mode of "-" notifying that the result of the latest special figure 2 fluctuation game has been canceled is displayed. In addition, “1” is displayed in the special figure 1 pending count display area 1931 indicating that the pending count in the special figure 1 is 1, and the pending figure in the special figure 2 is 0 in the special figure 2 pending count display area 1932. “0” is displayed to indicate that The special figure 1 reserve icon display area 1950 displays a default special figure 1 reserve icon 1951 displayed in a white circle.

  FIG. 61 (b) shows a state in which the special figure 1 suspension is digested and the special figure 1 change game is started. In the left middle right symbol display area 1030a to 1030c of the sub display device 1030, the variation display of the decorative symbol is executed. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 1933, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. Further, “0” is displayed in the special figure 1 pending count display area 1931, and it is informed that the number of pending times of the special figure 1 is decreased by 1 and the pending figure of the special figure 1 becomes 0.

  In addition, when the special figure 1 suspension is reduced by one and special figure 1 fluctuation game is started, in the fluctuation icon display area 1940 of the sub display device 1030 and the special figure 1 reserved icon display area 1950, The movement animation of is performed. In the movement animation between the holding and changing icons, the special drawing 1 holding icon 1951 displayed in the first area of the special drawing 1 holding icon display area 1950 becomes the changing icon 1941 and moves to the changing icon display area 1940 . The right-pointing arrow shown at the upper left of the fluctuation icon 1941 in FIG. 61B indicates the moving direction of the fluctuation icon 1941.

  In FIG. 61 (c), "decoration 2" is temporarily stopped in the left symbol display area 1030a of the sub display device 1030, the moving animation between the holding and changing icons is ended, and the changing icon 1941 is displayed in the changing icon display area 1940. It shows the displayed state. Also, based on the game ball entering the special figure 1 start opening 230, "1" is displayed in the special figure 1 reserve number display area 1931 and white in the first area of the special figure 1 reserve icon display area 1950 A state in which the default special view 1 hold icon 1952 displayed in a circle appears due to the increase animation of the hold icon. The upward arrow shown on the left of the special view 1 retention icon 1952 in FIG. 61 (b) indicates the movement direction of the special view 1 retention icon 1952. Further, in FIG. 61C, a balloon image representing a serif of the character image H1 of the merchant displayed in the navigation character display area 1970 of the sub display device 1030 is started to be displayed at the lower left portion of the effect display area 1030d. The said balloon image is an image used for the notice by the character image H1 of a merchant.

FIG. 61D shows a state in which "decoration 2" is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 1030a and the right symbol display area 1030c of the sub display device 1030. Also, based on the game ball entering the special figure 1 start opening 230, "2" is displayed in the special figure 1 reserve number display area 1931 and black in the second area of the special figure 1 reserve icon display area 1950 A special figure 1 hold icon 1953 displayed in a circle is shown in the state of appearing due to the increase animation of the hold icon. The upward arrow shown on the left of the special view 1 retention icon 1953 in FIG. 61D indicates the movement direction of the special view 1 retention icon 1953. In addition, an image of a character string of "chance?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the line of the character image H1 of the merchant, and an effect of expecting development to reach effect is executed. In addition, a pending change image H2 having a substantially rectangular shape including an image of the "pending change" character string is displayed overlapping the decorative symbol displayed in the middle symbol display area 1030b and the right symbol display area 1030c. . The pending change image H2 is an image displayed to notify that the effect of the advance notice of changing the display mode of the pending icon or the changing icon being displayed or the notice of the changing is performed. In this example, it is notified that the change animation in which the display mode of the holding icon being displayed changes is performed by the holding change image H2. Note that the pending change image H2 may be a display that is displayed only when the pending icon of the special view 1 is changed, or a display that is displayed only when the pending icon of the special view 2 is changed. It may be a display that is displayed only when changing the change icon, or may be a display that is displayed only when changing the holding icon of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. It may be a display that appears only when changing the hold icon and the change icon of the special view 2, or appears only when changing the hold icon of the special view 1, the hold icon of the special view 2, and the change icon. It may be a display.

  In FIG. 61E, “decoration 2-decoration 4-decoration 2” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 1030a to 1030c of the sub display device 1030, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is an off It shows the notified state. In addition, the deletion animation in which the variation icon 1941 displayed in the variation icon display area 1940 moves downward is displayed, and the variation icon 1941 is gradually eliminated. Also, FIG. 61E shows a state in which a change animation in which the display mode of the special view 1 hold icon 1952 changes from “white to black” is performed. In the change animation, an image to be struck from the hold change image H2 is displayed on the special view 1 hold icon 1952, and an effect image is displayed overlapping the special view 1 hold icon 1951. The effect image is displayed on the front side of the special view 1 suspension icon 1952, 1953, and the entire special view 1 suspension icon 1952 and a part of the special view 1 suspension icon 1953 are hidden by the effect image.

  FIG. 61 (f) shows a state in which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has ended. In the left middle right symbol display area 1030a to 1030c of the sub display device 1030, the symbol combination "decoration 2-decoration 4-decoration 2" indicating that the success or failure judgment result of the special figure 1 fluctuation game is disapproval is displayed ing. Also, in FIG. 61 (f), the change animation ends, the hold change image H2 and the effect image shown in FIG. 61 (e) are erased, and the display mode of the special view 1 reserve icon 1952 changes from white circle to black circle. It is changing.

  FIG. 61 (g) shows a state in which the reserve of the first special figure 1 is digested and the special figure 1 change game is started. In the left middle right symbol display area 1030a to 1030c of the sub display device 1030, the variation display of the decorative symbol is executed. In the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 1933, variable display of the fourth symbol is executed. In addition, “1” is displayed in the special figure 1 pending count display area 1931 and the special figure 1 pending icon 1952 becomes a fluctuating icon, and the moving animation between the pending and fluctuating icons and the moving animation of the special figure 1 pending icon 1953 are started. ing. Further, in FIG. 61 (g), a balloon image representing a serif of the character image H1 of the merchant displayed in the navigation character display area 1970 of the sub display device 1030 is started to be displayed at the lower left portion of the effect display area 1030d.

  FIG. 61 (h) shows a state in which the moving animation between the holding and changing icons and the moving animation of the special view 1 holding icon 1953 are finished. Further, in FIG. 61 (h), an image of a character string of "To ~" is displayed in the balloon image representing the words of the merchant's character image H1, suggesting that a to-be-described character image H3 will appear. The production is being performed. The character image H3 of the statue is a character image used for the effect of the notice of "rotation" shown in FIG. 27 (b) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation display advance effect").

  FIG. 61I shows a state in which "decoration 3" is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 1030a of the sub display device 1030. Also, a character image H3 of the hall is displayed in the upper right portion of the effect display area 1030d, and an image of a character string of "Called?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the line of the character image H3 of the hall. In addition, an image of a character string “Tomon!” Is displayed on the balloon image representing the words of the merchant character image H1.

  FIG. 61 (j) shows a state in which reach effect has been started with "decoration 3" temporarily displayed in the left symbol display area 1030a and the right symbol display area 1030c of the sub display device 1030. In addition, the image of the character string "chance?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the words of the merchant character image H1, and then the image of "chance!" The image of the character string is displayed. By displaying the image of the character string "chance!" Representing the speech of the character image H3 of the lord, it is suggested that the rotation display preview effect is executed.

  FIG. 61K shows the screen of the sub display device 1030 in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise as viewed from the player with the center of the sub display device 1030 as the rotation center. Further, the variation display of the fourth symbol displayed in the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 1933 and the decorative symbol of the middle symbol display area 1030 b is also performed during the execution of the rotation display advance presentation effect. Further, the variation display of the fourth symbol displayed in the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 1933 and the decorative symbol of the middle symbol display area 1030 b is also performed during the execution of the rotation display advance presentation effect. In FIG. 61 (k), the screen of the sub display 1030 is shown compressed in the longitudinal direction due to the problem of space on the paper.

  In FIG. 61 (l), the sub display 1030 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise (90 ° total) when viewed from the player as the rotation center of the sub display 1030 from the state of FIG. 61 (k). The screen of the display device 1030 is shown. The images displayed on the sub display device 1030 before the rotation of the sub display device 1030 shown in FIGS. 61J and 61K have an aspect ratio of 9:16 (an aspect ratio of the screen of the decorative symbol display device 208). The image displayed on the sub display device 1030 shown in FIG. 61 (l) is displayed with the aspect ratio adjusted to the screen of aspect ratio 1: 1, while the aspect ratio adjusted to the screen of) is displayed. It is displayed. Here, the aspect ratio of the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 rotated 90 ° counterclockwise has a horizontal axis taken in the direction rotated 90 ° counterclockwise from the horizontal direction, and is orthogonal to the horizontal axis It is an aspect ratio at the time of taking a vertical axis in the direction. Likewise, the aspect ratio of the image displayed on the rotated sub display device 1030 has a horizontal axis in the direction rotated counterclockwise from the horizontal direction, and a vertical axis in the direction orthogonal to the horizontal axis. Aspect ratio.

  61 (m) shows the sub display device 1030 rotated 90 ° counterclockwise (total 180 ° rotation) as viewed from the player with the center of the sub display device 1030 as the rotation center from the state of FIG. 61 (k) The screen of the display device 1030 is shown. Further, the aspect ratio of the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 is changed to the aspect ratio before rotation.

  61 (n) shows a state where the sub display device 1030 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 225 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 from the state of FIG. 61 (m). It shows. Also, in FIG. 61 (n), the pending change image H2 overlaps the character image H3 of the temple pattern, the decoration pattern displayed in the middle symbol display area 1030b, the right symbol display area 1030c, during the execution of the rotation display preview effect. Is displayed. The pending change image H2 displayed in FIG. 61 (n) is an image used for producing an advance notice of the change that changes the display mode of the change icon. Although FIG. 61 (n) compresses the screen of the sub display 1030 due to the problem of space on the paper surface, the aspect ratio of the image displayed on the sub display 1030 is not changed.

FIG. 61 (o) shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 270 ° rotation) about the center of the sub display device 1030 from the state of FIG. 61 (n). Further, FIG. 61 (o) shows a state in which an effect of changing the display mode of the fluctuation icon is executed. In the effect, a display in which lightning is generated from the hold change image H2 is displayed, and an animation in which a lightning strikes on a fluctuation icon displayed in a black circle is executed. The lightning strike fluctuation icon overlaps the effect image, and the effect image hides the entire fluctuation icon. Also, in FIG. 61 (o), "2" is displayed in the special figure 1 reserve number display area 1931 based on the game ball entering the special figure 1 start opening 230, and the special figure 1 reserve icon display area The special figure 1 hold icon 954 displayed as a black circle in the second area 1950 is shown as it appears due to the increase animation of the hold icon. Also, the special view 1 hold icon 954 is displayed in an enlarged manner as compared to other hold icons. For this reason, it may be possible to make the player pay attention to the hold icon displayed in an enlarged manner during execution of the rotation display advance presentation effect. Although FIG. 61 (n) compresses the screen of the sub display 1030 due to the problem of space on the paper surface, the aspect ratio of the image displayed on the sub display 1030 is not changed.

  FIG. 61 (p) shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 315 ° rotation) about the center of the sub display device 1030 from the state of FIG. 61 (o). Further, in the aspect in which the pending change image H2 shown in FIG. 61 (o) and the effect image displayed overlapping the entire change icon 1941 are erased and the character of "heat" is drawn in a circle. The fluctuation icon is displayed enlarged. For this reason, it may be possible to make the player pay attention to the fluctuation icon displayed in an enlarged manner during execution of the rotation display advance presentation effect. Although FIG. 61 (n) compresses the screen of the sub display 1030 due to the problem of space on the paper surface, the aspect ratio of the image displayed on the sub display 1030 is not changed. Next, in FIG. 61 (q), the sub-display device 1030 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 360 ° rotation) about the center of the sub-display device 1030 from the state of FIG. 61 (p). It shows a state where 1030 has made one rotation and returned to the original state. Also, the hold icon and the fluctuation icon, which were displayed in an enlarged manner, are returned to their normal size. Next, in FIG. 61 (r), “decoration 3-decoration 2-decoration 3” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 1030a to 1030c of the sub display device 1030, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is off Indicates that it has been notified. In addition, when the fluctuation icon displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 1940 moves downward, the deletion animation for deleting the fluctuation icon is executed. The downward arrow shown on the upper left of the fluctuation icon in FIG. 61 (r) indicates the moving direction of the fluctuation icon.

  As described above, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of this embodiment, when the sub display device 1030 is rotated, the aspect ratio of the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 may change. A character image or a decorative pattern may be used for the image displayed on the sub display device 1030, and the presence of the character image or the decorative pattern is enhanced by changing the aspect ratio of the character image or the decorative pattern. It may be possible to give the player a strong impression. In addition, although the sub display device 1030 makes one rotation (360 ° rotation) in the rotation display preview effect in the present embodiment, the sub display device 1030 is configured to rotate one rotation or more by using the above-described slip ring. It may be done. For example, the larger the rotation speed of the sub display device 1030, the higher the jackpot reliability may be set.

The aspect ratio of the image displayed on the sub display 1030 may change in relation to the rotation angle of the sub display 1030. For example, the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit determines the aspect ratio of the image using a predetermined function with the rotation angle of the sub display device 1030 as a variable, and based on the image data stored in the ROM 406 based on the aspect ratio. The work area of the VRAM 436 may be used to generate a display image. Also, the aspect ratio of the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 may change randomly. For example, when the CPU 404 of the first sub control unit determines the aspect ratio of the image using random numbers, and generates a display image using the work area of the VRAM 436 from the image data stored in the ROM 406 based on the aspect ratio There may be. The display area of the image may be expanded or reduced depending on the change in the aspect ratio of the image displayed on the sub display device 1030, and the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 may be displayed. The aspect ratio of the image may change so as to make the display area constant.

  In addition, when the rotation display notice effect of this embodiment is performed, the probability of winning a big hit in the special figure variation game being executed is configured to be higher than when the rotation display notice effect is not performed. It may be In addition, when the aspect ratio of the image displayed on sub display device 1030 changes, in the special figure fluctuation game being executed as compared with the case where the aspect ratio of the image displayed on sub display device 1030 does not change. You may be comprised so that the probability of winning a big hit may become high. In addition, the reliability of the big hit may be different depending on the frequency or the degree of change of the aspect ratio of the image displayed on the sub display device 1030. For example, the reliability of the jackpot may be configured to be higher as the aspect ratio of the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 changes more frequently, or the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 The greater the degree of change in the aspect ratio, the higher the reliability of the jackpot may be.

  Further, in the present embodiment, an effect of enlarging and displaying the hold icon and the fluctuation icon is performed during the rotation display preview effect. If the effect of enlarging and displaying the hold icon and the fluctuation icon is performed, the big hit symbol aspect is finally displayed and stopped and displayed, compared to the case where the effect of displaying the hold icon and the fluctuation icon is not performed is not performed. It may be configured to be easy. Although the effect of rotating the sub display device 1030 is performed in the rotation display advance presentation effect of this embodiment, the decorative symbol display device is rotated by rotating the decorative symbol display device 208 instead of the rotation of the sub display device 1030. An effect of rotating the image displayed in 208 may be performed, or by rotating the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 simultaneously or separately, the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display may be performed. An effect of rotating the image displayed on the device 1030 may be performed. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 may be rotatable, and may be fixed to the game board 200 so that the sub display device 1030 can not rotate and move.

(Example 18)
A sub-display apparatus 1030 according to the eighteenth embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 62 (a) to 62 (r) show effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series. FIG. 62 (a) shows a state in which the special view 1 change game has ended, and shows the same state as the state shown in FIG. 61 (a). Next, FIG. 62 (b) shows the state in which the special figure 1's suspension is digested and special figure 1 fluctuation gaming is started, and shows the same state as FIG. 61 (b). Next, in FIG. 62 (c), “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped in the left symbol display area 1030a of the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the special view 1 hold icon 1951 ends, and the fluctuation icon display area 1940 is displayed. The state in which the change icon 1941 is displayed is shown. In addition, based on the game ball entering the special figure 1 starting opening 230, “1” is displayed in the special figure 1 holding number display area 1931 and black is displayed in the first area of the special figure 1 holding icon display area 1950 A special figure 1 hold icon 952 displayed in a circle shows a state in which it appears due to an increase animation of the hold icon. Further, FIG. 62 (c) shows that a balloon image representing a line of the character image H1 of the merchant displayed in the navigation character display area 1970 of the decorative symbol display device 208 is displayed in the lower left portion of the effect display area 1030d. It shows the state.

FIG. 62D shows a state in which “decoration 2” is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 1030a and the right symbol display area 1030c of the decorative symbol display device 208. Also, based on the game ball entering the special figure 1 start opening 230, "2" is displayed in the special figure 1 reserve number display area 1931 and black in the second area of the special figure 1 reserve icon display area 1950 A special figure 1 hold icon 953 displayed in a circle is shown in the state of appearing by the increase animation of the hold icon. Further, an image of a character string of "chance?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the words of the merchant character image H1.

  In FIG. 62 (e), "decoration 2-decoration 4-decoration 2" is stopped and displayed in the left middle right-hand symbol display area 1030a to 1030c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is out Indicates a reported state. Next, FIG. 62 (f) shows a state in which the special view 1 variation game has ended, and shows the same state as FIG. 61 (f). Next, FIG. 62 (g) shows the state in which the reserve of the special figure 1 at the earliest stage is digested and the special figure 1 fluctuation game is started, and shows the same state as FIG. 61 (g). Next, FIG. 62 (h) shows a state in which the moving animation between the holding and changing icons and the moving animation of the special view 1 holding icon 953 are finished, and shows the same state as FIG. 61 (h). Next, FIG. 62 (i) shows a state in which “decoration 3” is temporarily stopped and displayed on the left symbol display area 1030a of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the character image h3 of the statue is displayed, which is the same as FIG. 61 (i) It shows the state.

  FIG. 62 (j) shows a state in which the "description 3" is temporarily stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 1030a and the right symbol display area 1030c of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the reach effect is started. In addition, an image of a character string of "chance?" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the words of the merchant character image H1, and thereafter, an image of "chance!" Is displayed in the balloon image representing the words of the character image h3. The image of the character string is displayed. By displaying the image of the character string “chance!” Representing the words of the character image h3 of the lord, it is suggested that the rotation display notice effect is to be executed.

  FIG. 62 (k) shows the screen of the sub display device 1030 in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise as viewed from the player centering on the center of the sub display device 1030. In the case where the decoration frame F1 displayed on the sub display device 1030 and the images displayed in the decoration frame F1 (number of pendings display, the image of the fourth pattern) (hereinafter, these images are referred to as "non-rotation target images" ) Is given priority over an image other than the non-rotation target image (hereinafter, may be referred to as a “rotation target image”) in a mode in which the player does not rotate as viewed from the player. It is displayed at the top left. Further, the variation display of the fourth symbol displayed in the special figure 1 fourth symbol display area 1933 and the decorative symbol of the middle symbol display area 1030 b is also performed during the execution of the rotation display advance presentation effect. Further, the rotation target image may be displayed prior to the non-rotation target image, or only a part of the rotation target image may be displayed prior to the non-rotation target image. It may be present, or only a part of the non-rotation target images may be displayed prior to the rotation target image. FIG. 62 (k) illustrates the screen of the sub display device 1030 in a compressed state due to the problem of space on the paper.

  FIG. 62 (l) shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 90 ° rotation) about the center of the sub display device 1030 from the state of FIG. 62 (k). In addition, the non-rotation target image is given priority to a part of the character image H3 of Yoshimune and a part of the "decoration 3" displayed in the right symbol display area, in the upper right part of the sub display device 1030 The movement is displayed in a non-rotated manner as viewed from the side. FIG. 62 (l) illustrates the screen of the sub display device 1030 in a compressed state due to the problem of space on the paper.

  FIG. 62 (m) shows a state where the sub display device 1030 has been rotated 90 ° counterclockwise (total 180 ° rotation) about the center of the decorative symbol display device 208 as the rotation center from the state of FIG. 62 (l) . Further, the non-rotation target image is moved and displayed in the lower right portion of the sub display device 1030 in a mode in which it is not rotating as viewed from the player, prior to the decoration frame F2.

FIG. 62 (n) shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 has been rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 225 ° rotation) about the center of the decorative symbol display device 208 as the rotation center from the state of FIG. 62 (m) . Further, in FIG. 62 (n), the pending change image H2 is displayed during execution of the rotation display notice effect,
The display is overlapped with the decorative symbol displayed in the middle symbol display area 1030 b and the right symbol display area 1030 c, and the character image H 3 of the temple. The pending change image H2 displayed in FIG. 62 (n) is an image used for producing an advance notice of the change to change the display mode of the change icon. In addition, the non-rotation target image is rotated from the player to the lower left portion of the sub display device 1030 with priority given to a part of the decoration frame F2 and a part of the balloon image representing the words of the merchant character image H1. There is no movement and it is displayed. FIG. 62 (n) illustrates the screen of the sub display device 1030 in a compressed state due to the problem of space on the paper.

  FIG. 62 (o) shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 has been rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 270 ° rotation) about the center of the decorative symbol display device 208 as the rotation center from the state of FIG. . Further, FIG. 62 (o) shows a state in which an effect of changing the display mode of the fluctuation icon is executed. In the effect, an animation is generated in which lightning is generated from the holding change image H2 and lightning strikes on a fluctuation icon displayed in a black circle. The lightning strike fluctuation icon overlaps the effect image, and the effect image hides the entire fluctuation icon. Also, in FIG. 62 (o), "2" is displayed in the special figure 1 reservation number display area 1931 based on the game ball entering the special figure 1 start opening 230, and the special figure 1 reservation icon display area The special figure 1 hold icon 1954 displayed as a black circle in the second area 1950 is shown as it appears due to the increase animation of the hold icon. In addition, the non-rotational target image gives priority to a part of the "decoration 3" displayed in the left symbol display area and a part of the balloon image representing the line of the character image H1 of the merchant, The movement is displayed in a non-rotating manner as seen from the player. FIG. 62 (o) illustrates the screen of the sub display device 1030 in a compressed state due to the problem of space on the paper.

  FIG. 62 (p) shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 315 ° rotation) about the center of the sub display device 1030 from the state of FIG. 62 (o). Moreover, the change of the aspect by which the effect image displayed overlapping with the whole pending | holding change image H2 shown in FIG. 62 (o) and the fluctuation icon was erase | eliminated, and the character of "heat" was drawn in the circle | round | yen The icon is displayed. Also, the special view 1 hold icon 1954 is displayed smaller than the other hold icons. In addition, the non-rotation target image is moved and displayed in the upper left portion of the sub display device 1030 in a mode in which it is not rotating as seen from the player, prior to a part of "decoration 3" displayed in the left symbol display area. It is done. FIG. 62 (p) illustrates the screen of the sub display device 1030 in a compressed state due to the problem of space on the paper. Next, in FIG. 62 (q), the sub-display device 1030 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 360 ° rotation) about the center of the sub-display device 1030 from the state of FIG. 62 (p). It shows a state where 1030 has made one rotation and returned to the original state. Further, the non-rotation target image is displayed on the upper left portion of the sub display device 1030 in a mode in which it is not rotating as viewed from the player, and is returned to the state before the rotation display advance presentation effect is performed. Also, the special view 1 hold icon 1954 is displayed in the same size as the other hold icons. Next, in FIG. 62 (r), “decoration 3-decoration 2-decoration 3” is stopped and displayed in the left middle right symbol display area 1030a to 1030c of the sub display device 1030, and the result of the special view 1 fluctuation game is out Indicates that it has been notified. In addition, when the fluctuation icon displayed in the fluctuation icon display area 1940 moves downward, the deletion animation for deleting the fluctuation icon 1941 is executed.

As described above, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, rotation display of the rotation target image is performed by rotating the sub display device 1030. In addition, when rotating the sub display device 1030, the non-rotation target of the decoration frame F1 displayed on the sub display device 1030 and the image (number-of-holds display, the image of the fourth pattern) displayed in the decoration frame F1. The image is displayed in such a manner that it does not rotate as viewed from the player. In addition, when the rotation display notice effect of this embodiment is performed, the probability of winning a big hit in the special figure fluctuation game being executed is higher than when the rotation display notice effect is not performed. It may be done. Further, the non-rotation target image of the sub display device 1030 is moved and displayed so as to be displayed at a position where the sub display device 1030 stands out as viewed from the player, in conjunction with the rotation of the sub display device 1030. In addition, all images displayed on the sub display device 1030 are not to be rotated, and any of the decorative symbol, the character image H3 of Yoshimune, the character image H1 of a rose, the reserve icon, the variation icon, the decoration frame F2 etc. The image may be displayed in a mode in which the player does not rotate as viewed from the player. Further, in this case, the probability that the player wins a big hit in the special figure variation game in progress may increase as the number of non-rotation target images increases. Also, instead of rotating the sub display device 1030, rotating the decorative symbol display device 208 may produce an effect of rotating the image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208, or the decorative symbol may be displayed. By rotating the display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 simultaneously or separately, an effect of rotating the image displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 may be performed. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 may be rotatable, and the sub display device 1030 may be fixed to the game board 200 so as to be incapable of rotating and moving.

(Example 19)
A presentation example of the sub display device 1030 of the example 19 of the present embodiment will be described using FIG. FIGS. 63 (a) to 63 (l) show the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series. In the period during which the effects of the sub display device 1030 shown in FIG. 63 and FIGS. 64 to 69 described later are displayed, in the decorative symbol display device 208, effects different from the effects of the sub display device 1030 are displayed ing. As another effect, for example, an effect of displaying a decorative symbol and displaying a predetermined background or character may be used.

  FIG. 63 (a) shows a state in which “1” indicating that the number of reservations of Special Figure 1 is 1 is displayed as the number of reservation display image in the reservation display area 1030e at the lower left portion of the sub display device 1030 There is. Next, FIG. 63 (b) shows that the reserve of special figure 1 is digested and the reserve number of special figure 1 is 0 as the reserve number display image in the reserve display area 1030e at the lower left portion of the sub display device 1030. It shows the state in which "0" shown is displayed.

  FIG. 63C shows a state in which the character image H3 of the statue is displayed in the effect display area 1030d of the sub display device 1030. The character image H3 of the statue is a character image used for the effect of the notice of "rotation" shown in FIG. 27 (b) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation display advance effect").

  FIG. 63 (d) shows a state in which the rotation display advance presentation effect as the reach effect is executed. The sub display device 1030 is rotated 45 degrees counterclockwise around the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030. In addition, the reserved display area 1030 e in the lower left portion of the sub display device 1030 is moved to the upper left portion of the sub display device 1030. In addition, the image of “0” as the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 1030 e is rotated clockwise about the center of the image of “0” 45 as the rotation angle of the sub display device 1030. It is displayed rotated.

FIG. 63E shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 has been rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 90 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 from the state of FIG. 63D. Is shown. In addition, the image of “0” as the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 1030 e is rotated clockwise about the center of the image of “0” 45 as the rotation angle of the sub display device 1030. It is displayed as a rotation (total of 90 ° rotation). Next, in FIG. 63F, the sub display device 1030 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 63E about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 (total 135 ° rotation) Shows the condition. In addition, the reserved display area 1030 at the upper left portion of the sub display device 1030
e is moved to the upper right portion of the sub display device 1030. In addition, the image of “0” as the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 1030 e is 45 ° clockwise about the center of the image of “0” as the rotation angle of the sub display device 1030. It is displayed rotating (total 135 ° rotation). Next, in FIG. 63 (g), the sub display 1030 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 63 (f) about the center of the image display area of the sub display 1030 (total 180 ° rotation) Shows the condition. In addition, the image of “0” as the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 1030 e is 45 ° clockwise about the center of the image of “0” as the rotation angle of the sub display device 1030. It is displayed rotating (total 180 ° rotation).

  FIG. 63H shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise (total 225 ° rotation) about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 from the state of FIG. 63G. Is shown. In addition, the reserved display area 1030 e in the upper right portion of the sub display device 1030 is moved to the lower right portion of the sub display device 1030. In addition, the "0" image of the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 1030e is rotated 45 ° clockwise about the center of the "0" image in accordance with the rotation angle of the sub display device 1030 It is displayed (total 225 ° rotation). Next, in FIG. 63 (i), the sub display 1030 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 63 (H) around the center of the image display area of the sub display 1030 (total 270 ° rotation) Shows the condition. In addition, the "0" image of the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 1030e is rotated 45 ° clockwise about the center of the "0" image in accordance with the rotation angle of the sub display device 1030 (Total 270 ° rotation) is displayed. Next, in FIG. 63 (j), the sub display 1030 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 63 (i) with the center of the image display area of the sub display 1030 as the rotation center (total 315 ° rotation). Shows the condition. Further, the reserved display area 1030 e at the lower right portion of the sub display device 1030 is moved to the original position at the lower left portion of the sub display device 1030. In addition, the image of “0” as the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 1030 e is 45 ° clockwise about the center of the image of “0” as the rotation angle of the sub display device 1030. It is displayed rotating (total 315 ° rotation). Next, in FIG. 63 (k), the sub display 1030 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 63 (j) with the center of the image display area of the sub display 1030 as the rotation center (total 360 ° rotation) Shows the condition. In addition, the image of “0” as the number-of-holds display image displayed in the hold display area 1030 e is 45 ° clockwise about the center of the image of “0” as the rotation angle of the sub display device 1030. It is displayed rotating (total 360 ° rotation). Next, FIG. 63 (l) shows a state in which the rotation display preview effect is finished, and the character image H3 of the character of the lord is deleted in the sub display device 1030.

As described above, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, rotation display of the character image of the character is performed by rotating the sub display device 1030. Further, when the sub display device 1030 is rotated, the number-of-holds display image displayed on the sub display device 1030 is displayed in a mode in which it does not rotate as viewed from the player. Further, the hold display area 1030 e of the sub display device 1030 is moved so as to be displayed in the left corner of the sub display device 1030 as viewed from the player in accordance with the rotation of the sub display device 1030. Therefore, while the sub display device 1030 is rotating, the number-of-holds display image, which is important information for the player, is displayed at a position where the player can easily view. In addition, when the rotation display notice effect of this embodiment is performed, the probability of winning a big hit in the special figure variation game being executed is configured to be higher than when the rotation display notice effect is not performed. It may be In addition, although the sub display device 1030 is configured to make one rotation (360 ° rotation) in the rotation display advance presentation effect in the present embodiment, by using the above-described slip ring for the sub display device 1030, one or more rotations are performed. It may be configured to For example, the larger the rotation speed of the sub display device 1030, the higher the jackpot reliability may be set. Also, instead of the sub display device 1030, the effects of the present embodiment may be performed in the decorative symbol display device 208, or the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 may be rotated simultaneously or separately. Thus, the effects of the present embodiment may be performed in both of the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030. When the effect of the present embodiment is performed in the decorative symbol display device 208, the sub display device 1030 may be fixed to the game board 200 so that rotation and movement can not be performed.

Example 20
A presentation example of the example 20 of the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIGS. 64 (a) to 64 (k) show effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series.

  FIG. 64 (a) shows the state of the sub liquid crystal display device at which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has started. A state in which nothing is displayed on the sub display device 1030 is shown. Next, FIG. 64 (b) shows a state in which the character image H3 of the statue is displayed in the effect display area 1030d of the sub display device 1030. The character image H3 of the statue is a character image used for the effect of the notice of "rotation" shown in FIG. 27 (b) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation display advance effect").

  FIG. 64 (c) shows a state in which the rotation display preview effect as the reach effect is performed. FIG. 64C shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated 45 ° counterclockwise around the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030. In addition, the character image H3 of the character of the statue displayed at the center of the effect display area 1030a of the sub display device 1030 is the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 as the sub display device 1030 rotates counterclockwise. The image is displayed rotating 45 ° clockwise about the rotation center. Therefore, the character image H3 of the player is visually recognized as not rotating by the player. Next, FIGS. 64D to 64J show states in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated by 45 °. Further, in FIGS. 64 (d) to 64 (j), the character image H3 of your character is rotated clockwise and displayed at the same rotation speed as the rotation speed of the sub display device 1030. For this reason, while the sub display device 1030 is rotating, the character image H3 of the main character is always viewed by the player as not rotating. Next, FIG. 64 (k) shows a state in which the rotation display advance notice effect is ended, and the character image H3 of the character of the lord is deleted in the sub display device 1030.

  As described above, in the rotation display preview effect of this embodiment, the character image H3 of the character displayed on the sub display device 1030 is rotated at the same speed in the opposite direction to the sub display device 1030 while the sub display device 1030 is rotated. By displaying the character image, the character image is displayed in a mode in which the character image is not rotated as seen from the player. For this reason, since the character image displayed on the sub display device 1030 does not rotate although the sub display device 1030 is rotating, it may be possible to give a player unexpectedness. In addition, when the rotation display notice effect of this embodiment is performed, the probability of winning a big hit in the special figure variation game being executed is configured to be higher than when the rotation display notice effect is not performed. It may be Further, in the present embodiment, the character image is rotated and displayed at the same speed as the rotation speed of the sub display device 1030 in the direction opposite to the rotation direction of the sub display device 1030. The character image may be rotated and displayed at a speed different from the rotation speed of the sub display 1030 in the direction, or the same speed as the rotation speed of the sub display 1030 in the same direction as the rotation of the sub display 1030. In some cases, the character image may be rotated and displayed at different speeds. Also, instead of the rotation of the sub display device 1030, an effect of rotating the decorative symbol display device 208 may be performed, or the decoration symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030 may be rotated simultaneously or separately. An effect may be performed.

(Example 21)
A presentation example of the example 21 of the present embodiment will be described using FIG. FIGS. 65 (a) to 65 (l) show effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series.

  FIG. 65 (a) shows the state of the sub liquid crystal display device at which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has started. A state in which nothing is displayed on the sub display device 1030 is shown. Next, FIG. 65 (b) shows a state in which the character image H3 of the statue is displayed in the effect display area 1030d of the sub display device 1030. The character image H3 of the statue is a character image used for the effect of the notice of "rotation" shown in FIG. 27 (b) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation display advance effect").

  FIG. 65 (c) shows a state in which the rotation display preview effect as the reach effect is performed. FIG. 65C shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated 45 degrees counterclockwise around the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030. In addition, the character image H3 of the character of the statue displayed at the center of the effect display area 1030a of the sub display device 1030 is the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 as the sub display device 1030 rotates counterclockwise. The image is displayed rotating 45 ° clockwise about the rotation center. Therefore, the character image H3 of the player is visually recognized as not rotating by the player. Also, from the state shown in FIG. 65 (b), the character image H3 of the statue is compressed slightly in the horizontal direction and enlarged and displayed in the vertical direction. Next, in FIG. 65 (d), the sub display device 1030 rotates 45 degrees counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 65 (c) with the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 as the rotation center (total 90 ° rotation). Shows the condition. In addition, the character image H3 of the character of the statue displayed at the center of the effect display area 1030a of the sub display device 1030 is the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 as the sub display device 1030 rotates counterclockwise. The image is displayed rotating 45 ° clockwise about the rotation center. Therefore, the character image H3 of the player is visually recognized as not rotating by the player. Also, from the state shown in FIG. 65 (c), the character image H3 of the statue is compressed slightly in the horizontal direction and enlarged and displayed in the vertical direction. Next, in FIG. 65 (e), the sub display 1030 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 65 (d) with the center of the image display area of the sub display 1030 as the rotation center (total 135 ° rotation). Shows the condition. In addition, the character image H3 of the character of the statue displayed at the center of the effect display area 1030a of the sub display device 1030 is the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 as the sub display device 1030 rotates counterclockwise. The image is displayed rotating 45 ° clockwise about the rotation center. Therefore, the character image H3 of the player is visually recognized as not rotating by the player. Also, from the state shown in FIG. 65 (d), the character image H3 of the statue is slightly expanded in the horizontal direction, and compressed and displayed in the vertical direction. Next, in FIG. 65 (f), the sub display 1030 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise from the state of FIG. 65 (e) with the center of the image display area of the sub display 1030 as the rotation center (total 180 ° rotation). Shows the condition. In addition, the character image H3 of the character of the statue displayed at the center of the effect display area 1030a of the sub display device 1030 is the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 as the sub display device 1030 rotates counterclockwise. The image is displayed rotating 45 ° clockwise about the rotation center. Therefore, the character image H3 of the player is visually recognized as not rotating by the player. In addition, the character image H3 of the statue is compressed in the horizontal direction a little from the state displayed in FIG. 65 (e) and enlarged and displayed in the vertical direction. The aspect ratio of the character image H3 of the statue is shown in FIG. It has returned to the state of (b). Next, FIGS. 65 (g) to 65 (j) show a state in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated by 45 °. Further, in FIGS. 65 (g) to 65 (j), the character image H3 of the statue is rotated clockwise and displayed at the same rotation speed as the rotation speed of the sub display 1030. For this reason, while the sub display device 1030 is rotating, the character image H3 of the main character is always viewed by the player as not rotating. Further, in FIGS. 65 (g) to 65 (j), the aspect ratio of the character image H3 is not changed. Next, FIG. 64 (l) shows a state in which the rotation display advance notice effect is finished, and the character image H3 of the character of the lord is deleted in the sub display device 1030.

  As described above, in the rotation display preview effect of this embodiment, the character image H3 of the character displayed on the sub display device 1030 is rotated at the same speed in the opposite direction to the sub display device 1030 while the sub display device 1030 is rotated. By displaying the character image, the character image is displayed in a mode in which the character image is not rotated as seen from the player. Further, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, the aspect ratio of the character image H3 of the character displayed on the sub display device 1030 changes. For this reason, the character image displayed on the sub display device 1030 does not rotate even though the sub display device 1030 is rotating, which may allow the player to be surprised. By changing the aspect ratio, the presence of the character image may be enhanced, and the player may be given a strong impression. In addition, when the rotation display notice effect of this embodiment is performed, the probability of winning a big hit in the special figure variation game being executed is configured to be higher than when the rotation display notice effect is not performed. It may be Further, in the present embodiment, the character image is rotated and displayed at the same speed as the rotation speed of the sub display device 1030 in the direction opposite to the rotation direction of the sub display device 1030. The character image may be rotated and displayed at a speed different from the rotation speed of the sub display 1030 in the direction, or the same speed as the rotation speed of the sub display 1030 in the same direction as the rotation of the sub display 1030. In some cases, the character image may be rotated and displayed at different speeds. Also, the reliability of the jackpot may be different depending on the frequency or the degree of change of the aspect ratio of the character image displayed on the sub display device 1030. For example, the reliability of the jackpot may be configured to be higher as the aspect ratio of the character image displayed on the sub display device 1030 changes more frequently, or the sub display device 1030 is displayed. As the degree of change in the aspect ratio of the character image is larger, the reliability of the big hit may be higher. Also, instead of the sub display device 1030, the effects of the present embodiment may be performed in the decorative symbol display device 208, or the effects of the present embodiment may be performed in both the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030. May be performed. When the effect of the present embodiment is performed in the decorative symbol display device 208, the sub display device 1030 may be fixed to the game board 200 so that rotation and movement can not be performed.

(Example 22)
A presentation example of the example 22 of the present embodiment will be described using FIG. 66 (a) to 66 (f) show effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series.

  FIG. 66 (a) shows the state of the sub liquid crystal display device at which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has started. A state in which nothing is displayed on the sub display device 1030 is shown. Next, FIG. 66 (b) shows a state in which the character image H3 of the statue is displayed in the effect display area 1030d of the sub display device 1030. The character image H3 of the hall is an image used for the lateral movement display effect as the reach effect.

  (C) to (e) of FIG. 66 show a state in which the lateral movement display effect as the reach effect is performed. In the lateral movement display effect of the present embodiment, the sub display device 1030 moves in the horizontal direction in a plane parallel to the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208 in front of the decorative symbol display device 208. In addition, a rectangle indicated by a two-dot chain line in the drawings of (c) to (e) in FIG. 66 indicates the position of the sub display device 1030 before movement in the left-right direction.

FIG. 66C shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 has moved in the left direction from the state shown in FIG. Also, the character image H3 of the statue displayed at the center of the effect display area 1030a of the sub display device 1030 is displayed in such a manner as to move in the right direction by the same distance as the movement distance of the sub display device 1030 in the left direction. There is. For this reason, the character image H3 of the character is displayed so as not to move as seen from the player. Also, the sub display 1
At 030, in the upper left portion, a part of the princess character image H4 that has been missed in the sub display device 1030 is displayed. Further, in the present example, the princess character image H4 is an image used for a notice of high jackpot reliability.

  FIG. 66 (d) shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 has moved in the left direction from the state shown in FIG. 66 (c). In addition, the character image H3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 1030 is displayed to move in the right direction by the same distance as the movement distance of the sub display device 1030 in the left direction. Therefore, the character image H3 of the player is displayed so as to be viewed as not moving from the player. Further, in the sub display device 1030, all of the princess character image H4 is displayed in the upper left portion.

  FIG. 66 (e) shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 has moved in the right direction from the state shown in FIG. 66 (d). In addition, the character image H3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 1030 is displayed in a manner of moving in the left direction by the same distance as the movement distance of the sub display device 1030 in the right direction. For this reason, the character image H3 of the character is displayed so as not to move as seen from the player. Further, in the sub display device 1030, a part of the princess character image H4 is displayed in the upper left portion, and a part of the princess character image H4 is missing.

  FIG. 66F shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 has moved in the right direction from the state shown in FIG. The character image H3 of the character displayed at the center of the sub display device 1030 is displayed in a manner of moving in the left direction by the same distance as the movement distance of the sub display device 1030 in the right direction. Therefore, the character image H3 of the character is displayed in a mode in which the character image H3 is not moving as viewed from the player. Further, in the sub display device 1030, the princess character image H4 is not displayed.

  As described above, in the lateral movement display advance presentation effect of this embodiment, while moving the sub display device 1030 sideways, moving and displaying the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 at the same speed in the opposite direction to the sub display device 1030 In this way, the character image H3 of the character is displayed in a mode in which the character image H3 is not seen from the player. In addition, in the lateral movement display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, the character image H4 of the princess who has been missed in the sub display 1030 before the horizontal movement display advance presentation is executed is a side of the image displayed on the sub display 1030 The movement display is displayed on the sub display device 1030. The princess character image H4 is displayed on the sub display device 1030 as the sub display device 1030 moves a predetermined distance. For this reason, the player will pay attention to the movement distance of the sub display device 1030, and in some cases, the interest of the game can be improved. In addition, in the effect during symbol fluctuation, when the horizontal movement display advance effect of this embodiment is performed, the symbol fluctuation display is finally the big hit symbol aspect compared to the case where the horizontal movement display advance effect is not performed. The decision stop may be configured to be displayed easily. In addition, in the lateral movement display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, a character combined with the jackpot reliability of the symbol variation display being executed may be displayed. For example, if the jackpot reliability is relatively low, the enemy character of the lord may be displayed. In addition, while the sub-display device 1030 moves a predetermined distance in the left direction, the princess character image H4 is displayed, whereas the sub-display device 1030 moves a predetermined distance in the right direction. May be displayed. In addition, the aspect ratio of the character image H3 of the statue or the character image H4 of the princess used for the lateral movement display advance presentation effect in the present embodiment may change during the lateral movement display advance presentation effect. Also, instead of the sub display device 1030, the effects of the present embodiment may be performed in the decorative symbol display device 208, or the effects of the present embodiment may be performed in both the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030. May be performed. When the effect of the present embodiment is performed in the decorative symbol display device 208, the sub display device 1030 may be fixed to the game board 200 so that rotation and movement can not be performed.

(Example 23)
A presentation example of the example 23 of the present embodiment will be described using FIG. FIGS. 67 (a) to 67 (f) show effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series.

  FIG. 67 (a) shows the state of the sub liquid crystal display device at which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has started. A state in which nothing is displayed on the sub display device 1030 is shown. Next, FIG. 67 (b) shows a state in which the character image H3 of the statue is displayed in the effect display area 1030d of the sub display device 1030. The character image H3 of the statue is a character image used for the effect of the notice of "rotation" shown in FIG. 27 (b) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation display advance effect"). FIG. 67 (b-1) shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 67 (b). . The image data shown in FIG. 67 (b-1) has a character image H3 of the shrine and a character image H4 of the princess at the lower left of the character image H3 of the statue, and the character image H3 of the statue and the character image H4 of the princess It is the image data of the aspect which is not rotating. Further, in the present example, the princess character image H4 is an image used for a notice of high jackpot reliability. 67 (b-2) uses the work area of the VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 67 (b-1) to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 67 (b). The generated display data is shown. From the image data shown in FIG. 67 (b-1), a predetermined rectangular area with an aspect ratio of 9:16 is cut out as display data by centering on the center of the image data. FIG. 67 (b-3) shows a state in which an image is displayed on the sub display device 1030 based on the display data shown in FIG. 67 (b-2).

  FIGS. 67 (c) to 67 (e) show a state in which the rotation display notice effect as the reach effect is performed. In the rotation display notice effect of this embodiment, the sub display device 1030 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise in a plane parallel to the display screen of the decoration symbol display device 208 in front of the decoration symbol display device 208 and then clockwise. It is rotated 45 degrees. In addition, a rectangle shown by a two-dot chain line in the drawings of FIGS. 67C to 67E indicates the position of the sub display device 1030 before the rotation. Arrows shown in FIGS. 67 (c) to 67 (e) indicate the rotation direction of the sub display device 1030.

  FIG. 67C shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated 30 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 67B about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030. . Also, the character image H3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 1030 is displayed in a non-rotated manner as viewed from the player. Further, in the sub display device 1030, a part of the princess character image H4 which has been missed from the sub display device 1030 is displayed in the lower left portion in a manner not to rotate from the player. Further, FIG. 67 (c-1) shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 67 (c). The image data shown in FIG. 67 (c-1) is image data in a mode in which the image data shown in FIG. 67 (b-1) is rotated 30.degree. Clockwise about the center of the image data. 67 (c-2) uses the work area of the VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 67 (c-1) to display an image on the sub display device 1030 in the state of FIG. 67 (c). The generated display data is shown. From the image data shown in FIG. 67 (c-1), the display data is obtained by cutting out a predetermined rectangular area having an aspect ratio of 9:16 with the center of the image data as the display data. 67 (c-3) displays an image on the sub display 1030 based on the display data shown in FIG. 67 (c-2) and rotates the sub display 1030 from the state shown in FIG. 67 (b) counterclockwise. FIG. 67 (c) shows the state of the sub display 1030 in FIG. 67 (c).

  FIG. 67 (d) shows a state where the sub display device 1030 is rotated counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 67 (c) about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 by 15 °. . Also, the character image H3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 1030 is displayed in a non-rotated manner as viewed from the player. In addition, in the sub display device 1030, in the lower left portion, the entire character image H4 of the princess is displayed in a mode in which it is not rotating as seen from the player. FIG. 67 (d-1) shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 67 (d). The image data shown in FIG. 67 (d-1) is image data obtained by rotating the image data shown in FIG. 67 (c-1) clockwise by 15 ° about the center of the image data. 67 (d-2) uses the work area of the VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 67 (d-1) to display an image on the sub display device 1030 in the state of FIG. 67 (d). The generated display data is shown. From the image data shown in FIG. 67 (d-1), the display data is cut out as a display data by cutting out a predetermined rectangular area having an aspect ratio of 9:16 with the center of the image data at the center. 67 (d-3) displays an image on the sub display 1030 based on the display data shown in FIG. 67 (d-2) and rotates the sub display 1030 from the state shown in FIG. 67 (e) counterclockwise. FIG. 67 (d) shows the state of the sub display 1030 in FIG. 67 (d).

  FIG. 67E shows a state where the sub display device 1030 has been rotated clockwise by 15 ° from the state shown in FIG. 67D with the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 as the rotation center. Also, the character image H3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 1030 is displayed in a non-rotated manner as viewed from the player. Further, in the sub display device 1030, a part of the princess character image H4 is displayed in the lower left portion in a non-rotating manner as viewed from the player, and another part is missing from the sub display device 1030. Further, FIG. 67E shows a state immediately before the end of the rotation display notice effect as the reach effect. FIG. 67 (e-1) shows image data read out from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 67 (e). The image data shown in FIG. 67 (e-1) is image data in a mode in which the image data shown in FIG. 67 (d-1) is rotated counterclockwise by 15 ° around the center of the image data. It is the same as the image data shown in (c-1). 67 (e-2) uses the work area of the VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 67 (e-1) to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 67 (e). The generated display data is shown. The said display data are the same as the display data shown to FIG. 67 (c-2). FIG. 67 (e-3) displays an image on the sub display 1030 based on the display data shown in FIG. 67 (c-2), and rotates the sub display 1030 clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 67 (d). FIG. 67 (d) shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated by 15 °. FIG. 67 (e-3) shows the same state as FIG. 67 (c-3).

FIG. 67F shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 has been rotated clockwise by 30 ° from the state shown in FIG. 67E about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 and returned to the original state. Is shown. Also, the character image H3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 1030 is displayed in a non-rotated manner as viewed from the player. Further, in the sub display device 1030, the princess character image H4 is not displayed. FIG. 67 (f-1) shows image data read out from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 67 (f). The image data shown in FIG. 67 (f-1) is image data in a mode in which the image data shown in FIG. 67 (e-1) is rotated 30 ° counterclockwise about the center of the image data. It is the same as the image data shown in (b-1). 67 (f-2) uses the work area of the VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 67 (f-1) to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 67 (f). The generated display data is shown. The display data is shown in FIG.
The same as the display data shown in b-2). FIG. 67 (f-3) displays an image on the sub display 1030 based on the display data shown in FIG. 67 (f-2) and rotates the sub display 1030 clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 67 (e). FIG. 67 (f) shows a state where the sub display device 1030 is rotated by 30 degrees. FIG. 67 (f-3) shows the same state as FIG. 67 (b-3).

  As described above, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, the image displayed on the sub display device 1030 is rotated and displayed at the same speed in the opposite direction as the sub display device 1030 while the sub display device 1030 is rotated. The character image H3 of the character is displayed in a mode that is not rotated as seen from the player. Further, in the rotation display preview effect of the present embodiment, the rotation display of the image in which the character image H4 of the princess who was missed on the sub display device 1030 is displayed on the sub display device 1030 before the rotation display preview effect is executed. Is displayed on the sub display device 1030. The princess character image H4 is displayed on the sub display device 1030 as the sub display device 1030 rotates by a predetermined angle or more. Therefore, the player may pay attention to the rotation angle of the sub display device 1030, which may improve the interest of the game.

  Also, the princess character image H4 may be displayed at the upper left portion of the character image of the lord. In this case, the character image H4 of the princess, which has been displayed before the rotation, can be missed on the sub display device 1030 as the sub display device 1030 rotates counterclockwise. In addition, by adjusting the display position of the princess character image H4, the sub display device 1030 can be seen from the sub display device 1030 by rotating the sub display device 1030 by a predetermined angle or more. Therefore, the player may pay attention to the rotation angle of the sub display device 1030, which may improve the interest of the game.

  In the rotary display advance notice effect of this embodiment, the character image H4 of the princess is displayed by the rotation of the sub display device 1030. You may For example, if the jackpot reliability is relatively low, the enemy character of the lord may be displayed. Further, while the sub display 1030 rotates counterclockwise by a predetermined angle, the princess character image H4 is displayed, whereas the sub display 1030 rotates by a predetermined angle clockwise. Characters may be displayed. In addition, the aspect ratio of the character image H3 of the statue or the character image H4 of the princess used for the rotation display preview effect in this embodiment may change during the rotation display preview effect. In addition, in the effect during symbol fluctuation, when the horizontal movement display advance effect of this embodiment is performed, the symbol fluctuation display is finally the big hit symbol aspect compared to the case where the horizontal movement display advance effect is not performed. The decision stop may be configured to be displayed easily. Also, instead of the sub display device 1030, the effects of the present embodiment may be performed in the decorative symbol display device 208, or the effects of the present embodiment may be performed in both the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030. May be performed. When the effect of the present embodiment is performed in the decorative symbol display device 208, the sub display device 1030 may be fixed to the game board 200 so that rotation and movement can not be performed.

(Example 24)
A presentation example of the example 24 of the present embodiment will be described using FIG. 68 (a) to 68 (f) show effects of the special figure 1 fluctuation game in time series.

FIG. 68 (a) shows the state of the sub liquid crystal display device at which the special figure 1 fluctuation game has started. A state in which nothing is displayed on the sub display device 1030 is shown. Next, in FIG. 68 (b), the sub display 1030 moves downward, and the character image H3 of the statue at the center of the sub display 1030 and the character image H1 of the merchant at the lower left of the sub display 1030 are displayed. Show the situation. The character image H3 of the statue is a character image used for the effect of the notice of "rotation" shown in FIG. 27 (b) (hereinafter, may be referred to as "rotation display advance effect"). FIG. 68 (b-1) shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 68 (b). The image data shown in FIG. 68 (b-1) has a character image H3 of the lord and a character image H4 of the princess at the lower left of the character image H3 of the lord, and the character image H3 of the lord and the character image H4 of the princess It is the image data of the aspect which is not rotating. Further, in the present example, the princess character image H4 is an image used for a notice of high jackpot reliability. 68 (b-2) uses the work area of VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 68 (b-1) to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 68 (b). The generated display data is shown. From the image data shown in FIG. 68 (b-1), a predetermined rectangular area having an aspect ratio of 9:16 is cut out as display data by centering on the center of the image data. Also, the display data shown in FIG. 68 (b-2) corresponds to the first sub-control unit 400 at a predetermined position (the lower left portion of the display data) of the display data generated from the image data shown in FIG. It is display data in which the merchant character image H1 read out from the ROM 406 is superimposed. FIG. 68 (b-3) shows a state in which an image is displayed on the sub display 1030 based on the display data shown in FIG. 68 (b-2). Also, although the merchant character image H1 is displayed prior to the image data shown in FIG. 68 (b-1), the image data shown in FIG. 68 (b-1) is prioritized over the merchant character image H1. May be displayed.

  (C) to (e) of FIG. 68 show a state in which the rotation display notice effect as the reach effect is performed. In the rotation display notice effect of this embodiment, the sub display device 1030 rotates 45 ° counterclockwise in a plane parallel to the display screen of the decoration symbol display device 208 in front of the decoration symbol display device 208 and then clockwise. It is rotated 45 degrees. In addition, a rectangle shown by a two-dot chain line in the drawings of FIGS. 68C to 68E indicates the position of the sub display device 1030 before rotation. Arrows shown in FIGS. 68C to 68E indicate the rotation directions of the sub display device 1030.

FIG. 68C shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 has been rotated 30 ° counterclockwise from the state shown in FIG. 68B about the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030. . Also, the character image H3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 1030 is displayed in a non-rotated manner as viewed from the player. Also, the merchant's character image H1 displayed in the lower left portion of the sub display device 1030 is rotated from the state shown in FIG. Is displayed in a manner rotating 30 ° counterclockwise around the rotation center. Further, in the sub display device 1030, a part of the princess character image H4 which has been missed from the sub display device 1030 is displayed in the lower right of the character image H1 in a manner not to rotate from the player. Also, FIG. 68 (c-1) shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display device 1030 in the state of FIG. 68 (c). The image data shown in FIG. 68 (c-1) is image data in a mode in which the image data shown in FIG. 68 (b-1) is rotated 30 ° clockwise about the center of the image data. FIG. 68 (c-2) uses the work area of the VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 68 (c-1) to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 68 (c). The generated display data is shown. As the display data, a predetermined rectangular area with an aspect ratio of 9:16 is cut out from the image data shown in FIG. 68C (c-1) to form display data. Also, the display data shown in FIG. 68 (c-2) is the first display data generated from the image data shown in FIG. 68 (c-1) at a predetermined position (the position shown in FIG. 68 (b-2)). The display data is obtained by superposing the merchant character image H1 read out from the ROM 406 of the sub control unit 400. 68 (c-3) displays an image on the sub display 1030 based on the display data shown in FIG. 68 (c-2) and rotates the sub display 1030 from the state shown in FIG. 68 (b) counterclockwise. 68 (c) shows the state of the sub display 1030 in FIG. 68 (c).

  FIG. 68 (d) shows a state in which the sub display device 1030 is rotated counterclockwise by 15 ° around the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 from the state shown in FIG. 68 (c). . Also, the character image H3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 1030 is displayed in a non-rotated manner as viewed from the player. Also, the merchant's character image H1 displayed in the lower left part of the sub display device 1030 is rotated from the state shown in FIG. The image is displayed in a mode in which it is rotated counterclockwise by 15 ° around the rotation center. Further, in the sub display device 1030, all of the princess character image H4 is displayed on the right of the merchant's character image H1 in a non-rotating manner as viewed from the player. FIG. 68 (d-1) shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 68 (d). The image data shown in FIG. 68 (d-1) is image data in a mode in which the image data shown in FIG. 68 (c-1) is rotated clockwise by 15 ° around the center of the image data. 68 (d-2) uses the work area of VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 68 (d-1) to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 68 (d). The generated display data is shown. From the image data shown in FIG. 68 (d-1), the display data is cut out as a display data by cutting out a predetermined rectangular area having an aspect ratio of 9:16 with the center of the image data at the center. Also, the display data shown in FIG. 68 (d-2) is the first display data generated from the image data shown in FIG. 68 (d-1) at a predetermined position (the position shown in FIG. 68 (b-2)). The display data is obtained by superposing the merchant character image H1 read out from the ROM 406 of the sub control unit 400. 68 (d-3) displays the image on the sub display 1030 based on the display data shown in FIG. 68 (d-2) and rotates the sub display 1030 from the state shown in FIG. 68 (c) counterclockwise. And the state of the sub display device 1030 in FIG. 68 (d).

FIG. 68E shows a state where the sub display device 1030 is rotated clockwise by 15 ° from the state shown in FIG. 68D with the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 as the rotation center. Also, the character image H3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 1030 is displayed in a non-rotated manner as viewed from the player. In addition, the merchant's character image H1 displayed in the lower left portion of the sub display device 1030 is rotated from the state shown in FIG. Is displayed clockwise by 15 ° around the rotation center. Further, in the sub display device 1030, a part of the princess character image H4 is displayed in the lower right of the character image H1 in a mode in which it is not rotating as viewed from the player, and the other part is missed ing. Further, FIG. 68 (e) shows a state immediately before the end of the rotation display notice effect as the reach effect. FIG. 68 (e-1) shows image data read from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 68 (e). The image data shown in FIG. 68 (e-1) is image data in a mode in which the image data shown in FIG. 68 (d-1) is rotated counterclockwise by 15 ° around the center of the image data. 68 (e-2) uses the work area of VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 68 (e-1) to display an image on the sub display device 1030 in the state of FIG. 68 (e). The generated display data is shown. From the image data shown in FIG. 68 (e-1), the display data is cut out as a display data by cutting a predetermined rectangular area with an aspect ratio of 9:16 with the center of the image data at the center. Also, the display data shown in FIG. 68 (e-2) is the first display data generated from the image data shown in FIG. 68 (e-1) at the predetermined position (the position shown in FIG. 68 (b-2)). The display data is obtained by superposing the merchant character image H1 read out from the ROM 406 of the sub control unit 400. 68 (e-3) displays the image on the sub display 1030 based on the display data shown in FIG. 68 (e-2) and rotates the sub display 1030 clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 68 (d). It shows a state of being rotated by 15 °, and shows the state of the sub display 1030 in FIG.

  FIG. 68 (f) shows a state in which the sub-display device 1030 is rotated clockwise by 30 ° from the state shown in FIG. 68 (e) around the center of the image display area of the sub-display device 1030 and returned to the original state. Is shown. Also, the character image H3 of the character displayed at the central portion of the sub display device 1030 is displayed in a non-rotated manner as viewed from the player. Also, the merchant's character image H1 displayed in the lower left portion of the sub display device 1030 is rotated from the state shown in FIG. 68 (e) by the rotation of the sub display device 1030 and the center of the image display area of the sub display device 1030 Is rotated clockwise by 30 ° and is displayed in a mode returned to the original state. Further, in the sub display device 1030, the princess character image H4 is not displayed. FIG. 68 (f-1) shows image data read out from the ROM 406 of the first sub control unit 400 in order to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 68 (f). The image data shown in FIG. 68 (f-1) is image data obtained by rotating the image data shown in FIG. 68 (e-1) counterclockwise about the image data center by 30 °. It is the same as the image data shown in (b-1). 68 (f-2) uses the work area of VRAM 436 from the image data shown in FIG. 68 (f-1) to display an image on the sub display 1030 in the state of FIG. 68 (f). The generated display data is shown. Also, the display data shown in FIG. 68 (f-2) corresponds to the first sub-control unit 400 at a predetermined position (lower left portion of the display data) of the display data generated from the image data shown in FIG. 68 (b-1). The display data is obtained by superimposing the merchant character image H1 read out from the ROM 406, and the display data is the same as the display data shown in FIG. 68 (b-2). FIG. 68 (f-3) displays an image on the sub display 1030 based on the display data shown in FIG. 68 (f-2) and rotates the sub display 1030 clockwise from the state shown in FIG. 68 (e). It shows a state of being rotated by 30 °, and shows the state of the sub display device 1030 in FIG. FIG. 68 (f-3) shows the same state as FIG. 68 (b-3).

  As described above, in the rotation display advance presentation effect of the present embodiment, a character image (a character image H3 of a character displayed on the sub display device 1030 in a non-rotating manner on the sub display device 1030 while the sub display device 1030 is rotated). The character image H4 of the princess and the character image (the character image H1 of the merchant) displayed in a rotating manner as viewed from the player are displayed. By displaying simultaneously on the rotating sub-display device 1030, a character image displayed in a non-rotating manner as viewed from the player and a character image displayed in a rotating manner as viewed from the player. In some cases, it may be possible to give the player an unexpected surprise. In addition, in the effect during symbol fluctuation, when the horizontal movement display advance effect of this embodiment is performed, the symbol fluctuation display is finally the big hit symbol aspect compared to the case where the horizontal movement display advance effect is not performed. The decision stop may be configured to be displayed easily. Also, instead of the sub display device 1030, the effects of the present embodiment may be performed in the decorative symbol display device 208, or the effects of the present embodiment may be performed in both the decorative symbol display device 208 and the sub display device 1030. May be performed. When the effect of the present embodiment is performed in the decorative symbol display device 208, the sub display device 1030 may be fixed to the game board 200 so that rotation and movement can not be performed.

  Next, the characteristic configuration of the game console according to the second embodiment described above will be described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 68 again.

(D1)
A game console provided with a first movable body (for example, movable body 1002) capable of executing a rendering operation for producing a game,
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine (for example, a pachinko machine 100) or a slot machine (for example, a slot machine 2000).
The first movable body is configured to move from a second position (for example, an initial position) to a first position (for example, a lowermost position) when the power is turned off.
The first movable body is configured to move from the first position (e.g., the lowermost position) to the second position (e.g., the initial position) when the power is turned on. ,
The second position and the first position are different positions,
The rendering operation is configured to start from the second position (for example, the initial position) and end at the second position.
A game stand characterized by

  According to the gaming table provided with the above configuration, the durability of the drive means for driving the first movable body may be able to be improved.

(D2)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (D1),
Also when the power is turned off with the first movable body (for example, the movable body 1002) positioned at a position different from the second position (for example, the initial position), the first movable body is Configured to move to said first position,
A game stand characterized by

(D3)
The game console according to (D1) or (D2) above,
The rendering operation includes an operation of moving to a third position (for example, the uppermost position),
The third position and the first position are different positions,
The third position and the second position are different positions,
A game stand characterized by

(D4)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (D3),
Image display means (for example, a decorative symbol display device 208),
The first movable body (for example, the movable body 1002) is a movable body provided on the front side of the image display means,
The third position is a position on the front side of the image display means.
A game stand characterized by

(D5)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (D4),
It is possible to execute the operation of the big hit (for example, the production of the big hit game),
The first movable body (for example, the movable body 1002) is a movable body provided on the front side of the image display means (for example, the decorative symbol display device 208),
When the first movable body is located at the third position (for example, the uppermost position), at least at least a notice image (for example, a cloud image or a balloon image) displayed on the image display means In some cases, the first movable body may overlap,
The notice image is a notice image of the big hit.
A game stand characterized by

(D6)
The gaming machine according to any one of (D1) to (D5) above,
The first movable body (for example, the movable body 1002) can perform an initial operation on condition that the power is turned on,
“The first movable body moves from the first position to the second position” described in (D1) refers to “the first movable body moves from the first position to the initial movement” To move to the second position at the end of the initial operation (see, for example, FIGS. 43 (c) to (g)).
A game stand characterized by

(D7)
The gaming machine according to any one of (D1) to (D5) above,
The first movable body (for example, the movable body 1002) can perform an initial operation on condition that the power is turned on,
The phrase “the first movable body moves from the first position to the second position” described in the above (D1) means “the first movable body is from the first position to the second position”. Starting the initial operation and moving to the second position again at the end of the initial operation (see, for example, FIGS. 45 (n) to (p)).
A game stand characterized by

(D8)
The gaming machine according to any one of (D1) to (D7) above,
The "when the power is turned off" described in the above (D1) is "when the main power of the game console is turned off",
The "when the power is turned on" described in the above (D1) is "when the main power of the game console is turned on",
A game stand characterized by

(D9)
The gaming machine according to any one of (D1) to (D8) above,
The first movable body (for example, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002) is a movable body capable of changing its posture.
A game stand characterized by

(D10)
The gaming machine according to any one of (D1) to (D9) above,
The second movable body (for example, the movable body 1006) capable of executing a rendering operation for producing a game,
The second movable body is a movable body which starts operation from a position at the time of the power being turned off when the power is turned on.
A game stand characterized by

(D11)
The gaming machine according to any one of (D1) to (D10) above,
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine (for example, a pachinko machine 100),
A game stand characterized by

(D12)
The gaming machine according to any one of (D1) to (D10) above,
The gaming machine is a slot machine (for example, slot machine 2000),
A game stand characterized by

  All the rendering operations of the first rendering movable body are configured to start from the second position and end at the second position.

(D13)
The gaming machine according to any one of (D1) to (12) above,
The rendering operation may start from the second position and end at the fourth position,
The rendering operation may be started from the fourth position and ended at the second position,
The fourth position is a position different from the first position,
The fourth position is a position different from the second position,
The fourth position is a position different from the third position.
A game stand characterized by

(D14)
The gaming machine according to (D13) above,
The rendering operation may be started from the fourth position and ended at the fourth position,
A game stand characterized by

(D15)
The gaming machine according to (D13) or (14) above,
The first movable body is configured to move from the fourth position to the first position also when the power is turned off with the first movable body in the fourth position. ing,
A game stand characterized by

(D16)
The gaming machine according to any one of (D1) to (D15) above,
The first movable body is configured to move from the third position to the first position also when the power is turned off with the first movable body in the third position. ing,
A game stand characterized by

(D17)
The game console according to any one of (D1) to (D16) above,
Fourth control means for controlling the movable body;
And driving means for driving the movable body.

  The first control means is the main control unit 300 which performs a lottery (for example, a big hit lottery etc.) which is advantageous to the player. The first control means may be composed of one or more control circuits, or may be composed of one or more control boards.

  The second control means is an effect means (for example, an illumination unit (such as an LED), a sound output means (such as a speaker), an image display means (a liquid crystal display, etc.) that produces a game in response to a command signal from the first control means. Device, dot matrix, etc.) sub-control means (for example, the first sub-control unit 400) which performs effect control of the device, the second control means may be composed of one or more control circuits; The second control means may, for example, draw the effect to be performed by the effect means in response to the drive control of the effect means or the command signal from the first control means. Make selections etc.

The third control means communicates with the second control means and is effect control means for effect control (for example, drive control) of the effect means. The effect control means may be composed of one or more control circuits, or may be composed of one or more control boards. The third control means may control the effect means in accordance with the effect command from the second control means, or determines the effect to be executed in response to the effect command from the second control means. Information based on the determined result may be returned to the second control means, or the effect means may be driven.

  The fourth control means communicates with the third control means, and is effect control means for effect control (one or a plurality of or all of the sub liquid crystal units 1030 and movable bodies 1002 to 1012). The fourth control means may be composed of one or more control circuits, or may be composed of one or more control boards, and the fourth control means may be composed of third control means. The effect means may be controlled according to the effect command, or the effect to be executed is determined according to the effect command from the third control means, and information based on the determined result is returned to the third control means Alternatively, the fourth control means may be mounted on the moving unit 1036.

(D18)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (D17),
The fourth control means is mounted on a drive unit (for example, mobile unit 1036),
The drive unit also performs the same operation during at least one operation (for example, up and down movement) of the plurality of operations by the movable body.
A game stand characterized by

  In the above embodiment, since the moving unit 1036 is provided on the movable body 1002, when moving the movable body 1002 up and down, the moving unit 1036 also operates together with the movable body 1002, but the rotation operation of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 In this case, the moving unit 1036 is configured not to rotate. Note that the moving unit 1036 may be disposed separately from the movable body 1002 so that the moving unit 1036 does not operate together even when the movable body 1002 moves up and down, or even when the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 rotates. The moving units 1036 may be configured to operate together, or the moving units 1036 may be configured to operate together during all the operations of the movable body 1002.

  The movable body 1002 shows an example capable of performing vertical movement (position change, movement) and rotational movement (posture change), but may perform other operations (for example, position change / movement in the horizontal direction) other than vertical movement. Tilt operation (for example, the left or right side of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is tilted forward or backward around the vertical rotation axis) or the upper or lower side of the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 is forward or backward about the horizontal rotation axis. It may be possible to perform an operation of tilting backward).

(D19)
The gaming machine according to any one of (D1) to (D18) above,
Fourth control means for controlling the movable body;
Driving means for driving the movable body;
And detection means for detecting the position of the first movable body,
When the confirmation condition is satisfied, the position of the first movable body is confirmed.
The first movable body is configured to move to the first position when the position of the first movable body is not the first position,
The confirmation condition is a condition that is satisfied when the power is turned off.
Game stand characterized by

(E1)
An image display unit (for example, the main liquid crystal unit 1001 or the sub liquid crystal unit 1032) capable of displaying an effect image for producing a game;
Driving means (for example, a motor) for driving the image display unit;
A game console equipped with
The image display unit may move by the drive of the drive means,
The image display is performed in a period (hereinafter, referred to as a “first period”) in which the image display unit is moving in a first direction (rotational direction about the rotation axis of the image display unit or linear direction). The unit may display the first moving image (for example, the moving image of the character image H3 of the lord or the character image H4 of the princess),
The first moving image is a moving image including a mode in which a first image moves in the first direction (see, for example, FIGS. 68 (b) to (d)).
A game stand characterized by

  According to the gaming table provided with the configuration, an impact is given by the movement of the image display unit, and by changing the display angle and the display position of the image displayed on the image display unit during the period of the movement, as a notification means It is possible to cause the player to perform an operation that does not appear on a daily basis, and the player may be able to forget everyday and concentrate on playing more games. Alternatively, all the periods in which the image display unit is moving in the first direction may be set as the first period, or a part of the periods in which the image display unit is moving in the first direction. As the first period. In addition, with a certain effect as an opportunity, all periods of the period from when the image display unit starts moving in the first direction until it stops may be set as the first period, or with an effect different from the effect. A part of the period from the movement of the image display unit in the first direction to the stop may be set as the first period.

(E2)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (E1),
The first moving image is a moving image including an animation display mode by the first image (see, for example, FIGS. 68 (b) to (d)).
A game stand characterized by

  Although the example according to the present embodiment shows an example in which the expression, the outer shape, and the like of the first image (the character image H3 of the statue and the character image H4 of the princess) are displayed in a fixed manner, the expression of the first image , The outer shape, etc. may be displayed in a deformed manner. For example, if FIG. 68 is illustrated and demonstrated, the face of the shrine which was not displayed in FIG. 68 (a) will be displayed with a true face in FIG. 68 (b), and it will become a smile a little in FIG. 68 (d) may be a full smile, and may be a little smile in FIG. 68 (e) and may be animate in FIG. 68 (f) to return to a real face. The movement of the first image (for example, the character image H3 of the temple) in the first direction may indicate that the display position of the animation including the character image H3 of the statue moves. The animation is not limited to the variable display of the display of the character, and the change of the outer shape of the character or the like, the variable display of the speech (display of change from partial character string indicating speech to whole character string, etc.), character or icon The color change, the movement display of a character or an icon, or the like may be used, or the combination thereof may be included.

(E3)
The game console according to (E1) or (E2) above,
In the first period, the image display unit is configured to move in a first direction (for example, a counterclockwise direction) (see, for example, FIGS. 68 (b) to (d)).
In the first period, the first image is configured to move in a second direction (for example, clockwise direction) (for example, FIG. 68 (b-1), (c-1), (D-1)),
The first direction and the second direction are opposite directions,
A game stand characterized by

  In the game stand provided with the configuration, the first direction in which the image display unit is operated with one of the effects as an opportunity (for example, arrival of timing to start the image display unit operation effect during super reach) is one. Image (for example, when the timing to start rendering by the operation of the image display unit to inform the player whether or not a definite change at the end of the big hit starts, etc.) The first orientation when the display unit operates may be another orientation (for example, rightward). Also, the first direction and the second direction may be the same direction instead of the opposite direction, in which case the player may move or rotate the first image faster than the movement or rotation of the image display unit. Is visible. Therefore, it is possible to give the player an unusual feeling which can not be obtained in a mode in which the image is rotated in the fixed image display unit, and the first image in the image display unit is further accelerated. In some cases, it is possible to forget a more everyday feeling from turning and moving, and to concentrate on the game.

(E4)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (E3),
During the first period, the image display unit is configured to move in the first direction at a first speed,
In the first period, the first image is configured to move in the second direction at a second speed,
The first speed and the second speed are the same speed (for example, FIG. 68 (b) to (d) and FIG. 68 (b-1), (c-1), (d-1) )reference),
A game stand characterized by

  According to the game stand having the configuration, the image display unit appears to move to the player, but the display position, the display angle, etc. of the first image does not seem to move, so the notification means is unusual. When it is possible to perform a static operation, the notification by the image display unit display itself can play the same role as when it is not moving, and it becomes possible to achieve both of the operation with impact and the notification. There is. In addition, the first direction and the second direction may be different from each other in the first direction and the second direction, and in this case, the first and second directions may be different from each other. The player visually recognizes that one image moves or rotates slowly. For this reason, although the aspect in which an image rotates in a fixed image display unit can be routinely seen in a TV, a net, etc., since the image display unit rotates, it can not be obtained in a fixed image display unit. Gives the player a realistic sensation, and furthermore, the first image in the image display unit moves and rotates so as to slowly follow the movement and rotation of the image display unit, making the player feel more everyday It may be possible to forget and concentrate on the game. In addition, when the image display unit moves and rotates quickly with emphasis on impact, the notification by the image display unit display is close to the case where it is not moving by moving and rotating the first image gently. It may be possible to fulfill the role of notification.

(E5)
The game console according to any one of (E1) to (E4) above,
The first moving image is a moving image including a mode in which a second image (for example, a merchant character image H1) is displayed (for example, see FIG. 68).
A game stand characterized by
(E6)
The gaming machine according to (E5) above,
In the first period, the second image is configured not to move in the first direction (see, for example, FIGS. 68 (b-2), (c-2), and (d-2). ),
A game stand characterized by

  The gaming machine having the configuration may be configured such that a second image which does not move in the first direction is not displayed in the first period. That is, in the first period, all the images displayed on the image display unit are configured to move in the first direction, so that the image display unit and the movement of the image are given a sense of unity, which has more impact. The rendering operation may be executable.

(E7)
The game console according to (E5) or (E6) above,
A game console characterized in that the first moving image is a moving image including an animation display mode by the second image.

  In the example according to the present embodiment, the expression, the outer shape, and the like of the second image (merchant character image h1 ′) are fixedly displayed, but according to the game console having the configuration, The expression, outline, etc. of the second image may be displayed in a deformed manner. For example, if FIG. 36 is illustrated and demonstrated, the face of the merchant who was not displayed on the sub display device 209 in FIG. 36 (a) is displayed with a real face in FIG. 36 (b), It is possible to have an animation that makes the face look steep, that in FIG. 36 (d) becomes the face steep, in FIG. 36 (e) returns to the face slightly steep, and in FIG. 36 (f) returns to the face. Also, the manner in which the second image does not move in the first direction may indicate that the display position of the animation does not move. The animation is not limited to the variable display of the display of the character, and the change of the outer shape of the character or the like, the variable display of the speech (display of change from partial character string indicating speech to whole character string, etc.), character or icon The color change, the movement display of a character or an icon, or the like may be used, or the combination thereof may be included.

(E8)
The gaming machine according to any one of (E1) to (E7) above,
The phrase "moves by the drive of the drive means" described in the above (E1) means "rotates by the drive of the drive means",
"The first image moves in the first direction" described in (E1) above means "the first image rotates in the first direction",
The first direction is a rotation direction around the rotation axis of the image display unit (see, for example, FIG. 68).
A game stand characterized by
(E9)
The game console according to (E3) or (E4) above,
The first direction is one of clockwise and counterclockwise (see, for example, FIG. 68).
A game stand characterized by
(E10)
The gaming machine according to any one of (E1) to (E7) above,
The term “moves by the drive of the drive means” described in the above (E1) means “moves linearly by the drive of the drive means”,
"The first image moves in the first direction" described in the above (E1) means "the first image moves linearly in the first direction" (see, for example, FIG. 66). ),
A game stand characterized by

“The first image linearly moves in the first direction” may be “the first image linearly moves in the vertical direction”. The above-mentioned first direction in this case is one of upward and downward. In addition, “the first image linearly moves in the first direction” may be “the first image linearly moves in the left and right direction”. The above-mentioned first direction in this case is one of the left direction and the right direction. “The first image linearly moves in the first direction” may be “the first image linearly moves in the oblique direction”. The above-mentioned first direction in this case is one of the left upward, right downward, right upward, and left downward directions.

  A modification of the configuration described in the example according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. For example, the movement by driving of the drive means may be combined movement of rotational movement and linear movement (vertical direction, left and right direction, oblique direction, front and rear direction seen from the player). Further, the pachinko machine 100 may be configured to be equipped with a plurality of image display units. Also, a plurality of image display devices may be mounted on one image display unit. An LED may be mounted in the image display unit, and a movable body for effect may be mounted. In addition, after the effect movable body moves from the initial state to the movable state before the image display unit rotates or moves, and the effect display movable body moves in the movable state after the effect movable body moves. After stopping, the movable body for effect may be configured to move to the initial state. Also, during the symbol variation display, the symbol in the case where the rendering operation shown in FIG. 64 is performed is finally stopped and displayed in the symbol variation display, compared to when the rendering operation shown in FIG. 63 is performed. The aspect may be configured to be a big hit aspect easily, and during the symbol variation display, the case where the effect operation of FIG. 63 is performed is more than the case where the effect operation of FIG. 64 is performed, The symbol aspect to be finally displayed in stop in the symbol variation display may be configured to be likely to be a big hit aspect. Further, when the effect operation of FIG. 63 is performed during the symbol variation display, the symbol aspect to be finally stopped and displayed in the symbol variation display may be configured to be the big hit aspect, During the symbol variation display, when the rendering operation of FIG. 64 is performed, the symbol aspect to be finally stopped and displayed in the symbol variation display may be configured to be the big hit aspect. Moreover, although FIG. 63 and FIG. 64 showed the example in which the same effect display is performed in both, when the sub display shown in FIG. 63 rotates, the image displayed on the said sub display also rotates together. The effect to be viewed by the player is different from the effect to be viewed by the player so that the image displayed on the sub display device when the sub display device shown in FIG. It may be configured to be an effect of. For example, "one of the other effects" is an effect that the hall is fighting with the musician, and "the other effect of the other effects" is such that the princess dances. It is also good. One type of “one of the different effects” may be mounted, or a plurality of types may be mounted, or “one of the other effects of the other effects” may be mounted. You may carry multiple types. Further, as shown in FIG. 33, when the sub display device rotates, the figure is more than the number of types of effects in which at least a part (or all) of the images displayed on the sub display device rotate together. As shown in 64, when the sub-display device rotates, at least a part (or all) of the image displayed on the sub-display device may not be rotated together. The number of types may be configured to be larger. Conversely, when the sub display device rotates as shown in FIG. 64, the player visually recognizes that at least a portion (or all) of the image displayed on the sub display device is not rotating together. The effect that at least a portion (or all) of the images displayed on the sub display device rotate together when the sub display device rotates as shown in FIG. 63 rather than the number of types of effects The number of types may be configured to be larger.

Also, the effect example shown in FIG. 63 and the effect example shown in FIG. 64 may be combined. For example, in a period in which the sub display starts rotating (period A), the sub display is rotated at a speed A (for example, 20 rpm) in one direction (for example, counterclockwise) and displayed on the sub display The image prevents the rotation of the image displayed on the sub-display to be viewed by the player to rotate with the sub-display. In the next period (period B), the sub-display device is rotated in one direction (for example, counterclockwise) at a speed B (for example, 40 rpm), and the image displayed on the sub-display device is more than the sub-display device. At least a portion or all of the image is rotated in another orientation (e.g., clockwise) at a speed B '(e.g., 20 rpm) so as to be viewed by the player as rotating slowly. In the next period (period C), the sub-display device is rotated at a speed C (for example, 50 rpm) in one direction (for example, counterclockwise), and the image displayed on the sub-display device is larger than that of the sub-display device. At least a portion or all of the image is rotated in another orientation (e.g., clockwise) at a speed C '(e.g., 40 rpm) so as to be viewed by the player as rotating slowly. Also, in the next period (period D), the sub display device is rotated in one direction (for example, counterclockwise) at a speed D (for example, 60 rpm), and the image displayed on the sub display device is rotated. First, at least part or all of the image is rotated at a speed D (for example, 60 rpm) in another direction (for example, clockwise) so that the player can visually recognize that only the sub display device is rotating. Let In the next period (period E), the sub display device is rotated at a speed E (for example, 50 rpm) in one direction (for example, counterclockwise), and an image displayed on the sub display device is larger than that of the sub display device. At least a portion or all of the image is rotated in another orientation (e.g., clockwise) at a speed E '(e.g., 40 rpm) to be viewed by the player as if it is rotating slowly. In the next period (period F), the sub-display device is rotated at a speed F (for example, 40 rpm) in one direction (for example, counterclockwise), and the image displayed on the sub-display device is larger than that of the sub-display device. At least a portion or all of the image is rotated in another orientation (e.g., clockwise) at a speed F '(e.g., 20 rpm) to be viewed by the player as if it is rotating slowly. The sub display device is rotated at a speed G (for example, 20 rpm) in one direction (for example, counterclockwise) in a period (period G) before the sub display device of the next period finishes rotation, and displayed on the sub display device The image to be displayed may not rotate so as to be viewed by the player as it rotates with the sub display device. Thus, as illustrated in the period A to the period D, as the period in which the sub display device rotates progresses, the rotation of the image displayed on the sub display device gradually deviates from the rotation of the sub display device. The sub-display device rotates, and a part or all of the display of the sub-display device is shifted to a state where it is viewed by the player as if it is stopped, thereby creating a new sense of unity with the sub-display device and the image. It may be possible to perform certain effects. In addition, as illustrated in the period D to the period G, as the period in which the sub display device rotates progresses, the rotation of the image displayed on the sub display device is gradually rotated together with the sub display device By causing the player to visually recognize so as to change as described above, it may be possible to perform an effect with a new sense of unity by the sub display device and the image. In these examples, in the periods A to D, the difference between the rotation speed of the sub display device and the rotation speed of the image displayed on the sub display device is gradually decreased, and in the period D to G, the sub display Although the difference between the rotation speed of the device and the rotation speed of the image displayed on the sub display device is gradually increased, conversely, in the period A to D, the rotation of the sub display device is The difference between the speed and the speed of rotation of the image displayed on the sub display device is gradually increased, and in the periods D to G, the speed of rotation of the sub display device and the speed of rotation of the image displayed on the sub display device. The difference in speed may be gradually reduced. In addition, although the images displayed on the rotating sub-display device and the rotating sub-display device are illustrated here, the present invention is also applicable to an image displayed on a linearly moving sub-display device and a linearly moving sub-display device. Is also possible.

(F1)
An effect movable body (for example, movable body 1001 or movable body 1002) capable of executing a movable operation for producing a game;
A decorative body (movable body 1008) provided with windows (for example, transmissive portions 1008a and 1008b);
A game console equipped with
Behind the decorative body, the effect movable body may execute an operation (see, for example, FIGS. 52 (f) to (k)).
A game stand characterized by

  According to the gaming table provided with the configuration, the effect movable body hidden by the decorative body can make the player visually recognize the operation of the effect movable body through the window portion of the decorative body, and as the effect means It becomes possible to cause the player to perform an operation that does not appear on a daily basis, and the player may be able to forget everyday and concentrate on playing more games.

(F2)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (F1),
The effect movable body is a movable body capable of displaying an image,
It is configured to allow the player to visually recognize the image of the effect movable body through the window portion (see, for example, FIGS. 52 (f) to 52 (k)).
A game stand characterized by

  According to the gaming table provided with the configuration, the effect movable body hidden by the decorative body is configured to be able to display an image, so the operation and the image of the effect movable body to the player through the window portion of the decorative body In some cases, it is possible to make the notification means perform operations that are not seen on a daily basis, and to allow the player to forget everyday and concentrate on the game. Also, there may be a plurality of effect movable bodies capable of displaying an image, or only one may be provided. In addition, the effect movable body capable of displaying an image capable of being operated behind the decorative body may have the main liquid crystal unit or may have the sub liquid crystal unit. In addition, the effect movable body capable of displaying an image capable of being operated behind the decorative body may have both the main liquid crystal unit and the sub liquid crystal unit, and in the case of having two or more sub liquid crystal units There may be.

(F3)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (F2),
The operation of the effect movable body may change the image of the effect movable body visually recognized by the player through the window portion (see, for example, FIGS. 52 (f) to (k)).
A game stand characterized by

  According to the game stand having the configuration, it is possible to change the image displayed on the effect movable body visually recognized through the window portion of the decorative body by performing the operation behind the decorative body, so that the player thinks You may be able to give surprises that don't bother you. In addition, the above-mentioned "the image of the effect movable body is changed" means that the image displayed on the effect movable body is changed (for example, the shape of the image of the cloud and the display color are changed) Also, it includes the case where the appearance of the image displayed on the effect movable body changes.

(F4)
The gaming machine according to any one of (F1) to (F3) above,
The decorative body is operable (see, for example, FIGS. 52 (e) and (f)),
A game stand characterized by

  According to the game stand having the configuration, since the decorative body becomes operable, it may be possible to perform an effect in which the operation of the decorative body and the operation of the effect movable body are interlocked.

(F5)
The game console according to any one of (F1) to (F4) above,
It has symbol display means (for example, special figure 1 display device 212, special figure 2 display device 214) capable of executing variable display of symbols,
A game stand characterized by
(F6)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (F5),
In the variable display of the symbol by the symbol display means, the player visually recognizes a part of the image (for example, the image of the cloud) on the effect movable body through the window portion of the decorative body by the operation of the decorative body When it becomes possible, the jackpot as a final result of the fluctuation display of the symbol than when the player can not visually recognize part of the image on the effect movable body through the window portion of the decoration. The symbol form is configured to be easily displayed (see, for example, FIGS. 52 and 53),
The part of the image on the effect movable body is an image of at least a part of the preview image,
A game stand characterized by
(F7)
The gaming machine according to (F5) or (F6) above,
By the operation of the decorative body, a part of the image of the holding icon in the prefetching mode (for example, the white diamond shaped aspect) in the effect movable body via the window portion (for example, the transparent portion 1008b) of the decorative body When it becomes visible to the player, the player can not visually recognize part of the image of the holding icon in the look-ahead mode in the effect movable body through the window portion of the decorative body, The jackpot symbol aspect is configured to be easily displayed as a final result of the variation display of the symbol started when the suspension corresponding to the suspension icon is digested and started (for example, see FIG. 59).
A game stand characterized by
(F8)
The gaming machine according to any one of the above F1 to F7, wherein
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine (for example, a pachinko machine 100),
A game stand characterized by
(F9)
An effect movable body (for example, a sub display device 1030 of the movable body 1002) capable of executing a movable operation for producing a game;
A decorative body (movable body 1008) provided with windows (for example, transmissive portions 1008a and 1008b);
Symbol display means (for example, the special figure 1 display device 212, the special figure 2 display device 214, and the left middle right symbol display area 208a to 208c);
Second image display means (e.g., sub display 1030) configured to include an image display;
First image display means (for example, a decorative symbol display device 208) different from the second image display means;
A game console equipped with
The second image display means is capable of performing a first movement (for example, a lateral movement in the left direction) behind the decoration (see, for example, FIG. 66).
The effect movable body is the second image display means,
During execution of the first movement, an image of a pattern moved in a second direction (for example, right direction) opposite to the first direction (for example, displayed on the sub display device 1030 shown in FIG. 66) By displaying on the second image display means, it is possible to show the player that the pattern does not move in the first direction (for example, see FIG. 66),
In a state before the second image display means performs the first movement, an image of a part of the pattern (hereinafter referred to as a "first pattern") (for example, a character The image of the enemy character does not fit within the display area of the second image display means, and is not displayed on the second image display means (see, for example, FIG. 66 (b)).
A first display or a second display may be performed by laterally moving a predetermined distance in the first direction by the first movement of the second image display means.
The first display is a display in which a first image (for example, an image of an enemy character of the lord) is contained in a display area of the second image display means as an image of the first pattern. (See, for example, paragraph "0953"),
The second display is a display in which a second image (for example, a princess character image h4) is contained in the display area of the second image display means as the image of the first pattern ((2) For example, see FIG. 66 (d)),
The first image and the second image are different images,
During the execution of the symbol variation display by the symbol display means, the big hit symbol aspect is after the symbol variation display when the second display is performed than when the first display is performed. It is easy to be displayed finalized (for example, refer to paragraph “0953”),
A game stand characterized by
(F10)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (F9),
The effect movable body is a movable body capable of displaying an image,
It is possible to make the player visually recognize the image of the effect movable body through the window portion (see, for example, FIGS. 52 (f) to (k)).
A game stand characterized by
(F11)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (F10),
The operation of the effect movable body may change the image of the effect movable body visually recognized by the player through the window portion (see, for example, FIGS. 52 (f) to (k)).
A game stand characterized by
(F12)
The gaming machine according to any one of (F9) to (F11) above,
The decorative body is operable (see, for example, FIGS. 52 (e) and (f)),
A game stand characterized by
(F13)
The gaming machine according to any one of (F9) to (F12) above,
In the variable display of the symbol by the symbol display means, the player visually recognizes a part of the image (for example, the image of the cloud) on the effect movable body through the window portion of the decorative body by the operation of the decorative body When it becomes possible, the jackpot as a final result of the fluctuation display of the symbol than when the player can not visually recognize part of the image on the effect movable body through the window portion of the decoration. It is easy to confirm the symbol form (see, for example, FIGS. 52 and 53),
The part of the image on the effect movable body is an image of at least a part of the preview image,
A game stand characterized by
(F14)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (F13),
By the operation of the decorative body, a part of the image of the holding icon in the prefetching mode (for example, the white diamond shaped aspect) in the effect movable body via the window portion (for example, the transparent portion 1008b) of the decorative body When it becomes visible to the player, the player can not visually recognize part of the image of the holding icon in the look-ahead mode in the effect movable body through the window portion of the decorative body, As a final result of the variation display of the symbol started when the suspension corresponding to the suspension icon is digested and started, the jackpot symbol aspect is likely to be defined and displayed (for example, see FIG. 59),
A game stand characterized by
(F15)
The game console according to any one of (F9) to (F14) above,
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine (for example, a pachinko machine 100),
A game stand characterized by
(F16)
A first image display means (for example, a decorative symbol display device 208);
Second image display means (for example, sub display devices 209 and 1030);
A game console equipped with
The second image display means is an image display means capable of executing the first movement (see, for example, FIGS. 37 and 66),
The first movement is movement of a predetermined distance in a first direction (for example, left direction) in the second display means,
After the first movement of the second image display means is started, a first display or a second display may be performed.
The first pattern is an image of a first pattern moved in a second direction opposite to the first direction during execution of the first movement (eg, a character image used for a lateral movement display effect). It is possible to show the player not to move in one direction (see, for example, FIG. 37, FIG. 66),
The first display is a display in which a first image (for example, an image of an enemy character of the lord) is contained in a display area of the second image display means as an image of the first pattern. (See, for example, paragraph "0954"),
The second display is a display in which a second image (for example, a princess character image h4) is contained in the display area of the second image display means as the image of the first pattern ((2) For example, see FIGS. 37 (d) and 66 (d)),
The first image and the second image are different images,
During execution of the symbol variation display, the jackpot symbol aspect is more likely to be finalized and displayed after the symbol variation display when the second display is performed than when the first display is performed. For example, see paragraph "0954"),
A game stand characterized by
(F17)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (F16),
In the state before the second image display means executes the first movement, the image of the first pattern does not fit within the display area of the second image display means, and the second image It is not displayed on the display means (see, for example, FIG. 66 (b)),
A game stand characterized by
(F18)
The gaming machine according to (F16) or (F17) above,
Having a decorative body (movable body 1008) provided with windows (for example, transmissive portions 1008a and 1008b),
It is possible to make the player visually recognize the image of the second image display means through the window portion (see, for example, FIG. 52 (f)).
A game stand characterized by
(F19)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (F18),
It is possible to make the player visually recognize the image of the first image display means through the window portion (see, for example, FIG. 52 (f)).
A game stand characterized by
(F20)
The gaming machine according to (F18) or (F19) above,
The operation of the second image display means may change the image of the second image display means visually recognized by the player through the window (for example, FIG. 52 (f) to (k)). reference),
A game stand characterized by
(F21)
The gaming machine according to any one of (F18) to (F20) above,
The decorative body is operable (see, for example, FIGS. 52 (e) and (f)),
A game stand characterized by

(F22)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (F21),
During execution of the symbol variation display, the operation of the decorative body causes an image (for example, an image of a cloud) in the second image display means via the window portion (for example, the transmissive portion 1008 b) of the decorative body. If the player can see a part of the image, it will be more than if the player can not see a part of the image on the second image display means through the window of the decoration. After the symbol variation display, the big hit symbol aspect is likely to be determined and displayed (see, for example, FIGS. 52 and 53),
The part of the image in the second image display means is an image of at least a part of the preview image,
A game stand characterized by
(F23)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (F22),
By the operation of the decorative body, the player can view a part of the image of the holding icon in the read-ahead mode (for example, the mode of the white rhombus) in the second image display means through the window portion of the decorative body In the case where the result is that the player has not made it possible to view a part of the image of the holding icon in the preread mode in the second image display means through the window portion of the decorative body, The jackpot symbol form is likely to be finalized and displayed after the symbol variation display started when the suspension corresponding to the suspension icon is digested and started (for example, see FIG. 59),
A game stand characterized by
(F24)
The gaming machine according to any one of (F16) to (F23) above,
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine (for example, a pachinko machine 100),
A game stand characterized by

(G1)
It is a game console provided with image display means,
The image display means (for example, the decorative symbol display device 208 or the sub display device 1030) can execute a rotation operation (for example, see FIG. 61),
The image display means in which the rotation operation is performed may display a first image (for example, a character image H1 of a statue, a decorative symbol, a holding icon, a variation icon, etc.),
When the rotation operation is performed, the aspect ratio of the first image may change (see, for example, FIG. 61 (l)).
A game stand characterized by

  According to the game stand having the configuration, when the image display means is rotated, the aspect ratio of the first image may change, so the presence of the first image is amplified. And may give the player a strong impression. In addition, there may be a case where one or all of the images such as the character image, the decoration pattern, the hold icon, the variation icon, and the background pattern, etc. may be used as the first image. In some cases, a different image may be the first image. Further, the image display means capable of performing the rotation operation may be a main liquid crystal unit or a sub liquid crystal unit. In both cases, the aspect ratio of the first image may be displayed to change. For example, when the first image is displayed by the main liquid crystal unit and the sub liquid crystal unit, and the main liquid crystal unit and the sub liquid crystal unit are simultaneously or separately rotated, and the aspect ratio of the first image is changed simultaneously or separately There may be. In addition, by arranging two sub liquid crystal units, a first image may be displayed by two sub liquid crystal units. In this case, there may be a case where the aspect ratio of the first image is changed by rotating the two sub liquid crystal units in a line.

(G2)
The gaming machine according to (G1) above,
The image display means in which the rotation operation is being performed may display a second image (for example, the decoration frame F1, the number of holdings display, the image of the fourth symbol).
When the rotation operation is performed, the second image may not be rotated (see, for example, FIGS. 62 (k) to (p)).
A game stand characterized by
(G3)
The gaming machine according to (G2) above,
When the rotation operation is performed, the second image is not rotated (see, for example, FIGS. 62 (k) to (p)).
A game stand characterized by

  According to the game console having the configuration, when the first image is rotated, the second image may not be rotated. It can be made visible to the player. In addition, there may be a case where one or all of the images such as the character image, the decoration pattern, the hold icon, the variation icon, and the background pattern are used as the second image, and these images may be used. The second image may be a different image.

(G4)
The gaming machine according to any one of (G1) to (G3) above,
When the rotation operation is performed, an image (for example, a princess character image H4) missed in the image display unit before the rotation operation is performed is displayed on the image display unit by the rotation operation. (See, for example, FIGS. 67 (b) and (c)),
A game stand characterized by

  According to the gaming table having the above configuration, the image which has been missed in the image display means before the rotation operation of the image display means is displayed on the image display means by the rotation operation of the image display means. In some cases, it may be possible to give the player an unexpected surprise.

(G5)
The gaming machine according to any one of (G1) to (G4) above,
When the rotation operation is performed, an image (for example, a princess character image H4) displayed on the image display unit before the rotation operation is performed is performed by the rotation operation. May be missed,
A game stand characterized by

  According to the game console having the configuration, the image displayed on the image display means before the rotational operation of the image display means is performed can not be read on the image display means due to the rotational operation of the image display means In some cases, it is possible to give the player an unexpected surprise.

(G6)
The gaming machine according to any one of (G1) to (G5) above,
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine (for example, a pachinko machine 100),
A game stand characterized by
(G7)
The gaming machine according to any one of (G1) to (G5) above,
The gaming machine is a slot machine (for example, slot machine 2000),
A game stand characterized by

(H1)
An effect movable body (for example, a sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002) capable of executing an effect operation for producing a game;
A base body (for example, a moving unit 1036) capable of supporting the effect movable body;
A game console equipped with
The effect movable body (for example, the sub liquid crystal unit 1032 of the movable body 1002) is capable of performing a rotational operation,
A slip ring (eg, rotating side substrates 1090 and 1140) is provided on one of the effect movable body and the base body,
The other of the effect movable body and the base body is provided with a conductive portion (for example, conductive portions 1078 to 1088, 1130 to 1136),
When the slip ring and the conductive portion come into contact with each other, power is supplied from the side of the base body to the side of the effect movable body.
A game stand characterized by
(H2)
It is the gaming machine described in the above (H1),
The base body is provided with a first communication unit (for example, a data transmission / reception unit 1138),
The effect movable body is provided with a second communication unit (for example, a data transmission / reception unit 1144),
The second communication unit is a unit capable of receiving a signal transmitted from the first communication unit.
A game stand characterized by
(H3)
The gaming machine according to (H1) or (H2) above,
Both the first communication means and the second communication means are means capable of optical wireless communication.
A game stand characterized by
(H4)
The gaming machine according to any one of (H1) to (H3) above,
Both the first communication means and the second communication means are means capable of laser communication.
A game stand characterized by
(H5)
The gaming machine according to any one of (H1) to (H4) above,
The slip ring (for example, the rotation side substrates 1090 and 1140) is provided on the effect movable body,
The conductive part (for example, conductive parts 1078 to 1088, 1130 to 1136) is provided on the base body,
A game stand characterized by
(H6)
The gaming machine according to any one of (H1) to (H5) above,
The effect movable body is provided with an image display means (for example, a decorative symbol display device 208),
The second communication unit is a unit capable of receiving an image information signal transmitted from the first communication unit.
A game stand characterized by

  Here, what has been referred to as a lamp or illumination is an example of a light emitting means, and the lamp may be replaced as long as it emits light such as an LED or a cold cathode tube.

  For example, the above-described embodiment is also applicable to an enclosed type gaming machine that cyclically uses gaming balls enclosed in a gaming machine. For example, the pachinko machine may be an enclosed pachinko machine that encloses a sphere and uses the enclosed sphere to circulate in the pachinko machine, and the enclosed pachinko machine uses the enclosed sphere as a launch ball, The dispensing of the ball may be performed by an electronic display.

  It is possible to combine the matters described in the above detailed description, in particular, the matters described in the embodiments and modifications shown in the first to third embodiments.

In the above embodiment, a pachinko machine is used as an example of a game console, but the present invention is not limited to this. The present invention is also applicable to a slot machine 2000 as shown in FIG.
The gaming machine according to the present invention is shown in FIG. 69 and corresponds to “a plurality of reels 2002 which are provided with a plurality of symbols and are rotationally driven, a start lever 2004 for instructing rotation of the reels, and each reel Provided to stop the rotation of the reel individually, and based on the lottery result of the lottery means (lottery winning combination) for determining whether or not the internal winnings of a plurality of types of winnings are made by lottery. Reel stop control means (reel stop control processing) for performing stop control for stopping the rotation of the reel and the symbol combination displayed by the reel stopped based on the lottery result of the lottery means corresponds to the winning combination Determination means for determining whether or not the symbol combination is a predetermined symbol combination (prize determination processing), and when the stop mode of the symbol is a predetermined prize mode, it corresponds to the predetermined prize mode In addition to the payout control means (the medal payout process 2008) which performs the game medium payout process of paying out the game medium, and the presentation means 2010 which executes the effect based on the lottery result of the lottery means A launcher 2014 for launching a ball in the game area 2012, a winning opening 2016 configured to be capable of entering a ball launched from the launching device, and a detection unit 2018 for detecting a sphere entering the winning opening 2016; When the detecting means 2018 detects a ball, a payout means 2020 for paying out the ball, a variable display device 2022 for variably displaying a predetermined symbol (identification information), and a shutter 2024 movable to a position for shielding the variable display device 2022 And the movable body 2026 which operates in the predetermined operation mode, and the variable display device 2022 is designed with the game ball entering the winning opening for winning. And in is stopped and displayed after being dynamic, it is also suitable to the slot machine 2000 ", which is the effect device 2010, such as to produce a game.

  The gaming machine according to the present invention shown in FIG. 70 (a) inserts a bill into the bill insertion slot 3002, executes a lottery based on the bet 3004 and the start 3006 operation, and displays the lottery result on the lottery result display device 3008. At the time of winning, the bonus coin number is added to the remaining credit number, and when cash out 3009 is selected, the casino machine 3000 issues a receipt with a code corresponding to the remaining credit number from the receipt issuing machine 3010 " It may be

  Furthermore, as shown in (b) of the figure, a portable telephone 4000 having a storage unit for storing electronic data for realizing the present invention, and as shown in (c) of the figure, electronic data for realizing the present invention The present invention may be applied to a portable game console 5000 having a storage unit for storing a home-use video game console 6000 having a storage unit for storing electronic data for realizing the present invention.

More specifically, the mobile phone 4000 in FIG. 6B includes an operation unit operated by the player, a data acquisition unit for acquiring data related to the game through the mobile telephone line, and data related to the acquired game (this And a control unit that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit.

  The portable game machine 5000 in FIG. 6C includes an operation unit operated by a player, a data acquisition unit for acquiring data on a game from a predetermined storage medium (DVD, etc.), and data on the acquired game (this invention) And a control unit for controlling the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit. The home video game console 6000 in FIG. 6D includes an operation unit operated by the player, a data acquisition unit for acquiring data related to a game from a predetermined storage medium (such as a DVD), and data related to the acquired game ( And a control unit that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit.

  Furthermore, as shown to the figure (e), you may apply to the data server 7000 which stored the electronic data which implement | achieves this invention. There are cases where electronic data for realizing the present invention is downloaded from the data server 7000 to a home video game console 6000 shown in FIG.

  Further, the present invention can be applied to a game program which executes the operation of a real machine such as a pachinko machine in a pseudo manner for a home-use game machine. In that case, as a recording medium for recording the game program, a DVD-ROM, a CD-ROM, an FD (flexible disc), or any other recording medium can be used.

  Furthermore, the present invention has exemplified pachinko machines and slot machines as gaming machines, but the present invention is not limited to this, and may be applied to arrange ball game machines, baseball game machines, smart balls and the like.

The present invention according to the above embodiment can be summarized as follows.
(Supplementary Note 1)
A game console comprising display means capable of displaying at least one of a plurality of displays.
At least one of the plurality of displays is a first display,
At least one of the plurality of displays is a second display,
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the first display in a first display mode,
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the first display in a third display mode,
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the second display in a second display mode,
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the second display in a fourth display mode,
The first display mode is a display mode different from the third display mode,
The second display mode is a display mode different from the fourth display mode.
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the second display in the second display mode when the first display is displayed in the first display mode,
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the second display in the fourth display mode when the first display is displayed in the third display mode.
A game stand characterized by
(Supplementary Note 2)
It is the gaming machine described in Appendix 1,
At least one of the plurality of displays is a third display,
The display means can display at least the third display in a fifth display mode,
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the third display in the fifth display mode when the first display is displayed in the first display mode,
The display means is a display means capable of displaying at least the third display in the fifth display mode when the first display is displayed in the third display mode.
A game stand characterized by
(Supplementary Note 3)
It is a game console described in Appendix 1 or 2,
The change amount from the first display mode to the third display mode is a first change amount,
The change amount from the second display mode to the fourth display mode is a second change amount,
The first change amount is the same change amount as the second change amount.
A game stand characterized by
(Supplementary Note 4)
It is a game console according to any one of Appendices 1 to 3,
At least a part of the first display displayed in the first display mode is such that the visibility is at least lowered when the display means is in the first state,
The first state is a state in which at least the second display is displayed on the display means in the second display mode.
A game stand characterized by
(Supplementary Note 5)
In the game console according to any one of appendices 1 to 4,
The first display is a display including at least a first animation display,
The second display is a display including at least a second animation display,
The first animation display is at least a different animation display from the second animation display,
The display means is a display means capable of continuing and displaying at least the first animation display even when the display mode of the first display is switched from the first display mode to the third display mode. Yes,
The display means is a display means capable of continuously displaying at least the second animation display even when switching the display mode of the second display from the second display mode to the fourth display mode. is there,
A game stand characterized by
(Supplementary Note 6)
In the game console according to any one of appendices 1 to 5,
The display means is a display means which does not display the second display in the fourth display mode when the first display is displayed in the first display mode,
The display unit is a display unit that does not display the second display in the second display mode when the first display is displayed in the third display mode.
A game stand characterized by

(Appendix a1)
It is a game console provided with image display means,
The image display means may rotate and display the first image.
When the rotation display is performed, the aspect ratio of the first image may change.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix a2)
The gaming machine described in the appendix a1,
When the rotational display is performed, the second image may not rotate.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix a3)
The game console described in Appendix a2,
When the rotation display is performed, the second image is not rotated,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix a4)
It is a game console according to any one of appendices a1 to a3.
When the rotation display is performed, an image which has been missed in the image display unit before the rotation display is performed may be displayed on the image display unit by the rotation display.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix a5)
It is a game console according to any one of appendices a1 to a4,
When the rotation display is performed, the image displayed on the image display unit before the rotation display is performed may be overlooked on the image display unit by the rotation display.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix a6)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices a1 to a5, wherein
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix a7)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices a1 to a5, wherein
The gaming machine is a slot machine,
A game stand characterized by

(Appendix b1)
A movable body for presentation,
An image display means,
A game console equipped with
When the movable body for effect is operated in front of the image display means, there may be a first state in which the first image is displayed at the first position,
The first position is a position behind the effect movable body in the image display means,
The first image is an effect image,
When moving the effect movable body in front of the image display means, there may be a second state in which the first image is displayed at a second position,
The second position is a position different from the back of the effect movable body in the image display means.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix b2)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note b1,
In the first state, the first image may be displayed across the first position and the third position,
The third position is a position different from the back of the effect movable body in the image display means.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix b3)
The gaming machine according to the supplementary note b1 or b2,
The size of the first image in the first state is a first size,
The size of the first image in the second state is a third size,
The third size is smaller than the first size,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix b4)
It is a game console according to any one of appendices b1 to b3,
In the first state, a second image may be displayed in a first orientation,
In the second state, the second image may be displayed in a second orientation,
The first image is an image different from the second image,
The second direction is a direction different from the first direction.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix b5)
It is a game console described in Appendix b4,
The size of the second image in the first state is a second size,
The size of the second image in the second state is a fourth size,
The fourth size is smaller than the second size,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix b6)
The game console according to any one of appendices b1 to b5, wherein
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix b7)
The game console according to any one of appendices b1 to b5, wherein
The gaming machine is a slot machine,
A game stand characterized by

(Appendix c1)
An image display unit capable of displaying an effect image for producing a game;
Driving means for driving the image display unit;
A game console equipped with
The image display unit may move by the drive of the drive means,
While the image display unit is moving in the first direction (hereinafter referred to as "first period"), the first moving image may be displayed on the image display unit.
The first moving image is a moving image including a mode in which a first image moves in the first direction.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix c2)
The game console described in the appendix c1,
The game console characterized in that the first moving image is a moving image including an animation display mode by the first image.
(Appendix c3)
The gaming machine according to the appendix c1 or c2, wherein
During the first period, the image display unit is configured to move in a first direction,
During the first period, the first image is configured to move in a second orientation,
The first direction and the second direction are opposite directions,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix c4)
The game console described in appendix c3,
During the first period, the image display unit is configured to move in the first direction at a first speed,
In the first period, the first image is configured to move in the second direction at a second speed,
The first speed and the second speed are the same speed,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix c5)
The game console according to any one of appendices c1 to c4, wherein
The first moving image is a moving image including a mode in which a second image is displayed.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix c6)
The game console described in Appendix c5,
During the first period, the second image is configured not to move in the first direction,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix c7)
It is a game console as described in appendix c5 or c6,
A game console characterized in that the first moving image is a moving image including an animation display mode by the second image.
(Appendix c8)
It is a game console as described in appendix c3 or c4,
The phrase "moves by the drive of the drive means" described in the appendix c1 means "rotates by the drive of the drive means",
“The first image moves in the first direction” described in the appendix c1 means “the first image rotates in the first direction”.
The first direction is a rotation direction around the rotation axis of the image display unit.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix c9)
The game console described in appendix c8,
The first direction is one of clockwise and counterclockwise.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix c10)
The game console according to any one of appendices c1 to c7, wherein
The phrase "moves by the drive of the drive means" described in appendix c1 means "moves linearly by the drive of the drive means",
The phrase “the first image moves in the first direction” described in the appendix c1 means “the first image moves linearly in the first direction”.
A game stand characterized by

(Appendix d1)
A game console provided with a first movable body capable of executing a rendering operation for rendering a game,
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine or a slot machine,
The first movable body is configured to move from the second position to the first position when the power is turned off;
The first movable body is configured to move from the first position to the second position when the power is turned on;
The second position and the first position are different positions,
The rendering operation is configured to start at the second position and end at the second position.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix d2)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note d1,
The first movable body is configured to move to the first position even when the power is turned off with the first movable body positioned at a position different from the second position. Yes,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix d3)
The gaming machine according to the supplementary note d1 or d2, wherein
The rendering operation includes an operation of moving to a third position,
The third position and the first position are different positions,
The third position and the second position are different positions,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix d4)
The gaming machine described in Appendix d3,
Equipped with image display means,
The first movable body is a movable body provided on the front side of the image display means,
The third position is a position on the front side of the image display means.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix d5)
The gaming machine described in Appendix d4,
It is possible to perform a big hit action,
The first movable body is a movable body provided on the front side of the image display means,
When the first movable body is positioned at the third position, the first movable body may overlap with at least a part of the preview image displayed on the image display unit.
The notice image is a notice image of the big hit.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix d6)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices d1 to d5, wherein
The first movable body can perform an initial operation on condition that the power is turned on,
The phrase “the first movable body moves from the first position to the second position” described in Appendix d1 means “the first movable body starts the initial operation from the first position. And move to the second position at the end of the initial operation.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix d7)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices d1 to d5, wherein
The first movable body can perform an initial operation on condition that the power is turned on,
The phrase “the first movable body moves from the first position to the second position” described in Appendix d1 means “the first movable body is from the first position to the second position” The game machine is characterized by starting the initial operation after moving to and moving to the second position again at the end of the initial operation.
(Appendix d8)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices d1 to d7, wherein
"When the power is turned off" described in Appendix d1 means "when the main power of the game console is turned off",
"When the power is turned on" described in Appendix d1 means "when the main power of the game console is turned on",
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix d9)
It is a game console according to any one of appendices d1 to d8,
The first movable body is a movable body capable of changing its posture.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix d10)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices d1 to d9, wherein
It has a second movable body capable of executing a rendering operation for producing a game,
The second movable body is a movable body which starts operation from a position at the time of the power being turned off when the power is turned on.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix d11)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices d1 to d10, wherein
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix d12)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices d1 to d10, wherein
The gaming machine is a slot machine,
A game stand characterized by

(Appendix e1)
An image display unit capable of displaying an effect image for producing a game;
Driving means for driving the image display unit;
A game console equipped with
The image display unit may move by the drive of the drive means,
While the image display unit is moving in the first direction (hereinafter referred to as "first period"), the first moving image may be displayed on the image display unit.
The first moving image is a moving image including a mode in which a first image moves in the first direction.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix e2)
The gaming machine described in the appendix e1,
The game console characterized in that the first moving image is a moving image including an animation display mode by the first image.
(Appendix e3)
The gaming machine according to the supplementary note e1 or e2,
During the first period, the image display unit is configured to move in a first direction,
During the first period, the first image is configured to move in a second orientation,
The first direction and the second direction are opposite directions,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix e4)
It is a game console described in Appendix e3,
During the first period, the image display unit is configured to move in the first direction at a first speed,
In the first period, the first image is configured to move in the second direction at a second speed,
The first speed and the second speed are the same speed,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix e5)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices e1 to e4, wherein
The first moving image is a moving image including a mode in which a second image is displayed.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix e6)
The game stand described in the appendix e5,
During the first period, the second image is configured not to move in the first direction,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix e7)
The gaming machine according to the supplementary note e5 or e6,
A game console characterized in that the first moving image is a moving image including an animation display mode by the second image.
(Appendix e8)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices e1 to e7, wherein
The phrase "moves by the drive of the drive means" described in the appendix e1 means "rotates by the drive of the drive means",
The phrase "the first image moves in the first direction" described in appendix e1 means "the first image rotates in the first direction",
The first direction is a rotation direction around the rotation axis of the image display unit.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix e9)
The gaming machine according to the supplementary note e3 or e4,
The first direction is one of clockwise and counterclockwise.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix e10)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices e1 to e7, wherein
The phrase “moves by the drive of the drive means” described in the appendix e1 means “moves linearly by the drive of the drive means”,
The phrase "the first image moves in the first direction" described in appendix e1 means "the first image moves linearly in the first direction",
A game stand characterized by

BACKGROUND Conventionally, a game console provided with an effect movable body is known. However, in the conventional game console, there is room for improvement in the effect movable body. An object of the present invention is to provide a game console characterized by an effect movable body. According to the present invention, it is possible to realize a game stand characterized by the effect movable body.
(Appendix f1)
An effect movable body capable of executing a movable operation for producing a game
A decorative body provided with a window,
A game console equipped with
Behind the decorative body, the effect movable body may perform an action,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f2)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note f1,
The effect movable body is a movable body capable of displaying an image,
It is possible to make the player visually recognize the image of the effect movable body through the window portion,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f3)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note f2,
The operation of the effect movable body may change the image of the effect movable body visually recognized by the player through the window portion,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f4)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices f1 to f3, wherein
The decoration is operable,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f5)
It is a game console according to any one of appendices f1 to f4,
Equipped with symbol display means capable of executing variable display of symbols,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f6)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note f5,
In the variable display of the symbol by the symbol display means, when the player can visually recognize a part of the image on the effect movable body through the window of the ornament by the operation of the ornament. The jackpot symbol form is more likely to be finalized as a final result of the variable display of the symbol than when the player does not make a part of the image on the effect movable body visible through the window of the decoration. Is configured to be
The part of the image on the effect movable body is an image of at least a part of the preview image,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f7)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note f5 or f6,
When it becomes possible for a player to visually recognize a part of the image of the holding icon in the prefetch mode in the effect movable body through the window portion of the decorative body by the operation of the decorative body, The hold corresponding to the hold icon is digested and started rather than the case where the player can not visually recognize a part of the image of the hold icon in the look-ahead mode in the effect movable body through the window. As a final result of the variable display of the symbols, the jackpot symbol aspect is configured to be easily displayed.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f8)
It is a game console according to any one of appendices f1 to f7, wherein
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f9)
An effect movable body capable of executing a movable operation for producing a game
A decorative body provided with a window,
Symbol display means,
Second image display means configured to include an image display;
First image display means other than the second image display means;
A game console equipped with
The second image display means can perform a first movement behind the decoration.
The effect movable body is the second image display means,
During execution of the first movement, the image of the pattern moved in the second direction opposite to the first direction is displayed on the second image display means, whereby the pattern becomes the first image. It is possible to show the player not to move in the direction,
In a state before the second image display means performs the first movement, an image of a part of the pattern (hereinafter referred to as "first pattern") is displayed by the second image display means. It does not fit in the area and is not displayed on the second image display means,
A first display or a second display may be performed by laterally moving a predetermined distance in the first direction by the first movement of the second image display means.
The first display is a display in which a first image is contained in a display area of the second image display means as an image of the first pattern,
The second display is a display in which a second image is contained in a display area of the second image display means as an image of the first pattern,
The first image and the second image are different images,
During the execution of the symbol variation display by the symbol display means, the big hit symbol aspect is after the symbol variation display when the second display is performed than when the first display is performed. Easy to be displayed,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f10)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note f9,
The effect movable body is a movable body capable of displaying an image,
It is possible to make the player visually recognize the image of the effect movable body through the window portion.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f11)
It is a game console described in Appendix f10,
The operation of the effect movable body may change the image of the effect movable body visually recognized by the player through the window portion,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f12)
It is a game console according to any one of appendices f9 to f11,
The decoration is operable,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f13)
It is a game console according to any one of appendices f9 to f12,
In the variable display of the symbol by the symbol display means, when the player can visually recognize a part of the image on the effect movable body through the window of the ornament by the operation of the ornament. The jackpot symbol form is more likely to be finalized as a final result of the variable display of the symbol than when the player does not make a part of the image on the effect movable body visible through the window of the decoration. ,
The part of the image on the effect movable body is an image of at least a part of the preview image,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f14)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note f13,
When it becomes possible for a player to visually recognize a part of the image of the holding icon in the prefetch mode in the effect movable body through the window portion of the decorative body by the operation of the decorative body, The hold corresponding to the hold icon is digested and started rather than the case where the player can not visually recognize a part of the image of the hold icon in the look-ahead mode in the effect movable body through the window. As a final result of the variable display of the symbol, the big hit symbol aspect is easy to be displayed clearly,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f15)
It is a game console according to any one of appendices f9 to f14,
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f16)
A first image display means,
Second image display means,
A game console equipped with
The second image display means is an image display means capable of executing a first movement,
The first movement is movement of a predetermined distance in a first direction on the second display means,
After the first movement of the second image display means is started, a first display or a second display may be performed.
The image of the first pattern moved in the second direction opposite to the first direction during execution of the first movement is displayed to the player so that the pattern does not move in the first direction. It is possible to show
The first display is a display in which a first image is contained in a display area of the second image display means as an image of the first pattern,
The second display is a display in which a second image is contained in a display area of the second image display means as an image of the first pattern,
The first image and the second image are different images,
During execution of the symbol variation display, the jackpot symbol aspect is more likely to be finalized and displayed after the symbol variation display when the second display is performed than when the first display is performed,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f17)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note f16,
In the state before the second image display means executes the first movement, the image of the first pattern does not fit within the display area of the second image display means, and the second image Not displayed on the display means,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f18)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note f16 or f17,
Has a decoration with a window,
It is possible to make the player visually recognize the image of the second image display means through the window portion.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f 19)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note f18,
It is possible to make the player visually recognize the image of the first image display means through the window portion.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f20)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note f18 or f19,
The operation of the second image display means may change the image of the second image display means visually recognized by the player through the window portion.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f21)
It is a game console according to any one of appendices f18 to f20,
The decoration is operable,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f 22)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note f21,
If, during the execution of the symbol variation display, the player can view a part of the image on the second image display means through the window portion of the decoration by the operation of the decoration, The jackpot symbol aspect is determined and displayed after the symbol variation display than when the player can not visually recognize a part of the image in the second image display means through the window part of the decoration. Easy
The part of the image in the second image display means is an image of at least a part of the preview image,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f23)
The gaming machine described in the supplementary note f22,
When it becomes possible for the player to view a part of the image of the holding icon in the preread mode in the second image display means through the window portion of the decorative body by the operation of the decorative body, the decoration The reserve corresponding to the reserve icon is more digestible than if the player could not view a portion of the image of the reserve icon in the preread mode in the second image display means through the window of the body. It is easy to be decided and displayed the big hit symbol aspect after the symbol variation indication which is done and started,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix f24)
It is a game console according to any one of appendices f16 to f23,
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine,
A game stand characterized by

(Appendix g1)
It is a game console provided with image display means,
The image display means is capable of performing a rotation operation,
The image display means in which the rotation operation is performed may display a first image.
When the rotation operation is performed, the aspect ratio of the first image may change.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix g2)
The gaming machine described in Appendix g1,
The image display means in which the rotation operation is performed may display a second image,
When the rotation operation is performed, the second image may not rotate.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix g3)
The gaming machine described in Appendix g2,
When the rotation operation is performed, the second image is not rotated.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix g4)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices g1 to g3,
When the rotation operation is performed, an image which has been missed in the image display unit before the rotation operation is performed may be displayed on the image display unit by the rotation operation.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix g5)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices g1 to g4,
When the rotation operation is performed, an image displayed on the image display unit before the rotation operation is performed may be missed in the image display unit by the rotation operation.
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix g6)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices g1 to g5, wherein
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine,
A game stand characterized by
(Appendix g7)
The gaming machine according to any one of appendices g1 to g5, wherein
The gaming machine is a slot machine,
A game stand characterized by

100 Pachinko machine 136 chance button 208 first decoration symbol display device 224 effect movable body 226 general winning opening 228, 229 common drawing starting opening 230 special drawing 1 starting opening 232 special drawing 2 starting opening 232a blade member 234 variable winning opening 234a door member

Claims (9)

A first image display means,
Second image display means,
A game console equipped with
The second image display means is an image display means capable of executing a first movement,
The first movement is movement of a predetermined distance in a first direction on the second display means,
After the first movement of the second image display means is started, a first display or a second display may be performed.
The image of the first pattern moved in the second direction opposite to the first direction during execution of the first movement is displayed to the player so that the pattern does not move in the first direction. It is possible to show
The first display is a display in which a first image is contained in a display area of the second image display means as an image of the first pattern,
The second display is a display in which a second image is contained in a display area of the second image display means as an image of the first pattern,
The first image and the second image are different images,
During execution of the symbol variation display, the jackpot symbol aspect is more likely to be finalized and displayed after the symbol variation display when the second display is performed than when the first display is performed,
A game stand characterized by The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein
In the state before the second image display means executes the first movement, the image of the first pattern does not fit within the display area of the second image display means, and the second image Not displayed on the display means,
A game stand characterized by It is a game console according to claim 1 or 2,
Has a decoration with a window,
It is possible to make the player visually recognize the image of the second image display means through the window portion.
A game stand characterized by The gaming machine according to claim 3, wherein
It is possible to make the player visually recognize the image of the first image display means through the window portion.
A game stand characterized by It is a game stand according to claim 3 or 4,
The operation of the second image display means may change the image of the second image display means visually recognized by the player through the window portion.
A game stand characterized by A game stand according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein:
The decoration is operable,
A game stand characterized by The gaming machine according to claim 6, wherein
If, during the execution of the symbol variation display, the player can view a part of the image on the second image display means through the window portion of the decoration by the operation of the decoration, The jackpot symbol aspect is determined and displayed after the symbol variation display than when the player can not visually recognize a part of the image in the second image display means through the window part of the decoration. Easy
The part of the image in the second image display means is an image of at least a part of the preview image,
A game stand characterized by It is a game stand according to claim 7, and
When it becomes possible for the player to view a part of the image of the holding icon in the preread mode in the second image display means through the window portion of the decorative body by the operation of the decorative body, the decoration The reserve corresponding to the reserve icon is more digestible than if the player could not view a portion of the image of the reserve icon in the preread mode in the second image display means through the window of the body. It is easy to be decided and displayed the big hit symbol aspect after the symbol variation indication which is done and started,
A game stand characterized by A gaming machine according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein
The gaming machine is a pachinko machine,
A game stand characterized by

Images